PROGRAM MANUAL

Jalswarajya – II Program
(Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program)

Reform Support and Project Management Unit

Water Supply and Sanitation Department
Government of Maharashtra

1
 Version Control

Version Date Reference / Cleared by World Cleared by GoM-

Number Key changes Bank - Reference Reference
made

Ver-0 28th First Email from Task Team Leader, World Bank to
February approved Principal Secretary, WSSD & Dy. Secretary
2014 version and Project Director, RSPMU on
10th March 2014

Ver-1 27th Second Email from Task Draft Program Manual

October approved Team Leader, file-JSP-2/0814/Envspe /
2014 version World Bank to C.R.13/WS-11 approved
Principal Secretary, by Principal Secretary,
WSSD & Dy. WSSD, GoM on Dated 27th
Secretary and October 2014
Project Director,
RSPMU on
10th June 2014

Page 2 of 455
Rajesh Kumar Government of Maharashtra
Principal Secretary Water Supply and Sanitation
Department

FOREWORD

India has seen significant sector reforms in the last two decades in rural
water and sanitation sector with massive investment. Maharashtra is a leading
state in the country in adopting sector reforms especially in decentralization of
sector management and demand-responsive approaches in water and
sanitation. Maharashtra now faces emerging challenges especially in
demonstrating higher service levels in peri-urban villages including
establishing effective operation and maintenance system, and delivering safe
water in water quality affected areas, and in ensuring security of water service
year round in water stressed areas. Sustaining open defecation free status is
another major challenge along with the issues of solid and liquid waste
management.

Addressing above challenges, the Government of Maharashtra and the

World Bank have partnered through Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and
Sanitation Program (Jalswarajya-II) which is expected to directly benefit about
one million people from interventions on water supply and sanitation service
improvements during implementation period of 2014-2020. With this initiative,
the Government of Maharashtra seeks to significantly expand the frontiers in
the rural water and sanitation sector with a focus on increasing house
connection coverage, improved service levels; and ensuring 100 percent of the
rural population having access to safe water and basic sanitation especially in
peri-urban, water quality affected and water stressed areas.

Page 3 of 455
 Government of Maharashtra has great hopes about Jalswarajya II
Program as this is the first of its kind project in the country with ‘PforR’
(Program for Results) instrument for implementation and disbursement. The
World Bank, in this program, will provide funds against performance
(achievement of priority outputs) to encourage the practice of achieving results
and strong focus on service improvement.

Keeping in view the importance of the program for the people living in
rural Maharashtra, the Program Manual for Jalswarajya-II has been prepared to
identify, plan, design, implement, operation & maintenance of various schemes
and components under this program. The program manual will give a brief view
of all the sector programs. The manual also serves as guide to identify the
responsibilities & results to be achieved within the timeframe.

The content produced in this manual is the result of team effort of

program implementation organizations and program preparation team as well
as the experience and knowledge shared by the World Bank team.

I hope this Program Manual will enhance the efforts of different sector
institutes, staff and people to successfully achieve the results of Jalswarajya-II
Program in more organized and systematic manner.

(Rajesh Kumar)
Principal Secretary
Place: Mumbai Water Supply and Sanitation Department
Government of Maharashtra

Page 4 of 455
Ajay Savrikar Government of Maharashtra
Dy. Secretary and Project Water Supply and Sanitation
Director, RSPMU Department

PREFACE

Implementation of Jalswarajya-1 resulted in major reforms in water

supply and sanitation sector across the state of Maharashtra. Maharashtra has
adopted the demand driven and community participatory approach in
implementation of rural drinking water and sanitation programs. Jalswarajya-1
project has successfully demonstrated the community based and demand
driven approaches and strategies in water supply. However, after great success
of Jalswarajya program the state still faces significant challenges in improving
service delivery. Due to past investment by the government of Maharashtra, all
the habitations in the state are covered by at least one water supply scheme
with varying degree of complexity. The quality of service across the state
however needs improvement-having less than 35% house connections,
intermittent supply, and scarcity situation in peak summer and water quality
problems.

Along with jalswarajya 1, Government of Maharashtra has also

implemented National Drinking Water Mission Program and other major
initiatives for strengthening of water supply and sanitation programs. For
effective implementation of these programs and further strengthening of
demand driven approach GoM has launched Jalswarajya II program. The
objectives of Jalswarajya II program are to improve the performance of sector
institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of rural water supply
and sanitation programs and to improve access to quality and sustainable
service in peri-urban villages and in water stressed and water quality affected
areas. It is expected that Jalswarajya II will benefit more than 1 Million

Page 5 of 455
population through program interventions. For the first time in India a World
Bank aided program will be implemented using PforR (Program for Result)
instrument. Disbursement Linked Indicators will be used to measure the
performance/results.

To effectively guide the Jalswarajya-II Program, a Program Manual has

been prepared for the State, District, Block, Gram Panchayat and PRI Officials.
The primary purpose of this manual is to define guidelines, policies and
procedures for efficient implementation of the Jalswarajya-II Program. The
manual gives a very useful insight on its approach, scope, category of activities,
result indicators, program action plans, monitoring and evaluation, technical
norms, procurement and financial management, environmental and social
management rules and procedures, etc. Various assessments including sector
assessments, fiduciary assessments; and social and environmental assessment
undertaken during the preparation of Jalswarajya-II Program have also helped
in preparing this manual. The manual, therefore, should be referred in the
context of these documents and other supportive manuals including for
procurement and financial management etc.

The manual is a living document and presents scope and space for
continuous updation based on learnings and requirements as we go along
during Jalswarajya-II Program implementation. The effort has been taken to
prepare comprehensive and user-friendly document for the implementing
agencies and officials.

I wish to place my deep appreciation for the efforts which contributed in

preparing such detailed document. I hope the program managers, implementers
and stakeholders will find this manual immensely useful.

Sincerely,

(Ajay Savrikar)
Place: Mumbai Dy. Secretary and Project Director
RSPMU, WSSD, GoM

Page 6 of 455
Ajay Savrikar Government of Maharashtra
Dy. Secretary and Project Water Supply and Sanitation
Director, RSPMU Department

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The main objective of the program manual is to assist and guide various
sector institutions and staff to plan, implement and design program activities in
an organized and systematic way. The Program Manual will serve as practical
guide for Jalswarajya II program implementation and will be helpful for
achieving the goals and results effectively & efficiently within the timeframe.

During Jalswarajya II program planning, World Bank conducted

Maharashtra Sector Status-Water Supply and Sanitation, Technical Assessment,
Environmental and Social Systems Assessment, Fiduciary Assessment, Water
Resource Assessment of Water Supply and Sanitation Sector of Maharashtra
State. The study reports are summary of overall performance of Water Supply
and Sanitation Sector, on these basis program manual has been drafted.

Thanks and appreciation to the program implementing agencies who

shared their experiences, knowledge and views during the planning stages,
which was of great help in preparation of the manual.

I sincerely thank Mr. Rajesh Kumar, Hon’ble Principal Secretary, Water

Supply and Sanitation Department for his consistent guidance & motivation
throughout. I also thank Mr. Rupinder Singh, Director Groundwater Survey and
Development Agency, Ms. Sonia Sethi, Member Secretary Maharashtra Jeevan
Pradhikaran, Mr. B.K. Sawai, Director, Water and Sanitation Support
Organization for their valuable guidance and inputs during the preparation of
the Program Manual.

Page 7 of 455
 My sincere gratitude is also extended to Hon’ble Dr. Ms. Malini Shankar
and Mr. Sunil Porwal, former Principal Secretary, Water Supply and Sanitation
Department, who provided guidance & support during program planning. I also
thank Mr. Radheshyam Mopalwar, Former Member Secretary, Maharashtra
Jeevan Pradhikaran, Dr. Nipun Vinayak, Ms. Shaila A and Mr. Kiran Gitte, Former
Director, RSPMU, Mr. Dheeraj Kumar and Ms. Shweta Singhal, Former Project
Manager Jalswarajya Program for their immense contributions & efforts in
developing this program manual. Special Thanks to Mr. Dheeraj Kumar former
Project Manager who conceived the idea of sector development and
preplanning of Jalswarajya II program. Jalswarajya II being first PforR program
in India in Maharashtra has been successfully negotiated & measurable
disbursement linked indicators were finalized by the former Project Director
Ms. Shaila A. with World Bank PforR core team.

Special thanks are extended to Mr. S.E.A. Hashmi (Capacity Building

Specialist), Mr. G.B. Bhalerao (Executive Engineer), Ms. M.R. Sambhare (Senior
Account Officer), Mr. S. K. Shrivastava (Technical Officer), Mr. Hanif Mujawar
(Knowledge Management Specialist), Mr. Vijay Goregaonkar (Sectional
Engineer), Mr. S.P. Chankar (Under Secretary-WS 11) who shouldered
responsibility for preparing the program manual at a very crucial stage and
contributed in the preparation of the program manual. Thanks are also due to
Mr. S. B. Khandale, Addl. Director, GSDA and program preparation team
members of respective agencies for their contribution and support.

The preparation of this manual would not have been possible without
the greatest support provided by the World Bank team. Special thanks to Mr.
Neti Raghava, Task Team Leader, Ms. Mridula Singh, Ms. Priti Kumar, Mr. J.V.R.
Murty, Dr. D. Mohan, Mr. Manu Prakash, Mr. Tanuj Mathur, Ms. Kalyani Kandula,
Mr. Josses Mugabi and other members of the World Bank team for their support
and guidance in finalization of the manual.

Place: Mumbai (Ajay Savrikar)

Dy. Secretary and Project Director
RSPMU, WSSD, GoM

Page 8 of 455
 CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS
Exchange Rate Effective Date: 31 December, 2013
Currency Unit = Indian Rupees (INR)
US$1=INR 61.82
US$ 1 = SDR 0.64935
FISCAL YEAR
April 01 – March 31

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

ABB Anti-Corruption Bureau SBMG Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan
APL Above the Poverty Line NGO Non-Governmental
Organization
AS Admistrative Sanction NGP Nirmal Gram Puraskar
AWMI Aquifer Water Management NPV Net Present Value
Initiative
BP Bank Procedure NRDWP National Rural Drinking
Water Program
BPL Below the Poverty Line O&M Operation and Maintenance
BRC Block Resource Center OP Operational Policy
C&AG Comptroller and Auditor ODF Open Defecation Free
General of India
CAFO Chief Accounts and Finance PAP Program Action Plan
Officer
CAS Country Assistance Strategy PDO Program Development
Objective
CEO Chief Executive Officer PforR Program-for-Results
CPS Country Partnership Strategy PHD Public Health Department
CSSWS Community Safe and Secure RSPMU Reform Support and
Water System Project Management Unit
DEA Department of Economic PRI Panchayati Raj Institutions
Affairs
DLIs Disbursement-Linked PWD Public Works Department
Indicators
DLPCC District Level Program RA Running Account
Coordination Committee
DPHL District Public Health RDD Rural Development
Laboratory Department

Page 9 of 455
DPR Detailed Project Report RTI Right To Information
DWSM District Water and Sanitation RCMU Regional Coordination and
Mission Monitoring Unit
EDDP Environmental Due Diligence RWS Rural Water Supply
Plan
ESSA Environmental and Social RWSS Rural Water Supply and
Systems Assessment Sanitation
FSA Fiduciary Systems SAC Social Audit Committee
Assessment
GDP Gross Domestic Product SLPCC State Level Program
Coordination Committee
GoI Government of India SNM Sujal Nirmal Maharashtra
GoM Government of Maharashtra SO Support Organization
GP Gram Panchayat Sq. km Square Kilometer
GSDA Groundwater Survey and STA State Technical Agencies
Development Agency
GWMA Groundwater Management SWSM State Water and Sanitation
Association Mission
HR Human Resource ToR Terms of Reference
ICRR Implementation Completion TS Rechnical Sanction
Results Report
IDA International Development VWSC* Village Water and Sanitation
Association Committee
IEC Information, Education and WSP Water and Sanitation
Communication Program
JS 2 Jalswrajya 2 Program WSSD Water Supply and Sanitation
Department
MoDWS Ministry of Drinking Water WSS Water Supply and Sanitation
and Sanitation
M&E Monitoring and Evaluation WSSO Water and Sanitation
Support Organization
MEETRA Maharashtra Environmental ZP Zilla Parishad
Engineering Training and
Research Academy
MIS Management Information System
MJP Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran
* In Maharashtra, VWSC has been renamed as VHNWSC (Village Health,
Nutrition, Water and Sanitation Committee).

Page 10 of 455
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTENTS
FOREWORD................................................................................................................................... 03

PREFACE......................................................................................................................................... 05

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT................................................................................................................07

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS.........................................................................................09

PROGRAM SUMMARY................................................................................................................. 17

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................. 21

1.1 Country Context.............................................................................................................................. 21
1.2 Maharashtra RWSS Sector Context......................................................................................... 25
1.3 Sector Challenges in Maharashtra .......................................................................................... 29
1.4 GoM and World Bank Partnership .......................................................................................... 32
1.5 Proposed Lending Instrument-PforR .................................................................................... 33
1.6 Purpose, Mode of Use and Living Nature of the Manual ................................................ 34
CHAPTER 2: PROGRAM SCOPE ................................................................................................ 35
2.1 Program Scope and Boundaries............................................................................................... 35
2.2 Program Development Objective ............................................................................................ 36
2.3 Program Key Results and Disbursement-linked Indicators........................................ 36
2.4 Program Scope and Activities ................................................................................................... 37
2.5 Institutional and Implementation Arrangements ............................................................ 37
2.6 Program Cost Estimate ................................................................................................................ 38
2.7 Proposed Financing Instrument (Program-for-Results), Rationale and DLIs ...... 40
CHAPTER 3: PROGRAM CATEGORIES DESCRIPTION ...................................................... 43
3.1 Category 1: Institutional Capacity Building ....................................................................... 43
A. Technical assistance and Capacity Building of Sector Institutions (software) ....... 43
A.1 Capacity Building and Exposure Visits .................................................................................. 43
A.2. IEC at Various levels..................................................................................................................... 46
A.3. M&E Systems .................................................................................................................................. 47
A.4. Staffing and Sector Management ............................................................................................ 47
A.5. Studies, Documentation and Knowledge Management................................................. 48
B. Physical Investments to Strengthen capacity of Existing Institutions....................... 48
B.1. Strengthening of Laboratories of Public Health Department ..................................... 48
B.2. Strengthening of GSDA................................................................................................................ 49

Page 11 of 455
 B.3. Strengthening of MEETRA ......................................................................................................... 53
B.4. Strengthening of Sub-divisional offices ............................................................................... 53
3.2 Category 2: Water Supply and Sanitation Service Improvement Investments in
selected districts....................................................................................................................................... 54
3.2.1 RWSS in Peri-Urban Villages .................................................................................................. 56
3.2.2 Water Quality (WQ) Affected habitations ......................................................................... 65
3.2.3 Water Scarcity Villages ............................................................................................................. 68
3.2.4 Aquifer Level Water Management initiatives ................................................................. 70
CHAPTER 4: INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS ................................................................76
4.1 Key Institutional Arrangements .............................................................................................. 76
4.2 Implementation Responsibilities ............................................................................................ 81
4.3 Institutional Arrangements: Roles and Responsibilities ............................................... 85
4.3.1. Institutional Arrangement at Village Level ..................................................................... 85
4.3.2. Institutional Arrangements at Block Level...................................................................... 92
4.3.3. Institutional Arrangements at District level ................................................................... 95
4.3.4. Institutional Arrangements at Regional level: ............................................................ 100
4.3.5. Institutional Arrangement at State Level...................................................................... 100
CHAPTER 5: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT ............................................................................ 105
5.1 Financial Management for JS-II ............................................................................................ 105
5.1.1 Financial Management Framework ......................................................................... 105
5.2 Budgeting and Fund Flow........................................................................................................ 113
5.2.1 Budgeting ............................................................................................................................ 113
5.2.2 Fund Flow............................................................................................................................ 114
5.3 Accounting System and Procedures .................................................................................... 122
5.4 Audit Arrangements................................................................................................................... 123
5.5 Reporting and Monitoring ....................................................................................................... 124
5.6 The PforR Lending Instrument (PforR Financing) ........................................................ 125
5.7 Disbursement under PforR lending instrument ............................................................ 126
5.8 Training/capacity building plan: .......................................................................................... 126
5.9 User Cost Sharing Principles ................................................................................................. 126
CHAPTER 6: PROCUREMENT ARRANGEMENT ................................................................ 131
6.1 Sector Procurement Agencies ................................................................................................ 131
6.2 Procurement Procedures ......................................................................................................... 132
6.3 MIS for Procurement ................................................................................................................. 135
6.4 Capacity Building ........................................................................................................................ 135
6.5 Internal arrangement for review.......................................................................................... 135

Page 12 of 455
 6.6 Grievance Redressal Mechanism .......................................................................................... 135
CHAPTER 7: MONITORING AND EVALUATION ................................................................ 137
7.1 Program Key result areas and Disbursement– linked Indicators - ........................ 137
7.2 Information Flow and Data collection ................................................................................ 141
7.3 M&E Implementation arrangements .................................................................................. 144
7.4 Roles and Responsibilities of M&E Cell ............................................................................. 144
7.5 Internal Evaluation..................................................................................................................... 145
7.6 Reporting Process....................................................................................................................... 146
CHAPTER 8: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT RULES AND
PROCEDURES ..................................................................................................... 149
A. Environmental Management Rules and Procedures .................................................... 149
8.1 Environmental Audit.................................................................................................................. 158
B. Social Management Rules and Procedures....................................................................... 158
8.2 Guiding Principles of Social Management ......................................................................... 159
8.3 Institutional Responsibility for Social Management ..................................................... 161
8.4 Gender Strategy............................................................................................................................ 166
8.5 Capacity Building ......................................................................................................................... 167
8.6 Communication Strategy .......................................................................................................... 170
8.7 Operations, Maintenance and Withdrawal ....................................................................... 172
CHAPTER 9: GOVERNANCE AND ACCOUNTABILITY ...................................................... 173
9.1 RTI Mandate .................................................................................................................................. 175
9.2 Complaints to Zilla Parishads ................................................................................................. 176
9.3 Checks and Balances during Execution of Works .......................................................... 176
9.4 Social Audit Committees (SACs)............................................................................................ 178
9.5 Vigilance System .......................................................................................................................... 179
9.6 Grievance Redressal Mechanism .......................................................................................... 180
CHAPTER 10: PROGRAM ACTION PLAN (PAP) ................................................................ 181
ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE 1: MAP- Geographical Spread of Jalswarajya –II ................................................ 185
ANNEXURE 2: Village Selection Criteria for Peri urban GPs .................................................. 185
ANNEXURE 3: Certificate of Eligibility for Peri-Urban GPs .................................................... 189
ANNEXURE 4: Detail program Cost for Jalswarajya -2............................................................ 191
ANNEXURE 5: Strengthening of Water Quality Testing Laboratories - Public Health
Department.................................................................................................................. 207
ANNEXURE 6: GSDA - Strengthening of Regional level Chemical Laboratories ............ 213
ANNEXURE 7: Real Time Groundwater Level Data Monitoring ........................................... 223

Page 13 of 455
ANNEXURE 8 : Strengthening of Hydro-meteorological Station (HMS) ........................... 233
ANNEXURE 9 : Ground Water Level Monitoring Network ..................................................... 237
ANNEXURE 10: Solid and Liquid Waste Management ............................................................. 245
ANNEXURE 11: Peri Urban WSS DPR – Suggestive Design criteria .................................... 249
ANNEXURE 12: Scope of work for preparation of DPRs for Peri-Urban Water supply
scheme ....................................................................................................................... 251
ANNEXURE 13:DPR Checklist ............................................................................................................. 257
ANNEXURE 14: SCADA in Peri- Urban WSS .................................................................................. 257
ANNEXURE 15: Mitigation measures to address water quality issues in water quality
affected areas, along with service improvements ................................... 261
ANNEXURE 16: Aquifer Mapping and Community based Groundwater Management
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 269
ANNEXURE 17: Stekholders at different levels under JS II .................................................... 287
ANNEXURE 18: Staff Composition of various Implementation institutions ................... 293
ANNEXURE 19: Program Results Framework ............................................................................. 299
ANNEXURE 20: Disbursement-Linked Indicator Matrix ........................................................ 308
ANNEXURE 21: DLI Verification Protocol .................................................................................... 309
ANNEXURE 22: Bank Disbursement Table .................................................................................. 315
ANNEXURE 23: Definitions of the achievement of each DLI ................................................. 324
ANNUXURE 24: Indicators for Social Management ................................................................... 326
ANNEXURE 25:Format for Voluntary Donation of Land ......................................................... 328
ANNEXURE 26: Step-by-step Social Management procedures - Sub-Project Scheme
cycle ............................................................................................................................ 330
ANNEXURE 27: Sub-Project scheme Cycle – Peri-Urban Water supply and Sullage
Schemes ..................................................................................................................... 337
ANNEXURE 28: Sub-Project scheme Cycle –Rain Water Harvesting Stucture ............... 343
ANNEXURE 29: Sub-project scheme cycle - Aquifer Level Groundwater Management
Scheme ....................................................................................................................... 352
ANNEXURE 30: Sub-project Scheme Cycle–Water Quality Affected Habitations ......... 358
ANNEXURE 31: Engineering responsibility Matrix ................................................................... 364
ANNEXURE 32: Scope of work for preparation of a GP wise SLWM PLAN...................... 366
ANNEXURE 33: Staffing Details under Jalswarajya II ............................................................... 368
ANNEXURE 34: District Level Staffing under JS-II ..................................................................... 370
ANNEXURE 35: Report Template regarding complaint on Fraud and Corruption ...... 371
ANNEXURE 36: Terms of Reference for Jalswarajya-II Staffing .......................................... 376
A. Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant ................................................................................ 376
B. Independent Verification of Results- Consultancy Service.......................................... 383

Page 14 of 455
 C. IT Specialist ...................................................................................................................................... 394
D. Knowledge Management Specialist ....................................................................................... 398
E. Assistant Infomation, Education and Communication Specialist (IEC) ................... 399
F. Social Support Organisation ...................................................................................................... 406
G. Environmental Management Specialist ................................................................................ 414
H. Social Management Specialist .................................................................................................. 420
I. Procurement Specialist ................................................................................................................. 424
J. Finance Specialist ............................................................................................................................ 430
K. Capacity Building Specialist ...................................................................................................... 436
L. Finance Controller ......................................................................................................................... 440
M. Management Information System Specialist ..................................................................... 446
N. Engineering Specialist (SLWM and WQM) .......................................................................... 450
ANNEXURE 37: Jalswarajya -2 Program Manual Contributers ................................. 451

Page 15 of 455
Page 16 of 455
 PROGRAM SUMMARY

Name of the Project : Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation

Jalswarajya- II Program

Country : Government of India

Implementing State : The State of Maharashtra

Implementing Agency : Water Supply and Sanitation Department,

Government of Maharashtra

Program Objective:-

To improve the performance of GoM’s sector institutions in planning,

implementation and monitoring of its RWSS program and to improve access to
quality and sustainable water services in peri-urban villages, and in water–
stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Program Categories:-

The scope of the Program consists of two main categories.

 Category 1: Institutional capacity building for planning, implementation

and monitoring of the sector across the State: This category will have
two main subcategories: (i) Technical Assistance and Capacity Building
of Sector Institutions; (ii) Physical investments to strengthen
Institutional capacity. Investment under this category will support
technical assistance and capacity building across all sector institutions in
the State.

 Category 2: Water supply and Sanitation Service Improvements

Investments in selected districts: This category will have four main sub
categories: (i) Water Supply and Sullage management service
improvement in Peri Urban Villages [39 GPs]; (ii)Water supply in water
quality affected habitations [330GPs/habitations]; (iii) Water supply in
water stressed habitations [250GPs/habitations], and (iv) Aquifer
Management schemes [30 Aquifers]. Investment under this category will
be made in 12 selected districts, 2 districts each from each of the 6
revenue divisions.

Page 17 of 455
Program description:-
Program Scope and Boundaries:-

GoM has an existing RWSS program that is fully aligned with and driven by
GoI’s National Rural Drinking Water Program (NRDWP) for water supply, and
Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin) (SBMG) for sanitation. The overall objective of
GoM’s RWSS program is to increase access to safe drinking water and sanitation
services to rural communities at an affordable cost and in an environmentally
sustainable manner. GoM’s RWSS program is in line with the national vision and
goals, and also supports the constitutional mandate of strengthening
devolution. GoM has demonstrated its commitment to the objectives of its own
program by developing policies and guidelines to support execution of the
program, allocating requisite financial resources and putting in place
mechanisms to strengthen decentralized sector governance structures. The
time horizon of GoM’s RWSS program is 10 years (2012-2022), with a total
resource commitment of US$3.55 billion over 10 years (equivalent to US$3551
million or INR 2130 Cr per year)

Bank Support:-

The Bank will support a portion of the above GoM program over a 6-year period
(2014-2020) focusing on two primary activities: (i) State wide institutional
capacity building; and (ii) Developing implementation models for the remaining
and new challenge areas through physical investments for water supply
schemes in peri-urban areas, and water supply schemes in waterstressed and
water-quality affected areas, in selected representative districts across the
state, based on transparent, pre-defined, and demand-driven criteria.

Program Exclusions

The Program will exclude activities that, in the opinion of the Bank, are likely to
have significant adverse impacts that are sensitive, diverse, or unprecedented
on the environment and/or affect people; or involve procurement of: (i) works,
estimated to cost INR 300 Cr (US$50 million) equivalent or more per contract;
(ii) goods, estimated to cost INR 180 Cr (US$30 million) equivalent or more per
contract; (iii) non-consulting services, estimated to cost INR 120 Cr (US$20
million) equivalent or more per contract; and (iv) consultant services,
estimated to cost INR 90 Cr (US$15 million) equivalent or more per contract.
Physical investments that are excluded from the Program due to their high
environmental risks include: (i) schemes that involve construction or
rehabilitation of dams which are greater or equal to 10 meters in height; (ii)
groundwater–based schemes in over exploited and critical basins that do not
integrate source sustainability measures; and (iii) schemes involving highly
polluted surface water sources.

Page 18 of 455
Program Cost Estimates:-
Table 1: Program Cost Estimate

Category Activity / Intervention Quantity Cost Cost in

in INR Cr.
US$ M
1 Institutional capacity building for planning, implementation and
monitoring of the sector across the State
A Technical Assistance and Capacity building of sector institutions
(Software)
1 Capacity Building and 1.4 8.40
Exposure visits
2 IEC at various levels 1.8 11.00
3 M&E Systems improvement 2.8 7.00
including remote flow
monitoring systems at districts
for monitoring large systems
4 Staffing and Sector 21.4 131.85
Management
5 Studies, Documentation and 4.7 29.00
Knowledge Management
Sub-total 32.1 187.25
B Physical investments, to strengthen the capacity of existing institutions
(Other Hardware)
1 Civil structure for sub- 138 labs 3.4 21.07
divisional level laboratories
and improvements for district
laboratories of Public Health
Department
2 Strengthening of GSDA 6 labs, 10 4.3 26.44
Hydro-
meteriologic
al stations,
Ground
water
monitoring
network
3 Strengthening of MEETRA 1 institution 8.1 50.00
4 Strengthening of sub- 173 Sub 1.6 10.00
divisional offices Division
Offices
Sub-total 17.4 107.51

Page 19 of 455
2 Water supply and Sanitation Service Improvements Investments in
selected districts
1 RWSS (Drinking water supply 39 GPs 104.9 545.18
and Sullage Management)
Service Improvements in peri-
urban villages
2 Interventions in Water Quality 330 GPs/ 16.8 83.00
affected areas (Community Habitations
Safe Water Systems)
3 Interventions in Water 250 GPs/ 16.3 100.00
Stressed areas (Community Habitations
Secure Water Systems)
4 Aquifer Level Ground Water 30 Aquifers 16.3 100.27
Management initiatives
Sub-total 154.3 828.45
Total Base Cost 203.9 1123.21
Physical and Price 31.4 161.10
Contingencies (@7.5% per
annum)
Total Cost including 235.3 1284.31
Contingencies

Page 20 of 455
 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 Country Context

1. India has been one of the fastest growing economies in the last decade,
but its economy now shows signs of slowing down. During the period 2004-
2011, the Indian economy grew at an average of 8.3% per year, despite the
global financial crisis. Expanding social programs lowered the poverty rate by
1.5 percentage points per year in 2004-09, double the rate of the preceding
decade. India’s growth rate has however recently slipped to a nine year low of
6.5% in 2011-12 due to a combination of domestic and external factors,
including high inflation, high fiscal deficit and weak external demand for the
country’s exports. This slow down carries high social costs for millions of
Indians, and threatens the gains made in poverty reduction over the past
decade.

2. India’s recently published 12th Five Year Plan calls for major investments
in infrastructure, including water and sanitation, as one of the pathway to
increased growth and poverty reduction. Lack of adequate water supply and
sanitation facilities impact the health and economic well-being of millions of
Indians, especially those living in rural areas. According to the 2011 census of
India, close to 70% of India’s 1.2 billion people live in rural areas, and
contribute to about 40% of the country’s GDP. It is estimated that the total
economic impacts of inadequate water supply and sanitation in India is about
INR 2.44 trillion (US$53.8 billion) a year, equivalent of 6.4% of India’s GDP in
20061. This means an annual loss of INR 2180 (US$ 48) per person.

3. Access to water and sanitation in the rural community and equity in

service delivery is a development priority for India. By 2010, about 90% 2 of
India’s rural population had reasonable access3 to improved water source4 but
only 31% of rural households have access to piped water (2011 census).
However, as of 2010, about 12% (97 million) of global population without an
improved drinking water source live in India5 as of 2010. Rural sanitation is
another major challenge for India. Out of the 2.5 billion people lacking
sanitation across the world, over 650 million live in India. Only about 31% of
rural households in India have access to sanitation (2011 Census). Nearly 60%

1
WSP (2007): The economic impacts of inadequate sanitation in India. WSP/World Bank, Delhi
2
Ref: data.worldbank.org
3
Reasonable access is defined as the availability of at least 20 litres’s a person a day from a source within one kilometre of the
dwelling.
4
Improved source is a household connection, public standpipe, borehole, protected well or spring, and rainwater collection.
5
Progress on Drinking Water and Sanitation, 2012 update, WHO/UNICEF

Page 21 of 455
(626 million) of the global population practicing open defecation live in India,
as of 20106 .
4. The Government of India (GoI) recognizes these challenges and finances
about US$3 billion annually in the Rural Water Supply and Sanitation (RWSS)
sector, to improve access to RWSS services. In addition to access, quality of
services and financial and operational sustainability are the other areas of
concerns for GoI in the sector. To give focus to the efforts in the sector, a new
ministry-Ministry of Drinking Water Supply7 (MoDWS) was created in 2011,
shifting the subject from the Ministry of Rural Development. Building on earlier
experiences, GoI has launched two main programs – National Rural Drinking
Water Program (NRDWP) for water (2009); and the Swachh Bharat Mission
(Gramin) (SBMG) for sanitation (2014). Through these programs, the Ministry
sets the policy directions for the states and also part finances the expenditure in
the sector. The priorities of NRDWP include ensuring drinking water security to
the rural community, meeting acceptable standards of quality, involvement of
Panchayati Raj Institutions8 (PRIs) and communities along with providing
support to capacity building programs, Water Quality Monitoring &
Surveillance Program and M&E systems. The priorities of the SBMG include
achieving complete village level sanitation through a ‘saturation’ approach (i.e.,
focus on accessand usage of household and institutional toilets, effective
handling of solid and liquid waste management, cleanliness and hygiene) and
strengthening demand and supply linkages for achieving clean status in the
villages.

The State of Maharashtra’s

1. The state of Maharashtra, located on the west coast of the peninsular

India lined by the Arabian Sea was carved out in 1960, merging the contiguous
Marathi speaking areas of Bombay, Madhya Pradesh and Hyderabad states.
Maharashtra as an entity is built out of centuries of collective efforts of its
people backed by culture and ethos that are distinctly its own. Maharashtra’s
political identity was established with the emergence of Chathrapati Shivaji
Maharaj.

2. Maharashtra is the second largest state in India in terms of population

and the third largest state in terms of area. As per the Census 2011, the state’s
population is 112.4 million (9.28% of Indian population). The rural population
is 61.5 million living in 13.02 million households in 100,712 habitations in the
33 rural districts of the state. The state is spread over 3, 07,713 sq. km., and has

6
Ibid4
7
http://mdws.gov.in/
8
Panchayati Raj is a system of governance in India, encompassing lower tiers of government, in which Gram Panchayats (GPs)
are one of the basic units of governance and administration at the village level and Zilla Parishards (ZPs) are at the district
level.

Page 22 of 455
got a 720 Km. long coastal line. The state is divided into six divisions-Konkan,
Pune, Nashik, Aurangabad, Nagpur and Amravati.

Key Socio-demographic Characteristics

The state of Maharashtra comprises of five broad socio-cultural regions called

Konkan, Western Maharashtra, Marathwada, Vidarbha and Khandesh. The key
socio-demographic characteristics of the state of Maharashtra as per Census
2011 is summarised below:

 Decadal % Growth rate of Population (2001-2011) – 15.99%

 Rural Population Growth Rate – 10.34%
 Sex ratio - 925 females to 1000 males
 Rural Sex ratio - 948 females to 1000 males
 Population density – 365 per sq.km.
 Literacy percentage - 82.91%
 Female literacy % – 75.48%

Physiography of the State

The state is divided into 3 physiographic regions. These are the Western Coastal
Tract (the Konkan), the hill ranges of the Western Ghats, which run in a North-
South direction parallel to the western coast and the Eastern area called the
Deccan Plateau. Nearly 81.5% of the geographical area of the state is occupied
by the geological formation of the Deccan Plateau. The major distribution of
rocks in Deccan Plateau are termed as Basaltic rocks deposited as different
layers of lava flows during the formation of Earth’s crust. By and large the
Deccan Plateau is distributed in most of the districts from Sindhudurg towards
West to Gadchiroli district in the East except Bhandara district. There are 28
States and 5 Union Territories in India

Water Resources

1. Rainfall - Maharashtra gets an average rainfall of 1360 mm. to 650 mm,

85% of which will bemainly received from Southwest monsoon during the
period June to September. However, there is wide variation in the spatial
distribution of rainfall across the state. Along the coastal plains the rainfall is
generally between 2000 mm. and 3000 mm. In the higher elevations of the
coastal tract and the Western Ghats the rainfall ranges between 3000 mm. to
6000 mm. East of the Western Ghats ridge rainfall rapidly drops to 800 mm.
and within another 50 km. east wards is as low as 600 mm. (rain shadow
areas), forming the drought prone area of the state, which is almost 1/3rd of the
state’s geographical area. Further East and North-eastern direction, the rainfall

Page 23 of 455
increases from 700 mm. to 1000 mm. The Eastern most parts of the state
receive an annual rainfall between 1000 mm. to 1600 mm. Rainfall is highly
variable between years and droughts are recurrent.

2. Surface Water - The entire geographical area of Maharashtra is

occupied by 5 major river basins namely, Godavari, Krishna, Tapi, Narmada and
West flowing rivers in Konkan coastal strip. About 75% area of Maharashtra is
drained towards Eastern side, further joisning with Bay of Bengal. The west
flowing coastal rivers join the Arabian Sea. The estimates by the Irrigation
Department indicate a total available run off of 1,23,000 MCM out of which
74,000 MCM can be used by Maharashtra as per interstate tribunal. The total
surface water available for utilisation is 1,39,227 MCM out of which the present
expected requirement is 97,668 MCM.

3. Ground Water - Ground water has been the primary source of water
supply for domestic, agricultural and industrial uses in Maharashtra. It is the
single largest and most readily available source of irrigation and more than
50% of the total area under irrigation depends on ground water. Nearly 80% of
rural water supplies are based on ground water. Ground water availability for
drinking water is directly linked to the over all groundwater use in agriculture
as well as its management by the farmers, industries and urban users.
Groundwater over-use by the farmers is the result of declining performance of
surface irrigation projects and the desire of the farmers to have private
irrigation sources. This has led to mushrooming of dug wells/borewells/tube
wells resulting in large declines in groundwater levels, many watersheds
recording deficit water balance and large scale deterioration in groundwater
quality. This is mainly on account of the occurrence of hard rock formations
comprising the main groundwater bearing horizon, which occupy about 93% of
the geographical area of the state. The inherent heterogeneity and
comparatively low water yielding capabilities of hard rock compared to alluvial
aquifers pose the problem of sustainability of ground water resources. The
Konkan region, which receives 40% of the total rainfall in the state, quickly
drainsoff the precipitation received to the Arabian Sea due to high gradient
topographic condition and porous laterite soil formation. The rain shadow
areas, east of the Western Ghats ridge receives scanty and erratic rainfall. The
Vidharbha region even though receives moderate rainfall, is suffering from
water quality problems due to presence of fluoride, nitrate and salinity. The
intensive agricultural practices of growing crops like sugarcane, fruit crops etc.,
which require large quantities of water in the water scarce areas, are heavily
depleting groundwater sources. Thus drinking water sector has become
intricately linked to the happenings in the irrigation sector and many of the
negative consequnces have pronounced impact on the drinking water quantity
and quality. Thus it is incumbent on the rural drinking water sector to work

Page 24 of 455
closely with the irrigation department, groundwater department and other
related agencies.

1.2 Maharashtra RWSS Sector Context

1. Maharashtra is the leading state in the country in adopting sector

reforms that promote decentralization of sector management and demand
responsive approaches. Maharashtra, with a population of 112.4 million is the
second most populated state in the country. Out of this about 55% (61.8
million) reside in rural areas of the total population, about 11.8% belong to the
Scheduled Caste (SC) category and about 9.4% belong to the Scheduled Tribes
(ST) category. Maharashtra is third largest state in terms of geographic area9 (3,
07,731 sq.km). It has 34 rural districts10, with 28813 Gram Panchayats11 (GP),
covering 98,842 habitations. The Government of Maharashtra’s (GoM) Water
Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD) is responsible for both urban and
rural water supply and sanitation in the state. The state is considered to be
advanced in the sector, as it was the first state in the country to declare a
uniform policy of making the communities responsible for 100% of the O&M
cost and 10% of the capital costs of water supply facilities through user fees and
community contributions, back in the year 2000. The state has home grown
programs such as the Sant Gadge Baba Gram Swachata Abhiyan (SGBGSA) since
the year 2000, which is a competition based campaign approach to promote
sanitation. Due to this, the state is leading the country in terms of number of
GPs achieving Open Defecation Free (ODF) status, which currently stands at
1478912 GPs, out of these, 9523 GPs have received Nirmal Gram Puraskar13
(Clean Village Award) from the President of India. The state also has a strong
PRI system, where it’s ZPs and GPs play a key role in development planning,
implementation and service delivery. GoM has a partnership with the Bank in
the sector, for over two decades since 1991 with two projects: Maharashtra
Rural Water Supply and Environmental Sanitation Project (Cr. 2234-IN) (1991-
98) and Maharashtra Water Supply and Sanitation (Jalswarajya) Project (Cr.
3821-IN) (2003-09) - the second one achieved the People’s First award in 2010,
amongst all Bank supported RWSS projects globally.

2. Maharashtra is also one of the leading economically developed states in

the country and contributed 14.93% of the national GDP, in 2010-11, the
highest by any state. In 2010-11 the state had the second highest per-capita

9
This is more than the area (sq. km) of some countries like New Zealand (268,680), Italy (301230), Syria (185,180), Uganda
(236,040) and Philippines (300,000) etc., and is almost about the size of Vietnam (329,569)
10
There are a total of 36 districts in Maharashtra. Out of these, two districts viz Mumbai and Mumbai-Suburbs ate entirely
urban districts.
11
A GP typically will have 4-5 habitations, each habitation consisting of a group of houses typically varying from 10-100
households.
12
GoM, SBMG Annual Action Plan 2012-2013
13
Nirmal Gram Puraskar is a GoI promoted program to incentivize GPs to achieve ODF status, which involves toilet access
and usage at household, community and institutional level; and achievement of cleanliness at community level.

Page 25 of 455
annual income in the country at INR 87,686 (US$ 1460) while the national
average is INR 54,835 (USD 914)14. The GDP of the state increased fivefold from
the year 2000 (INR 2,386 Billion –US$ 40 Billion) to 2011 (INR 12,076 Billion-
US$ 201 Billion)15

3. Due to multiple factors of overall growth and reform initiatives in the

RWSS sector, there has been an improvement in the access to services and also
the type of access over the last decade (2001 to 2011) as given below in Table 2.

Table 2: Comparison of Access to WSS Services in Rural Maharashtra16

Sector/service Status in Status in Difference
2001 2011 (%)
Total Households 11 million 13 million +18
Water Supply % of HHs % of HHs
Access to Tap Water 45.50 50.20 +10
Access to Well Water 28.50 24.30 - 15
Access to Hand-Pumps 22.90 22.90 0
Access to other sources 03.10 02.50 -20
Total 100.00 100.00
Sanitation % of HHS % of HHs
Access to Water Closet 05.30 23.70 347
Access to Pit Latrine 10.20 14.10 38
Access to other type 02.70 00.30 -81
Latrine
Access to Public Latrines 81.80 06.20
Practising Open Defecation 55.80
Total 100.00 100.00

4. Out of the total 100,712 rural habitations in the state, 87,132 are
supplied with 40 lpcd or more water and are officially considered as fully
covered. 13,580 habitations are partially covered with less than 40 lpcd service
levels are facing water quality problem. Even in those habitations, which are
treated as fully covered, the service levels are reduced during summer season.
As per Census 2011, 50.2% households are supplied tap water, 24.3% are
dependent on well water, 22.9% households use hand pumps or tube wells and
2.5% households are using other sources of water.

14
State/ GoI economic survey reports. It is assumed that one US$ is equivalent to 60 INR.
15
Data from Wikipedia report on Maharashtra at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maharashtra
16
Census of India, 2011

Page 26 of 455
5. Rural Water Supply Organisations - The key players in the rural water
supply scene of Maharashtra are:
 Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD)
 Water & Sanitation Support Organisation (WSSO)
 Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran (MJP)
 Ground Water Survey and Development Agency (GSDA)
 Zilla Parishads (ZP)
 Panchayat Samities (PS)
 Gram Panchayats (GP)
 Village Water Supply and Sanitation Committee (VWSC)
 Maharashtra Environmental Engineering Training & Research
Academy (MEETRA)
6. Past Efforts in Rural Water Supply - GoM’s initiatives in providing
drinking water supply to the rural areas of the state can be summarised as
under:
a) From 1960 to 1970, focus was on providing only dug wells as the
drinking water source. Draw of water was mainly manual.
b) From 1971 to 1985, bore well technology was introduced and it became
possible to extract groundwater available at deep level. Highlights of the
era are as under:
 Providing hand pumps and power pumps on bore wells
 As on date around 2.2 Lakh hand pumps and 14,000 power pumps/
piped water supply schemes functioning in the state
 Large scale digging of bore wells for irrigation purposes (around 20
lakhs bore wells dug) causes drying up of bore wells for drinking
water supply
 About 90,000 community dug wells
 Piped water supply schemes were not predominant

c) Number of piped water supply schemes increased form 1985-1997.

Main features on this era are:
 Increase in the number of piped water supply schemes in rural areas
based on surface water sources
 First World Bank project with a cost of INR 504.25 crores
implemented during the period 1991 to 1998 implementing 17 single
village schemes and 47 multi-village schemes covering 560 villages
in 10 districts
 DFID project (1990-2000) building 3 regional schemes in 3 districts
costing INR 74.3 crores.
 A White Paper on drinking water supply was published in 1995 to set
adirection to the plans and programs to solve drinking water
problems17.

17
Maharashtra was the first state in India to come out with a White Paper on drinking water supply.

Page 27 of 455
d) Water supply program from the year 1997 to 2000 was implemented
under a state level master plan. Highlights of this era are:
 Highest expenditure for regional and single village piped water supply
Schemes
 Estimated cost of INR 7,300 crores
 Till December 2002 expenditure INR 4,500 crores
 As on date 1,907 on going schemes which require INR 1,750 crores for
completion.

e) Policy Reform era started in the year 2000. Highlights of the period since
the year are:
 First state in India to adopt a state wide new reform policy in water
supply and sanitation sector
 Demand-driven approach to delivery of rural water supply and
sanitation services
 Use of participatory processes
 Adoption of 10% capital cost sharing and 100% of O&M cost sharing
by beneficiaries
 Shifting the role of Government from direct provider of service to that
of policy formulation and capacity support beneficiaries to participate
in planning, implementation and O&M offacilities
 Emphasis on women involvement in water and sanitation related
decision making through VWSCs and Mahila Mandals
 Introduced norms for social audit of the activities under the new
policy
 A three pronged strategy was adopted for water conservation,
preservation and utilisation through increasing water supply,
managing demand and regulating over abstraction of ground water
 Well-designed IEC campaigns to precede planning/designing of
schemes
 Independent monitoring and evaluation studies by reputed
institutions
 Human resource development activities or village level employees
 Successful implementation of KfW, Germany assisted Aaple Pani
Projectin 3 districts (Pune, Ahmednagar & Aurangabad).
 Successful implementation of World Bank assisted Jalswarajya Project
in 26 districts of the state.
 Aligning all water supply programs in the states with National Rural
Drinking Water Program - NRDWP (Govt. of India)
 Aligning all sanitation programs in the states with Swachh Bharat
Mission Gramin (SBMG) (Govt. of India)
 Devolution of 100% powers to 3-tier PRI system

Page 28 of 455
1.3 Sector Challenges in Maharashtra

1. Despite this progress in the last decade, the state faces significant sector
challenges, mainly related to;
 Service Delivery Standards: The service delivery in most cases is seen
to be weak, at best providing water supply for 2-3 hours a day,
breakdowns in services, with more than 50% still accessing water
through stand posts and other means.
 Sustainability of Investments and Services: There is a significant
percentage of ‘slippages’ both in the water supply and sanitation sub-
sectors. A large number of GPs that have become Open Defecation Free
are slipping back from this status. Similarly, about 3-5% habitations
have slipped back to a ‘partially covered’ status every year in the water
supply sub-sector.
 Sustainability of Groundwater Levels: More than 85% of the rural
water supply in Maharashtra is groundwater based. Groundwater levels
in the state are rapidly declining due to overdraft, triggered by
increased demand from agriculture and industry sectors. The
groundwater assessments18 reveal that out of a total of 1531
watersheds, 76 watersheds are categorized as overexploited i.e. ground
water development is more than 100% of the recharge19 and either pre
or post monsoon ground water levels are declining. 4 watersheds are
critical (GW development is in the range of 90-100% and both pre and
post-monsoon groundwater levels are decling) and 100 watersheds are
semi-critical (GW Development between 70-90% and either pre or post
monsoon or both groundwater level trends are declining). Out of total
353, ten blocks are overexploited, two are critical and 16 are semi-
critical. This is a critical issue and efforts are needed to introduce
demand management models in order to sustain schemes based on
groundwater sources.
 Emergence of Large Peri-Urban Villages: With the rapid urbanization
process, a significant number of villages located in close proximity to
urban peripheral areas, are increasingly becoming urban in character.
The aspirations of these citizens are also closer to the urban water
supply and sanitation standards. GoM has come up with an innovative
policy (reflected in the Peri-Urban GR no NISHYO-1413/CR-88/WS-
07 11th Sept, 14) to address these needs.
 Solid and Liquid Waste Management: The focus of the sanitation sub-
sector has so far been on achieving total latrine coverage and other
aspects like the Solid Waste Management (SWM) and Liquid Waste

18
Based on the data available from Ground-Water Survey and Development Agency (GSDA), GoM.
19
The over-exploited, critical and semi-critical categories are defined as per the Groundwater Estimation Committee Report,
Ministry of Water Resources, GoI, 1997.

Page 29 of 455
 Management (sullage and septage) have been neglected. While these
issues are a concern in all villages, they are of critical concern in large
and peri-urban villages.
 Institutional Capacity: GoM has almost fully devolved the RWSS sector
management to Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs), supported by state
level technical agencies such as the Maharashtra Jeevan Pardhikarn
(MJP) and Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency (GSDA).
There are significant capacity gaps across these institutions which need
to be addressed in a systematic manner.
 M&E Systems: The M&E systems currently focus on monitoring of
inputs and coverage rather than monitoring the actual service levels
standards at household levels i.e., quantity, quality reliability and access
or adequacy of O&M cost recovery.

2. In order to address these challenges the GoM formulated a forward

looking sector policy (in 2010) in the form of Sujal Nirmal Maharashtra (SNM)
program - Clean Water, Clean Maharashtra –and aims to increase access to safe
drinking water and sanitation services to rural communities at an affordable
cost in an environmentally sustainable manner. The vision is sought to be
implemented through reforms that strengthen devolution and community
participation. The overall aim is to enable an ‘open defecation free state’ and
provide universal access to potable drinking water over the next decade. The
vision is implemented through GoI supported programs viz National Rural
Drinking Water Program (NRDWP) and Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin)
(SBMG), described below in Table 3.
Table 3: GoM’s Existing RWSS Program
Objectives and Description Components
National Rural Drinking Water Program (NRDWP)20
To achieve household drinking • Coverage - providing safe and
water security21 through adequate drinking water supply to
appropriate drinking water unserved, partially served and slipped
security plans at district/ village back habitations;
level. This is sought to be
• Sustainability of ground water
achieved through:
sources to achieve drinking water
(i) Single village schemes –
security at the local level;
point sources and piped water;
(ii) Regional Water Supply • Investments to provide potable
schemes; (iii) Source drinking water to water quality
development work; tube well,

20
The total annual allocations under NRDWP are about INR 13,500 million (US$ 225 million) including the share of GoI and
GoM.
21
GoI defined household drinking water security as: To provide every rural person with adequate safe water for drinking,
cooking and other basic domestic needs on a sustainable basis. This basic requirement should meet minimum water quality
standards and be readily and conveniently accessible at all times and in all situations.

Page 30 of 455
 Objectives and Description Components
dug well, bore holes (iv) source affected habitations
strengthening for sustainability
• O&M support for expenditure on
(iv) decentralized management
running, repair and replacement costs
with community participation
of water supply systems

• Support activities such as M&E, R&D,

IEC etc.

Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin) (SBMG)

• IEC and capacity building activities
 Bring about an improvement to mobilize the community
in the general quality of life in
• Cash incentives to Below Poverty Line
the rural areas.
and Identified22 Above Poverty Line
 Accelerate sanitation households to build individual
coverage in rural areas to household toilets
achieve the vision of Swachh
• Establishing rural sanitation marts
Bharat by 2019 with all gram
and production centres for sanitary
Panchayats in the country
products and services
attaining Nirmal status.
• A revolving fund for financing toilet
 Develop community managed
loans to other categories of Above
environmental sanitation
Poverty Line households and
systems focusing on solid &
Anganwadi centres (children day care
liquid waste management for
centres).
overall cleanliness in the
rural areas • Community and institutional toilets

• Limited funds for solid and liquid

waste management

22
Identified APL includes all SCs/STs, Small and Marginal Farmers, Landless Labourers with Homestead, Physically
Handicapped and Women Headed Households

Page 31 of 455
1.4 GoM and World Bank Partnership

1. The GoM and World Bank have a long standing partnership in rural
water and sanitation sector. This partnership builds on the World Bank’s
previous engagements in the State, most notably the recently concluded
Jalswarajya project (2003-09), which was instrumental in strengthening
decentralization and demand-responsive approaches in the sector. The
Jalswarajya Iimplemented by GoM with assistance from the World Bankhas
achieved good outcomes and the project has won “Peoples First” Award for the
global first position within the Bank in 2010. This project is the first one in India
in the RWSS sector to have conducted a scientific impact assessment study. The
study conducted midway through project implementation in 2005 and 2007
pointed to the positive impacts of increased access to water supply, increased
toilet usage, and reduced coping costs for village communities. Capital cost per
capita for The Jalswarajya-1 schemes was lower than that of other schemes in
Maharashtra (INR 1,043 in the Jalswarajya schemes as compared to INR 2,116–
2,346 in other schemes, resulting in a saving of about INR 1,188 per capital).

Key Achievements of Jalswarajya-I were:

 Active participation of people in O&M of water supply schemes
 Significant involvement of women because of creation of new SHGs,
Revival of old SHGs and large number of income generation activities -
49172 SHGs were active in the project GPs
 Creation of awareness about availability and management of water
through PRA
 Strengthening of large number of groundwater sources
 Transparency in implementation and procurement for the project
 65% of GPs became open defecation free due to concentrated efforts
(1968 out of 3007)
 Beneficiary population -8.85 Million

2. In another study, the “Effectiveness of Rural Water Supply Schemes in

India,” conducted by the Bank in June 2008, it was estimated that in the
Jalswarajya villages, at a consumption level of 40 liters per capita per day (lpcd)
on average, the savings in O&M cost per household per month would be around
INR 69.1 due to the improved efficiency of operations. The cost of water supply
in demand-driven schemes is lower than that of supply-driven schemes.
In sanitation, the Jalswarajya -1 project benefited 900,000 project households
(approximately 20% of which were tribal) with safe sanitation facilities and out
of the project GPs about 61% have achieved ODF status against the project
target of 40%.

Page 32 of 455
Need for Jalswarajya-II
3. Building on the success of Jalswarajya I, a state wide initiative is needed
to scale up the learnings and address the emerging challenges including the
issues of peri-urban and water stressed areas. The initiative through
Jalswarajya II is needed for the following;
 Scaling up of Aquifer Water Management pilot project
 Provision of safe drinking water to water quality affected habitations
 Community Secure Water Systems in small water scarce habitations
 Provision of higher level of services to Peri-urban areas
 Need for improvement in the efficiency of sector institutions
 Creation of large network for water sample testing

4. In order to address the above challenges in a programmatic manner and

develop suitable approaches for them, GoM sought partnership with the World
Bank. This partnership is reflected in the program titled - Maharashtra Rural
Water and Sanitation Program (Jalswarajya Program II). The Jalswarajya II (JS-
II) Program is a sub-set of the overall Maharashtra’s sector program and is not a
standalone project. The details of JS-II Program are presented in the next
chapter.

1.5 Proposed Lending Instrument-PforR

A new lending instrument developed by the Bank in 2012, called “Program-for-

Results (PforR) is proposed to be used for the project Jalswarajya-II. This new
instrument is expected to strengthen the focus on results and enhance
development impact. It will also further support and enhance partnerships
between the Bank and the Government of Maharashtra.

The available lending instruments of the Bank so far are designed for specific,
transaction-based projects (such as reimbursement of expenditures as under
Specific Investment Loan (SIL)), or general budget support (such as under
Development Policy Loan (DPL)). After careful consideration of the
representations from client countries, the Bank has developed PforR, to support
governments more at programmatic level than at specific project level or at a
very broad policy level.

The programs supported under PforR can be in specific sectors/subsectors (see

Chapter-2-Program Scope, for description of Jalswarajya-II scope). Funds are
disbursed against achievement of designated results (called as Disbursement
Linked Indicators (DLIs), unlike based on reimbursement of specific
expenditure made, as in the earlier Jalswarajya project. These DLIs will serve as
an opportunity to enhance the performance of government programs by

Page 33 of 455
strengthening the focus on the government’s own results and linking funds to
their achievements.
Apart from the DLIs, the program design will also include an over arching
results framework, to measure the program’s success; strengthening the
institutional capacity that countries need to achieve results and sustain
programs; and monitoring and evaluation mechanisms and building such
capacity.
Thus the entire shift in perspective from Jalswarajya-I to Jalswarajya-II is from
transaction level to overarching results and institutional capacity building at
the sector level.

1.6 Purpose, Mode of Use and Living Nature of the Manual

1. The primary purpose of this manual is to define guidelines, policies and

procedures for effectively implementing JS II Program.

2. The manual will serve as a ready reference to the implementing

agencies, at the state, regional, district, block and village levels. The manual is
intended to be used by all the Implementing Agencies of the Rural Water Supply
and Sanitation program involved in decision making and implementation of one
or more of the project categories at different levels of the JS- II Program.

3. The manual defines the following:

i. Program scope
ii. Program Category Description
iii. Program implementation and institutional arrangements
iv. Financial management
v. Procurement procedures
vi. Environment and Social management rules and procedures
vii. Project Monitoring and Evaluation
viii. Governance and Accountability
ix. Program Action Plan

4. This Program Manual is consistent with, and has to be read and applied
in conjunction with the other detailed manuals such as Procurement and
Financial Management Manual, Environmental Management Manual, Social
Management Rules and Procedures and the Legal Agreements (Program
Agreement and Financing Agreement) of JS II Program and other relevant
Government Orders (GOs). It shall be considered a ‘living document’ with room
for improvements and additions, with mutual consent of the Government of
Maharashtra and the World Bank. The Manual will be available online at
WSSD’s website https://water.maharashtra.gov.in/ and the latest version
shall be referred. The version control information is given in page 2,
immediately after the cover page.

Page 34 of 455
 CHAPTER 2: PROGRAM SCOPE

2.1 Program Scope and Boundaries

1. GoM has an existing RWSS program that is fully aligned with and driven
by GoI’s National Rural Drinking Water Program (NRDWP) for water supply,
and Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin) (SBMG) for sanitation. The overall
objective of GoM’s RWSS program is to increase access to safe drinking water
and sanitation services to rural communities at an affordable cost and in an
environmentally sustainable manner. GoM’s RWSS program is in line with the
national vision and goals, and also supports the constitutional mandate of
strengthening devolution. GoM has demonstrated its commitment to the
objectives of its own program by developing policies and guidelines to support
execution of the program, allocating requisite financial resources and putting in
place mechanisms to strengthen decentralized sector governance structures.
The time horizon of GoM’s RWSS program is 10 years (2012-2022), with a total
resource commitment of US$ 3.55 billion over 10 years (equivalent to US$
35523 million or INR 2130 Cr per year).

2. The Bank will support a portion of the above GoM program over a 6-year
period (2014-2020) focusing on two primary activities: (i) State wide
institutional capacity building; and (ii) Developing implementation models for
the remaining and new challenge areas through physical investments for water
supply schemes in large peri-urban areas, and water supply schemes in water-
stressed and water-quality affected areas, in selected representative districts
across the state, based on transparent, pre-defined, and demand-driven criteria.
The geographic coverage for physical investments is depicted in the Map in
Annexure 1; GoM has named the Bank assisted part of its RWSS Program as
Jalswarajya II or the JS II Program.

3. Program Exclusions: The Program will exclude activities that, in the opinion
of the Bank, are likely to have significant adverse impacts that are sensitive,
diverse, or unprecedented on the environment and/or affect people; or involve
procurement of: (i) works, estimated to cost INR 300 Cr (US$ 50 Million)
equivalent or more per contract; (ii) goods, estimated to cost INR 180 Cr
(US$30 Million) equivalent or more per contract; (iii) non-consulting services,
estimated to cost INR 120 Cr (US$ 20 Million) equivalent or more per contract;
and (iv) consultant services, estimated to cost INR 90 Cr (US$ 15 Million)
equivalent or more per contract. Physical investments that are excluded from
the Program due to their high environmental risks include: (i) schemes that
involve construction or rehabilitation of dams which are greater or equal to 10

23
In this report it is assumed that one US$ is equivalent to INR 60.

Page 35 of 455
meters in height; (ii) groundwater–based schemes in overexploited and critical
basins that do not integrate source sustainability measures; and (iii) schemes
involving highly polluted surface water sources.

2.2 Program Development Objective

The overall Program Development Objective (PDO) is; “to improve the
performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation
and monitoring of its Rural Water Supply and Sanitation program and to improve
access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–
stressed and water quality-affected areas.

2.3 Program Key Results and Disbursement-linked Indicators

1. Key Result Areas: GoM and the World Bank have agreed to use the PforR
lending instrument to concentrate World Bank financing in four key result
areas that contribute to the achievement of the PDO:
a. Result Area 1: Strengthened planning and monitoring in the RWSS
sector;
b. Result Area 2: Improved institutional capacity for RWSS program
implementation;
c. Result Area 3: Improved access to quality and sustainable water and
sanitation services in peri-urban villages; and
d. Result Area 4: Improved access to safe drinking water in water-stressed
and water quality-affected areas.

2. PDO Indicators: GoM and the World Bank have also agreed on a set of
outcome indicators that will be used to measure the achievement of the PDO:

a. PDO Indicator 1: Number of districts using improved planning

processes and strengthened M&E systems;
b. PDO Indicator 2: Percentage of completed RWS schemes that follow
GoM’s demand-responsive approach and exit the implementation
process with a schedule performance index of between 0.75-1.25;
c. PDO Indicator 3: Number of people in peri-urban villages who have
access to a sustainable water supply system and receive regular water
service; and
d. PDO Indicator 4: Number of people in water-stressed and water
quality-affected areas who have access to a safe and secure drinking
water source.

Page 36 of 455
2.4 Program Scope and Activities

The scope of the program consists of two main categories. The details of these
categories are explained in Chapter 3.

 Category 1: Institutional capacity building for planning, implementation

and monitoring of the sector across the State: This category will have
two main sub categories: (i) Technical Assistance and Capacity Building
of Sector Institutions; (ii) Physical investments to strengthen
Institutional capacity.Investment under this category will support
technical assistance and capacity building across all sector institutions in
the State.

 Category 2: Water supply and Sanitation Service Improvement

Investments in selected districts: This category will have four main sub
categories: (i) Water Supply and Sullage management service
improvement in peri-urban villages [39 GPs]; (ii) Water supply in water
quality affected habitations [330GPs/habitations]; (iii) Water supply in
water stressed habitations [250GPs/habitations], and (iv) Aquifer Level
Groundwater Management initiatives [30 Aquifers]. Investment under
this category will be made in 12 selected districts, two districts per
region in all the six administrative regions of Maharashtra. Parameters
for selection of villages are defined in Annexure 2.

The Key activities/groups of activities under the above categories are listed in
2.6 Table-4 below. A detailed description of each of the activities is given in
Chapter 3.

2.5 Institutional and Implementation Arrangements

The WSSD will be the nodal department for the program. The Principal
Secretary, WSSD will be responsible for directing and monitoring
implementation of the JS II program and will ensure that the Program
Development Objectives are met in a timely manner. The program will be
delivered through existing water sector institutions and PRIs-WSSD, RSPMU,
WSSO, ZPs, DWSM Cells, BRCs, and GPs supported by MJP and GSDA (See
Chapter 4 for Institutional and Implementation arrangements). A Water and
Sanitation Support Organization (WSSO) was recently established under WSSD
for capacity building support in the sector, IEC and M&E activities, based on GoI
guidelines. WSSO will be effectively involved to support the program. GoM has
developed a range of manuals, guidelines and issued GRs which will be used by
the implementing agencies. References to them are covered in other sections of
this Program Manual.

Page 37 of 455
2.6 Program Cost Estimate

1. The overall cost of the JS-II Program and its breakup is given in the table
4 below. Details of these investments are captured in the Annexure 4.

Table 4: Activity-wise Program Costs

Category Activity / Intervention Quantity Cost Cost in INR
in Cr
US$ M
1 Institutional capacity building for planning, implementation and
monitoring of the sector across the State
A Technical Assistance and Capacity building of sector institutions (Software)
1 Capacity Building and 1.4 8.40
Exposure visits
2 IEC at various levels 1.8 11.00
3 M&E Systems improvement 2.8 7.00
including remote flow
monitoring systems at
districts for monitoring
large systems
4 Staffing and Sector 21.4 131.85
Management
5 Studies, Documentation and 4.7 29.00
Knowledge Management
Sub-total 32.1 187.25
B Physical investments to strengthen the capacity of existing institutions (Other
Hardware)
1 Civil structure for sub- 168 labs 3.4 21.07
divisional level laboratories
and improvements for
district laboratories of
Public Health Department
2 Strengthening of GSDA 6 labs, 10 Hydro- 4.3 26.44
meterological
stations, Ground
water
monitoring
network
3 Strengthening of MEETRA 1 institution 8.1 50.00
4 Strengthening of sub- 173 Sub Div 1.6 10.00
divisional offices Offices
Sub-total 17.4 107.51

Page 38 of 455
Category Activity / Intervention Quantity Cost Cost in INR
in Cr
US$ M
2 Water supply and Sanitation Service Improvement Investments in
selected districts
1 RWSS (Drinking water 39 GPs 104.9 545.18
supply and Sullage
Management) Service
Improvements in peri-
urban villages
2 Interventions in Water 330 16.8 83.00
Quality affected areas GPs/Habitations
(Community Safe Water
Systems)
3 Interventions in Water 250 16.3 100.00
Stressed areas GPs/Habitations
(Community Secure
Water Systems)
4 Aquifer Level Ground 30 Aquifers 16.3 100.27
Water Management
initiatives
Sub-total 154.3 828.45
Total Base Cost 203.9 1123.21
Physical and Price 31.4 161.10
Contingencies (@7.5%
per annum)
Total Cost including 235.3 1284.31
Contingencies

2. Financing Plan: The bank will finance 70% of the costs whereas GoM
and the communities together will finance the remaining 30%. The proposed
cost sharing is given in Table-5 below.

Table 5: Program Costs and Financing

Item Amount % of
(US$ Million) Total

Estimated Program Expenditures

Category-1: Institutional capacity building for 64.6 27

planning, implementation and monitoring of the
RWSS sector across Maharashtra.

Page 39 of 455
Item Amount % of
(US$ Million) Total

Category-2: In select districts, implementation of: 170.4 73

(a) Water supply and Sullage management service
improvement in peri-urban villages; and (b)
Water Supply service improvement and improved
groundwater management practices in water-
stressed and water-quality-affected areas.

TOTAL estimated expenditures 235 100

Program Funding Sources

International Development Association (IDA) (via 165 70

WSSD budget line)

GoM (via WSSD budget line) and community 70 30

TOTAL Sources 235 100

2.7 Proposed Financing Instrument (Program-for-Results),

Rationale and DLIs

1. The Bank and GoM have agreed to use the Bank’s new lending instrument
called PforR for the following reasons:
 The development challenges in the RWSS sector outlined above can no
longer be addressed only through another discrete investment
operation, but require broader thinking and concerted actions at the
sector level,
 Achievement of the program results requires building capacity of the
government systems including fiduciary, environmental and social
systems;
 The objective, therefore, is to support the performance of the
government program using the government’s own systems to affect
changes in management practices.

2. The following are the key features of a PforR Program-:

a. Finances and supports borrowers’ programs: These programs,

comprising expenditures and activities, can be on-going or new, sectoral
or sub-sectoral, and national or sub-national programs, as well as
community development programs. The specific areas where World

Page 40 of 455
 Bank’s finances would be used in JS-II Program have been agreed
between the Bank and the GoM.
b. Disburses upon achievement of program results: World Bank’s
disbursements will be determined by the achievement of verifiable
indicators, rather than by inputs. Such indicators are called as
Disbursement Linked Indicators (DLIs). An Independent Verification
Agency (IVA) hired by GoM will verify the achievements of results of
DLIs.
c. Focus on strengthening the institutional capacity: A priority area for
support will be to strengthen the capacity of the institutions to
implement the entire GoM’s program, hereby enhancing development
impact and sustainability. Program governance will be strengthened by
focusing on transparency, accountability, and participation. The idea is
to support the existing institutional and governance framework rather
than creating new institutions. These issues have been well addressed in
JS-II Program.
d. Provides assurance that Bank financing is used appropriately and
that the environmental and social impacts of the program are
adequately addressed. Such measures have been highlighted in this
Program Manual (Chapter 8).

3. Disbursement-Linked Indicators (DLIs) and allocation: The following

is the agreed list of DLI’s and its’ break up for releasing World Bank’s finance
for JS-II Program. The specified amounts will be released upon achievement if
the results verified and certified by the IVA appointed by GoM.

Table 5: Disbursement Linked Indicators

DLI Description Amount %
USDM

DLI#1 Strengthened M&E System for the sector 34 21%

DLI#2 Strengthened Capacity of Key Sector 36 22%
DLI#3 Institutions
No. of house connections to a Commissioned 40 24%
DLI#4 Water Supplyconnections
No. of house System to a Sustainable Water 25 15%
Supply System and receiving a Regular Water
Service
DLI#5 No. of Community Safe and Secure Water 30 18%
Systems (CSSWS)
Total 165 100%

Page 41 of 455
Page 42 of 455
 CHAPTER 3: PROGRAM CATEGORIES DESCRIPTION

3.0 Program Categories

The scope of the Program consists of two main Categories:

 Category 1: Institutional capacity building for planning,

implementation and monitoring of the sector across the State -
This category will have two main sub categories: (i) Technical
assistance and Capacity Building of Sector Institutions; (ii)
Physical investments to strengthen Institutional capacity

 Category 2: Water supply and Sanitation Service Improvement

Investments in selected districts – This category will have four
main sub categories: (i) Water Supply and Sullage management
service improvement in peri-urban villages [39 GPs]; (ii) Water
supply in water quality affected habitations [330GPs/
habitations]; (iii) water supply in water stressed habitations
[250GPs/habitations], and (iv) Aquifer Level Groundwater
Management initiatives [30 Aquifers]

3.1 Category 1: Institutional Capacity Building

The objective of this category is to improve the performance of GoM’s sector

institutional capacity in planning, implementation and monitoring of the RWSS
programs across the State. These include the following sub-categories:

A. Technical assistance and Capacity Building of Sector Institutions

(software)

A.1 Capacity Building and Exposure Visits

1. Strengthening program management capacity at all levels through

additional external technical assistance and other support, as required, for all
major business processes related to the functioning of the program, including
technical, fiduciary, social and environment processes;

2. Capacity Building: The JS-II Program will strive to optimally utilize the
capacity of all the human resource available to the fullest and will undertake
activities to bridge gaps in knowledge and capacity building of human resources
available at Village Panchayat Level, Block Level, Zilla Parishad Level, Regional
Level and State Level (functionaries/Stake holders). The following Table 6
indicates the capacity development activities for different stakeholders:

Page 43 of 455
 Table 6: Capacity Building Activities
Stakeholder Group Capacity Building Activities Responsibility
A. Developing and Strengthening Supply Side
I. RSPMU at state  Specialized training in functional RSPMU, WSSO
level, MJP, GSDA, areas and MEETRA,
PHD (PH Labs),  Identifying national and YASHADA
RCMU, Master international institutions and
Trainers at state networking
and district level  Orientation workshops and field

visits

II. Elected  Organizing orientation workshops

representatives and field visits
and senior officials  Specialized training in functional
in ZPs/PSs areas

III. DWSM Cells and  Orientation workshops on

BRCs program approaches and
philosophy
 Field visits

IV. SOs, Para-  Orientation workshops on roles

professionals, Civil and responsibilities
Society  Training programs in functional
Organizations and areas
other service
providers

B. Developing and Strengthening Demand Side

I. Village Panchayat  Orientation workshops on Project DWSM cell in

approaches and philosophy ZPs, BRCs and
 Field visits SOs
 Orientation on roles and
responsibilities
 Orientation on partnership and
linkages with CBOs, Gram Sabha,
Women Gram Sabha, VWSC, BLSC
etc.
 Technical skill trainings for VWSC
members/water operators and
others

Page 44 of 455
 Stakeholder Group Capacity Building Activities Responsibility
II. Gram Sabha  Orientation on constitutional
importance of Gram Sabha, calling
and conducting meetings, relevance
of attendance etc.
 Orientation on information sharing,
developing partnership, decision-
making etc.
 Workshops/ training programs on
participatory techniques, appraisal,
consultation process,
documentation etc.
 Orientation on inclusion, equity,
transparency etc.
 Orientation workshops on Project
approaches and philosophy
 Programs on working in
partnership with VP, VWSC etc.

 Orientation workshops on Project

III. CBOs – Mahila approaches and philosophy
Mandals, Youth  Programs on roles and
Groups, SHGs responsibilities
 Programs on developing
partnership with VP, ZP etc.

 Orientation and training on

IV. VWSC, SAC, BLSC, mobilisation, facilitation, planning,
GWMA financial management, record
keeping and documentation,
monitoring and evaluation etc.
 Training on inclusion, equity,
transparency etc.

3. RSPMU in coordination with WSSO will develop an annual capacity building

plan and will implement the same with assistance from MEETRA, YASHADA,
DWSM Cells, BRCs and SOs. Main objective of the capacity building plan would
be to strengthen implementation capacity of sector institutions at various levels
(state, district and block levels), through additional human resources,
streamlining roles and accountabilities, improving the efficiency of funds flow
releases, developing individual competencies (skills, mind-sets and motivation)
and collective capabilities (resources, tools, systems and assets) that would

Page 45 of 455
enable each agency/unit to perform their functions effectively, efficiently and in
a sustainable manner. This would also entail the following:
a) Establishing and operationalizing the existing Maharashtra
Environmental Engineering Training and Research Academy (MEETRA)
as a premier training institute for the sector. MEETRA will undertake
training and capacity building for all major sector stakeholders in the
following areas-modern planning, designing, engineering and O&M
management practices, contract management, related technical,
procurement, financial management, project management aspects,
adopting PPP models, leadership and teamwork, developing change
management approaches, improving organizational, operational and
financial performance of the PRIs and rural local bodies and, of the
service providers. The training programs could also cover: offering
distance learning courses, conducting ITI level diploma courses for key
areas such as water supply operators; one year diploma course on
Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH), offering post graduate and
doctoral level programs in collaboration with reputed universities.
MEETRA will also explore identification of avenues for technology
promotion and upgradation, such as:(i) identifying requirements for
testing various elements in the RWSS sector (ii) mapping existing testing
infrastructure and gaps (iii) establishing state of the art laboratories for
undertaking necessary tests within MEETRA (either at Nashik or
elsewhere) (iv) identifying feasibility and developing a plan to make the
key existing labs accredited under National Accreditation Board for
Laboratories (NABL) certification and/or ISO certification (v) need and
feasibility for innovative product development and patenting;
b) Strengthening Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency’s (GSDA)
capacities for comprehensive monitoring of ground water quantity and
quality to enable better water security planning;

4. Exposure Visits: Capacity building also includes national and international

exposure visits to the staff and key stakeholders of institutions at various levels,
to learn about best practices and adopt them in the RWSS sector.

A.2. IEC at Various levels

Information, Education and Communication (IEC) Strategy: The RSPMU in

collaboration with WSSO will develop an appropriate IEC strategy for
enhancing awareness of the sector and program issues of the major
stakeholders of the program. Such a strategy will build on the existing
communication campaigns of GoM for NRDWP, SBMG programs and also other
programs like Sant Gadge Baba Swachhata Abhiyan, Sujal-Nirmal Maharashtra
etc. The key messages that would be conveyed through the IEC campaigns

Page 46 of 455
include-safe handling of water, water conservation, cost of water, need for
good O&M for water supply schemes, benefits of good water supply, hygiene
seeking behaviour, benefits of maintaining and using latrines, benefits of
achieving and maintaining ODF status, benefits of active community
participation in all aspects of the program, systems available for complaint
redressal, systems available for seeking information on the program, project
cycles of the planned activities, social protection mechanisms, environment
protection mechanisms etc. Appropriate media such as-interpersonal
communications, print media, electronic media etc. will be used for these
campaigns. RSPMU will develop annual action plans for undertaking necessary
communication campaigns and implement them in collaboration with key
institutions like DWSM cells in ZPs, BRCs, SOs, print and electronic media, local
folk media etc.

A.3. M&E Systems

Improved Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) systems-This activity will include

the following:

i. Establishment of a strengthened M&E system for the sector, covering

key sector performance indicators, fiduciary performance indicators and
project/contract management performance indicators;
ii. Impact assessment activity (building on the impact evaluations done
under the previous Bank engagement in the sector) to better assess the
impact of the Bank supported program and government program
initiatives.

See Chapter-7 for more details on M&E system.

A.4. Staffing and Sector Management

This sub-category would involve the following:

i. Strengthening RWSS planning processes, including preparation of a 5-
year sector strategic plan for the state; development and dissemination
of tools and guidelines for improving the quality and consistency of
district annual plans with the GoM’s strategic priorities;
ii. Staff strengthening through hiring of staff on deputation/contract and
recruiting additional staff for strategic positions, at various levels in the
sector, clarifying their roles, responsibilities and accountabilities,
building their capacity for improved sector performance (See details in
Chapter-4).
iii. Strengthening the governance and accountability systems of the sector,
including grievance redressal and vigilance mechanisms at state level,
and social audit committees at GP level; and

Page 47 of 455
 iv. Strengthening sustainable sanitation initiatives by improving SBMG
program implementation across the State, and addressing issues of
demand including behaviour change and supply chain for various
categories. Under the Program, SBMG will be particularly prioritized in
peri-urban villages where improved drinking water supply services are
planned for better sanitation outcomes as well.

A.5. Studies, Documentation and Knowledge Management

During the course of implementation of Jalswarajya-2 program, it may be

necessary to carry out different types of studies and document various
achievements, lessons learnt etc. It is proposed to establish and strengthen a
complaint redress mechanism for water supply and sanitation sector in the
State.

B. Physical Investments to Strengthen capacity of Existing Institutions

(Other Hardware)

This category will include Physical investments to strengthen the capacity of

sector Institutions. These will mainly include the following sub-categories:

B.1. Strengthening of Laboratories of Public Health Department

1. Civil structure improvements for district and sub division level laboratories
of Public Health Department, for strengthening water quality monitoring and
surveillance capacity: The objective of this sub-category is to strengthen the
capacity of Public Health Department laboratories, by providing them
laboratory buildings (mostly as an extension of existing buildings), to house the
lab equipment and computer facilities (for water quality monitoring and
surveillance ), and provide for furniture.This will be done at state, district and
sub-divisional levels, for undertaking water quality testings as per GoI/GoM
defined protocols, thereby enabling effective control measures.

2. Public Health Department has identified a conference hall at state level

as the proposed infrastructure site for renovation. The conference hall will be
used for various review meetings, workshops and other departmental meetings
for improving and boosting the activities being undertaken in the existing
Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance system and Sanitation Survey
Program.

3. At District level, 29 functional DPHLs already identified by the Public

Health Department. Equipped with sophisticated instruments for Water Quality
(Chemical and Bacteriological) analysis but they are in need of good furniture.
Hence, modular furniture in these DPHLs is proposed.

Page 48 of 455
4. GoM has recently expanded the existing Water Quality testing facilities
under NRDWQM&S by providing instruments and manpower support to Public
Health Department in the 138 SDPHLs. With these 138 SDPH Laboratories,
sufficient numbers of water testing labs are in place for regular testing of the
water samples from drinking water sources. Presently the operation of these
newly created 138 SDPH Laboratories are running from old structures in the
premises of Rural Hospitals. Under the sub- category, substantial amount has
been provided to these 138 laboratories so that a sufficient and comfortable
place will be available for regular testing of water samples. The construction
area is about 80 sq.m (Total area 100 sq.m) which is as per the standard norms
proposed under NRDWQ M&S protocol for establishing the Taluka level
laboratory by GoI. These laboratories will be built within the first two years of
the program. Contractual staffs for these laboratories have already been
recruited by PHD with the funding under NRDWQM&S. With the addition of
these labs the PHD will be able to meet the target set out in the water quality
monitoring protocols for the entire state.

5. A special cell under the PHD with financial support of the JS II program
has been created for monitoring the progress of these laboratories. An
estimated budget requirement of INR 21.07 Cr (base cost) and INR 22.54 Cr
with escalation, is necessary to implement the sub category. This will include
infrastructure cost including the civil construction at state level and Sub
divisional level and furniture at State, District and Sub divisional level
laboratories.

6. The methods which will be used in the program for Civil structure
improvement for district and sub district level laboratories of PHD are outlined
in Annexure 5 and Annexure 5A.

B .2. Strengthening of GSDA

1. The objective of this sub-category is to build the GSDA capacities by

strengthening laboratories/equipment’s for better decision making in ground
water management/water quality monitoring and surveillance.

2. Capacity for Water Quality, Monitoring and Surveillance: GSDA

laboratories are utilized for testing the water samples rural water supply
schemes under the National Rural Drinking Water Program (NRDWP). In
addition these laboratories are utilized for testing the water samples required
under various programs undertaken by GSDA i.e. Groundwater quality
monitoring, aquifer level groundwater management initiative, water samples of
3370 groundwater monitoring stations etc. All the GSDA regional laboratories
are equipped with additional instruments and the required manpower to

Page 49 of 455
operate all these instruments are being provided under NRDWP support funds.
The water samples which are having a higher degree of contamination, various
other pollutants, pesticides, heavy metals and those requiring highly precise
testing will be tested at the GSDA Pune Regional Laboratory. In spite of all the
instrumentation and manpower availability in these laboratories, a suitable
working environment is not available due to lack of infrastructure support.
These laboratories are also planned for NABL accreditation. Hence, proper
infrastructure facilities are needed. Under the JS II program, infrastructure
support for six regional laboratories is proposed.

3. Construction and extension of existing regional laboratories at the four

regions namely Nagpur, Aurangabad, Amravati and Nasik will be done on
existing laboratory buildings and advance equipments; chemicals, glassware
etc. will be procured and installed in all the six Regional Laboratories. Pune
Regional Laboratory will be equipped with advance sophisticated instruments
to analyze heavy metals and pesticide residues. The accreditation of regional
laboratories will be done with National Accreditation Board of Laboratories
(NABL). Accreditation of these Laboratories is essential to maintain the quality,
precision and accuracy. Field kits with scope for use of portable
spectrophotometers shall be taken up.

4. An estimated budget requirement of INR 9.45 Cr (base cost) is proposed

to implement the sub category. Following activities will be financed:
i. Construction of additional floors at Nasik, Aurangabad, Amravati and
Nagpur Regional Laboratory with each having about 250 sq.m. Area.
ii. Laboratory furniture-working tables, chairs, tables for computer
systems and built in storages for records and consumables for all 6
regional laboratories.
iii. Various Instruments, other infrastructure facilities and chemicals and
glassware are also proposed for six regional laboratories

5. Hydro-meteorological stations: GSDA is monitoring 10 hydro-

meteorological stations (HMS) for carrying out water balance study in the eight
agro-climatic zones. The parameters studied are precipitation, runoff,
evaporation, humidity, temperature, wind velocity, bright sun-shine hours and
soil moisture etc. Four of these HMS are not in the operating conditions and 6
need improved instrumentations and infrastructure. The data generated from
these HMS becomes basis for establishing the rainfall-recharge relationship,
integrated planning of water resources and keeping water account at
watershed level. Under JS II, strengthening and rejuvenation/replacement of 8
HMS are proposed (for more information please also see Annexure 8).

Page 50 of 455
6. It is proposed to carry out strengthening of five existing Hydro-
meteorological stations by incorporating state of art instrumentation and up
scaling the facilities thereof to yield quality data that can be used especially in
Groundwater estimation, scarcity prediction and water balance studies.
Automatic weather stations also will be provided in all 10 HMS stations along
with conventional equipments. Basic infrastructure and equipments will be up
scaled to generate accurate and high frequency data at all 10 HMS.

7. The estimated budget requirement will be INR 2.74 Cr (base cost). The
activities planned under this sub category are:
i. Replacement of old Instruments
ii. Installation of new Instruments & Automatic weather stations
iii. Infrastructure development at existing or newly replaced HMS - Civil
Works
iv. Automation of data gathering set up &
v. Real time data sharing

8. Enhancement of groundwater level Monitoring Network–

Groundwater monitoring network needs upgradation matching with the
changing groundwater quantity and quality scenarios. This could be
implemented after the systematic review of the network density using
advanced statistical tools to find the typical gaps in the network. Network
upgradation should focus on the optimum network density for individual
aquifers. Due to heterogeneous and hard rock geology, Maharashtra faces many
challenges in quantification and assessment of accurate groundwater resources
and their behavior in space and time. Currently, on an average, there is one
observation well representing around 80 square kilometer area. The existing
groundwater level monitoring network (observation wells) in each district is
inadequate for 1-2% tolerance error. To produce accurate and adequate
dataset, which will try to address all the diversities, it is proposed to up scale
the existing network of 3920 observation wells and fix at least one observation
well in each village/grampanchayat. The proposed vast network of Observation
Wells will help to record the response of groundwater regime to the natural and
artificial conditions of recharge and discharge with respect to climate, geology,
physiography and hydrogeological characters, near accurate estimation of
groundwater resources, groundwater management and application of
regulatory measures.

9. An estimated budget requirement of INR 12.37 Cr (base cost) is

proposed to strengthen the observation well Network (see Annexure 9). Under
this sub-category, following activities are proposed: a) Fixation of observation
wells in each Village/Grampanchayat of all 33 districts in the state; and

Page 51 of 455
b) Design a low cost, sustainable mechanism for periodical monitoring of
Observation wells.

10. Develop an interdepartmental policy at GoM level to measure, monitor

and record groundwater level through people’s participation/Jalsurakshak/
Gramsevak and usage of data for various purposes.

11. Real time groundwater level Monitoring Network: The existing

groundwater level monitoring network has limitations and there are chances
that the real peaks and troughs of the groundwater level could be missed
leading to inaccurate estimation of the resource availability, wrong
understanding of the rainfall recharge impact and less than clear understanding
of real problem. Many a times it is very difficult to establish the rainfall-
groundwater level relationship, due to inadequacy of data. Additionally, the
data is generated almost on the regional scale and cannot be co-related with the
village level data. These ultimately affect the scarcity predictions. All these
constraints can be taken care of if the groundwater levels are monitored on real
time basis. Therefore, under JS II it is proposed to it is proposed to improve the
monitoring frequency in representative wells through automation in data
collection, involvement of local community in increased data gathering,
establish observation well network, rain gauge stations and water quality
monitoring stations in each of the village based on the network analysis within
two districts from JS II project. It is proposed to take up this activity on pilot
basis in Aurangabad and Chandrapur districts. Subsequently, an attempt will be
made to monitor the existing groundwater level monitoring network on real
time basis. It is also proposed to design and finalize a low cost working model of
real time groundwater level monitoring system which can be up scaled through
other government interventions.

12. The proposed budgetary requirement of this sub-category is INR 4.66 Cr.
The activities proposed under this sub-category are:
a) Establishment of village wise observation well network. Rain gauges and
water quality monitoring arrangements preferably at village scale.
b) Manual and pilot level machine monitoring of groundwater levels,
rainfall and water quality by the assigned village representative followed
by direct submission to central server through web or SMS.
c) Establishing central server for data collection, compilation and analyses.
d) Developing a program/software/application for transmission, collection,
analysis, interpretation and periodic publishing of the data on website.
e) Designing a low cost sustainable mechanism for real time groundwater
level monitoring.

Page 52 of 455
13. The methods which will be used in the Program for Civil structure
improvement for district and sub district level laboratories under the PHD are
outlined in Annexure 5. The outlines of methods, which will be used in the
other activities proposed for strengthening of better handling the groundwater
management /monitoring is attached separately in Annexure 7.

B.3. Strengthening of MEETRA

1. Civil works and facilities for Strengthening of the state level training
institute in the sector Maharashtra Environmental Engineering Training
and Research Academy (MEETRA), Nasik -The objective of this sub-category is
to make MEETRA a premier training institute in the state in the RWSS sector, by
strengthening its infrastructure and other facilities. In parallel under the
technical assistance activities, the vision and strategy for developing MEETRA
into a Centre of Excellence will be prepared and implemented. MEETRA is an
autonomous sector training agency set up by the GoM. The GoM aims to
strengthen MEETRA to make it a Center of Excellence in training and applied
research. MJP and WSSO will support MEETRA in these efforts. Consultants and
architects will be appointed to chalk-out detailed strategy for strengthening
MEETRA and plan of action will be developed in the first six months and the
plan will be implemented in the first two years of the Program. A strengthened
MEETRA will be able to offer crucial capacity building support for the key
stakeholders, across the state.

2. Activities under the sub-category will include all the components

included in the action plan for strengthening MEETRA as approved by the GoM
and it may include renovating the administrative building currently 2000 sq.
meter, for more efficient space utilization, increasing hostel accommodation
and dining room capacity from 65 to 150 residents, improving the space in
library hall (currently 200 sq. meters), increasing the numbers of class rooms,
conference rooms and modernizing the workshops. MEETRA is currently
situated in Nashik on a five acre land. Civil works will be executed through a
private contractor, selected as per GoM rules and regulations.

The sub-category estimated a budget requirement of INR 50 Cr (base

cost) and INR 57.50 Cr (Gross Cost) with escalation, to implement the sub
category. This will include: infrastructure cost including the civil construction
and support for various software activities.

B.4. Strengthening of Sub-divisional offices

1. Strengthening of RWS Sub-division offices- The objective is to improve

the working environment in the sub-division offices of WSSD by providing
better furniture, facilities and repairs to buildings. There are 173 sub-division

Page 53 of 455
offices under 33 RWS Divisions in the State. It is proposed to provide assistance
for up-gradation of infrastructure in these offices, so as to make them better
equipped for handling water supply & sanitation issues. For implementation of
this category, the prevailing procedures in ZPs will be followed.
 The EE, RWS Division will prepare the estimates for the up-
gradation of sub-division offices and accord Technical Sanction.
 ZP will accord Administrative Approval
2. Detailed instructions regarding Implemention in the form of a Govt.
Circular have been issued vide No. JSP-02/CR-57/WS-11 dated 4th March,
2014.

3.2 Category 2: Water Supply and Sanitation Service

Improvement Investments in selected districts

1. The Program will finance TA and construction of RWSS schemes for

the following sub-activities.

 Peri-urban villages to demonstrate higher water supply service levels

and sullage management. (Annexure 14 provides a Scope of work for
providing SCADA in Peri Urban WSS).
 Mitigation measures to address water quality issues in water quality
affected areas, along with service improvements (Community Safe Water
Supply Systems).
 Measures to address water scarcity in summer months, particularly in
small remote habitations, along with service improvements (Community
Secure Water Supply Systems).
 Community based Aquifer Level Groundwater Management initiatives.

2. Guiding Principles and Strategies for Category 2: All the processes,

procedures, rules, guidelines etc. of GoM will be followed for implementation of
the Program.

3. Socio-technical Processes: In order to enhance the sustainability of

water supply and sanitation infrastructure, the program will ensure that the
community will be able to select manageable technologies with the support of
implementing agencies, such that those technologies are environmentally
appropriate and economically affordable.
 VWSC will be strengthened as a committee of GPs and will be entrusted
with the responsibility of implementing water supply and sanitation
service delivery.
 GWMA will be strengthened as a federation of VWSCs for the individual
aquifer and will be entrusted with the responsibility of guiding &

Page 54 of 455
 monitoring the groundwater management activities within the
aquifer/s.
 Institutional capacity of the GPs will be enhanced to undertake the
coordination and facilitation roles for program implementation.
 Gram Sabhas will be strengthened as platform for transparent
community level decision-making
 The ZPs will be strengthened to undertake program implementation at
the district level.
 The capacity of VWSC members on all aspects of source and technology
selection demand and supply side groundwater management
interventions will be strengthened.
 The O&M aspects of the technology will be evaluated thoroughly before
choosing a particular option.
 Gram Sabha attended by majority of the Benefiting Households will be
entrusted with the responsibility of deciding on the technological
options, capital contribution and O&M charges.
 Inclusion of groundwater recharge and source strengthening measures
are expected to enhance the sustainability of the drinking water sources.
 Water quality monitoring is an important sub-category of the program.
 While preparing the VAP and later during implementation and operation
of the facility, the community will consider environmental issues and
will implement the mitigation measures for any adverse environmental
impacts.

4. Program Principles: The program has identified the following

principles to guide the community and other partners in program
implementation.
 All program related decisions are done in a consultative manner
involving Gram Sabha
 Cost effectiveness, affordability and manageability are the prime
considerations for selection of solutions
 All program related information and program records are accessible to
everyone in the community
 Women are the most important stakeholders of the program. Women
Gram Sabha must precede every General Gram Sabha.
 No extractions of water from the source without recharge and source
augmentation.
 No construction of borewell/tubewell for irrigation.
 All committee members are accountable to Gram Sabha and SAC shall
monitor all program activities on behalf of Gram Sabha.
 GP owns the water supply and water conservation assets and the
community manages them through VWSC or other management models
decided consultatively.

Page 55 of 455
3.2.1 RWSS in Peri-Urban Villages

1. The objective of this sub-category is to address the specific challenges

being faced by GoM, to demonstrate higher and sustainable water supply
services in peri-urban Villages, along with effective sullage management. For
provision of Water Supply to peri-urban villages, there are three main aims:

i. To demonstrate improvement of service levels -The interventions will

aim at ensuring continuity of water supply, meeting minimum water
quality standard, for at least 8 hours per day (where feasible, it can go up
to 24x7) at a minimum pressure of 7.0 M at predetermined points in the
distribution network, for not less than 300 days in a year, unless the
service area is declared a drought affected zone.
ii. To develop appropriate feasible and sustainable solutions for service
delivery. This will be achieved through the following measures:
 Ensuring that the solutions are appropriate and feasible for the
situation, from technical, financial, social and environmental angles.
This can be achieved by applying the reform approaches and policies
prepared under the GoM’s GR on peri-urban areas, and by adopting
the social and environmental management developed by GoM for the
Program;
 Promoting community ownership for the solutions. This will be
achieved through partnership between the implementing agencies
(MJP/GSDA/ZPs) and the community.
 On the O&M side, the attempt here is to demonstrate sustainable O&M
for long term, which can be achieved through 100% house
connections with meters; rationalized tariffs (through metering);
appropriate, transparent subsidies based on prevalent Government
Guidelines and adopting a formal O&M arrangement with clear
accountabilities and agreements between parties, along with
continued post implementation support to the community and
monitoring by the implementing agencies.

2. On sanitation service, the interventions will include sullage collection

and treatment systems. All the households in the GP will be connected to the
sullage network (pipes laid in existing drains) and there will be decentralized
treatment/end treatment of the sullage with suitable low cost technologies. The
GoM’s Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin) (SBMG) program will be closely
integrated in selected Peri-Urban GPs to see that the households in the GPs will
have access to toilets. This focus on SBMG can include providing access to
improved latrines/toilets, solid waste management (complementing sullage
management under the program) and preparation of village Environmental
Sanitation Plans. Appropriate O&M arrangements will be established to

Page 56 of 455
generate revenues to meet the cost. A detailed note on implementation of liquid
waste management by sullage collection and treatment is contained in
Annexure 10.

3. Scope: The sub-category will be implemented in the areas (villages/

habitations) declared as Peri-Urban by the district level committee under the
chairmanship of the District Collector, as per GR. No. Grapadho-1110/CR-
130(II)/ WS-07 dated 7th June, 2012 or any other subsequent revisions by
GoM from time to time.

4. The eligibility of GPs for inclusion in the sub-category –

 The GP/ Village/ Wadi/ Pada should be included in the list of peri-
urban habitations declared by the committee under the chairmanship
of concerned District Collector.
 Population of individual Peri-Urban habitation/ village/GP shall not
be more than 25000
 Peri-Urban area shall be located around Municipal Council only.
 GPs shall be ready to enhance the water tariff so as to match the
proposed O&M cost. It shall not be less than proposed in the DPR.
 The GPs shall be ready to implement Reforms as per Government
guidelines.

5. Selection of GPs: Applications will be invited from eligible GPs and will be
evaluated on the basis of pre-defined criteria. A merit list will be prepared and
appropriate number of GPs will be selected for participation in the Program.
Although the Program will be implemented in the Peri-Urban areas, the actual
implementation will be done through the concerned VWSCs/ GPs with technical
assistance of ZP/MJP. The criteria for selection of GPs have been attached
separately (Annexure 2). The formats for the Certificate from Block
Development Officer are attached as Annexure 3. The District Technical
Committee will suggest formation of technically/ financially feasible clusters
out of selected GPs. This committee will work under the supervision of District
Program Co-ordination Committee. The final list of GPs will be approved by
District Program Co-ordination Committee and will be submitted for perusal to
the District Water Management and Sanitation Committee of Zilla parishad.

6. The powers for according Technical Sanction and Administrative

Approval will be as per GR No. Grapadho-1109/CR-104(A)/ WS-07 dated
17th March, 2010 and subsequent modifications/corrigenda from time to time.
However the detailed procedure regarding the administrative & technical
sanction as well as procurement issues laid down in the Procurement Manual
shall be followed. Fund flow arrangement shall be as per the procedure laid
down in the Financial Manual.

Page 57 of 455
7. Improved Service Levels-Improvements in service levels shall be
considered based on the following guidelines in Table 7. The expected
improvements in services can be explained to the community, during
community interactions.

Table 7: Improved Service Levels

Parameter Present Improved situation targeted Reference
situation in
peri-urban
areas
Quantum of Up to 40 lpcd or Maximum of 70 lpcd may be
supply less considered.
Supply hours 2-3 Minimum of 8 to maximum of DLI#4
24 hours
Continuity of No example of  24x7 may be tried in some DLI#4
supply 24x7 supply cases where willingness and
demand is there
 breakdowns shall be limited
such that supply is
maintained at least for 300
days in a year (need not be at
a continuous stretch)
Quality of To comply with To comply with GoM DLI#4
water GoM standards standards. Review of
supplied compliance will be monitored
regularly
Pressures in Low pressures Min 7 m pressure DLI#4
the system
Access to Street taps/ Individual connection at the DLI#4
supply house property
connections /
other sources

8. Developing Solutions - For developing the solutions, the schemes shall

be designed based on NRDWP Guidelines and suggested technical criteria listed
in Annexure 12. A Project Cycle has been developed as per the Social
Management rules and procedures, to enable appropriate interaction with the
community, which shall be followed by the implementing agencies, during
planning, implementation and O&M.

9. Following approach shall be followed for developing the solutions.

Page 58 of 455
10. After a reconnaissance survey, preliminary technical assessment, initial
community interaction as per the Project Cycle and secondary data review,
prepare a ‘Scheme Planning Options’ with the following information:

 Technical Details: Community aspirations, water demands, identifying

potential sources (surface source/off-take from the neighbouring urban
scheme), status of existing infrastructure including possibilities of having
common facilities with the urban scheme, technical assessment of
rehabilitation needs of existing infrastructure that is proposed for retention,
assessment of possibilities of having a combined scheme with another peri-
urban GP complying with the selection criteria (this may be a kind of multi-
GP scheme), located in the same peri-urban area;
 Possible options (1 to 3) for preliminary scheme plan and layout (Bulk
facilities: showing locations of sources and extraction facilities, trunk main
routes, locations of treatment plants, balancing reservoirs, location of the
terminal reservoir before entry into the GP etc.; and Distribution facilities:
internal distribution system in the GP, with internal reservoirs, pumping
stations, Bulk meters, controlling zones etc.);
 Use Environmental Checklist and Social Screening as per the Manuals
developed for the Program and confirm compliance of the specific scheme
with Program exclusion criteria on environmental angle, applicable
laws/regulations and guidelines (including clearances required from other
departments/authorities); on social-land requirement, social inclusion
aspects (as per social management rules and procedures); undertake
mapping of polluted sources (required as part of GoM GR), and identify
requirement of Environmental Due Diligence Plan (EDDP);
 Differences in service level - present versus likely after scheme completion;
 Overall institutional and implementation responsibilities for the scheme;
including possible arrangements for handling multi-GP schemes and the
agreements with the concerned GPs;
 Implementation Plans and time lines (as per Table 9);
 Financial Details: Overall costs of scheme–capital and O&M; and
community contributions, including contribution for house connection and
meters; tariff levels – all as per GoM policies.
 Advantages and Disadvantages of the proposed options and ranking and the
preferred option.

Note: as part of the above steps, rationalization of community aspirations,

service levels, demands and potential sources shall be achieved.

11. Reform Strategy: The key elements as in Box-1, to be taken up in peri-

urban areas while schemes are implemented. Consistent with this, the agencies
shall analyze the following aspects as per Table 8, and present a strategy.

Page 59 of 455
 Table 8: Scheme Analyses

Aspect What to analyze Remarks

Water Audit If any of the existing scheme To be covered in
Energy Audit components are proposed to be Scheme Planning
retained, then an assessment of the Report.
need for undertaking water audit
(i.e., physical leakage assessment),
or Energy audit (i.e., assessment of
efficiency of operation of
pumps/motors etc.), which shall be
taken up as part of detailed
engineering, shall be presented.

If none of the existing scheme

components are worth retaining
after the preliminary assessment,
then there is no need of water and
energy audit.
Bulk Bulk meters shall be part of the To be covered in Scheme
metering schemes, to be located at strategic Planning Report.
places, which will enable water
audit of the completed schemes on
an ongoing basis. These should have
been captured in the Scheme
Planning Report.
Industrial The Industrial and Commercial The feasibility shall be
and consumers located within the analyzed as part of
Commercial command area of the scheme may Scheme Planning Report
Metering be charged, subject to feasibility of
sources, for better revenue Detailed assessments
mobilization and cost sharing. shall be presented as
part of technical and
financial analysis in the
Detailed Project Report.
Consumer As per the GR, this will contain: Items (1) to (3) shall be
Survey 1) 100% House hold survey covered as part of
2) Identifying the numbers of detailed engineering. But
unauthorized connections & a strategy for the same
conversion to legal connections. shall be presented in the
3) Conversion of all public stand Reforms Strategy
posts to group/individual Report.
connection.

Page 60 of 455
 Aspect What to analyze Remarks
4) Preparation of Computerized Item (4) will run parallel
database for each house and to to implementation of the
keep it updated. schemes, for which the
strategy and estimated
cost shall be presented
in the Reforms Strategy
Report.

Interactions with the

community shall be done
before and during the
Survey as per the Social
Management Rules and
Procedures for the
Program.
GIS Mapping Field survey will be done with total
station survey and GIS base map will
be prepared for the GP wherein all
households will be marked with
GPS. A strategy shall be prepared as
part of the Reforms Strategy Report
to undertake this work.
Hydraulic Standard software for Hydraulic
Modeling modeling shall be used for planning
and analysis of schemes
Grievance The GR asks for establishing Shall follow the
Redressal consumer complaint redressal guidelines under Social
system. A strategy for the same shall Management Rules and
be prepared as part of Reform Procedures for the
Strategy Report, which shall be Program
implemented parallel to scheme
implementation.
Computer Feasibility of computer billing based
Billing on available facilities at the GP –
computers, software, timelines for
completion of consumer survey,
availability of consumer data,
availability of staffing etc., shall be
analyzed and a strategy presented in
the Reforms Strategy Report.

Page 61 of 455
Sanitation The GP need not have sewerage system due Sullage
Action Plan to: a) non-availability of similar facilities in Management
the neighboring urban area; b) high capital scheme shall be
and operational cost of such schemes; and c) prepared
the technical skills required for O&M of such separately.
schemes.
But the GPs may have sullage management
facilities, with appropriate technical options.
In parallel, it is expected that sanitation
access in the form of improved toilet
coverage and Solid and Liquid Waste
Management are going to be covered under
SBMG program of the GoM. An integrated
action plan shall be presented in the Reform
Strategy Report, combining all efforts.

12. Once the reform strategies are clear as per the analysis, the costs of
various activities, and their implementation plans and timelines along with
costs shall be prepared as part of Reforms Strategy Report to be included in the
DPR. At this stage, a clear agreement shall be confirmed (see Social
Management Rules and Procedures for format) with the community on the
following aspects:
 Preferred option, scheme layout and service levels,
 Agreement for multi-GP scheme if any;
 Standards-100% house connections with meters;
 Agreement with urban area for sharing of water and payment for bulk
water;
 Estimated cost of scheme including O&M costs;
 Community contribution for capital, tariffs;
 Confirmation and modalities for getting land during implementation;
 Implementation timelines, implementation arrangements, community
obligations during implementation; and
 Options for O&M management, community obligations during O&M.

13. Prepare a Detailed Project Report and Bid Documents- After the
above step, necessary detailed technical designs, financial analysis,
Environmental Due Diligence Plans and Social assessments shall be taken up.
Each aspect is detailed below:

a. Technical Designs: For the top ranked option, detailed engineering shall
be taken up along with the implementation of reform actions as per the
Reform Strategy Report. The detailed technical information of the scheme,
cost estimates, procurement and implementation plans (as revised from

Page 62 of 455
 Step-1), and final O&M arrangements shall be presented in the DPR. Along
with the DPR, necessary bid documents shall be prepared.

b. Financial Due-diligence: This shall contain, cost of scheme and its

justification, per capita cost, cost recovery from community through
community contribution (based on GoM policies), tariff levels and their
increment plan at least for the next 10 years of O&M period based on GoM
subsidy policies, community contribution requirements for the house
connections and meters. Based on this analysis, the shares of GoM and
community in the capital and O&M costs shall be presented.

c. Social Assessment: This shall be based on the Social Management Rules

and Procedures. The social impacts and mitigation measures shall be
detailed out.

d. Environmental Due Diligence Plan: While designing the scheme,

Environmental Due Diligence Plan shall be prepared as per the Terms of
Reference and Format provided in the Environmental Management Manual
for the Program. The Plan shall be integrated into the DPR and the bid
documents (contract conditions and bill of quantities) to ensure that the
identified mitigation measures are implemented.

e. DPR and bid documents preparation: Based on all the information, a

DPR shall be prepared. This DPR shall contain the items listed in Annexure
13. The review and approval of the DPR and bid documents shall be as
specified in Annexure 31 of the Program Manual.

14. Agency for Preparation of Detailed Project Reports (DPRs) – EE,

RWS/ EE, MJP (based on population and per capita cost as per present practice
and considering combined cost of water supply scheme & liquid waste
management) will prepare the Infrastructure DPRs for the works proposed,
using latest GIS/GPS based technologies so as to enable integration of DPRs
with the proposed Monitoring & Evaluation system.
15. Pre-Appraisal of DPRs - All the DPRs for Peri-Urban areas will be first
scrutinized at State level by Special Monitoring Cell (Technical) in order to
ensure technical & financial feasibility and least cost technical options. After
compliance of remarks, if any, the Executive Engineer, MJP/ZP will make
presentation before State lavel Pre-Appraisal Committee headed by the
Principal Secretary, WSSD, GoM. MS, MJP; CE, MJP; Dy. Secretary & Project
Director, RSPMU; Project Manager, RSPMU; concerned CEO, ZP will be the
members of the committee. SE, Special Monitoring Cell (Technical) will act as
the Member Secretary. After approval from the Committee, first Technical

Page 63 of 455
Sanction and then Administrative Approval will be given by Competent
Authority.
16. Agency for Implementation of DPRs- Actual implementation of
hardware category will be as per prevailing delegation of powers. The designs
shall be based on NRDWP guidelines and the suggestive list of design norms
given as Annexure 12. A responsibility matrix of all engineering activities for all
project categories is attached as Annexure 31.
RSPMU will have (a) a Special Monitoring Cell (Technical) to review the DPRs
and all other planning and implementation issues concerning the project works;
(b) an Independent construction quality surveillance consultancy reporting
directly to the Project to monitor all works including crucial items like hydro
testing, performance of pumps and WTP etc.
General Conditions
 Efforts will be made for convergence with SBMG for solid waste
management (SWM) and construction of toilets.
 Popular contribution will be paid by the GPs as per the prevailing
policy.
 GP will be responsible for obtaining relevant permissions from
Forest Department, MSEDC, Water Lifting Permission, etc. The
implementing agency will facilitate this.
Operation and Maintenance
 After the completion of the scheme, the responsibility of O&M will
rest with the concerned GPs. The GPs will meet the expenditure of
O&M through water tariff collections and any subsidies from Central
and State Government.
 Initially the construction contractors who are implementing the
scheme will be responsible for O&M for five years after completion
of the scheme. Provision for O&M cost for 1st year will be made in the
DPR. For remaining 4 years, the cost will be recovered through
water tariff.
 The GP will be responsible to charge water tariff as proposed in DPR
or a tariff sufficient to meet the O&M costs, whichever is higher. GPs
failing to do this will not be eligible for O&M Incentive Fund.

Budget: The estimation for this category is INR 588.0 Cr. (Net) and 617.84 Cr
(Gross- including provision for price escalations due to various reasons). The
costs for preparation of DPRs for Reforms, Implementation of Reforms,
preparation of DPRs for Water Supply & Sanitation services, charges payable to
preparation/implementation agencies etc. are included in this provision.
17. Detailed instructions regarding Implementing Agency (District Program
Coordination Committee, District Technical Committee), Planning (Selection
Criteria, Selection Process), DPR Preparation, Pre-Appraisal, Approvals,
Tendering, Implementation, O&M, Fund Flow, DLIs etc. in the form of a Govt.

Page 64 of 455
Circular have been issued vide No. JSP-0214/CR-55/WS-11 dated 11th June,
2014.

3.2.2 Water Quality (WQ) Affected habitations

1. Water quality is a critical component of rural water supply delivery system.

Assessment of the water quality situation is in a way evaluation of the total
system beginning with the water supply source, its exctraction, transport,
storage and delivery. Contamination at all levels is not uncommon however the
focus has always remained on the source with little or no efforts to make the
supply and distribution system contaminantion free. The objective of the JS II
will be to ensure supply of safe potable water to all the households.
This will have to involve complete assessment of the water quality trends of all
the sources (Wells based on all available water quality data), water quality data
from the storage reservoirs, water quality at the household level combined with
health data related to water borne diseases.
The objective of this sub-category is (i) to address the critical water quality
challenges, with appropriate technical and operational solution, along with
service improvement in the target villages; to provide safe potable drinking
water to maximum number of households with minimum cost, (ii) to achieve
improvement in Chemical quality (primarily for TDS and Fluoride) up to the
desirable level of BIS standard, in the affected water sources through a)
differentiated water Supply, b) recharge of ground water by maintaining
aquifer saturation condition i.e., Dilution Techniques in water quality affected
aquifer/area identified as per the predefined criteria in the selected districts c)
Technological options (RO Systems/Nano Technology) R&D) in case all these
techniques are not suitable then water from distant safe sources will be
provided or different treatment techniques will be provided only for drinking
water.
2. Scope: About 330 WQ affected habitations in 12 districts have been
proposed. This will involved systematic water quality trend analysis of data
from the different pumping sources to identify critical parameters that show
increasing trend at the well level as well as on a regional watershed/block
scale. If any other habitations are quality affected in the same GP, they will also
be considered and will be funded under NRDWP. The eligibility of habitation is
as per the following:
 Those Habitations, in which the chemical quality of groundwater based
Sources of water supply system are affected due to TDS and Fluoride, are
proposed for intervention. If the same contaminated source/village have
other contaminents along with TDS and Fluoride, they will also be
considered.
 Only source is affected, and other categories of the system are
functioning.

Page 65 of 455
  Based on such a trend Analysis critical water quality contaminants shall
be identified along with other associated parameters showing rising
trends (fluoride, chloride, iron, nitrate, bacteriological, pesticide residue,
heavy metals etc). The effort will be assess the causative factors for the
increasing trend as well as to locate all the various aquifers that are
exposed to contamination. The regional extent of the contamination also
understood.

3. The selection criteria for WQ intervention, which is tried by the

Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency in consultation with the RWS
Division, Zilla Parishad and is one of the key agency for implementing this sub-
category besides ZP, is adopted for short listing of affected habitations.
However final selection of the habitations will be done by the DPCC. GPs will be
requested to enter into an agreement (OFA) with the ZP. Based on a reasonable
understanding of the contamination (natural or manmade) after detailed
survey conducted by GSDA, possible solutions worked out that will include
improved well design, well construction, aquifer level/catchment level
treatment options if any, Water Treatment, recycling as well shifting from
groundwater to surface water sources explored. The detailed Hydro-geological
Survey will be completed in 2-3 phases. Each phase will have project cycle of 30
months and each project cycle will start in year 1, 2 & 3.

4. Preparation of Detailed Project Reports (DPRs): GSDA and Rural

Water Supply Division Zilla Parishad will prepare the Detail Project Reports
considering the various Technical Options for the artificial recharge of ground
water or other suitable measure for the particular location/aquifer after
detailed technical and hydrological survey. Since complete DPR’s, which include
both; Conventional and Non-conventional measures, require thorough
comprehensive assessment, detailed Hydro-geological survey, aquifer mapping
and hence requires more time.

5. In habitations where the desired water quality cannot be achieved by the

above methods i.e., dilution techniques or due to scanty rainfall or aquifer
limitation; water from distant safe sources will be provided or treatment
techniques will be provided only for drinking water. This will be implemented
by the RWS Division of ZP.

6. Implementation of DPRs
 In case of Non-Conventional measures, GSDA will plan, approve and
implement these measures as per prevalent guidelines.
 In case of Conventional measures, GSDA will facilitate preparation,
approval, and implementation, supervision of works through the
respective Zilla Parishad level agencies like Rural Water Supply

Page 66 of 455
 Division, Minor Irrigation Division and Agriculture Department, as per
the prevalent guidelines.
 For technological options, RSPMU will constitute a committee for
development of guidelines for implementation & Procurement.
 Popular contribution will be paid by the GPs as per the prevailing
policy.

7. Other activities
 Raising the awareness of the communities in water management
practices through PRA/IEC activities and during the preparation of the
Detail Project Report (DPR).
 The Direct Measures of artificial groundwater recharge i.e. Non-
Conventional measures will be implemented through GSDA and other
Conventional measures will be implemented through by the RWSD
Zilla Parishad.
 NRDWP Guidelines will be followed for the implementation of this
category
 In case if other habitations in the same GP are likely to get affected by
the same water quality problems, the same will be tackled under
NRDWP. Since, DLI’s are proposed on safe and secure Water Supply
System hence under JS-II only those habitations will be tackled, which
are selected on the predetermined criteria. The remaining habitations
if any, under same GP which are suffering with the same water quality
problem, will be tackled on priority under the National Rural Drinking
Water Program.

8. As per the program design, following Disbursement Linked Indicator will

be applicable and Executive Engineer; RWSD ZP will be responsible for it.

Result Area 4: Improved access to safe DLI#5: Number of community safe

drinking water in water-stressed and and secure water schemes (CSSWS)
water-quality affected areas

9. Budget: The estimated allocation for this sub-category is INR 83.0 Cr.
(Net) and INR 95.07 Cr (Gross- including provision for price escalations due to
various reasons). The costs for preparation of DPRs for short term and long
term are included in this provision.
10. The outlines of methods, which will be used in the project for
Interventions in Water Quality affected area (Community safe Water system are
outlined in Annexure 15.

Page 67 of 455
3.2.3 Water Scarcity Villages

1. The objective here is to improve water supply services in remote

habitations, particularly in the hilly regions, which face scarcity of water during
summer months.

2. Scope: Habitations with present population below 500, from the

selected districts. The proposed service levels will be minimum of 20 LPCD for
scarcity days of average design population of 300, during scarcity period (for a
maximum of 90 Days)

3. Selection of GPs: Although the program will be implemented in the

small habitations, the actual implementation will be done through the
concerned VWSCs/ GPs. The criteria for selection of GPs have been attached
separately (Annexure 3). The format for the Certificate from Block
Development Officer is attached as Annexure 3A.

 Applications will be invited from the GPs having habitations with current
population less than 500 through open advertisement
 DPCC will evaluate the applications on the basis of predetermined
criteria.
 The list will be approved by the DWSM (DWMSC) of the district.
 Top GPs from the Merit List will be selected for inclusion in the program.
 The No. of GPs will be as per the directives of WSSD from time to time.
 The likely GPs will be requested to enter into an agreement (OFA) with
the ZP.

4. Problem Assessment: Support Organisation shall be engaged for

assessing the reasons for the scaricity. Distibution of scarcity (seasonality,
distribution) shall be depicted as a map to help the problem to clearly define to
help customise the solution.

5. Preparation and Implementation of DPRs – The actual

implementation of hardware category will be done as per GR dated 17th March,
2010 and as per prevailing delegation of powers.The DPRs will be based on the
certificate issued by the Executive Engineer, Water Resources taking into
account the factors like average rainfall in the area, population, scarcity
scenario etc.

6. Technology Options – Option Selection Strategy: ZP will prepare

DPRs for the tanker-fed scarcity habitations considering the following as per
GSDA’s advice.

Page 68 of 455
  Increase locally available source by recharge through Rain Water
Harvesting,
 Assess non-rainy days and rainfall pattern,
 Decide storage capacity based on non-rainy days and existing source
capacity,
 Where land is available, a separate RCC storage reservoir will be
constructed
 A small tank will be constructed on the downstream side of main storage
tank for supplying water equal to daily demand of water at 20 lpcd. GP
will ensure that the small tank is filled only once a day, so as to supply
water for non-rainy days as designed.
 Provide disinfection for the daily drawn quantity,
 Wherever feasible and based on community demand the existing PWS, if
any, will be rehabilitated to provide for the community with service level
of 40 lpcd in rainy days.
 Senior Geologist, GSDA will issue a separate certificate for each
habitation/GP, which will contain the information about the points
mentioned above.

Priority No. 1- Storage of spring water: If a local spring is available, a suitable

collection, filtration and conveyance arrangement shall be made and water shall
be stored in a tank as close to the habitation as possible. Overflow shall be used
for recharging local bore/dug well, if possible/feasible. In the absence of any
bore/dug well, the water shall be used for recharging the groundwater with the
help of recharge pits. In case of a spring based system, the storage tanks may be
used as MBRs and a gravity based distribution system can be proposed, if
possible.

Priority No. 2- Construction of Storage tanks: In case of habitations where no

springs are available and no permanent roofs are available for harvesting
rainwater, tanks can be constructed exclusively for collection and storage of
rainwater. The roof of the tank itself will act as the source of water and
supplemented by any nearby permanent roofs, if available. Overflow will be
used for recharging local bore/dug well, if possible/feasible. In the absence of
any bore/dug well, the water shall be used for recharging the groundwater with
the help of recharge pits.

Priority No. 3-Pumping water from bore/dug well: In case there is no year
round source, then water from the local neighbourhood bore well / dug well
may be used to pump into the storage tank during scaricty periods. Alternative
energy sources for pumping water should be ecplosted as part of the solution.

Page 69 of 455
 General Conditions
 Efforts will be made for convergence with SBMG for solid waste
management (SWM) and construction of toilets.
 Popular contribution will be paid by the GPs as per the prevailing policy.
 GP will be responsible for obtaining relevant permissions from Forest
Department, MSEDC, Water Lifting Permission, etc. The implementing
agency will facilitate.
 VWSC/ GP will be responsible for 100% O&M after completion of the
Tank
7. Detailed instructions regarding Implementing Agency (District Program
Coordination Committee, District Technical Committee), Planning (Selection
Criteria, Selection Process), DPR Preparation, Technical Options, Approvals,
Tendering, Implementation, O&M, Fund Flow, DLIs etc. in the form of a Govt.
Circular have been issued vide No. JSP-02/CR-56/WS-11 dated 4th March,
2014.

3.2.4 Aquifer Level Water Management initiatives

The objective of this sub-categoryis to make the groundwater resource

inorder to enhance the sustainability of ground water based drinking water
sources, by implementing various structural (low cost locally suitable physical
interventions) and non-conventional (Locally relevant demand management
initiatives) measures, through community involvement.

1. Scope: 270 Notified villages in 19 watersheds in 7 districts of the

Program area. (approximately 30 Aquifers)

2. Selection of GPs: GSDA will select about 19 over-exploited watersheds

in the selected districts and assess the issues related to the aquifers in the area.
This would include several activities including use of GIS maps for understanding
the Geology, Gemorphology, Cadastal, Structures, etc, analysis of subsurface
data from existing monitoring wells/piezoemters, preliminary delineation of
different aquifer system and understanding the nature of their boundaries,
broad classification for aquifers for taking up detailed studies. Selected villages
in the watershed will be involved in water management activities, once the
aquifers are delineated by GSDA through technical investigations. Technical
investigations will be takenup phase wise. The entire work will be completed in
2-3 phases with each phase starting in year 1, 2 & 3 (if required).

3. It is proposed to construct number of Piezometers in areas with

information gaps, conduct geological sample analysis, followed by detailed
Geophysical Logging (electric, caliper, gamma). Preparation of
lithological/Mineralogical sections and conduct of age determination studies as
required.

Page 70 of 455
4. All the data gathered shall be used in the development of Aquifer
Sections on 1:10000 scale. Based on the section specific wells shall be used to
conduct Aquifer Performance Tests, depth sampling of water. The Groundwater
Level Data shall be analysed aquiferwise and the data systematically analysed
to study the characteristics of individual aquifers.
5. In order to implement PGM as part of JS II, number of installtions shall
be carried out including watershed level rain gauges, new Community
observation wells (belonging to private farmers), stream flow discharge sites
shall be installed under the supervision of GSDA. All the measuring stations
shall be monitored and maintained by the GP and the construction made by ZP.
6. GP level groundwater monitoring institution shall be federated at the
aquifer level as a legal body to manage PGM, conduct annual water budgeting
workshops as well as implement ground water governance in accordance with
the latest ground water development and management act.
7. All GP’s shall be provided with data recording equipments such as water
level indicator, water quality probes, Pumping discharge measurement units,
record books.
8. All data shall be entered on a public view notice board at the village
centre and the data computerised by the SO. The data shall be the property of
the GP and commercially shared with agencies with whom agreement shall be
entered into.
9. Data collection volunteers (women, youth) shall not expect any
remuneration and will be responsible for collection of rainfall, groundwater
level, groundwater pumping, crop water use, crop adoption and drinking water
related data gathering.
10. Rabi and Kharif Crop adoption shall be gathered for the entire GP and
the crop water demand measured.
11. Annual water budget shall be conducted as a workshop and the
groundwater situation understood at the aquifer and GP level.
12. GP and Aquifer Federation shall be responsible for managing the
available groundwater in the most efficient fashion without sacrificing on the
economic needs and environmental concerns of the community.
13. Physiacal interventions such as Recharge, hydrofracuring, catchment
management shall be carried out based on systematic technical appraisal by
GSDA. IEC & Capacity Building: DWSM units will help GSDA in sensitization of
the community. A Support Organization will be appointed by DWSM to help
DWSM and GSDA in the activities.
14. Technical Investigations: GSDA will carry out necessary
technical/hydro-geological investigations in order to delineate the aquifers.
15. Grampanchayat Level Committee: After delineation of the aquifer, in
all the villages included within the aquifer, the VWSC constituted by the
Gramsabha, will be responsible for all the project interventions.

Page 71 of 455
16. Aquifer Fedration Level Groundwater management Association
(GWMA): Aquifer federation shall be formed after the aquifers are dlineated by
forming federation of GP part of the aquifer. Aquifer shall be registered as a
legal entity and will co-ordinate with line daprtments, government programs
and shall be eligible to receive government grants/funds. Once the aquifers
have been delineated, an aquifer level committee will be formed from the
VWSCs and will be strengthened to manage the available groundwater. GSDA
will facilitate formation, registration and functioning of this committee as per
the provisions in the proposed Maharashtra Groundwater (Development and
Management) Act 2009. (Details as in Annexure: 16 for Aquifer Management)
17. Physical interventions: GSDA and Rural Water Supply Division, Zilla
Parishad will prepare DPRs based on groundwater management action plan for
each GP in consultation with GWMA & VWSC, so as to achieve requisite
recharge of the aquifers. Actual implementation of works will be as per
prevalent GoM policies.

 In case of Non-Conventional measures, GSDA will plan, approve and

implement these measures as per prevalent guidelines.
 In case of Conventional measures, GSDA will facilitate preparation,
approval, implementation, supervision of works through the respective
district level agencies like Rural Water Supply Division, Zilla Parishad,
Minor Irrigation Division, Agriculture Department, GoM, etc.

18. General Conditions

 Efforts will be made for convergence with the MNREGS for
implementation of artificial groundwater recharge measures.
 Efforts will be made for convergence with SBMG for solid waste
management (SWM) and construction of toilets.
 Popular contribution will be paid by the GPs as per the prevailing
policy.
 GP will be responsible for obtaining relevant permissions from
Forest Department, MSEDC, Water Lifting Permission, etc. The
implementing agency will facilitate.
 Operation and Maintenance: VWSC/ GP will be responsible for 100%
O&M after completion of the infrastructure.

A detailed account of process is attached in Annexure 16.

Page 72 of 455
 Timeline Schedule of JS-II
2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20
Component Batch GP
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Peri-Urban GP 39 1 2 3 4 5 7

RWH Tanks 250 1 3 2 4 5 7

Aquifer 30 1 6 3 4 5 7

1 165 1 6 2 3 4 5 7
WQ Interventions
2 165 1 6 2 3 4 5 7

SPHL 1 1 1 3 4 5

DPHL 1 29 1 3 4 5
PH Labs
SDPHL 1 138 1 3 4 5

GSDA Labs 1 6 1 3 4 5

M&E SYSTEM 8 9 10 (10 District) 10 (10 District) 10 (10 District)

LEGEND
Selection 1
Reforms 2
Tendering/DPR 3
Implementation 4
O&M and Exit 5
Hydro-geological Investigations 6
Impact Evaluation 7
M&E system plan 8
Design and Teasting 9
Development of M&E system 10

Page 73 of 455
Page 74 of 455
Page 75 of 455
 CHAPTER 4: INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS

4.1 Key Institutional Arrangements

1. The key institutions involved in program implementation and program

management arrangements are shown in the figure below.

Figure 1: JS-II PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS

R
S

Page 76 of 455
2. The RWSS sector is managed by WSSD at the State level. Maharashtra’s
institutional structure is largely decentralized with responsibility delegated
from the state, to the district Zilla Panchayats (ZPs) and to Gram Panchayats at
the village level. The JS-II program will follow the existing institutional
structure, with additional capacity building where needed. Also, the JS-II
program aims to strengthen the existing institutional structure across the state
to enhance the state wide RWSS sector management capacity. The Table 10
below summarizes the key institutional responsibilities for the program
implementation.

Table 10: Institutional Responsibilities for Program Implementation

Levels Institutions/ Responsibility
Agencies
State Water Supply  Overall program and policy strategic direction
and Sanitation and approval
Mission (SWSM)
Principal Secretary,  Lead entity for program delivery
WSSD  Overall program oversight
Deputy Secretary  Program direction and implementation
and Project Director monitoring
Reform Support and  Day to day program monitoring and
Project coordination between various agencies (ZPs,
Management Unit WSSO, MJP, GSDA, PHD etc.);
(RSPMU)  Act as an Executive unit for the Project
Director; Headed by a Project Manager
STATE LEVE

 Ensure that all the key aspects of the JS-II

program-program cycle, environmental
management, social management, fiduciary
and governance and accountability (GAC) –
are adhered to from time to time.
 Support and coordinate activities of
Independent Verification Agency (IVA) from
time to time
 Coordinate with the World Bank project team
Water and  Overall lead on suport activities, institutional
Sanitation Support capacity building activities, technical
Organization assistance activities, communication, and
(WSSO) sector monitoring
 Design and execute sector wide M&E systems
as per the JS-II program, in coordination with
RSPMU and other implementation agencies.

Page 77 of 455
Maharashtra Jeevan  Design and execute water supply and sullage
Pradhikaran (MJP) projects in peri-urban villages, as per GoM
norms, through district offices.
 Implement and monitor institutional capacity
building activities in Maharashtra
Environmental Engineering Training and
Research Academy (MEETRA) and within
MJP.
 Identify and address environmental issues
based on environmental and social
management rules and procedure adopted by
GoM under JS-II program
Ground Water  Manage GSDA institutional and technical
Surveys and capacity building activities, agreed under JS-
Development II program.
Agency (GSDA)  Design and execute the Aquifer Level
Groundwater Management Initiatives,
various measures for improving water
quality.
 Be a part of the overall program
management through active participation in
various committees at state, region and
district levels.
Public Health  Manage construction of Sub-Division
Department (PHD) Laboratories and renovation of conference
hall at State Public Health Laboratory, Pune,
furnish all the 29 District Public Health
Laboratories
State Level Program  Headed by Principal Secretary, WSSD.
Coordination  Monitor and guide activities of the above
Committee agencies

Page 78 of 455
 Regional  Headed by the Divisional Commissioner
Coordination  Monitor the progress of all RWSS programs
Committee (RCC) within the region and provide guidance and
support as required
REGIONAL LEVEL

 Coordinate with WSSD, as required, for all

RWSS programs
 Headed by Dy. Commissioner, Development
Regional Monitoring at the Regional Commissioner’s office
Units (RMUs)  Monitor the progress of JS-II and also other
state programs in the region
 Assist in coordinating with the regional
development plans and activities
Rural Water Supply  Implement and use refined M&E systems,
(RWS) division and  Coordinate with MJP, GSDA and PHD for
District Water and program activities in peri-urban areas
Sanitation Mission measures in water quality affected
(DWSM) Cell and habitations, aquifer level groundwater
District Health management initiatives and for construction
Officer within the of Sub Div PH Labs
Zilla Parishad (ZP)  Implement and monitor Community Safe
administration Water Schemes (water quality and rain water
harvesting interventions) as per GoM norms
 Undertake communication activities, social
mobilization and capacity building of Village
DISTRICT LEVEL

Water Supply and Sanitation Committee

(VWSCs) in coordination with MJP and GSDA
 Hire and manage activities of ‘Support
Organizations’
 Ensure that all social management principles
and approaches are implemented
MJP District offices  Design and implement water supply and
sullage projects in peri-urban areas, as per
GoM norms
 Ensure that all environment management
principles and approaches are implemented
 Adopt and use refined M&E systems.
GSDA district offices  Implement scaling up of Aquifer Level
Groundwater Management Pilot activities
and WQ Intervention (dilution techniques)
activities in coordination with ZP units
(DWSM and RWS)

Page 79 of 455
 Support  Implement capacity building of GPs/ VWSCs/
Organizations (SOs) GWMAs and undertake IEC activities in peri-
urban villages and villages where aquifer
water management activities are undertaken.
District level  Headed by the Chief Executive Officer, ZP.
Program  Monitor and guide planning and
Coordination implementation activities of the above
Committee organizations at district level, coordination
and according approvals wherever
necessary.
Block Resource  Provide technical support to GPs, VWSCs
Centers (BRCs) BLSCs and GWMAs for organizing capacity
BLOCK LEVEL

building and community mobilization

activities with the help of DWSM in villages
and habitation where water quality and
water harvest activities are proposed
 Coordinating activities for completing and
computerizing village level accounts.
Aquifer Level  Provide technical support to VWSCs for
Groundwater preparation and implementation of demand
Management and supply side interventions.
Association  Coordinating activities under Aquifer Level
(GWMA) Groundwater Management Initiatives.
Gram Panchayats  Responsible for overall WSS service delivery
(GPs) through sub-committees, as per GoM norms
Gram Sabha (village  Discuss and approve all investment
VILLAGE LEVEL

assembly) decisions, plans and user fees.

Village Water  Develop schemes in consultation with
Supply and community, execute them and take care of
Sanitation O&M
Committee (VWSC)
Social Audit  Oversee inclusion and transparency in
Committee (SAC) execution of schemes, service delivery and
monitoring of progress.

Page 80 of 455
4.2 Implementation Responsibilities
1. The following Table 11 summarizes the program category wise
implementation responsibilities of the various institutions:
Table 11: Implementation responsibility
Sl Category Implementing Support Monitoring
No Description Agency Agency Agency
A Physical investments for RWSS service improvement and ground water
strengthening (called Hardware Category)
(1) In peri-urban  MJP District  DWSM Cell  Special
villages to offices / RWS will provide Monitoring cell
demonstrate Div, ZP in support for (Tech) will
higher service coordination software coordinate and
levels with ZPs; activities. SOs report to
will be hired RSPMU, MS MJP
for Social and PD
aspects as per
requirement
 PMCS Div. of
MJP or
Independent
Consultancy
firm will
support for
reform
activities.
(2) Community safe water supply schemes
(a) Mitigation ZP, RWS  GSDA will  RSPMU will
measures to Division and work on monitor on
address water GSDA groundwater progress
quality issues in recharge  WSSO will
water quality methods monitor
affected areas, issues and implementation
along with service citing of civil of software
improvements; structures. activities
 GSDA will
implement all
non-
conventional
measures as
required.
 RWS
divisions/ sub-
divisions will
work on civil

Page 81 of 455
Sl Category Implementing Support Monitoring
No Description Agency Agency Agency
works design
and execution,
as required.
 DWSM Cell
and BRCs will
support on
software
activities
(b) Measures to ZP, RWS  Water  RSPMU will
address water Division Resources monitor on
scarcity in Department progress
summer months, will advise on  WSSO will
particularly in rainfall and monitor
remote GSDA will implementation
habitations, along advise on of software
with service groundwater activities
improvements. availability
and scarcity
issues
 RWS
divisions/
subdivisions
will work on
civil works
design and
execution
 DWSM Cell
and BRCs will
support on
software
activities
(3) Community based GSDA district DWSM Cell and  RSPMU will
Aquifer Level offices SOs will be monitor on
Groundwater support for progress
Management software  WSSO will
initiatives activities. monitor
RWS, Div. and implementation
line of software
departments activities
will provide
technical
guidance.

Page 82 of 455
Page 83 of 455
B Physical investments against the following activities, to strengthen the
capacity of existing institutions (called Other Hardware Category):
(1)  Construction of DPHLs Infrastructure  RSPMU will
buildings for Sub- Development Wing monitor on
Divisional under National progress
Laboratories. Rural Health
 Renovation of Mission.
Conference hall at SPHL
State Public Health -------“--------
Laboratory. SPHL
 Procurement of Procurement Cell,
Modular Type Directorate of
Furniture for SDL and Health Services,
DPHL Mumbai
(2) Civil works for labs, GSDA PWD  RSPMU will
HMS, Equipment and State monitor on
facilities for office/ progress
strengthening of GSDA Cell
laboratories and GSDA
strengthening
(3) Civil works and facilities MJP Consultancy firms Special
for Strengthening of Statemay be hired as Monitoring Cell
MEETRA office/
needed. (Tech.) will
coordinate and
report to both MS
MJP and RSPMU
C Technical Assistance and Capacity Building of sector institutions (called
Software Category)
(1) All software activities, WSSO/ Consultancy firms  RSPMU will
including M&E, RSPMU to be hired as monitor on
Institutional needed progress
Strengthening, Water
Quality Monitoring and
Surveillance

Page 84 of 455
4.3 Institutional Arrangements: Roles and Responsibilities

Following are the details of institutional arrangements at different levels with

specific roles and responsibilities of various organizations participating in the
management of JS-II Program. List of stakeholders at various levels is attached
at Annexure 17. For Staffing details at various level and ToRs for each position
please also refer to Annexure 36.

4.3.1. Institutional Arrangement at Village Level

1. Gram Panchayats (GPs) are the lowest tier in PRIs and are responsible
for implementing different development schemes at the village level. The GPs
are constituted through election of its members and are headed by a Sarpanch.
Gram Sevak, a Government official, carries the administrative duties of the
Village Panchayats. Gram Sabha is the General Body constituted by all the voters
in the village. The Village Health Nutrition Water supply and Sanitation
Committee (VWSC) is a sub-committee of the GP and is elected by the Gram
Sabha, as per provisions in the Bombay Village Panchayats Act. The Act also
provides for the formation of a Beneficiary Level Sub-Committee (BLSC) as and
when required. Water Supply schemes under the JS-II Program will be
implemented at the village level through the VWSCs and GPs.
2. Considering the scale of activities under the JS-II Program, an Assistant
to Gram Sevak will be locally hired on contract. It will assist Gram Sevak, Gram
Panchayat and VWSC for organizing all project related activities and
maintaining all records of the JS-II projects in their respective villages.

Figure 2: Institutional Arrangements at Village Level

Page 85 of 455
3. The following are the specific roles and responsibilities of the
institutions at the village level:

4. The Gram Sabha:-Gram Sabha is the general body consisting of all

persons registered in electoral roles within the area of a GP, and is the
constitutional body for participatory decision-making at the lower most level of
PRIs. The GoM has vested the Gram Sabha substantial powers in matters
dealing with social or economic development activities within the GP24. These
include stipulating more frequent meetings of the Gram Sabha, selection of
individual beneficiaries for State Government schemes, powers to approve
development plans, granting permission to the Panchayat for incurring
expenditure under development schemes etc.

5. Roles and responsibilities of Gram Sabha

 Appoint and remove the members of VWSC, BLSC and Social Audit
Committee as per guidelines issued by the government.
 Approve and amend regulations and rules for conducting business of the
VWSC and BLSC.
 Approve technologies, service levels, project execution arrangements,
overall costs, operating and management arrangement etc. to be
included in the proposed Village Action Plan for water supply and
sanitation.
 Recommend to VP the amount of community contribution, user charges,
operation and maintenance charges etc. to be collected from community
members.
 Appoint a Social Audit Committee and take action by itself or to direct VP
to take appropriate/legal actions based on the reports of SAC, as per VP
Act/ WSSD guidelines.
 Review the progress of activities undertaken by the VWSC, periodically
for ensuring timely progress, quality of construction, inclusiveness,
equity, transparency, cost effectiveness and other principles of the
Project.
 Approve statements of accounts and other reports, budget and annual
accounts etc. on Project implementation presented by the VP.
 Approve village water safety and security plan, annual groundwater use
plan, crop plan along with the village water account.
 Resolve conflicts and disputes among the members.

24
Bombay Village Panchayats (amendment) Act 2002

Page 86 of 455
6. The Gram Panchayat:-It is a constitutional body incorporated as the
Local Self Government under the Constitution of India and the Bombay Village
Panchayats Act, 1958. It will be the focal point in the implementation of the
program at the village level.

7. Roles and Responsibilities of the Gram Panchayat:-

 Apply for inclusion in JS-II, facilitate IEC activities, undertake capacity
building and co-ordinate all activities of the project.
 Facilitate selection of VWSC and SAC members by the Gram Sabha,
facilitate and monitor its working.
 Request and receive all funds under the JS-II program and maintain
separate books of accounts with the assistance from VWSC/Gram Sevak
and assistance being provided under JS-II program.
 Convene meetings of the Mahila Gram Sabha and Gram Sabha, as per
provisions of VP Act, facilitate the proceedings, maintain and upload
minutes of the meetings on the JS II Program website and follow up
implementation of decisions of Gram Sabha.
 Approve the appointment of working groups within VWSC as may be
required (procurement Sub-committee, finance Sub-committee etc.)
 Recommend to the Gram Sabha for its approval, the Village Action Plan
for water supply and sanitation prepared by VWSC.
 Co-ordinate with the Block Development Officers, Block Resource Centre
(BRC), Zilla Parishad, MJP and GSDA for obtaining the required sanctions
for the Village Action Plan.
 To devolve management responsibility for assets created under JS-II to
VWSC, internalise and incorporate the accounts of VWSC with GP
accounts and place before the Gram Sabha for approval.
 Arrange to get the accounts of VWSC audited by Local Fund Audit (LFA)
or any other auditors appointed by the government.
 Take action on the reports of SAC as recommended by Gram Sabha.
 Arrange to collect community contribution, water charges etc. from the
community members as approved by Gram Sabha through VWSC and/or
other operators appointed by GP.
 Enter into MoU with ZP/MJP for implementing the Project. Annexure
19C details the MoU between GP and ZP/MJP.
 Contract SOs, consultants and other service providers required for
availing various technical assistance services from among the panel
prepared by the ZP and with the approval of Gram Sabha and monitor
their activities as and when necessary.
 Co-ordinate the activities of CBOs and NGOs in water supply and
sanitation activities.

Page 87 of 455
  Inform Gram Sabha, Panchayat Samiti and ZP about the important
activities taken up by VWSC and other committees.
 Liaise and maintain communication with BRC, DWSM Cell, Panchayat
Samiti, ZP, MJP, GSDA and other agencies as per requirements.
 Take up the role of VWSC under extraordinary situation on the directives
of Gram Sabha.
 Coordinating all activities necessary for maintaining Water Quality and
also mitigation measures.

8. Village Health, Nutrition, Water Supply and Sanitation Committee

(VWSC):-VWSC is the executive arm of the GP entrusted with the responsibility
of carrying out the decisions of the Gram Sabha on matters relating to program
implementation as well as the general aspects related to the Water Supply and
Sanitation Sector in the village under the overall supervision of the GP. The
composition of VWSC and the process of selecting the VWSC members are
guided by the Bombay Village Panchayat Act, 1958.

9. Roles and Responsibilities of VWSC: - The VWSC is a committee of the

GP appointed by the Gram Sabha in consultation with GP. All actions of the
VWSC are reviewed by the Gram Sabha and monitored and supervised by the
GP.
 To mobilise the villagers and enlist their participation and contribution
of time and other resources for solving water supply and sanitation
related problems of the village.
 To study the water supply and sanitation situation of the village, identify,
prioritize and recommend measures to resolve the problems.
 To coordinate with expert organizations (ZP, MJP, GSDA etc.) in
exploring alternate solutions and evaluation of the same for cost
effectiveness, feasibility, ease of maintenance, and longer life spans.
Present these options for the consideration of the Gram Sabha and detail
the option ratified by the Gram Sabha forum
 To actively participate along with the implementing agency, in
developing detailed Village Action Plans containing servicing
requirements, engineering drawings, cost estimates and other details in
the form of a detailed proposal with arrangements for capacity building,
training, recharge and rejuvenation, operation and maintenance,
arrangements for procurement, supervising implementation, ensuring
quality etc. in respect of the optimal solution approved by the Gram
Sabha.
 To implement the Village Action Plan as per the Administrative
approvals and Technical approvals given as per government policies/
guidelines prescribed by WSSD from time to time. To submit to the GP a

Page 88 of 455
 progress report on all aspects covering project implementation for the
information, review and approval of the Gram Sabha through GP.
 To supervise and monitor activities of SOs, consultants and contractors
engaged for project implementation in the village on behalf of the GP.
 To plan and implement institutional and behaviour change IEC activities
in collaboration with the BRC & DWSM Cell.
 To collect the capital contribution from among the beneficiary members
as approved by the Gram Sabha.
 To maintain and operate the Bank accounts on behalf of the GP through
persons authorised the Gram Sabha from amongst the VWSC members.
Such accounts shall be maintained in formats prescribed by WSSD from
time to time.
 To prepare documentations, with the help of implementing agencies, on
completed water supply and sanitation facilities, preparing expenditure
statements, completing books of accounts and other records on behalf of
the GP and submit to the Gram Sabha for approval.
 To operate and maintain, or facilitate operations and maintenance of the
water supply and sanitation facilities and collect user fees from the
beneficiary members as approved by the Gram Sabha.
 To recommend to the Gram Sabha water resources management and
Water Quality measures; including conserving and regulating water
resources and implement such measures with the approval of the Gram
Sabha.
 To constitute with the approval of GP different sub committees required
to undertake various functions (e.g. Finance Sub-committee,
Procurement Sub-committee etc.) for smoothening project
implementation. The membership of such a working group/sub-
committees will not be more than 4 members, out of which at least 1
must be a GP member. At least 50% of the members shall be women and
each working group can select a coordinator. The working groups will
report to the VWSC and work under their direction.
 To execute contracts and procure materials and services on behalf of the
GP as approved by the Gram Sabha.

10. Beneficiary Level Sub-Committee (BLSC):- When a single scheme/

utility cannot be planned for the entire village because of geographically
scattered settlements, hydro-geological or technological limitations, presence of
economically or socially marginalised settlements etc., or if it is convenient to
maintain the water supply and sanitation facility for a Ward/habitation, the JS-
II Program will allow for more than one water supply scheme within the same
GP. In such cases, the Gram Sabha can permit the VWSC to create a BLSC for
each of the existing or proposed schemes and such BLSCs will perform the role
of the VWSCs.

Page 89 of 455
11. Social Audit Committee (SAC):-The GP and VWSC have the necessary
freedom to execute the decisions of the Gram Sabha; the same will be
monitored by Social Audit Committee (SAC) appointed by the Gram Sabha, as
per WSSD guidelines.

12. Roles and Responsibilities of SAC: The SAC is a self-check and internal
monitoring mechanism for the Gram Sabha and the GP on the activities of the
VWSC and other sub-committees. It carries out its monitoring and social audit
activities continuously along with project implementation with an objective of
timely correction of mistakes. The social audit covers all aspects of the project
and service delivery, including social, economic, financial, technical, process-
related etc. The specific roles are:
 To oversee the functioning of the VWSC and its various sub-committees
in order to ensure that they carry out their roles and responsibilities in a
just and fair manner and not violate the core principles of the project-
inclusion, equity, cost-effectiveness, transparency, environmental
soundness.
 To conduct a detailed scrutiny of discrepancies or deviations observed
(in actions or decisions) and report the findings along with
recommended remedial measures to the Gram Sabha.
 To request GP to convene special Gram Sabhas to discuss findings of the
social audit, which are of very serious nature. The report of the SAC, as
approved by the Gram Sabha will be forwarded by the GP to the DWSM
Cell. Such reports will be uploaded on WSSD Website and will be made
available to any member of the Gram Sabha on request and on payment
of a fee. The important findings in the report will be prominently
displayed on notice board of the GP at least seven days in advance of the
Gram Sabha.
 The Gram Sabha’s discussing the social audit report shall not be chaired
by the Sarpanch, if he/she is a member in VWSC or any of its sub-
committees. In such cases the Gram Sabhas shall be chaired by the
Chairperson of the SAC, as per VP Act/WSSD.
 To assist the Gram Sabha in settling disputes and resolving conflicts at
the village level.

Institutional Arrangements Aquifer Level

13. Aquifer Level Groundwater Management Committee (GWMA): The
GWMA is constituted at aquifer level after delineation of the aquifer. The
Chairman of the each VWSC included in the aquifer shall be the member of the
GWMA. The Chairman of the GWMA shall be elected in the first general body
meeting. The GWMA shall be registered at District Level as per the guidelines of
WSSD and shall function as per the approved bye laws.

Page 90 of 455
14. Roles and Responsibilities of GWMA: The GWMA is solely responsible
for the all the activities to be carried out under the Aquifer Level Groundwater
Management initiatives. The specific roles are;
a. Organize group/s of the members of GWMA for collection and
compilation of basic data and monitoring groundwater conditions in
each village.
b. Collect rainfall data.
c. Identify a member of VWSC or a volunteer group within the Gram
Panchayat for measuring and recording daily rainfall every year.
d. Identify a member of VWSC or a volunteer group for measurement of
water levels in observation wells in the aquifer and monitor changes in
water levels.
e. Estimate demand for groundwater for drinking and domestic use in each
Gram Panchayat.
f. Facilitate and assist VWSC in estimation of groundwater recharge and
groundwater availability for Kharif and Rabi seasons.
g. Allocate available groundwater for different uses like agriculture,
domestic and industries, in consultation with GSDA.
h. Organize workshop for VWSC members on crop water budgeting using
basic data on groundwater, irrigation requirement of different crops and
other secondary data.
i. Surveillance against high water consuming crops and control
groundwater overuse.
j. Facilitate the farmers in analyzing the soil samples, water quality etc.
k. Networking with VWSCs and GSDA.
l. Decide and collect O&M charges from the community.
m. Support VWSCs to enhance its management capacity and assist them in
book keeping and maintaining other registers.
n. Mobilize community contribution for O&M of the groundwater recharge
structures executed by the community including those constructed by
other agencies for water conservation and artificial groundwater
recharge.
o. Supervise and actively participate in the community based aquifer level
groundwater management in the aquifer.
p. Undertake management and O&M of the groundwater recharge
structures executed by the community from the charges collected from
the community as per the rates decided jointly by GWMA and VWSC &
accepted by the community in the Gram Sabha.
q. Assist VWSCs in preparation of Groundwater Use plan and crop plan
every year.
r. Prevent encroachment on and near the groundwater recharge
structures.
s. Perform any other functions to accomplish the objective of the project.
t. Conduct election of office bearers of GWMA.

Page 91 of 455
4.3.2. Institutional Arrangements at Block Level

1. The Panchayat Samiti (PS) is the 2nd or middle tier of PRIs. The PSis
constituted through elections and is chaired by the Sabhapati (Chairman). Block
Development Officer (BDO) is the Administrative head of a PS.

2. The Block is the closest unit to the GPs and provides support through the
following institutions.
 Panchayat Samiti
 Block Resource Centre (BRC)
 RWS Sub-division Office
 MJP Sub-Division Office
 Sub-Divisional Laboratory, PHD
 Primary Health Centre (PHC)

3. The following sections briefly capture the roles and responsibilities of

these units and their linkages.The PS is a link between the GPs and ZPs. PS are
governed by Maharashtra Zilla Parishads & Panchayat Samitis Act. 1961. The PS
is headed by an elected Chairman and the BDO (Block Development Officer) is
the administrative head. The BDO is responsible for supervising some of the key
development activities within GPs in a block and coordinates with other
institutions for the developmental responsibilities and reports to CEO of the
Zilla Parishad. The BDO is traditionally supported by Extension Officers and the
Gram Sevaks.

4. Roles and responsibilities of a PS :

 Coordinating with the RWS Sub-division, Sub-divisional Labs, PHCs and
ZPs.
 Provide overall administrative guidance to GPs on development
activities
 Disburse/approve grants and subsidies for some development programs
(like SBMG etc.)
 Supervise accounting process and accounts of GPs (though Gram Sevaks)
 Conduct monthly review meetings with all departments in the block and
assist in resolving any problems in programs implementation
 Assisting VWSC for IEC & Capacity Building activities through BRCs
 Assisting VWSC to prepare Village Action Plans and for Implementing
VAP
 Periodical review of all Water Supply & Sanitation Schemes in the Block
 Ensuring effective & proper measures for maintaining portability of
drinking Water Sources according to Water Quality test reports.
 Supervision on the functioning of BRCs.
 Preparing Action Plans for activities of BRCs.

Page 92 of 455
5. Block Resource Centers (BRCs):-BRCs were formed in 2011 to offer
greater support to GPs/VWSCs for implementation of WATSAN Programs at
Village levels. The BDO is the head of the BRCs and consists of one Block
Coordinator and 2-3 Cluster Coordinators. One of the Extension Officers in the
Panchayat Samiti will function as administrative head of the BRCs.

6. Roles and Responsibilities of BRCs:

 Assisting GPs for formation of VWSC.
 Planning and undertaking awareness generation, IEC and capacity
building programs for all key stakeholders in the RWSS sector in the
Block.
 Assisting the GPs and VWSCs in compiling accounts, periodic reports,
auditing and in financial reporting.
 Assisting GPs & VWSC for baseline survey Drinking Water sources and
ensuring cleanliness of sources.
 Mobilising technical assistance for Gram Sabha and VWSC for helping
them in preparing VAPs, getting approvals for VAPs and for
implementation and monitoring of VAPs
 Ensuring that Water Quality Testing is done regularly & coordinating
with Jal Nirikshak at the Village level and labs.
 Maintaining continuous coordination with Jalrakshaks, AWW, SHGs, and
CBOs etc.
 Ensuring School Sanitation and sensitising teachers/students for better
sanitation habits.
 Assisting SAC and Gram Sabha for social Audits.
 Maintaining coordination with various officers like BDO, BEO, CDPO
(ICDS), Tahsildar & various depts./organizations.
 Submitting Periodical reports about physical and financial progress.
 Working under the control and guidance of Block Development Officer,
PS and DWSM Cells.

7. Rural Water Supply (RWS) Sub-Division: There are about 173 RWS
sub-divisions for the 351 blocks in the state. Each sub-division looks after
technical aspects of the RWSS programs in 2-3 blocks. The RWS Sub-division
works under the supervision of the RWS division office in the ZP. Their main
role is to support VWSCs/GPs in technical aspects such as; need identification,
identifying options, developing a plan and estimate based on the option selected
by Gram Sabha, supervise civil works, check running bills of contractors. The
RWS Sub-division also supports VWSC/GPs on technical issues related to solid
waste management, liquid waste management and water quality aspects. In JS-
II Program, the sub-divisions will continue to play the same role for the projects
that fall under their jurisdiction, i.e. projects costing less than INR 7.5 crores, or
any other amount as may be decided by WSSD. RWS Sub-division is headed by a

Page 93 of 455
Deputy Engineer and has other technical staff and support staff. The sub-
division while directly reports to Executive Engineer at the division office in the
ZP, coordinates all the activities with BDO and BRC at the block level.

8. MJP Sub-Division: Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran, state water board,

has sub-division offices to support MJP division offices in implementing projects
that fall under their jurisdiction i.e. projects above Rs 7.5 crores or those
projects handed to them by WSSD. The MJP sub-division plays the same roles of
the RWS Sub-division but reports to MJP division office. Their composition is
also similar. In the JS-II Program, these sub-divisions will work on projects that
cost more than INR 7.5 crores. MJP’s divisional offices play a key role in
program implementation, particularly for the activities for which MJP would be
responsible. The key roles for the division offices are;

 Coordinate with VWSC/GP in identifying needs, options

 Undertake necessary surveys, develop detailed designs and estimates
 Prepare Environmental Due Diligence Plans for the water supply and
sullage management schemes in the peri-urban GPs as required by using
the Environment Checklist (detailed in Environmental Management
Manual)
 Implement the projects in coordination with VWSC, GPs and ZP, as per
GoM/ MJP procedures
 Check the quality of project execution and approve running bills
 Report physical and financial progress to ZPs and RSPMU
 Support ZPs/BRCs/Support Organizations in IEC activities.

9. Sub-Divisional Laboratories: The Public Health Department (PHD) is

responsible for water quality testing and surveillance across the state. This is
done through a setup of District Public Health Labs (DPHLs), Sub-Divisional
Laboratories and Mini Laboratories. Both the sub-divisional labs and mini-labs
are located at the block level. While the sub-divisional labs test water through
laboratory methods, the mini-labs use bacteriological field test kits to test
quality of water samples. JS-II Program is supporting construction of buildings
to host the sub-divisional labs. The water samples are delivered to the labs
either by the Jal Surakhak at the GP or the staff of Primary Health Centers
(PHCs). Once a sample is tested, the labs send the reports with their
recommended actions, if any, to GP, BDO and RWS division office at ZP. These
labs work under the supervision of DPHLs.

10. Primary Health Centers (PHCs): While PHCs are primarily responsible
for providing medical care to the village residents under their jurisdiction they
also play an important role in WATSAN sector. PHCs are responsible for
conducting annual ‘Sanitation Surveys’ in all villages and check if water sources

Page 94 of 455
are properly and sanitarily protected. The PHCs, based on the sanitation
surveys, issues cards of different color codes to GPs; (i) Green card implies a
satisfactory status (ii) yellow card implies scope for improvement, and (iii) red
card implies a not-acceptable situation and immediate action for improving
sanitary conditions near water sources. This is a statewide arrangement and the
same will be continued under JS-II Program.

4.3.3. Institutional Arrangements at District level

1. The Zilla Parishads (ZPs) plays a major role in implementing Water

Supply & Sanitation Schemes in Rural areas in the Districts. A separate subject
committee for WATSAN called as District Water and Sanitation Mission is
formed in ZPs under the MZPPS Act, 1961. The following are the key
institutions for managing RWSS sector at the district level.

 District Water and Sanitation Mission (DWSM), ZP

 DWSM Cell, ZP
 RWS Division office, ZP
 MJP Division office
 Sr. Geologist, GSDA office
 District Public Health Laboratory, PHD

2. The roles and responsibilities of the District level institutions at the

district level.

3. DWSM: A separate subject committee for RWSS activities, called as

District Water and Sanitation Mission, is formed in all ZPs under the MZPPS
Act, 1961. The District Water and Sanitation Mission (DWSM), headed by the
President of the ZP, is one of the sub-committees of the ZP is responsible for
district level policy making, approving annual action plans and monitoring
progress of the sector.

4. Chief Executive officer (CEO), ZP is overall responsible for planning and

implementation of RWS schemes in districts. The CEO is supported by three
key units within the ZP viz (i) District Water and Sanitation Mission (DWSM)
cell (ii) Rural Water Supply (RWS) Division, and (iii) District Public Health
Laboratories. In addition the district level units of Maharashtra Jeevan
Pradhikaran (MJP) and Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency also
play key roles in planning and implementation of WATSAN Programs.
Following is a brief description on these institutions.

Page 95 of 455
5. DWSM Cell: DWSM cells are already formed in all ZPs to assist the CEO,
ZP for implementing software activities related to WATSAN programs.The
DWSM cell will be headed by the Dy. CEO (WATSAN) in ZPs. These cells have
specialists in IEC, HRD/Social a Mnagement, WQ, Accounts & Procurement and
M&E (Relevant ToR is attached in Annexure 36). Services of all these
specialists will be available for implementing and monitoring different software
activities under various sector programs and JS-II Program.These cells are
strengthened by providing additional manpower under JS-II Program.

6. Roles and responsibilities of the DWSM cell: The detailed roles and
responsibilities of DWSM cell are outlined in the WSSD GR No. MISC-2012/CR-
72/WS-7 date 01/11/2012. The key responsibilities are;

 Plan and implement program and behavior change communication

activities in the district
 Monitor the progress of various programs (NRDWP, SBMG, JS-II etc.) and
report the same to the state, as required, through the MIS formats and
systems prescribed by WSSD.
 Support and guide the BRCs in their functioning
 Hire appropriate Support Organizations to support capacity building and
IEC activities in peri-urban villages and aquifer management activities.
 Plan and implement appropriate capacity building activities for all the
key stakeholders within the district
 Coordinate with the Water and Sanitation Support Organisation (WSSO)
at the state level and GoI (online), as required.
 Undertake regular visits to project villages, review progress and support
the VWSCs/GPs in solving problems, as required.
 Responsible for the implementation of the entire SBMG program in the
district.
 Preparing and maintaining accounts, getting accounts audited
submitting utilization certificate etc.
 Implementing all activities for WQM&S, baseline survey, testing &
protection of sources.
 Assisting BRCs & VPs for Solid Liquid Waste Management.
 Redressing grievances and complaints.
 Identifying, contracting and monitoring performance of any Support
Organizations and other organizations as required.

7. RWS Divisions: RWS division offices within the ZP are headed by an

Executive Engineer and are responsible for designing, approving and
implementing RWS Schemes costing below Rs. 7.5 Cr. An O&M Sub. Division
headed by a Dy. Engineer (Mech.) is attached to the RWS Division, ZP. RWS
Divisions, ZP will be responsible for implementing the Rainwater Harvesting

Page 96 of 455
category and the Water Quality categories under JS-II. As explained earlier, the
RWS Sub-divisionoffices support the RWS division offices in the design and
execution of technical aspects of projects.

8. Roles and responsibilities of the RWS division:

 Preparation of annual action plans for rural water supply schemes in the
district
 Coordinate with VWSC/GP in identifying needs, options
 Develop detailed designs and estimates
 Support VWSC/ GP in execution of projects
 Check the quality of project execution and approve running bills
 Release funds to VWSC account
 Report physical progress of schemes to WSSD and on the NRDWP
website
 Support VWSCs/GPs on technical aspects of water quality treatment/
mitigation measures
 Support VWSCs/GPs in design and implementation of civil works for
activities related to groundwater protection, as advised by GSDA

9. MJP Division Office: MJP is responsible for implementing water supply

schemes that cost more than INR 7.5 crores. These schemes are implemented
through MJP division offices and sub-division offices. Their roles are similar to
the RWS division offices, as explained above.

10. GSDA District Office: The GSDA district office is responsible for
implementation of groundwater based source strengthening measures and
aquifer management activities. GSDA has expertise on issues related to
groundwater surveys, delineation of watersheds/ aquifers, water quality issues
and measures to strengthen groundwater based drinking water sources and
aquifer management. However, GSDA depends on RWS division office (and sub-
division offices) for design of civil works and its monitoring and
implementation (also see Annexure 32 which provides a Scope of work for
preparation of a GP wise SLWM PLAN (Environmental Sanitation Plan)
andwater quality monitoring). GSDA also works closely with VWSC/GPs to
make best use of local knowledge and also build capacity of VWSCs on source
strengthening aspects. The GSDA district office is headed by a Senior Geologist,
who reports to the Deputy Director of GSDA at regional level. Their core role is;

 Groundwater surveys and delineation of watersheds/aquifers

 Classification of watersheds based on extent of exploitation
 Conduct detailed hydro-geological studies and suggest source specific
strengthening measures

Page 97 of 455
  Coordinate with RWS division/sub-division offices, agriculture or Minor
Irrigation Division for design and execution of civil works, required for
drinking water source strengthening.

The Senior Geologist, GSDA will be supported by two Hydrogeologists, one GIS
Expert, one Data Entry Operator/Paraprofessional and a Khalasi for dilineating
aquifers in the seven districts selected for aquifer water management.

11. District Public Health Laboratory (DPHL): The key role of the DPHL is
to test water quality samples, received by it, for chemical contamination and
bacteriological contamination and advise the status to VWSC/GPs, RWS division
in ZP, DHO, BDO, for further action, as required. DPHL also maintains records of
the tests carried out.

12. Support Organizations: The Support organizations will work on

activities related to capacity building and IEC in the peri-urban villages and
aquifer villages. The following is the role of the support organizations. For
details, refer to the ToR (Annexure 36).
 Carrying out sensitisation and awareness building activities.
 Carrying out community mobilisation.
 Facilitating various processes at village level and aquifer level.
 Coordinating with Gram Sabha, GWMA, VWSC, GP, BRCs, DWSM cell and
various Government offices.
 Assisting different stakeholders for implementation and monitoring of
various categories of the project.

13. The role of SOs in various activities will be tapered-off as the project
processes advance and the project is on the verge of completion. After ensuring
completion of capacity building activities for O&M, services of SOs will be
withdrawn.

14. District Level Program Coordination Committee: As all the above

organizations are involved in implementing the JS-II Program better
coordination among different agencies is necessary. Therefore, a District Level
Project Coordination Committee (DPCC) will be formed. The DPCC will monitor
progress of WS schemes, accord approvals for expenditure incurred, release
budgets and give directions for better implementation of schemes.

District Program Coordination Committee –A committee to co-ordinate and

monitor all the components of Jalswarajya-2, whether implemented by ZP, MJP,
GSDA, PHD or GP, will be constituted under the chairmanship of the Chief
Executive Officer Zilla Parishad. Executive Engineer, RWS ZP; Executive
Engineer, MJP; Deputy CEO (VP), ZP; District Health Officer, ZP; Senior

Page 98 of 455
Geologist, GSDA will be the members of this committee and Deputy CEO (Water
and Sanitation), ZP will be the Member Secretary of this committee.

Roles and Responsibilities of District Program Coordination Committee

The detailed roles and responsibilities of District Program Coordination are

outlined in the JS 2, WSSD, Circular No. JSP-0214/CR-55/WS 11 dated 11
June 2014. The key responcebilities are-
1. Selection of habitations/villages, GPs for the program – generation of
demand, scrutiny of applications, selection of GPs based on the availability
of funds
2. Finalization of clusters for peri urban area component
3. Procurement of Technical Agencies for preparation of Detailed Project
Reports
4. Recommending DPRs for administrative approval in case of DPRs within
the power of DWSM
5. Recommending DPRs for administrative approval in case of DPRs to be
submitted for the approval of GoM
6. Monitoring the physical and financial progress of the works executed by
all the agencies
7. Field visits as per requirement

15. District Technical Committee–A district technical committee will be

constituted to assist the District Program Coordination Committee in technical
matters under the chairmanship of Executive Engineer, RWS ZP. Executive
Engineer, MJP; Senior Geologist, GSDA will be the members of this committee
and Deputy Executive Engineer (RWS Division), ZP will be the Member
Secretary of this committee.
The detailed roles and responsibilities of District Technical Committee are
outlined in the JS 2, WSSD, Circular No. JSP-0214/CR-55/WS 11 dated 11
June 2014. The key responcebilities are-
1. Recommending technical options for the habitations/villages/GPs selected
for the Program through actual field visits
2. Monitor progress and provide technical guidance to the concerned GPs/
other agencies involved in implementation

Page 99 of 455
4.3.4. Institutional Arrangements at Regional level:
1. Regional Coordination and Monitoring Units (RCMU): The WSSD will
set up RCMUs in all the six Revenue Divisions in the state under the supervision
and control of the Divisional Commissioners. The main aim is to provide timely
support and monitoring the performance of institutions at the District level. It
will also assist in bridging the gap between the State and Districts. The RCMUs
will be attached administratively in the development Branch under Dy.
Commissioner (Dev.).

2. There will be a Regional Coordination Committee headed by the

Divisional Commissioner. The Regional Coordination Committee will take
monthly reviews of all programs in the WATSAN sector in the division and will
provide necessary guidance to the DWSMs for smooth and timely
implementation of WATSAN programs.

3. Roles and responsibilities of the RCMU:

 To facilitate coordination among different Departments in districts and
at regional levels.
 To act as Regional unit of RSPMU.
 To coordinate for all activities of the Regional Coordination committee.
 Facilitate better implementation within districts in the region,
monitoring performance and sharing knowledge/learning.

4.3.5. Institutional Arrangement at State Level

1. The RWSS sector is effectively governed and managed by a set of

organizations as per the policies and programs approved by the Water Supply
and Sanitation Minister. The following are the key state level institutions and
their roles in the sector and also for JS-II Program.
 Minister for Water Supply and Sanitation
 State Water and Sanitation Mission
 Empowered Committee for Externally Aided Projects
 State Level Program Coordination Committee (SLPCC)
 Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD)
 Water and Sanitation Support Organization (WSSO)
 Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran (MJP)
 Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency (GSDA)
 Reform Support and Project Management Unit (RSPMU)

Page 100 of 455

2. The overall roles of the state level institutions:
 Providing support for policy planning and strategic planning
 Effectively Monitoring progress to achieve sector objectives.
 Timely feedback on issues regarding project implementation
 Providing proper operational support for RSPMU
 Enhanced coordination between different agencies/departments

3. Detailed roles and responsibilities of each institution are given below.

4. Water Supply and Sanitation Ministry: The RWSS sector is governed

by the Ministry of Water Supply and Sanitation. This ministry is headed by a
Cabinet Minister and supported by a Minister of State. The minister is
responsible for making necessary policies, mobilizing resources, monitoring
progress of the sector and providing overall guidance to the sector.

5. State Water and Sanitation Mission (SWSM): The SWSM provides

coordination and convergence among the State departments dealing
with Rural Drinking Water Supply and Sanitation, School Education, Health,
Woman and Child Development, Water Resources, Agriculture etc. The SWSM
will provide operational flexibility and thrust for integrated implementation
and institutionalizing community participation in WATSAN sector. The SWSM is
headed by the Chief Secretary, Government of Maharashtra.

6. Roles and Responsibilities of SWSM:

 Monitoring and evaluation of physical and financial performance and ma
nagement of the water supply and sanitation projects.
 Provide Policy guidance in RWSS sector.
 Convergence of water supply and sanitation activities including special
projects.
 Coordination with various departments of the State Government and
other Partners in relevant activities.
 Integrating communication and capacity development programs for both
water supply and sanitation
 Maintaining the accounts for Program Fund and Support Fund and
carrying out the required audits for the accounts.

7. Empowered Committee for Externally Aided Projects: An

Empowered Committee for Externally Aided Projects with sufficient autonomy
and devolved powers is set up to smoothen and speed up decision-making in
the functioning of WSSD. The Empowered Committee for Externally Aided
Projects is chaired by the Principal Secretary/Additional Chief Secretary,
Finance Department and the Dy. Secretary & Project Director, WSSD is the
Member Secretary.

Page 101 of 455

 The Empowered Committee for Externally Aided Projects has been
delegated with the powers to take decisions concerning program
implementation except those matters requiring the approval of the cabinet as
per the Rules of Business. The decisions taken by the Empowered Committee
for Externally Aided Projects for implementation need not seek separate
approval from the Planning and Finance Department as is normally done in the
Government. The committee has following powers:
 Decisions on policy matters arising in the context of the Program within
overall Sector policy
 Issues involving service matters and overseas trainings

8. Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD): The Water Supply

and Sanitation Department headed by the Principal Secretary is mainly
responsible for policy formulation and its implementation. The Principal
Secretary is supported by a Deputy Secretary and Project Director (Dy.Secy. &
PD), various Desk Officers and WSSO team. In addition the MJP and GSDA also
provide support to WSSD on technical aspects. The WSSD will be responsible
for overall management of the JS-II Program in coordination with WSSO, MJP,
GSDA and PHD. A State Level Program Coordination Committee (SLPCC) will be
set up by WSSD for regular coordination across these institutions. The State
Level Program Coordination Committee (SLPCC) will be supported by a small
Reform Support and Project Management Unit. The Dy. Secy. &PD will have all
administrative and financial powers for managing and implementing JS-II
Program activities and will coordinate with the the World Bank and various
organisations for the JS-II Program.

9. Water and Sanitation Support Organization (WSSO):

Water and Sanitation Support Organization (WSSO) registered as a society
functions under the WSSD. The WSSO has been set up, as per guidance from
Government of India, to guide and monitor RWSS activities related to capacity
building, communications, sector monitoring, water quality monitoring,
promotion of sanitation and supporting WSSD in policy making, in coordination
with key sector agencies etc.

Roles and responsibilities of WSSO:

 Lead implementation of sector strengthening activities, in coordination
with respective institutions related to DWSM cells and BRCs,
 Support RSPMU in developing and implementing state wide integrated
M&E framework and systems,
 Support DWSMs in communication and capacity building activities;
assist WSSD in making decisions on any policy changes from time to
time.

Page 102 of 455

  Monitor progress of activities that fall under jurisdiction of ZPs (projects
costing below Rs 7.5 crores)
 Support DWSM Cells in hiring and monitoring of Support Organizations,
as required
 Document good practices emerging in the sector and disseminate lessons

10. Reform Support and Project Management Unit (RSPMU): The RSPMU
will be headed by the Project Manager and reports to the Dy. Secy. &PD at
WSSD. The RSPMU will be mainly responsible for implementation and
monitoring of JS-II components, for coordinating with various implementing
units, assist them in planning activities, implementing plans, monitoring the
same and reporting to WSSD. The RSPMU consists of specialists and support
staff, most of them drawn from various government units and recruited on
contract basis, having expertise in the sector. Details of RSPMU staffing are
given in Annexure 18.

11. State Level Program Implementation and Monitoring Committees

(PIMC): WSSD will set up a Program Implementation and Monitoring
Committee (PIMC) headed by the Project Manager, RSPMU and a State Level
Program Coordination Committee (SLPCC) headed by the Dy. Secy. & PD, WSSD.
These committees will meet at least once a month and as frequently as
required. Composition of these committees is given in Annexure 18.

Roles and Responsibilities of PIMC:

 Coordinating with district teams for smooth implementation of project
activities.
 Developing and communicating operational guidelines to project
implementing teams.
 Designing and developing strategies & plans for communications and
capacity building activities.
 Designing and implementing Monitoring systems, monitoring progress
of various categories of the project, undertaking evaluation studies and
impact assessment etc.
 Developing and implementing financial management systems and
accounting and auditing for the project.
 Developing and implementing transparent procurement systems for use
at all levels of project implementation.
 Continuous review and evaluation of all sector projects for preparing
status reports enlisting strategic issues, innovative methods used, best
practices and developing trends related to all categories of JS-II.
 Continuous exchange of information within team members to facilitate
policy reforms.
 Providing policy feedback and advisory support to the WSSD.

Page 103 of 455

12. Roles and Responsibilities of SLPCC:
 Coordinating with GSDA, MJP, PHD and other state level departments
regarding smooth implementation of JS-II project categories.
 Financial review of various categories/activities under JS-II and release
of funds
 Ensuring better coordination at district level.
 Directing Project team for developing and communicating operational
guidelines to project implementing teams in the districts.
 Reviewing progress of different categories/activities under IEC, Capacity
Building and engineering works.
 Reviewing M&E system and MIS for effective implementation of project.
 Providing advisory support to RSPMU

13. State Level Project Proposal Review Committee – A committee under

the chairmanship of the Principal Secretary WSSD is proposed to be constituted
for prior review of DPRs of peri urban projects. Member Secretary, MJP; Deputy
Secretary and Project Director, RSPMU; Chief Engineer (U/R), MJP; Project
Manager, RSPMU; Chief Executive Officer of concerned ZP; Superintending
Engineer of concerned regional Bharat Nirman Cell; Executive Engineer (U/R)
MJP of concerned district will be other members and Superintending Engineer,
Special Monitoring Cell (Technical), RSPMU will be the Member Secretary of
this committee.
The detailed roles and responsibilities of State Level Project Proposal Review
Committee are outlined in the JS 2, WSSD, Circular No. JSP-0214/CR-55/WS
11 dated 11 June 2014.

14. Special Monitoring Cell in the GSDA: The RSPMU will establish a
special cell in the head office of GSDA for coordination and monitoring of
aquifer level ground water management projects, improvement in water quality
through various measures, strengthening their own 6 regional laboratories,
strengthening their groundwater monitoring and analysis capabilities
categories under JS-II Program. This cell will be headed by a Deputy Director,
GSDA and supported by one Hydro-geologist, one GIS expert, one M&E Assistant
and one Data Entry Operator/ paraprofessional.

15. Public Health Department: The RSPMU will establish a special

monitoring cell in the office of the Dy. Director of Public Health Laboratories,
Pune. This special cell will coordinate construction activities for buildings of
sub-divisional laboratories and procurement of modular furniture for the
laboratories. This cell will be responsible for overall supervision of
infrastructure development for PH laboratories, timely procurement of various
services as well as furniture. One M&E assistant and one support staff will form
the cell headed by Dy. Director, P. H. Laboratories.

Page 104 of 455

16. Human Resources Management Aspects: Additional human resources
required at various levels will be selected through a transparent procedure.
Selection process will be based on skill and experience in working with PRIs.
The positions will be non-permanent. The officers from the Government
Departments will be on deputation as per the government policies while other
personnes may be hired (private sector /NGOs) on contract basis for one year
initially, renewable after their performance appraisal annually.
17. Selection of Support Organisations (SOs): The project will avail
support of various SOs for awareness building and capacity development, IEC
activities, social mobilization, for imparting participatory management skills,
assistance for preparing VAPs, organizing various activities for aquifer water
management etc. These organisations will assist DWSM cells and BRCs for
carrying out various activities at the village level. Selection of SOs will be done
by the CEOs, ZP with the help of DWSM Cells and a detailed terms of reference
will be drawn up for hiring SOs as required.
Expression of interest will be requested from interested NGOs/CBOs to
work as SOs. Verification and further detail collection of shortlisted SOs will be
done by the DWSM cells. A committee constituted by the CEO, ZP will do
evaluation and grading of SOs and will prepare an accreditation list. Capacity
building of selected SOs will also be undertaken. Specific roles & responsibilities
will be entrusted to the SOs and these will be included in the agreement.

18. Special Monitoring Cell (Technical)–A state level Technical Cell will be
created under the leadership of a Superintending Engineer, who will be assisted
by Executive Engineer, Deputy Engineer and Sectional/Assistant Engineer,
Assistant Account Officer, Data Entry Operators.

Roles and Responsibilities of Special Monitoring Cell (Technical)

1. Scrutiny of all DPRs for peri urban area

2. Scrutiny of DPRs for any other components to be approved at state level
3. Arranging presentation before State Level Review Committee
4. Developing technical guidelines for preparation of DPRs including Total
Station survey, Hydraulic Modelling, GIS mapping etc.
5. Procurement of standard designs of ESRs/GSRs and providing to all 34
districts of ZP and divisions offices of MJP
6. Procurement of computer software required for Hydraulic Modelling, GIS
etc. and providing to all 34 districts of ZP and divisions offices of MJP

Page 105 of 455

Page 106 of 455
 CHAPTER 5: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

5.1 Financial Management for JS-II

The financial management system for the Program JS-II has been designed to
ensure effective management and utilization of Program resources & achieving
the Program objectives. The financial management system will support
Program management in:

 Meeting the financial reporting requirements of various stakeholders,

including Government of Maharashtra and the World Bank.
 Supporting accountability and transparency at various levels.
 Highlighting key financial aspects and performance indicators to monitor
progress

The accounting system is designed in such a way to:

 Adequately disclose financial statement including statement of the

accounting policies adopted;
 Ensure fair presentation of financial position & real time data.

5.1.1 Financial Management Framework

The financial management framework for JS-II consists of simplified

arrangements to ensure transparency and accountability at all levels of
implementation.
Level Institution Key Financial Responsibilities

 Maintenance of accounts at RSPMU

Apex RSPMU  Consolidation of periodical financial statements
Level of RSPMU
 Preparation of quarterly progress report, MIS
report and program management reports
 Compilation of monthly, annual accounts of the
program as a whole within the prescribed time
 Implementation of IT as required for
maintenance and compilation of accounts under
the program.
 Preparation of master plan, annual action plans
and budget for program
 Financial management of the Program
 Compilation of monthly, quarterly and annual
Financial Monitoring Reports and their scrutiny

Page 107 of 455

 Level Institution Key Financial Responsibilities

for authenticity and accuracy

 Assisting in periodic audit of program accounts
and compliance with audit observations and
rectification of deficiencies observed.
 Advising the project Director on all financial and
accounting matters of the program as required
 Ensuring maintenance of proper, adequate,
accurate and reliable financial and accounting
records, consolidation of monthly sources and
Uses of funds Statements and trial balance of the
program as a whole
 Ensure timely release of funds to program
implementing agencies.
 Liasoning with the funding agencies and
submission of claims to World Bank on basis of
reports prepared by IVA on achievements of
Disbursement Linked Indicators
 To coordinate for design and implementation of
capacity building programs for accounting staff
at various levels.
 To collate utilization certificates of all
implementing agencies & timely submission of
same to Program authorities.
 Financial monitoring for accomplishment of
DLIs.
 To develop, review and amend JS-II Financial
Management Manual wherever necessary.
 Maintenance of accounts at the level of WSSO.
State WSSO  To prepare & compile annual budget for the
Level WSSO and DWSM cell and submit the same to
the RSPMU in time.
 To submit requests to RSPMU for release of funds
to WSSO.
 To submit utilization certificates to RSPMU in
time.
 To prepare, compile & submit the Financial
Monitoring Report, statement of fund position,
statement of expenditure, accounts
reconciliation statement of WSSO and DWSM
cell on monthly basis to RSPMU.
 To track fund releases to DWSM cells and to

Page 108 of 455

 Level Institution Key Financial Responsibilities

submit the utilization certificates in time.

 To verify utilization certificates submitted by
subordinate offices on a sample basis and
submit to RSPMU.
 Assisting in periodic audit of program accounts
and compliance with audit observations and
rectification of deficiencies observed.
 To compile & submit the statement of
outstanding advances and submit report on
quarterly basis to RSPMU
 Maintenance of accounts in GSDA for Special
State Director, Monitoring Cell (GSDA) and head quarter
Level Ground (GSDA).
water Survey  To prepare annual action plan for Special
and Monitoring Cell (GSDA) & Compile Regional
Development level and district level of JS-II Program
Agency component which have been implemented
through GSDA and submit the same to the
RSPMU in time.
 To submit requests for release of funds (based
on annual action plan) to RSPMU.
 To prepare, compile & submit the financial
Monitoring report, statement of fund
utilisation, statement of expenditure, accounts
reconciliation statement of Special Monitoring
Cell, all regional and district offices on monthly,
quarterly and yearly basis to RSPMU.
 To track fund releases to district offices and to
submit the utilization certificates in time.
 To verify utilization certificates submitted by
subordinate offices on a sample basis and
submit to RSPMU.
 Assisting in periodic audit of program accounts
and compliance with audit observations and
rectification of deficiencies observed.
 To compile & submit the statement of
outstanding advances, trial balance of GP and
submit report on quarterly basis to RSPMU
 To facilitate preparation of Village Action Plans
for various activities under JS-II.

Page 109 of 455

 Level Institution Key Financial Responsibilities

State Director,  Maintenance of accounts in the office of

Public Health Director, PHL.
Laboratories  To Prepare annual action plan for Special
Monitoring Cell (PHD) & Compile annual action
plan of office of Dy. Director and district level
of JS-II Program components which have been
implemented through PHD and submit the
same to the RSPMU in time.
 To submit requests for release of funds (based
on annual action plan) to RSPMU.
 To prepare, compile & submit the Financial
Monitoring report, statement of fund
utilization, statement of expenditure, accounts
reconciliation statement of office of Dy.
Director, PHL and district health offices on
monthly basis to RSPMU.
 To track fund releases to district health offices
and office of Dy. Director and to submit the
utilization certificates in time.
 To verify utilization certificates submitted by
subordinate offices on a sample basis and
submit to RSPMU.
 Assisting in periodic audit of program accounts
and compliance with audit observations and
rectification of deficiencies observed.
 To compile & submit the statement of
outstanding advances.
 Maintenance of accounts in Public Health
State Special Department (Public Health Laboratory) at state
Level Monitoring level.
Cell at Public  To Prepare & Compile Annual budget for the
Health state, Dy. Director and for IDW under NRHM
Department cell offices at district level and submit the same
( Public to the Director, PHL in time.
Health  To submit requests to Director, PHL for release
Laboratory) of funds to Dy. Director (PHL) & IDW under
NRHM cell offices at district level.
 To prepare, compile & submit the Financial
Monitoring Report, statement of fund position,
statement of expenditure, accounts
reconciliation statement of SMC (PH), DPHL &

Page 110 of 455

 Level Institution Key Financial Responsibilities

DHO on monthly basis to `Director, PHL.

 To track fund releases to Dy. Director (PHL) &
IDW under NRHM cell offices at district level
offices and to submit the utilization certificates
in time.
 To verify utilization certificates submitted by
IDW under NRHM cell offices at district level on
a sample basis.
 To coordinate with auditors to ensure regular
and timely audit for division, district level
activities.
 Maintenance of accounts in Regional
Region- Regional Monitoring and Coordination Unit
al Monitoring  To Prepare & Compile Annual budget of
Level and Regional Monitoring and Coordination Unit and
Coordination submit the same to the RSPMU in time.
Unit  To submit requests to RSPMU for release of
funds to Regional Monitoring and Coordination
Unit.
 To prepare, compile & submit the Financial
Monitoring Report, statement of fund
utilisation, statement of expenditure, accounts
reconciliation statement, utilization certificate
of Regional Monitoring and Coordination Unit.
 To coordinate with auditors to ensure regular
and timely audit for division.
 To monitor and follow up the DWSM cells for
timely submission of accounting reports
 Maintenance of accounts in RWS Division, ZP
District Rural Water  To Prepare & Compile Annual budget of
Level Supply program components implemented by RWS
Division, division and submit the same to the RSPMU
Zilla through accounts officer in DWSM cell in time.
Parishad (12  To submit requests to RSPMU for release of
Districts) funds to RWS Division, ZP.
 To prepare, compile & submit the Financial
Monitoring Report, statement of fund position,
statement of expenditure, accounts
reconciliation statement, utilization certificate
for RWS Division, ZP.
 To release funds to GPs for program

Page 111 of 455

 Level Institution Key Financial Responsibilities

components.
 To coordinate with auditors to ensure regular
and timely audit for division,
 Maintenance of accounts by Dy. CEO (VP/
District DWSM Cells WATSAN) at the level ZPs.
Level  To compile annual budget for the GPs including
budget requirement for ZP level (DWSM and
RWS Div.) also and submit the same to the
RSPMU in time.
 To prepare, compile & submit the statement of
outstanding advances, trial balance, GP wise
fund release details on quarterly basis to
RSPMU of all program components.
 To submit requests to RSPMU for release of
funds.
 To track fund releases of GPs and timely
submission of utilization certificate for the
same to RSPMU.
 To coordinate with auditors to ensure regular
and timely audit at ZP and GP level activities.
 To prepare, compile & submit the Financial
Monitoring report, statement of fund position,
statement of expenditure, accounts
reconciliation statement of DWSM cell and RWS
division to RSPMU on monthly basis.
 To facilitate preparation of Village level
accounts and release of funds based on
predefined conditions laid down by WSSD from
time to time for various components under JS-
II.
 Compile the accounts of all VWSCs of the
district for all program components
 To verify utilization certificates submitted by
GPs on sample basis.
 Maintenance of accounts in the office of Sr.
District Senior Geologist
Level Geologist  To Prepare & Compile Annual budget of
program components implemented by his office
and submit the same to the RSPMU in time.
 To submit requests to the office of Director,
GSDA for release of funds.

Page 112 of 455

 Level Institution Key Financial Responsibilities

 To prepare, compile & submit the Financial

Monitoring report, statement of fund position,
statement of expenditure, accounts
reconciliation statement, utilization certificate
for RWS Division, ZP.
 To release the funds for program components
to GPs
 To coordinate with auditors to ensure regular
and timely audit
 Maintenance of accounts in District Public
District District Health Laboratory
Level Public Health  To Prepare Annual budget for IDW under
Laboratory NRHM cell offices at district level and submit
the same to the Dy. Director, PHL in time.
 To submit requests to Dy. Director, PHL for
release of funds to Dy. Director (PHL) & IDW
under NRHM cell offices at district level.
 To prepare & submit the Financial Monitoring
report, statement of fund position, statement of
expenditure, accounts reconciliation statement
of DPHL & DHO on monthly basis to `Director,
PHL.
 To reconcile fund releases by Dy. Director and
to submit the utilization certificates in time.
 To coordinate with auditors to ensure regular
and timely audit for division, district level
activities.
 To plan, implement and supervise program
At GP activities at GP level.
Village  To submit requests for release of funds to the
Level ZP on the basis of proposals received from
VWSC.
 To ensure that all decisions related to finances
are duly documented.
 To report to the ZP about all unutilized scheme
funds within specified time limit as stated in
the terms of agreement.
 To exercise adequate control over all the
expenditure and assets acquired.
 To ensure correct recording of financial
transaction in the appropriate books and

Page 113 of 455

 Level Institution Key Financial Responsibilities

records.
 To submit monthly, quarterly, half yearly and
annual financial & expenditure reports to ZP.
 To enter data for the activities related to JS-II
funds in the online accounting system
SANGRAM software.(OR on M&E system, jointly
developed by RSPMU and WSSO)
 To facilitate preparation of Village Action Plans
At for various activities under JS-II and to get the
VWSC
Village plan approved by the Gram Sabha.
Level  To plan, implement and supervise program
activities at GP level.
 To submit requests for release of funds to the
ZP through GP.
 To ensure that all decisions related to finances
are duly documented.
 To submit Annual Action Plan to GP.
 To report to the GP about all unutilized scheme
funds within specified time limit as stated in
the terms of agreement.
 To exercise adequate control over all the
expenditure and assets acquired.
 To be responsible for correct recording of
financial transaction in the appropriate books
and records.
 To be responsible for preparation of monthly,
quarterly, half yearly and annual financial &
expenditure reports to ZP.
 To enter data for the activities related to JS-II
funds in the online accounting system
SANGRAM software.(OR on M&E system, jointly
developed by RSPMU and WSSO)

Page 114 of 455

5.2 Budgeting and Fund Flow

5.2.1 Budgeting

Budget process involves identifying specific tasks and allocating funds needed
for accomplishing the objectives of the program within a time frame. The
budget shall be prepared following government system of budgeting as per the
state budget manual, government policies issued by Finance Department of
Government of Maharashtra.

The planning process will follow a “bottom-up” approach i.e. it will grow out of
village level plans (Village Action Plan) containing the Budget Estimates and
Revised Estimates with respect to the transactions connected with the program
along with Physical targets for various phases of the program, and get
consolidated into district/division and finally at State level Annual Action Plan.

At State level RSPMU will be responsible for preparing annual budget estimates
for activities proposed under JS-II. It will be based on consolidation of budget
estimates and revised estimates received by MJP/GSDA /WSSO/PHD/ZPs.

Budget for JS-II will be provided under separate budget Head in the state
budget and budgeted funds will be released to the State in line with Standard
Financial Procedure.

The Program AAP process will follow the budgeting cycle of the state and will
be completed when the program estimates are included in the state budget,
presented and approved by the State Legislature.

All the implementing agencies will prepare AAP for every financial year. RSPMU
will prepare estimates for RSPMU level activities, as being done for the regular
Government grants.

Therefore, the Budgeting for JS-II will comprise of following parts;

i. Funds required by RSPMU at state level for its administrative expenses

and program expenses such as for studies, training, IEC, capacity building
activities, strengthening of M&E system. Consultancy services apart from
procurement of goods and equipments etc.

ii. Funds required by MJP at division/district level for operational expenses,

execution of works by contractors and for strengthening of MEETRA.
Consultancy services apart from procurement of goods and equipments
etc.

Page 115 of 455

iii. Funds required by the Directorate GSDA at divisional (Dy. Director) level
and at district (Sr. Geologist) level for operational expenses, execution of
works by contractors, execution of aquifer water management initiatives,
water quality interventions, ground water monitoring network,
strengthening of water quality laboratories, HMS, real time data monitoring
and also for its Program expenses such as for study tours, training.
Consultancy services apart from procurement of goods & equipments etc.

iv. Funds required by Directorate of Public Health at Dy. Director for

operational expenses, its program expenses such as civil structure
improvements for district and sub divisional level laboratories, furniture
at divisional laboratories and state level renovation of conference hall of
State Public Health Laboratory (SPHL).

v. Funds required by WSSO for sector support expenses of staff payments,

capacity Building and other software activities.

vi. Funds required by ZP at district level for it’s for operational expenses &
program expenses such as for studies, training. Consultancy services apart
from procurement of goods and equipments, and other software activities.
(DWSM and RWS Div.)

vii. Funds required by GP for administrative expenses, execution of work by

contractors, procurement of goods and services from vendors, and other
software activities.

5.2.2 Fund Flow

A. GoI Level: The World Bank shall transfer funds into a Special Account
opened for the JS-II with the Reserve Bank of India. This account will be
operated by the Controller of Aid, Accounts and Audit (CAAA),
Department of Economic Affairs (MoF), GoI. The DEA in the Ministry of
Finance acts as the administrative authority in respect of all fund flows
originating under an externally aided Program (EAP) like JS-II. Under the
proposed arrangements there shall be back to back transfer of funds
from the GoI to the State Government on receipt of funds from the World
Bank.

B. State Level: Government of India will transfer funds to the PL Account

maintained by RSPMU in RBI, Mumbai. From this account, program
expenditure at state level will be met. In addition to that RSPMU will
open a separate saving bank account in SBI branch, from this PL account
funds will be transferred to the implementing agencies based on annual
action plan.

Page 116 of 455

 i. Reform Support and Project Management Unit:
Budgeted funds under the accounting head allocated for JS-II, will be
drawn from Pay and Accounts office and deposited in the PLA account
maintained by RSPMU in RBI, Mumbai.
From this account, program expenditure like salaries for sanctioned
posts and various allowances at state level will be met. In addition to
that expenditure for the activities like capacity building, IEC,
workshops, study tours, consultancy services will be met from the PLA.
Remittance of the fund to the JS-II implementing agencies will take
place from PLA.

ii. Water and Sanitation Support Organization (Sector

Strengthening):
WSSO will open a separate savings bank account in SBI branch, from
this account funds will be transferred to the implementing agencies to
meet the expenditure on salaries and various allowances for the
various sanctioned posts at various levels for strengthening of
WATSAN sector institutions. The various posts are created for the
program period in WSSO, RCMU, DWSM and Sub-Division, Rural Water
Supply.
Funds will be withdraw and transfer in the form of remittance from
PLA (RSPMU level) to WWSO savings account at SBI. WSSO will
withdraw and transfer funds as and when required in the form of
remittance from savings account at SBI opened for JS-II to the account
of implementing agencies.

iii. Divisional Commissioner Level:

Separate saving bank account in the SBI with Dy. Commissioner (Dev.)
will be maintained. The expenditure on salary and various allowances
for the posts created at the Divisional Commissionerate level for the
program period will be met through this account. WSSO will withdraw
and transfer funds as and when required in the form of remittance
from savings account at SBI opened for JS-II to the account of RCMU at
each revenue divisional level.

iv. Rural Water Supply Division, Zilla Parishad (RWSS Service

Improvements in peri-urban GPs, RWH Tanks and other activities only
in 12 Districts selected for JS-II Program ):
The activities like RWSS Service Improvements in peri-urban GPs,
RWH Tanks and other activities will be implemented by RWS division
at ZP. To meet expenditure on these activities, funds will be withdrawn
and transfered as and when required in the form of remittance from
PLA (RSPMU level) to the savings account opened at SBI in the name of

Page 117 of 455

 CEO, ZP. These activities will be implemented in 12 districts selected
to carry out major & other physical investments under JS-II Program.

v. District Water and Sanitation Mission, Zilla Parishad and Sub-

Division, Rural Water Supply (Sector Strengthening – 33 Rural
Districts):
WSSO will withdraw and transfer funds as and when required in the
form of remittance from savings account at SBI to the savings account
at SBI opened in the name of CEO, ZP of the respected ZP for JS-II.
The posts created for WATSAN sector strengthening at DWSM, ZP and
at Sub-Division, Rural Water Supply at all 33 rural districts in 173 Sub-
Divisions, Rural Water Supply offices for renovation and strengthening

vi. District Water and Sanitation Mission, Zilla Parishad

(Implementation of Software activities only in 12 Districts selected for
JS-II Program):
Under JS-II, implementation of major and other physical investents will
be carried out by different implementing agenceies. But
implementation of software activities will be carried out by DWSM
cells in addition to this the salaries and allowances for the 12 posts
created at 12 program districts. In order to meet all these expenses,
funds will be withdrawn and transfered as and when required in the
form of remittance from PLA (RSPMU level) to the savings account
opened at SBI in the name of CEO, ZP.

vii. Ground Water Survey and Development Agency:

a) Headquarter, GSDA:
At Director, GSDA level there will be a savings account for JS-II.
Funds will be withdrawn and transfered as and when required in
the form of remittance from PLA (RSPMU level) to savings account
(GSDA). The expenses on salaries and allowances for the posts
created under Special Monitoring Cell, GSDA will be met from this
PLA (GSDA)

b) Aquifer Water Management initiatives, Interventions in

Water Quality affected areas (Community Safe Water Systems) :
At district level Sr. Geologist, GSDA will implement the
components like Aquifer Water Management initiatives,
Interventions in Water Quality affected areas (Community Safe
Water Systems)
Separate savings bank account in the SBI with Sr. Geologist, GSDA
will be maintained. The expenditure on components

Page 118 of 455

 implementation, salary and various allowances for the posts
created for the program period will be met through this account.
In order to meet all these expenses, funds will be withdrawn and
transfered as and when required in the form of remittance from
savings account Director, GSDA to the savings account opened at
SBI in the name of Sr. Geologist, GSDA of the respected district.

c) Civil structure improvements of laboratories, Information

system for observation wells:
At Dy. Director, GSDA will implement the components Civil
structure improvements of laboratories, HMS, Information system
for observation wells etc..
Separate savings bank account in the SBI with Dy. Director, GSDA
will be maintained. The expenditure on component
implementation will be met through this account.
In order to meet all these expenses, funds will be withdrawn and
transferred as and when required in the form of remittance from
savings account of Director, GSDA to the savings account opened at
SBI in the name of Dy. Director, GSDA of the respected division.

viii. Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran:

a) Under JS-II, implementation of RWSS Service Improvements in
peri-urban GPs will be carried out by MJP.
In order to meet all these expenses, funds will be withdrawn and
transferred as and when required in the form of remittance from
PLA (RSPMU level) to the savings account opened at SBI in the
name of Member Secretary, MJP.
b) Under JS-II, implementation of RWSS Service Improvements in
Large peri-urban GPs will be carried out by MJP.
In order to meet all these expenses at implementing level, funds
will be withdrawn and transfered as and when required from the
savings account opened at SBI in the name of Member Secretary,
MJP to the savings account opened at SBI in the name of Executive
Engineer (Rural/Urban), MJP.

ix. Maharashtra Environmental Engineering Training Academy

(MEETRA):
In order to develop “Maharashtra Environmental Engineering Training
and Research Academy (MEETRA)” as a Center of Excellence for the
WATSAN sector; a separate savings bank account in the SBI in the
name of Director (Administration) and Superintending Engineer,
MEETRA will be maintained.

Page 119 of 455

 To meet all these expenses, funds will be withdrawn and transfered as
and when required in the form of remittance from PLA (RSPMU level)
to the savings account opened at SBI in the name of Director
(Administration) and Superintending Engineer, MEETRA.

x. Public Health Department

Under JS-II, WSSD will allocate funds to Directorate of Health Services
(Public Health Laboratory) for activities like structural improvements
and renovation of a hall at State Public Health Laboratory, Pune, for
strengthening of district level Public Health Laboratories and also for
the purpose of strengthening and structural improvements of sub
divisional level Public Health Laboratories. For all these activities fund
flow will be as mentioned below

a) Director, Directorate of Health Services:

At Director, Directorate of Health Services, Mumbai level there will
be a separate PLA for JS-II. Funds will be withdrawn and transfered
as and when required in the form of remittance from PLA (RSPMU
level) to PLA (Director, Directorate of Health Services, Mumbai).
Funds will be withdrawn and transfered as and when required
from PLA (Director, Directorate of Health Services, Mumbai) to the
implementing agencies under their administrative control/
authority.

b) Strengthening of public health laboratories at state, district,

sub division level:
In order to meet all these expenses at Dy. Director, Health Services,
State Public Health Laboratories, Pune level for structural
improvements and renovation of a hall, strengthening of district
level Public Health Laboratories , for the purpose of strengthening
of sub divisional level Public Health Laboratories and also for
salary and allowances of the posts created at Special Monitoring
Cell (PHD) funds will be withdrawn and transfered as and when
required from the PLA (Director, Directorate of Health Services,
Mumbai)to the savings account opened at SBI in the name of Dy.
Director, Health Services, State Public Health Laboratories, Pune.

c) Structural improvements of sub divisional level Public Health

Laboratories:
A separate savings bank account in the SBI on the name of District
Health Officer, Zilla Parishad will be maintained.
In order to meet all the expenses for structural improvements of
sub divisional level Public Health Laboratories funds will be

Page 120 of 455

 withdrawn and transfered as and when required from the savings
account opened at SBI in the name of Dy. Director, Health Services,
State Public Health Laboratories, Pune to the savings account
opened at SBI on the name District Health Officer, Zilla Parishad.

The envisaged Fund Flow for the JS II program is proposed as follows:

C. Implementing Agency level: Separate saving bank Account will be

maintained by all implementing agencies.

a. MJP: A separate saving bank account in the nationalized bank will

be maintained at the MJP level. RSPMU will release funds to this
account based on the AAP & program guidelines. MJP will release
funds to its district offices and MEETRA based on demand
submitted by them as mentioned in AAP & according to program
guidelines; who will also maintain the dedicated saving bank
account for JS-II.

b. GSDA:From RSPMU Fund will be transferred to Personal Ledger

Account of Director, GSDA; who will release the funds based on the
AAP, program guidelines to the offices of Dy. Directors, GSDA

Page 121 of 455

 (regional level) and offices of the Sr. Geologists, GSDA (Zilla level).
These releases will be based on demand submitted by them as
mentioned in AAP & according to program guidelines; who will also
maintain the dedicated bank account for JS-II.
c. Directorate of Health Services: From RSPMU Fund will be
transferred to Personal Ledger Account of Directorate of Health
Services, who will release the funds based on the AAP & according
to the program guidelines to the offices of Dy. Director & District
PHL. Dy. Director & District PHL In- charge will maintain the
dedicated bank account for JS-II.

i. Fund flow for training cum conference hall at State Public

Health Laboratory :
Funds will be transferred to Personal Ledger Account of
Directorate of Health Services. Directorate will transfer fund to
saving account (Jalswarajya-II) of Deputy Director, Health
Services, State Public Health Laboratory, Pune. A new saving
account in nationalized bank will be opened for the aid
purpose.

ii. Fund flow for procurement of furniture at District Public

Health Laboratory and Sub-divisional Laboratories:
Fund will be transferred to Personal Ledger Account of
Directorate of Health Services. Directorate will transfer fund to
saving account (Jalswarajya-II) of Deputy Director, Health
Services, State Public Health Laboratory, Pune. A new saving
account in nationalized bank will be opened for the aid
purpose.

iii. Fund flow for construction work of Sub Divisional

Laboratories :
Fund will be transferred to Personal Ledger Account of
Directorate of Health Services. Directorate will transfer fund to
saving account (Jalswarajya-II) of Deputy Director, Health
Services, State Public Health Laboratory, Pune. Deputy Director
will transfer funds to saving account (Jalswarajya-II) of NRHM
Cell in district health office, Zilla Parishad. A new saving
account in nationalized bank will be opened for the aid
purpose.

d. Water Sanitation Support Organization: Separate bank account

in the nationalized bank with Director, WSSO will be maintained for
sector support and capacity building activities. WSSO will release

Page 122 of 455

 the funds to the DWSM for district support activities. DWSM will
maintain the separate bank account for JS-II funds.

e. Regional Monitoring and Coordination Unit: Separate savings

bank account in the nationalized bank with Dy. Commissioner
(Dev.) will be maintained for administrative expenses of Regional
Monitoring Cell at each revenue division level.

f. Zilla Parishad: A separate bank account will be maintained at the

CEO, ZP level who will receive funds based on the program
guidelines. Through this account funds will be used for the program
activities, which are carried out by RWS div. and also to VWSCs

g. At village level: Dedicated bank account in the nationalized bank

will be maintained for implementation of water supply schemes at
VWSC level where the account will be operated jointly by Chairman
and Secretary of the VWSC (one signatory should be woman).
Funds from RWS div. / GSDA will be released to the VWSC.
i. The respective GP /VWSC shall prepare plans & estimates for
the schemes or other proposals after passing a resolution in
Gram Sabha with the help of technical and financial sub-
division functionaries.
ii. GP can incur expenditure up to a specified percentage (as
agreed between GP & ZP) for preparing plans and estimates.
At the time of budget preparation, both capital & revenue
expenditure needs to be taken into account. Estimate for
materials, training, survey, evaluation, construction,
community development activities etc, shall be prepared for
each sub-program separately.
iii. Then the plans & estimates prepared by GP shall be
submitted to ZP (Ex. Engineer, Water Supply/ DWSM) only
after the approval of Gram Sabha. ZP will consolidate the
budget estimates for all GPs in their districts under JS-II. ZP
also adds their plans & estimate for the upcoming financial
year. The consolidated budget estimates of ZP will then be
submitted to the RSPMU at state level to move forward it to
Finance Department (GoM) through WSSD (Budget Desk) for
the inclusion in upcoming budget.

Page 123 of 455

5.3 Accounting System and Procedures
Financial Management Manual (FMM) for JS-II will be prepared describing
detail accounting and financial management processes and procedures. Books
of accounts for the program would be maintained using double-entry
bookkeeping principles. Standard books of accounts (cash and bank books,
journals, ledgers, etc.) would be maintained at the state & district levels.

The books of accounts will be maintained on the integrated computerized

accounting system in use and will be integrated with the comprehensive M&E
system being developed for the sector.

A Chart of Accounts has been developed to enable data to be captured and

classified by expenditure centers, budget heads, procurement methods,
program components/activities, and disbursement categories. This matches
closely with the classification of expenditures and sources of funds indicated in
the program documents (Program Cost Tables). The key issues that have been
addressed in the design of the accounting policies & procedures are:

 Accounting entries for recording the beneficiary contributions (cash/

labour) will be made on the basis of certification of achievement of the
specific milestones as per WSSD guidelines issued from time to time.
 Releases of installments to village level against the components will be
recorded as remittance and submission of statement of expenditure
supported by necessary documents.
 At all accounting centers, separate books of accounts will be maintained
for the program funds as per the requirements specified in the Financial
Management Manual.
 Accounting will be done on a using cash basis, double-entry book
keeping principles, by using existing Government of Maharashtra
systems.
VWSC/VP will maintain accounts records/registers as follows: (i) Cash/bank
Book; (ii) contributions received in cash/labour; (iii) materials purchased and
utilized. In addition, the VWSC/VPs will retain all vouchers, bills, supporting
documents and ensure that the Bank pass books are regularly updated, and
reports submitted to its members and Gram Sabha.

Rules for accounting will be guided by the Bombay Village Panchayat Act 1958,
Bombay Financial Rules 1959, and Maharashtra Treasury Rules 1968 as
applicable to all transactions under JS-II. A Financial Management Manual
(FMM) has been prepared by RSPMU. The FMM clarifies and documents the
procedure relating to budgeting, funds flow, reporting, auditing, etc. The FMM
will be used for the purposes of monitoring as well as for capacity building of
staff.

Page 124 of 455

5.4 Audit Arrangements
The Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG) through its offices
in Maharashtra will be the statutory auditor for the program. The AG’s office
will conduct annual audit at RSPMU/ MJP/ GSDA/ PHL, RCMU at each revenue
division, and all implementing agencies. Sample test of village level audit will be
done as decided by office of A.G in Maharashtra.

The audit report would consist of (a) financial statements and (b) and
audit opinion confirming whether the program financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with consistently applied Accounting Standards and
give a true and fair view of the operations of the program during the year, and
that Financial Management Reports (FMRs) together with the procedures and
internal controls involved in their preparation, can be relied on. Additionally,
the auditor will be required to provide a management letter to program
management, highlighting findings during the audit.

The audit report with the management letter will be submitted to

Government of Maharashtra within six months of the close of each financial
year. The standard ToRs of the audit has been agreed by the CAG.

Statutory and social Audit will be carried out to confirm that moneys
have been spent for the purposes intended, with the appropriate authorizations
supported with requisite documentation, and those adequate checks and
balances are in place to prevent any impropriety.

Audit Reports Compliance System

Implementing Agency Audit Auditors

WSSD, Government of Program Comptroller and Auditor
Maharashtra Audit General of India, Maharashtra
State

VPs as constituents of local rural governments are audited by the State

Government under the Bombay Local Fund Audit Act, 1930. As a demonstration
of good practice, each of the VPs implementing the program will be required to
submit audited statements of expenditures and audit reports for the program
within 6 months of the close of the financial year. The Local Fund Auditor will
carry out audit of these entities.

If for any reason, the audit report of the Local Fund Auditor is delayed, a
firm of Chartered Accountants may also carry out audit.

The VPs will also have the option of engaging firms of chartered
accountants from the empanelment list prepared by ZP. The ZP will maintain a
panel of chartered accountant firms at the district level based on the general list

Page 125 of 455

approved by the Accountant General and agree on the rates of fees to be
charged.

The Term of Reference has been developed for the audit at the GP level
and is documented in the Financial Management Manual.

5.5 Reporting and Monitoring

The monthly reporting formats from each of the accounting centres have
been designed to provide summarized monthly financial information on the
fund flows, balances in cash/bank, status of advances and expenditures
classified by Program components/activities. These reports will be compiled by
the RSPMU at the State level on monthly and quarterly basis to provide
meaningful Financial Monitoring Reports (FMRs). An important aspect of the
reports would be that the expenditures reported under the project would need
to be regularly reconciled with the reports submitted to the Accountant
General’s Office and would need to explain differences, if any. These reports will
be prepared from the start of the program and used by the program at the state
and district level for monitoring and management decision-making.
The annual audited project financial statements, to be prepared by GoM,
would comprise: (a) a consolidated Program Sources and Application of Funds;
(b) classification of expenditures by Program activities/components; (c)
consolidated statement of withdrawals (for the whole project) from the IDA
Credit made on achievement of Disbursement linked indicators and
documented reports of Independent verification Agency;
The financial arrangements between the ZP and VP (as are envisaged) will
require financial accounting for the Program components in the Program books.
All payments against the contracts will be recorded as expenditures in Program
books.
The VPs will be required to submit the monthly account of remittances
received and expenditure made out of it along with the requisite supporting.
VPs will prepare a simple report summarizing (i) the sources and uses of funds,
indicating the balances in cash/bank; (ii) activities completed, cost and
activities to be completed in the next month); (iii) contributions in labor and
materials. The report will be presented to its members and in the Gram Sabha
and provide all records for scrutiny by members. The submission of the
financial report will be required as a precondition for release of subsequent
instalments as per GoM guidelines issued from time to time. The financial
management arrangements set up would emphasize on providing local level
transparency, social audit and self-accountability. These measures would
include a simple summary of the accounts (amounts received from the
members and the project, amount spent and balances in hand) to be publicly
posted in the notice board in the Gram Sabha. In addition, the books/registers,
vouchers and bank passbooks would be open for perusal by members.

Page 126 of 455

 SNAPSHOT OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND THEIR TIMELINES

Unit/ Financial Reports and their Timelines

Frequency Monthly Quarterly Annually
 Financial
 Financial  UC (Audited)
Monitoring Report
RSPMU TO Monitoring  Provisional UCs
 Statement
WSSD / Report on demand
confirming State’s
GOI  Trial Balance  Statement of
contribution
 Accounts Interest Earned
 UC (Audited)
Reconciliation  Audit Report

 Financial  Statement of
GSDA / Monitoring outstanding  UC (Audited)
MJP/ PHD/ Report advances  Statement of
WSSO /ZP  Trial Balance  Trial Balance Interest Earned
to RSPMU  Accounts  GP wise fund  Audit Report
Reconciliation release details
GP to  UC (Audited)
 Trial Balance
Block/  Statement of
 Accounts
District Interest Earned
Reconciliation
 Audit Report

5.6 The PforR Lending Instrument (PforR Financing):

The Program-for-Results lending instrument has the following key features:

1. It has financed the government’s program;

2. It disburses against achievement of program results, not inputs.
Disbursements would be determined by reference to progress on
monitorable performance indicators rather than simply whether
expenditure has been incurred.
3. It focuses on strengthening the institutional capacity needed for
programs to achieve desired results.
4. In Investment lending which is traditional instrument of the Bank, the
Bank supports specific investment operations, disburses against specific
expenditure for which Bank’s support is agreed. In the Investment
lending financing by the Bank, Banks’ procedure for procurement,
finance, environment and social aspects have to be followed. PforR will
support the Government of Maharashtra Rules and regulations.

Page 127 of 455

5.7 Disbursement under PforR lending instrument
GoM will receive credit from IDA through DEA under the financing
instrument called Program for Results on the basis of accomplishment of results
associated with each DLI (i.e. Results Based Financing) as given in the “DLI
Matrix”. (Annexure 20) Verification and confirmation report of the same need
to be submitted by the IVA appointed by the GoM

The cycle of disbursement on accomplishment of results associated with each

DLI, their verification by IVA will be repeated periodically.

5.8 Training /capacity building plan:

Trainings will be arranged at YASHADA/MEETRA, for state level finance &

accounts personnel.

Finance and accounting staff at the district level (DWSM) would be trained for
financial management system adopted for JS-II and requirements of accounting
and reporting under the program and to operate the computerized financial
management system, once it is ready. These trainings will be arranged at
YASHADA/MEETRA and will draw on internal and external expertise for the
purpose.

Training for BRC & GP level finance & accounts staff will be arranged at district
by DWSM with the help of state level RSPMU.

BRCs and SOs will play a key role in facilitating the village level institutions in
book keeping, accounting, reporting functions and will need to understand the
requirements/formats of village level accounting. Training programs, manuals
etc. will be arranged to provide the BRC/SO staff with the requisite skills to
impart the knowledge.

5.9 User Cost Sharing Principles

The program is proposes capital contribution from the beneficiaries towards

the hardware cost of building water supply infrastructure for increasing service
levels as per the GoM policy. 100% of the O&M expenses are also to be borne by
the beneficiaries. 100% of the investments required for additional service levels
including house connection are to be borne by the beneficiaries. The cost
sharing details of each sub-component of the program is summarised below

Page 128 of 455

 Summary of Cost Sharing

Component Contribution (% of costs)

Users State/ZP/VP
A. Operations and Maintenance
Operation and maintenance of water supply and
sanitation schemes (recurrent costs, 100 % Nil
maintenance & repairs, pump replacement,
water source insurance, depreciation, sinking
fund provisions)
Contribution
B. Investments
(% of construction costs)
Water Supply and Sanitation services in peri
urban area
Scaling up Aquifer Management Pilot
As per GoM Policy issued from
Water Quality mitigation measures and service
time to time A
improvements through dilution techniques
Rain Water harvesting and service improvement
in remote habitation

Note: Operation and Maintenance costs include recurrent costs,

maintenance & repairs; pump replacement, water source, insurance,
depreciation, electricity charges and sinking fund provisions.

Page 129 of 455

Page 130 of 455
 CHAPTER 6: PROCUREMENT ARRANGEMENT

Introduction: Procurement is an important administrative and financial

function and process that allow optimal value for financial resources expended
on Goods, Works and Services. Under JS II sector program, the procurement of
Works, Goods and Services would be carried out by the procuring entities in
accordance with the State Government Procedures and Procurement Manual.
The Procurement Manual will be used as comprehensive handbook of
applicable procurement procedures for Works & Goods. The department has
developed procedure for selection of consultancy services and incorporated in
the Procurement Manual as no procedure exists in the State Government
Manuals and Codes and would be adopted by the department.

6.1 Sector Procurement Agencies

1. The key department responsible for implementation of schemes / projects

in this sector is the WSSD at the state level and their offices at the ZP level.

2. MJP and GSDA are the State Technical Agencies (STAs) for Maharashtra
with its separate mandate. MJP implements the rural water supply schemes
which are complex in nature and multi village rural water supply schemes,
especially around the peri-Urban areas. MJP implements the Independent water
schemes above Rs. 7.5 Cr. and the Regional schemes above Rs. 7.5 Cr.

3. The district level agency i.e. Zilla Parishad implements the RWS schemes
up to Rs. 7.5 Cr. and Regional schemes up to Rs. 7.5 Cr.

4. Groundwater Survey and development Agency (GSDA) is responsible for

ground water assessment, ground water based source identification,
certification, strengthening and sustainability of the source and preparation of
plans for source development. The implementation of civil structures for
Aquifer shall be done by the VWSC and the implementation of Hydro-Fracturing
will be done by the GSDA. The construction of buildings, offices, Laboratories
etc., will be implemented by the Public Works Division of Maharashtra
Government as per the guidelines of MPWD Manual.

5. Public Health Department (PHD) of Maharashtra Government shall be

responsible for strengthening and development of Laboratories. The civil works
of the Laboratories proposed in the JS-II program will be implemented by the
Infrastructure Development Wing (IDW) of National Rural Health Mission
(NRHM) as per the GoM procedures. The procurement of Furniture for the
Laboratory under JS – II program shall be done by the Director, Public Health
Department through Centralize Purchase Procedure.

Page 131 of 455

6. At the village level the VWSC/GP are the main agency for planning,
implementation and O & M. Majority of the water supply schemes are
implemented by the beneficiary GPs under the aegis of the Zilla Parishad/MJP
by inviting tenders through e-tendering procedure.

7. Annual Action Plan: The district authority (DWSM), on receipt of

proposal from GP, shall examine it and select the GP based on the selection
criteria. The selected GPs shall be included in the District Action Plan for
implementation. The district action plan shall be forwarded to the RSPMU for
information and record.

8. Technical Sanction and Administrative Approval: Technical sanction

and Administrative Approval shall be accorded by the Competent Authorities as
per the powers delegated to them vide GoM GRs dated 9th July 2014, 30th
August 2010, and 16th July 2013.

9. Bidding Procedure: Under the JS II Sector Program, the tenders for

procurement of Works, Goods and Services shall be invited through Two
Envelop System. The Envelope No.1 is commonly known as ‘Technical Bid’ and
the Envelope No. 2 known as ‘Financial Bid’. The technical bids are to be opened
in the first instance, and thereafter, in the second stage, the financial bids of the
bidders who have qualified technically (in Technical Bid).

10. Bidding document: Standard bidding document i.e. B-1 document shall
be used for procurement of Works and ‘D’ Tender used by the MJP for
procurement of Cast Iron (CI) and Ductile Iron (DI) pipes under Rate Contract
Method. The bidding documents for selection of consultants i.e. Request for
Proposal (RFP) has been prepared and kept ready.

6.2 Procurement Procedures

1. The following procurement procedures shall be followed for sector

program by all the procurement agencies.

A) Procurement of Goods
i) E-tendering: To have a transparency in procurement process the
Govt. of Maharashtra has decided to follow the e-tendering, for
procurement of Goods costing above Rs.1, 00, 000/- (Rs One Lakh).
Under this system all the procurement activities i.e. notice inviting
tenders, supply of tender documents, receipt of bids, evaluation of bids,
and award of contract, are being carried out electronically on line.

Page 132 of 455

 ii) Single Tender: Single tender involves contracting without
competition (single source) and may be adopted in case of articles
which are specifically certified as of propriety nature or in case where
only a particular firm is the manufacturer of the articles required. (i.e.
specific computer software etc.).

iii) Rate Contract: Rate Contract is contracting for the supply of

goods and the items of standard types which are identified as common
user items, at specified rates during the period covered by the Rate
Contract. It is available at the level of Director General of Supplies and
Disposals, (DGS&D) New Delhi/Central Stores Purchase Organizations
(CSPO) of Maharashtra Government. Rate contract shall be concluded
by placing the orders directly with the manufacturers or the firms who
are on the approved list of the rate contract.

B) Procurement of Works
i) E-tendering: The Govt. of Maharashtra, as a policy matter, has
decided to develop and deployed e-procurement system and made it
mandatory for the state to follow e-tendering process for procurement
of Works costing above Rs 5, 00,000/- (Rs. Five Lakhs).

ii) Execution of Work: The implementing Agencies while execution

of works for RWS schemes, the guidelines given in the GR dated 9th
July 2014 or subsequent revision shall be followed. Under this sector
program a single responsibility tender (inclusive of Labor and Material)
should be prepared and called for and executed. However the MJP may
consider supplying Cost Iron & Ductile Pipes (CI & DI) through their
Rate Contract to the contractor.

iii) Type of Contract: Percentage Rate Contract shall normally be

followed for procurement of works for RWS schemes in the Sector
program.

iv) Monitoring and Technical Support: Zilla Parishad will be

responsible for monitoring and technical support for the RWS schemes
up to Rs. 7.5 Cr. and MJP above Rs. 7.5 Cr. Or subsequent revision
through quality control cell.

v) Procurement of Services (Selection of Consultants): In the first

stage, the employer shall identify the likely sources on the basis of
formal or informal enquiries and by inviting Expression of Interest
(EOI) through advertisement. On the basis of responses received,
Consultants meeting the requirement will be short listed for further

Page 133 of 455

 consideration. In the second stage, the short-listed consultant will be
invited to submit Request for Proposals (RFP), Technical and Financial
Proposals. The consultant shall be selected based on evaluation of their
Technical and Financial bids.

vi) Methods for selection: The consultants shall be selected by using

the GoI/GoM guidelines, and the details as defined in the Procurement
Manual.

vii) Key Process: Once the short listing of consultants is completed,

the employer shall start the process of final selection of the consultant.
The selection process generally includes the following steps:
(a) Preparation of Terms of Reference (ToR);
(b) Preparation of Cost estimate and the budget
(c) Preparation and issuance of the Request for Proposals (RFP)
(d) Pre-bid meeting; if necessary
(e) Receipt of proposals;
(f) Evaluation of technical proposals
(g) Public opening of financial proposal
(h) Evaluation of financial proposal;
(i) Selection of the winning proposal;
(j) Negotiations with the selected firm, if required
(k) Award of contract to the selected firm

2. The detail procedure for selection of consultants is explained in the

Procurement Manual which may be followed for selection of consultants.

Annual Procurement plan:

1. Program procurement plan records and describes the purchases made from
suppliers that are necessary for the completion of the Program; engage
consultants and works contracts to create a budget and a proper annual
plan. A procurement plan typically includes the project requirements, the
justification for the procurement, a time line and an explanation of the
selection process. The important aspects of APP are:
2. Identify the services, goods and works that are needed from external
agencies.
3. Draw up detailed specifications and delivery schedules based on the master
plan for the project.
4. Get approval of these specifications and delivery schedules from the
designated authority.
5. Identify process of procurement

Page 134 of 455

6. Complete the process of implementing purchase orders, engagement of
consultants, work order after agreeing on methods, and delivery schedules.
7. Set up the procedures to receive, inspect, and verify the goods, services and
works to be done.
8. Arrange for payment to be made.

6.3 MIS for Procurement

Procurement Management Information System (PMIS) will be an integral part

of M & E system Indicators for monitoring of procurement activities are given in
Annexure 23.

6.4 Capacity Building

For effective implementation of the procurement process, capacity building of

all stakeholders will be done which will include training in procurement
guidelines, methodology, e-tendering and Contract Management etc.

6.5 Internal arrangement for review

1. Review of all contracts will be conducted by the Reform Support and

Project Management Unit (RSPMU) through sample checking. Independent
review of at least 15% contracts under JS-II will be carried out.

2. Third Party Inspection: The division and the sub division officials of
the ZP and MJP district offices, as the case may be, supervise the ongoing works
and keep a check on physical progress and quality of work as per GR dated 9th
July 2014. However, third party audit through Independent Works Quality
Supervision Agency of the contracts shall be conducted as per protocols of GoM.

6.6 Grievance Redressal Mechanism

1. Greivances and complaints from the contractors/suppliers shall be dealt

with as per GoM procedures and specific contract terms and conditions.

2. All the procuring entities would cross check, prior to award, that no
contracts are awarded to any firms which are on the debarment list of the Bank
by checking the list available on the World Bank website
http://www.worldbank.org/debarr.

Page 135 of 455

Page 136 of 455
 CHAPTER 7: MONITORING AND EVALUATION

1. The Programs Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) system is to ensure

effective monitoring of inputs, outputs, sustainability and outcomes of the JS-II
program objectives.

2. Objectives of the M&E System: The objectives of the M&E system for
the program will be to monitor project implementation and to evaluate the
program’s progress and transparency during implementation. An effective M&E
system assists in effective decision making at all levels of the project. M&E
systems provide accurate and timely information regarding various indicators
so that decision making and policy formulation becomes easy. Efforts will be
made to combine the JS-2 program M&E system with the overall sector M&E
system which would be improved through the project.

3. The M&E system will thus aim to:

 Track progress/ results (physical and financial) to determine
whether the project is achieving the targets envisaged;
 Track effectiveness (of processes) to ensure that results comply
with project objectives; and
 Track issues relating to sustainability and use feedback to intervene
and improve the model towards long term O&M of the assets
established and sustainability of the initiatives undertaken in the
project.
 Ensure transparency and accountability through a built- in MIS to all
stakeholder

7.1 Program Key result areas and Disbursement– linked

Indicators -
1. The key result areas of the program include:

 Result Area 1: Strengthened planning and monitoring in the RWSS

sector;
 Result Area 2: Improved institutional capacity for RWSS Program
implementation;
 Result Area 3: Improve access to quality and sustainable water and
sanitation services in peri-urban villages; and
 Result Area 4: Improve access to safe drinking water in water-
stressed and water quality affected areas.

2. In order to provide evidence of continued progress towards the PDO,

GoM and the World Bank have agreed on a set of intermediate results indicators

Page 137 of 455

that will be used to measure and track intermediate results or intervening steps
towards the PDO. One of the type of intermediate results indicators are those
that are linked to disbursements, referred to as ‘disbursement-linked indicators’
(DLIs)25. The achievement of DLIs triggers World Bank disbursements to the
program. The list of intermediate results indicators agreed between GoM and
the World Bank are summarized in Table 19. A detailed results framework for
the program is provided in Annexure 19.
Table 19: Intermediate Result Indicators
Program Result Area Intermediate Results Indicators
Disbursement-Linked Other Intermediate
Indicators Results Indicators (which
do not trigger
disbursements)
Result Area DLI#1:Strengthened  Improved sector planning
1:Strengthened M&E System for the processes for the sector
planning and sector
monitoring in the
sector
Result Area 2: DLI#2:Strengthened  Percentage of RWS
Improved institutional Capacity of key Sector schemes that follow
capacity for program Institutions GoM’s demand-
implementation responsive approach
 Percentage of GPs that
Percentage of are using sustainable
sanctioned staff O&M mechanisms
maintained, trained and  Percentage of GPs that
equipped every year in maintain Open Defecation
key sector institutions Free (ODF) status.
as per Annual Capacity
Development Plan

Result Area 3: DLI#3: Number of  Number of house

Improved access to house connections to a connections to a
quality and sustainable Commissioned Water sustainable sullage
water and sanitation Supply System collection and treatment
services in peri-urban system
villages DLI#4: Number of
house connections to a
Sustainable Water
Supply System and
receiving a Regular

25
This does not mean that other indicators are not important. All intermediate results indicators are critical to the achievement
of the PDO, and will be measured and monitored throughout the PforR operation.

Page 138 of 455

 Water Service

Result Area 4: DLI#5: Number of  Number of artificial

Improved access to safe Community Safe and groundwater recharges
drinking water in Secure Water measures successfully
water-stressed and Systems(CSSWS) implemented by GWMAs
water quality-affected or VWSCs and rise in the
areas groundwater levels.

3. Disbursement-linked indicators: GoM and the World Bank team have

agreed on a set of five DLIs as shown in Table 19. The agreed DLIs are based on
four factors:
(i) The signaling role of the indicator, that is, whether it signals a
critical action along the results chain;
(ii) The perceived need to introduce a strong financial incentive to
deliver the activity;
(iii) The practical aspects of verifying achievement; and
(iv) KGoM’s capacity to achieve the DLI during the implementation
period of the PforR operation.

4. DLI#1 and DLI#2 signal critical actions along the results chain without
which the PDO cannot be achieved. DLI#3, DLI#4 and DLI#5 provide funds
against performance (achievement of priority outputs) to encourage the practice
of managing for results, and a stronger focus on actual service improvement.
Detailed descriptions/definitions of the achievement of each DLI are provided in
Annexure 23.

5. Existing M&E in RWSS Sector: RWSS sector is currently monitored

through different monitoring systems developed by different institutions- WSSD,
MJP, GSDA, WSSO, PHD, RDD etc. Two main monitoring systems being used are:
(i) Online monitoring for NRDWP program using IMIS developed by
the GoI, and
(ii) Online monitoring for SBMG program.

6. Both these systems have been developed and maintained by

Government of India and are used by all the states. These systems effectively
monitor a few aspects of respective programs including; financial progress,
physical progress, capacity building activities, water quality status, slip back
habitations and devolution status.

7. However, a state specific M&E system is needed that captures the

following: (i) current investments as well as past investments (ii) service levels
(iii) dynamic information on water quality (iv) dynamic information on

Page 139 of 455

groundwater levels and source sustainability (v) O&M aspects such as-service
levels, water supply in lpcd, non-revenue water, number of households
connected to PWS system, number of connections having water meters installed,
major break downs, number of hours of service delivery, tariff levels, actual tariff
recovery and expenditure on O&M etc. Such dynamic information is essential to
enable appropriate decisions and support to regular service delivery. Other
important aspects that need to be captured through M&E systems, while
implementing the program at the village level are; actual expenditures (as
against releases), procurement status, actual physical progress of projects etc.
There is also a need to develop a single platform where multiple institutions
(ZPs, MJP, GSDA, PHD, and WSSO etc.) upload and store their data, but the same
is accessible to all stake holders. WSSD aims to develop and adopt such an
integrated and dynamic M&E system through the JS-II Program.

8. Proposed M& E System: The proposed M&E system will be able to

capture and analyse, either in an integrated fashion or in separate modules, a
minimum set of indicators on:

(i) Sector performance including the number of water schemes

constructed, people/habitations that are fully covered with
improved water sources, and household connections; per capita
investment costs; functionality of water schemes; hours of service
and water quality, scarcity; the number of households and
institutions having access to a toilet, GPs attaining and sustaining
ODF and clean status; vigilance and greivances etc, ;
(ii) Fiduciary performance including budget variance, time efficiency
of funds flow, timeliness of recording actual expenditures and
account reconciliations, average length of procurement processes,
number of bidders and bid responsiveness, processing time for
contractor payments; and
(iii) Project/contract management performance including the
schedule and cost performance of RWS schemes.

9. M&E System Development Process:-The process of developing a

robust M&E system will be jointly led by M&E teams from the WSSD, RSPMU
and WSSO. Following steps will be followed by these teams;

 Identifying and finalizing final set of indicators that need to be

monitored across various sector programs (NRDWP, SBMG and JS-
II) and also across various stages i.e. pre-planning stage, planning
stage, execution stage, O&M stage and evaluation stage. This will be
undertaken in consultation with a representative group of all the
key stakeholders.

Page 140 of 455

  Identify appropriate sources/levels for data generation and
reporting (GP, Block, District, Region, and State) and also across
organizations (WSSO, ZPs, BRCs, MJP, GSDA and PHD) designated
posts that will have to collect data and input into the system
regularly and identify their capacity building needs.
 Identify, the type of automated analysis required for the top sector
management and prepare a list of reports that are needed from the
integrated systems and also their time frames (monthly, quarterly
and annual reports). These consolidated reports will assist the top
management in taking appropriate course corrective decisions and
issue guidance to implementing agencies.
 Compare with the current/existing M&E systems and highlight
indicators for which data is already being collected and also process
of such data collection and its reliability.
 Map the methods of data collection, for each indicator and extent of
use of IT systems for the same.
 Identify and study the M&E systems that are developed and used in
other sectors and or other places and draw applicable lessons for
this assignment.
 Develop detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for a consultant firm for
developing an integrated M&E system and also
supporting/handholding in using the systems. Care will be taken to
avoid duplication of data collection and inputting into the system.
 The consultant firm will also train the M&E teams in RSPMU/ WSSO
and also the M&E teams in ZPs, MJP, GSDA and PHD.

10. In order to promote transparency, an IT platform to share relevant

program information, including progress on performance indicators,
information on costs, procurements and grievances/complaints etc., will be
developed. This will make a positive contribution to overall institutional
accountability and improved governance by ensuring that all stakeholders have
access to all relevant information any time which will build up potential for
more proactive citizen engagement in WATSAN sector.

7.2 Information Flow and Data collection

1. Data collection for M&E will be done through a careful and methodically
well-defined structure. Stakeholders responsible for generating, collecting and
feeding/uploading accurate data will be identified. Data collection formats will
be simple and user friendly, for effective management of information MIS will be
designed that can support 200 concurrent users. Requirements of data analysis,
design of information flow, software, production, testing/piloting and
implementation in phased manner will be taken into consideration for designing

Page 141 of 455

MIS. The MIS will be designed for the whole WATSAN sector taking into
consideration data quality, its preservation in order to generate and store data
regarding all inputs, activities and outputs of the programs being monitored
through the system. Data regarding key performance indicators and efficiency of
data extracting/ transformation will be important factors while designing MIS.
2. The following Table 20 illustrates the type of information entered in to
the M&E system and potential end use

Table 20: M&E systems and end users

Levels Information/ Indicators Potential End Use

Village  All the sector action happens at  This is the basic information
this level and hence most of the for all the sector planning
sector information originates at and implementation. The
this level. The broad indicators baselines data will provide a
are captured below. However, the holistic sector status and
collection and entry of helps in planning and policy
information could be spread formulation.
across village, block and district  The planning and project
teams. execution phases will provide
 Base line information information of progress of
 Planning information, in case of bridging gaps identified in
new projects (scheme details, the baseline information and
estimated costs, various will update the baseline from
approvals, community time to time
contribution, VWSC and sub-
committees details, capacity
 The O&M and service
building and awareness
delivery information will
generation activities)
provide regular feedback to
 Project execution information
sector managers for timely
(contract details, project
and corrective actions. It will
progress, financial progress etc.)
also help in refining sector
 O&M information (tariff agreed,
policy and financing
% of tariffs collected,
framework, from time to
breakdowns, expansions, status
time.
of metering, etc.)
 Service delivery information
(regularity, number of hours of
supply, water quality, Non-
Revenue water etc.)
 Sanitation coverage and use data
 Status of ODF/NGP related data
 Status of solid waste

Page 142 of 455

Levels Information/ Indicators Potential End Use

management related data

Block  Blocks provide technical and  Information on water quality
administrative support to GPs and support activities.
through monitoring and capacity
building support. The main
indicators captured at this level
are;
 Capacity building activities
carried out in villages
 Water quality data (from sub-
division labs)
District  Most of the district level  Will help in compiling a
information will be consolidated district sector profile/
at this level and will help in snapshot on an annual basis
presenting a district level status which will help in improved
report. The indicators are those planning and projects
specified in the above two levels management.
with some additional information
indicated below;
 Districts can also take any
 District level financial
corrective actions based on
information (budget, expenditure
information on these
etc.)
indicators.
 District level water quality data
(from DPHLs)
 Training and capacity building
activities carried out by districts
 Progress on aquifer level
groundwater management
projects in the district
 District level groundwater tables
data (from GSDA surveys)
 Details of regional water supply
schemes and their service status
 Details of drought prone
habitations and steps being taken
 Staff/consultants sanctioned and
available in the district
 Details of ‘support organizations’
engaged and their performance
 Details of complaints received,
addressed

Page 143 of 455

 Levels Information/ Indicators Potential End Use

 Details of any significant fraud

and corruption cases and actions
initiated
State  The main function at the state  Sector status reports for
level is to consolidate all the senior officers, SWSM and
information coming from districts Ministers for regular advice,
and present the sector status course correction measures
reports to the senior WSSD and policy refinement.
management. WSSO and the
RSPMU will play the lead role in
collating requisite data and
prepare periodic reports.

7.3 M&E Implementation arrangements

1. The RSPMU and WSSO will be the key organisations for developing and
strengthening M&E systems for the sector. Regional Coordination and
Monitoring Units (RCMUs) will be created in all the six administrative regions
to closely monitor the sector and program activities.

2. The RSPMU will have an M&E Cell. This cell will be responsible for
effective and efficient monitoring and evaluation of sector programs and also
for giving feedback for policy support, along with the M&E cell in WSSO.

7.4 Roles and Responsibilities of M&E Cell

 To identify different measurable indicators for different

objectives/categories of various programs within the RWSS sector in
the state.
 To map the existing M&E systems, institutional responsibilities and
weaknesses
 Based on the analysis, to develop a ToR for hiring an individual or an
organization as M&E consultant to develop the required software
 To monitor the activities of the M&E consultant and ensure timely
development and deployment of integrated M&E systems.
 To coordinate with all the concerned organizations in developing the
systems
 To conduct/facilitate evaluation studies periodically, as decided by
the WSSD/RSPMU in collaboration with WSSO and/or any other
organization selected by the RSPMU.

Page 144 of 455

  To design ‘Operations Manual’ and training program for all users of
M&E system.
 To facilitate training of all the key M&E staff in various organizations
and at various levels.
 To ensure proper use and upkeep of integrated M&E systems, either
directly or through contracted firms.
 To provide feedback for policy support.
 To update the M&E system periodically based on the user experience
and also needs of the RWSS sector.

1. At the village level, GPs, VWSCs, Jalsurakshak will be trained to collect

and feedback data. They will be supported by the BRCs. At the district level
DWSM Cells/EE RWS Div./MJP/Jalnirikshak/Sr. Geologist, GSDA will be
responsible for generating, uploading and transferring data required for M&E.
At the Regional level, RCMUs will perform M&E support activities.

2. PIMC in the RSPMU will monitor progress of various components of JS-II

and WSSO/MJP will monitor progress of various sector programs. RSPMU,
WSSO, GSDA and MJP will continuously hold consultations about the M&E
system and will establish coordination with the regional/district/block/GP
level stakeholders. Structure of the M&E Cell, in the RSPMU is given in the
Annexure 18. An M&E Consultant will be appointed as per the agreed ToR
(Please see Annexure 36 for draft ToR).

7.5 Internal Evaluation

1. RSPMU will carry out evaluations internally and/or hire appropriate,

highly competent individuals or reputed state/national level organizations
(such as MEETRA, YASHADA), through the M&E cells in RSPMU and WSSO.
Evaluations will be carried out to find impact of the Program activities
undertaken, performance and outputs of resources used etc. Evaluations may
be done every six months as well as mid-term and at the end of the Program.
Data collected in M&E will mainly be used for evaluations. Learning’s drawn
from M&E will be shared for policy revision/improvement and with all
stakeholders through knowledge management.

2. Mid-term and end of the program evaluations may be carried by a

composite team comprising of members from RSPMU, WB and empanelled
experts.

3. Independent Verification Agency (IVA): WSSD, GoM will appoint an

Independent Verification Agency (IVA) for verification of results that was
provided by the RSPMU. The IVA will assess the DLI achievement report (i.e.

Page 145 of 455

output and outcome report) on a sample survey basis and will give its
observations/opinion on the actual results achieved during reporting period to
the WSSD. This report will be shared with the World Bank along with the
disbursement request.

4. DLI verification protocols: Verification protocols for each DLI are

detailed in Annexure 21. Independent verification of all DLIs will be done by an
IVA. The World Bank will further review the evidence base for all DLIs during
implementation. GoM’s existing MIS and regular sector-related reporting
arrangements (annual reports) will be the basis for providing the data needed
to verify most of the program results.

5. Participatory Monitoring & Evaluation: Participatory M&E will be

designed for community use at village level. It will enable the Gram Sabha and
VWSC to monitor the processes, physical as well as financial progress of works
on going at the village and O&M operations. Information at village level will be
collected by the BRCs and will be uploaded in the web-based M&E System.GP
members, VWSC members and SAC members will be trained to use the M&E
systems.

7.6 Reporting Process

1. WSSD will be responsible for collating an annual report on the status of

program implementation and results achieved. The collected data will be stored
and analysed in the M&E system and a facility of generating reports required at
various levels will be provided in the M&E system. Program category specific
reports will be generated by the system. The system will be fully secure and
selected internal users will be given secured access to the system for generating
reports. The PIMC at RSPMU will take monthly review of the progress of all
project categories district-wise and will give feedback to all DWSMs, WSSO, MJP,
GSDA, PHD labs as well as other line departments. The system will also have
facility to generate alarms automatically.

2. An electronic system with computer network and faster data

transmission facility will be established to reduce delays. GPs, BRCs, DWSMs,
RCMUs, MJP offices, GSDA offices, District and Sub-Div. Level PHD Labs will be
connected with the M&E system. Appropriate technology and softwares will be
acquired/ developed in consultation with DIT, GoM and NIC.

3. Joint Annual Reviews: A joint annual review meeting will be taken at

the management level by the WSSD and the World Bank to assess progress,
identify and propose remedies for any weaknesses and identify and propose
modalities for scaling up successes. In addition to regular implementation

Page 146 of 455

support missions, the joint annual reviews will be critical for early identification
of problems (for example, non-achievement of DLIs) and opportunities for
restructuring the Program (where necessary) in order to achieve its expected
results.

4. Web-based Data/Knowledge Management: A separate website will be

hosted by the RSPMU for JS-II. It will be linked to the M&E system. Knowledge
and learnings from the programs will be shared with all stakeholders through
the website. Knowledge regarding best practices, best technologies used,
learnings, studies, reports and events will be shared. A Knowledge Management
Specialist in the RSPMU will take care of these things.

5. Capacity Building for M&E: All users and stakeholders in the Program
right from GP level to State level will be trained for using M&E system. All
personnel in the DWSM cell and BRCs will be trained thoroughly for using the
system and softwares as well as for trouble shooting. Members of GPs, VWSCs,
SACs and CBOs will be trained for participatory M&E. Senior officers at district/
regional/state levels will be trained at MEETRA or YASHADA or any other
selected institute. Quarterly Review Meetings will ensure usage of M&E system
at all levels.

Page 147 of 455

Page 148 of 455
 CHAPTER 8: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL
MANAGEMENT RULES AND PROCEDURES

A. Environmental Management Rules and Procedures

1. Environmental Management System: The Environmental Management

System (EMS) has been developed based on an understanding of the
environmental status and issues in the program area, the identification of the
potential environmental impacts of Rural Water Supply and Sanitation (RWSS)
interventions, the existing organizational capacity for environmental
management and responds to the need to strengthen the program’s
environmental performance.

2. Need For Environmental Management in Jalswarajya II Program: The

program interventions include water supply and sullage management schemes
in peri-urban areas, aquifer management, rain water harvesting measures and
ground water dilution/site specific appropriate measures in water quality
affected areas. The overall environmental impact of these interventions is likely
to be positive as they are likely to yield benefits such as improved access to safe
water, enhanced availability of water, improved quality of water, etc. However,
certain negative environmental impacts might emerge due to improper
location, planning, execution and management of the schemes/interventions.

3. Exclusion List of High-Risk schemes/Interventions: Activities that

pose a risk of potentially significant and irreversible adverse impacts on the
environment are not supported by the program. This negative list has to be
referred to during pre-planning phase of all schemes and compliance has to be
documented in the Environmental Checklist (Detailed in Environmental
Management Manual) in each scheme proposal and plan supported by the
program. The list of excluded schemes is as follows:

 Schemes that involve construction or rehabilitation of dams which are at

≥ 10 meters in height.
 Groundwater-based schemes in overexploited and critical watersheds
that do not integrate source sustainability measures.
 Schemes involving highly polluted surface water sources (river sites
identified as having ‘very bad water quality index’).

4. Environmental Checklist for Program Schemes/Interventions: The

Environmental Checklist has to be used during the pre-planning phase of all
schemes. It will help to facilitate adoption of technical guidelines on good
environmental management for all schemes. It also indicates compliance with

Page 149 of 455

relevant environmental laws and regulations. The Legal and Regulatory
Compliance Checklist (that is part of the Environmental Checklist) will help to
identify the following:

 The activities that are prohibited and are not to be included in the
proposed intervention.
 The activities for which prior permission from the designated
authority/department is to be taken.

5. The Environmental Checklist including the Legal and Regulatory

Compliance Checklist is provided in Environmental Management Manual.

6. Environmental Due Diligence Plans: Jalswarajya II Program

schemes/interventions do not require prior environmental clearance from the
Central or the State Governments as required under Environmental Impact
Assessment Notification, 200626. However, the preparation and implementation
of the Environmental Due Diligence Plan (EDDP) is to be undertaken in case of
schemes that meet the following criteria:

 Schemes/interventions involving Forest land, Eco-sensitive Zones,

Coastal Regulation Zone, Ecologically sensitive/important/notified
Wetlands and Protected Monuments (Detail list of protected monuments
as included in the Environmental management manual).
 Water supply schemes in the identified water scarcity and quality hot
spots (Detail list of water scarcity and quality hotspots in Environmental
management manual).
 Schemes/interventions that involve construction and/or rehabilitation of
dams and other structure that are 5-10 meters in height.
 Sullage management schemes in peri-urban areas
 Water supply schemes that involve laying or replacement of Asbestos-
Cement (AC) pipes.

7. The EDDP is a systematic process of identifying potential impacts and

mitigation plan for schemes/interventions that pose environmental risk by
virtue of their location, scale or nature.

8. Based on the status of rainfall, surface and ground water availability and
quality, the severely affected areas as well as areas that harbor sites of natural
or cultural heritage significance have been identified as hot spots that need
special attention and actions for environmental management under the
Program. These include talukas identified on the basis of water scare (rainfall),

26 Environmental Clarence, Accessed at http://ec.maharashtra.gov.in/files/ecproc.pdf

Page 150 of 455

over exploited and critical watersheds, talukas with poor groundwater quality,
river sites with poor water quality, protected areas (national parks and wildlife
sanctuaries) and protected monuments as declared by competent authorities
from time to time.

9. The Environmental Due Diligence Plans (EDDPs) will help in

identification of both positive and negative impacts of the proposed JS II
program and actions for mitigating the identified negative impacts.

10. The methodology for preparation of the EDDP involves:

 Detailed review of the available documents and available information on
the proposed scheme.
 Site visits to all the areas which are to be covered by the
scheme/intervention.
 Consultation with the community on the potential impacts and required
actions to mitigate impacts.
 Referring the base line data of scheme, and technical guidelines on good
practice as per environmental management manual.
 Integration of the identified actions into the scheme design and bid
documents (conditions of contract and Bill of Quantities as appropriate).
 The EDDP format has been provided in the Environmental Management
Manual.

11. GSDA and ZP/MJP already have staff with relevant experince to manage
responsibility of environmental management at the state and district level
units. Such staff will be identified and trained for managing environmental
aspects under the program which include:
a. Environmental Management Specialist at the state level in Reform
Support and Project Management Unit
b. Deputy Director and Ex-officio Environmental Management Specialist at
Special Monitoring Cell at GSDA
c. Executive Engineer RWS/MJP and Ex-officio Environmental Management
Specialist at District Level
d. Sr. Geologist and Ex-officio Environmental Management Specialist at
GSDA District Level
e. Environmental Management Specialists Resource Person at the state level
in MEETRA

12. The description of roles and responsibilities for these positions is given
below:
a) Reform Support and Project Management Unit (RSPMU)
Jalswarajya II: The Environmental Management Specialist in the RSPMU
is responsible for facilitating and ensuring the implementation of

Page 151 of 455

environmental management in the program. The Environmental
Management Specialist will coordinate with the M&E specialist in the
RSPMU to ensure regular monitoring of the environmental management
aspects (including integration into the program MIS). The Environmental
Management Specialist will coordinate with the Capacity Building
Specialist in the RSPMU for organizing training programs and IEC
campaigns on environmental management. One of the key
responsibilities of the RSPMU Environmental Management Specialist is
ensuring monitoring of environmental status in the hotspot areas, and,
facilitating the external audit. The Environmental Management Specialist
will also coordinate closely with the counter parts in the MJP, GSDA and
with the PHD. Further details on the roles and responsibilities of the
RSPMU Environmental Management Specialist are provided in Table 21.

b) Special Monitoring Cell (Technical) at RSPMU is responsible for

giving technical clerarances to projects under JS-II. This cell shall ensure
that all guidelines (Environmental Checklist/EDDP) are followed as
appropriate, before giving their final approval. Environmental
Management Specialist RSPMU will be responsible to ensure
Environmental checklist and EDDP included in DPR.

c) MEETRA will have an Environmental Management Resource

Person who will design and coordinate the delivery of training modules
on environmental management in RWSS for WSSO specialists, MJP
Engineers, GSDA Geologists /Hydro-geologists, ZP’s RWSD and DWSM
specialists.

d) Special Monitoring Cell at Groundwater Survey and

Development Agency (GSDA): Deputy Director, Special Monitoring Cell
in GSDA is Ex-officio Environmental Management Specialist who will be
responsible for ensuring that the Environmental Management System is
applied for the aquifer level groundwater management interventions
implemented by GSDA. One of the key responsibilities of the GSDA
Environmental Management Specialist is ensuring the preparation and
implementation of EDDPs. Further details on the roles and
responsibilities of the GSDA Environmental Management Specialist are
provided in Table 21.

e) Special Monitoring Cell at GSDA Labs/Public Health

Department (PHD): The Public Health Department will be responsible
for implementation of environmental management practices in the
laboratories, as per the relevant guidelines issued by Government. The

Page 152 of 455

 Lab Incharge will be responsible for ensuring implementation of existing
guidelines on environmental safety.

f) District Level: For schemes designed and implemented by

RWS/MJP divisions, the respective Executive Engineer RWS/MJP and
Senior Geologist, GSDA shall ensure that Environment Checklist
(including Legal and Regulatory Compliance Checklist) is used for all
schemes/interventions, and, Environmental Due Diligence Plans
(EDDPs) are prepared for schemes /interventions requiring the same.
They shall also ensure that the technical guidelines on good
environmental management practices are followed, periodic monitoring
of schemes, liaison with forest department, MPCB and other related
departments as required on environmental management aspects.
Further details on the roles and responsibilities on environment
management at the District level are provided in Table 21.

g) Gram Panchayat Level: Village Water Supply and Sanitation

Committee (VWSC) ensure periodic monitoring of environmental
management aspects concerning water supply and sanitation schemes.
The Table 21 below provides an overview of the roles and
responsibilities on environmental management at various levels:

Table 21: Roles and Responsibilities on Environmental Management

Institutions Key Staff Responsibilities on Environmental
Positions for Management
Implementation
Jalswarajya II- Environmental  To support the RSPMU and the sector
Reform Management institutions to manage all
Support and Specialist environmental issues pertaining to the
Project program.
Management  To ensure overall implementation of
Unit (RSPMU) the environmental management
procedures in the program.
 To monitor schemes/interventions that
requires Environmental Due Diligence
Plan (e.g. schemes at Environmental
Hotspots)
 To coordinate with all relevant
institutions and PRIs to mainstream
environmental management of into
program.
 To periodically enhance/update the
Environmental Management Manual

Page 153 of 455

Institutions Key Staff Responsibilities on Environmental
Positions for Management
Implementation
(for example, strengthen the Technical
Guidelines on Good Environmental
Management Practices).
 To ensure that environment-related
modules are incorporated in the
training and capacity building
programs designed for the program at
all the levels.
 To coordinate with relevant training
institutions for training of WSSO
specialists, ZP/MJP Engineers, GSDA
Geologists/Hydro geologists, ZP’s
RWSD and DWSM specialists on
environmental management in rural
water supply and sanitation.
 To coordinate with YASHADA/MEETRA
and/or other relevant training
institutions for training of block and
cluster coordinators of BRCs on
environmental management in rural
water supply and sanitation.
 To coordinate IEC activities on
environmental management in
program.
 To ensure periodic and regular
environmental monitoring of
Jalswarajya II Program (including
monitoring of hotspot areas) in
coordination with all WSSO specialist
staff/MJP/GSDA and ZPs.
 To determine compliance of sub-
projects to State, National and World
Bank safeguard requirements.
 To coordinate with consultancy firms
for conduct of external environmental
audits
 To ensure that comprehensive
information on environmental
management procedures is available

Page 154 of 455

Institutions Key Staff Responsibilities on Environmental
Positions for Management
Implementation
and updated as part of the MIS.

Ground Water Deputy Director  To ensure that all JS-II aquifer level
Survey and and Ex-officio groundwater management and ground
Development Environmental water quality affected area
Agency Management interventions are in compliance with
(GSDA) Specialist at the relevant environmental laws and
Special regulations.
Monitoring Cell at  To ensure that Environmental Due
GSDA Diligence Plans (EDDPs) are prepared
for all JS-II aquifer level groundwater
management interventions requiring
the same by qualified personnel.
 To ensure that the EDDPs are
integrated into detailed scheme
plan/report and bid documents and are
implemented.
Sr. Geologist and  To ensure that all JS-II aquifer level
Ex-officio groundwater management
Environmental interventions and ground water quality
Management affected area interventions in the
Specialist at district are in compliance with the
GSDA District relevant Environmental laws and
Level regulations.
 To ensure that the EDDPs are
integrated into detailed scheme
plan/report and bid documents and are
implemented.
MEETRA Environment  To design and coordinate delivery of
Management training modules on Environmental
Resource Person management in RWSS for WSSO
–(designated specialists, MJP engineers, GSDA
officer) Geologists/ Hydrogeologists, ZP’s
RWSD and DWSM specialists.
Zilla Executive  To ensure that all schemes are in
Parishad/ MJP Engineer compliance with the relevant
RWS/MJP Environmental laws and regulations.
Ex-officio  To liaison with forest department,
Environmental MPCB and other related departments

Page 155 of 455

Institutions Key Staff Responsibilities on Environmental
Positions for Management
Implementation
Management as required on environmental
Specialist at management aspects.
District Level  To ensure that the EDDPs are
integrated into detailed scheme
plan/report and bid documents and are
implemented.
 To ensure that Environmental Due
Diligence Plans (EDDPs) are prepared
for all schemes requiring the same by
qualified personnel.
 To ensure that the EDDPs are
integrated into detailed scheme
plan/report and bid documents and are
implemented.
 To ensure periodic monitoring follow-
up of Program schemes on
environmental management aspects by
ZP specialists.
 To integrate environmental
management System in program.
 To deliberate on environmental
management aspects relevant to the
schemes and facilitate adoption of
required actions during construction,
operation and maintenance.
DWSM Cell  To facilitate training and IEC activities
regarding water conservation, source
sustainability, water quality, sanitation
Panchayat BRC Staff and hygiene for the community.
Samiti  To include environmental
management aspects in the periodic
monitoring and follow-up of program
schemes.
Gram VWSC  To ensure that all GP schemes are in
Panchayat compliance with the relevant
environmental laws and regulations.
 To integrate environmental
management in program.
 To ensure periodic monitoring of

Page 156 of 455

Institutions Key Staff Responsibilities on Environmental
Positions for Management
Implementation
environmental management aspects
concerning water supply, sanitation
and waste management schemes.
Water Supply  To implement environmental
Worker management practices in water supply,
(Jalsurakshak) and sanitation schemes

13. Monitoring of Environmental Management Aspects during

Implementation and O&M stages: As part of regular monitoring, monitoring
on environmental management aspects must be undertaken to ensure the
following:
 Ensure that mitigation measures identified in the EDDP have actually
been adopted, and are proving effective in practice.
 Provide a means whereby any impacts which were unforeseen during
planning stage, can be identified, and additional impact control measures
implemented.
 Provide information on the actual nature and extent of key impacts and
the effectiveness of mitigation measures and technical guidelines which,
through a feedback mechanism, can improve the planning and execution
of future similar projects.

14. A representative sample of the Jalswarajya II Program will be visited at

six monthly intervals to check if all safeguard requirements are met and to
identify any issues that need to be addressed. The sample will also cover 100%
of the schemes located in the identified environmental hotspot areas. The
environmental monitoring of the hotspots will include:

 Monitoring of presence of contaminants including toxic elements in

identified sample of ground water based drinking water sources located
in ground water quality hotspots (intensive agriculture zones such as
banana and sugarcane belts, and talukas having very poor and
unsuitable groundwater quality). This will include initial baseline
followed by six-monthly monitoring.
 Monitoring of presence of contaminants including toxic elements in
identified sample of surface water sources located in surface water
quality hotspots (such as in/near the river sites having very bad water
quality). This will include initial baseline followed by six-monthly
monitoring.
 Monitoring water availability and source sustainability in water scare
hotspots (such as talukas having overexploited and critical groundwater

Page 157 of 455

 status, and, a limited sample from the chronically drought prone
talukas). This will include initial baseline followed by six-monthly
monitoring.
 Monitoring schemes involving natural and cultural heritage sites
(protected forests and wetlands, archeological monuments, etc.).

15. The detail of the Environmental Monitoring including the relevant

format is provided in the Environmental Management Manual.

16. Capacity Building on Environmental Management: Capacity building

for environmental management will be done with the following objective :
 To strengthen the capability of the Sector (WSSO, MJP, GSDA, ZPs, PS and
GPs) to integrate sound environmental management in water and
sanitation services and to orient the staff of these institutions to the
requirements of the program’s environmental management needs.

17. Training programs will be organized for concerned stakeholders on

environmental issues.

8.1 Environmental Audit

Twice during the program period in year 2 and year 4, WSSD will appoint an
external agency (Government agency or independent consulting agency) to
undertake an independent audit of the environmental performance of all JS- II
Program activities with sample covering adequate no. of schemes in the
environmental hotspot areas.

B. Social Management Rules and Procedures

The Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation “Program” is developed on

the basis of extensive learnings from Jalswarajya-I,
KreditanstaltfürWiederaufbau27 (KfW) and other sector programs. These
programs had the element of Social Management, the key objectives of which
are to address social development issues and ensure that inclusion, cohesion,
equity and accountability are accomplished. Government of Maharashtra’s
policy supports community led, demand driven and participatory approach in
Water and Sanitation (WATSAN) sector replacing the earlier supply driven
approach. Jalswarajya–I was implemented under this reformed atmosphere
with demand driven approach in more than 3000 villages spread across 26
districts.

27
Bi-lateral government organization providing funding throughout the major regions of the world

Page 158 of 455

8.2 Guiding Principles of Social Management

1. The “Program” builds upon the strengths of previous projects to deepen

the process of participatory decision making through the sub-project cycle.
Additionally, while implementing WATSAN programs, Gram Panchayats will
follow norms or non-negotiable principles which are:

a. Inclusion: Schemes will be designed to ensure that the vulnerable, these

include SCs, STs, women, minorities, poor and marginalised, disabled
etc., get access to benefits. A gender strategy is developed for the
program and will be elaborated further in this chapter. Government of
Maharashtra’s (GoM) laws and policies provides for reservation in the
local institutions to give ‘voice’ to the vulnerable in decision making.
Secondly, there are provisions for subsidising costs to avail the facilities.
Lastly, target approach to extend services on priority basis is recognised.

b. Participation: In accordance with the Bombay Village Panchayats Act,

1958, villagers have been empowered to decide, implement and monitor
the development programs. Accordingly, the focus will be to promote
participatory processes through the sub-project cycles.

c. Transparency: It is well recognised under the RTI Act that stakeholders

can exercise their rights to access information in context of development
programs and institutions are also obligated to place information in
public domain. This creates an enabling environment to develop trust
among implementing partners and builds in checks and balances to
strengthen the system.

d. Social Accountability: The Bombay Village Panchayats Act has devolved

administrative and financial powers to Panchayati Raj Institutions and
includes provisions for social audit. The purpose is to enhance
transparency and ensure that the accountability measures are
institutionalised.

e. Public Contribution: It is necessary to develop a sense of ownership of

water and sanitation projects implemented in the village, among the
village citizens. Hence; beneficiaries are encouraged to contribute for
capital cost of the project. GoMs existing policy regarding public
contributions will be applicable to the “program”.

f. Land Requirement: Legal and policy framework provides for

acquisition of land and assets and compensation measures for the assets
acquired. Given the limited land requirement, the “program” will follow

Page 159 of 455

 the on-going practices of either using community land or purchasing
land or voluntary donation of land by the locals to ensure availability of
land for investment (Formats on land requirement in Annexure 25).

2. However, land owned by SC, ST, BPL and other weaker groups will be
considered in exceptional circumstances if no other suitable land is available.
Land for Water Supply schemes is generally required for Source works, Summer
Storage Reservoirs (if source is not perennial), Treatment Plants, Transmission,
Storage Reservoirs, Distribution Systems, etc. The necessity of land for various
types of rural/peri-urban water supply schemes is given in Table 22 below:
Table 22: Land Requirements
S.No. Component Land Requirement
Surface water Ground Water
1 Source works Land is required for Land is required for bore
head works and pump wells and pump houses.
houses.
2 Treatment Generally, for surface Generally, groundwater is
water based schemes, treated with chlorination for
slow sand filters are bacteriological
used for treatment contamination. Land is not
followed by required for this purpose as
chlorination for the chlorinator can be fitted
bacteriological into the pump house.
contamination. Land is
required for this.
3 Transmission Transmission lines will Transmission lines will be
be laid along the public laid along the public roads
roads and hence no and hence no lands are
lands are required required.
4 Storage Land is required for Land is required for storage.
storage. Generally, Generally, storage is built in
storage is built in public public places in the villages.
places in the villages.
Sometimes land is
required for summer
storage.
5 Distribution Land required, but Land is required, but pipes
pipes are laid along are laid along roads and
roads and public places public places are used for
are used for stand stand posts.
posts.

Page 160 of 455

8.3 Institutional Responsibility for Social Management

1. Institutional arrangement for social management is based on nature and

quantum of investment which is broadly outlined below:

A. Drinking water and sullage management in single village schemes

that cost beyond INR. 7.5 Cr are implemented by MJP. However,
plans are developed in consultation with GP and post
implementation is managed by GPs. Where the cost is below INR. 7.5
Cr., PRIs (RWS Div., ZP) will be responsible for planning,
implementation and O&M. Rain water harvesting structures and
Water Quality Interventions will be planned, implemented and
managed by PRIs (RWS Div., ZP). PMCS Divisions in MJP or
independent consultancy firms engaged for this task will be
responsible for pre-planning reform package irrespective of the
investment cap.
B. Community based Aquifer Level Groundwater Management
initiative is the responsibility of GSDA, ZP and GP.

2. Accordingly, the institutional arrangement with roles and

responsibilities are described in detail in Chapter 4.

3. Reform Support and Project Management Unit (RSPMU) Jalswarajya

II: Social Management Specialist within RSPMU will be responsible for (i)
developing strategies and guidelines to operationalize the provisions of policy
framework to implement the core principles, (ii) monitoring the progress of
social management activities, and (iii) coordinate capacity building programs to
enhance social development outcomes. Details of the roles and responsibilities
of the Social Management Specialist in the RSPMU are provided in Table
23.

4. State Ground Water Survey and Development Agency (GSDA): GSDA

District team will provide technical support and DWSM Cells alongwith SOs will
assist with the Aquifer and GP level preparation of plans, and its
implementation.

5. District Level: DWSM Cell in ZP – Social Mangement Specialist provided

under JS-II in DWSM Cell will be responsible for independent appraisal of
village action plans to ensure that processes have been followed through the
planning stage on inclusion, participation, transparency, accountability, land
management, norms on public contribution and agreements on O&M
arrangement. IEC Specialist will be responsible for the preparation of district

Page 161 of 455

level communication strategy and preparation of IEC material. (Annexure 36
includes Terms of Reference for Social Management specialist).

6. Block Resource Centre: BRCs were formed in 2011 to offer greater

support to GPs/ VWSCs for implementation of WATSAN Programs at Village
levels. The BDO is the head of the BRCs and consists of one Block Coordinator
and 2-3 Cluster Co-ordinators. One of the Extension Officers in the Panchayat
Samiti will function as administrative head of the BRCs.

7. Gram Panchayat Level: Overall, Gram Panchayat will be responsible for

the schemes and will be supported by the Village Water Supply and Sanitation
Committee (VWSC), Women Development Committee and Social Audit
Committee through planning, implementation and O&M. Planning will be done
at the ward level (peri –urban schemes) and habitation (rain water harvesting).
GPs under the program will be supported by SOs, BRCs and Assistant to Gram
Sevak.
8. Table 23 below provides an overview of the roles and responsibilities
on social management at various levels:

Table 23: Roles and Responsibilities on Social Management

Institutions Key Staff Responsibilities on Social Management
Positions for
Implementation
Water and Social  The RSPMU, working with WSSO will
Sanitation Management monitor implementation of the
Support Specialist in the guidelines for GP selection, land
Organization RSPMU procurement, infrastructure,
(WSSO) at the community management of water and
state level, sanitation.
State-  RSPMU in collaboration with WSSO
will lead communication and capacity
Reform building across the state and support
Support and ZPs for local actions.
Project  RSPMU in collaboration with WSSO
Management will guide the implementing agencies
Unit (RSPMU) in adoption of Social Management
– JS-II Framework and monitor the same.
Maharashtra Social  responsible for information
Jeevan Management dissemination, social mobilization at
Pradhikaran Specialist in ward and GP level,
(MJP) DWSM  formation and strengthening of mahila
Cell, Support mandals, facilitate gram sabhas,
Organisation  formation and/or strengthening of

Page 162 of 455

Institutions Key Staff Responsibilities on Social Management
Positions for
Implementation
VWSC and Social Audit Committee that
is representative of wards and
vulnerable groups,
 capacity building activities at village
level, implementing PRA tools for
ward level plans to develop into
Village Action Plans for each GP;
 Support systems to implement
accountability measures and
grievances and capacity building of
GPs to manage O&M.
 Ensures synergetic management of
community intervention and technical
aspects during planning,
implementation and O&M;
Groundwater Social  Informs the communities, i.e.,
Surveys and Management GWMA/GPs/VWSCs about the ground
Development Specialist in water availability and quality of the
Agency DWSM Cell, drinking water sources and creates
(GSDA) Support awareness about water accounting and
Organisations for budgeting.
Aquifer  Provides technical support and
management awareness in maintaining the water
harvesting and recharge structures.
 Creates awareness on community
based groundwater resources
management at aquifer level and
advises community (GP/
VWSC/GWMA) on managing the
groundwater resources.
 Provides advice on groundwater
quality enhancement measures to
community.
 Helps the community to implement
artificial ground water recharge
measures and for water budgeting, as
part of overall aquifer level
groundwater management.

Page 163 of 455

District- District Social  ZPs are responsible for ensuring
ZillaParishad Management compliance with legislation, policies
Specialist and regulations.
 ZPs play a major role in the Grievance
and complaint redressal mechanism as
an agency at district level in
addressing the grievances and
complaints.
 ZPs facilitate deepening of
decentralised service delivery and
ensure that the GPs get the required
technical support during planning,
implementation and Operation and
Maintenance of the infrastructure
created.
Block BRC member at  information dissemination,
Resource habitation level  social mobilization at habitation level;
Centre for Rain Water  facilitate Gramsabhas;
harvesting  formation and strengthening of Social
structures Audit Committee;
 implementing PRA tools to develop
into Village Action Plans;
 support systems to implement
accountability measures;
 address grievances and manage
operation and maintenance by GPs,
 Provide training to village level
institutions to carry out their roles and
responsibilities.
Village- Gram VWSC, S.O.  Gram Sabha (village assembly)- is the
Panchayat supreme body to decide on various
aspects at the village level.
 Gram Sabha will provide opportunity
for participatory decision making,
providing guidelines on policy and
implementation of projects; overall
monitoring and evaluation, selection of
committee members.
 Gram Sabha will also ensure 'inclusion'
and avoid 'elite capture'. Mahila Gram
Sabha is another forum for women to
come together and make decisions.

Page 164 of 455

 The decisions taken by women here
are ratified in the Gram Sabha and
included in the latter’s decision making
process.
 GP is primarily responsible to ensure
that land is available for the planned
investments. The preference is to
provide government land free from
encumbrances, or purchase and lastly
adopt transparent mechanism for
donation of land.
 Gram Panchayat facilitates the decision
making by the community; facilitates
the flow of funds and ensuring
accountability.
 Ward level plans - Rain water
harvesting habitation will do the
planning
 VWSC is nominated by and
accountable to the Gramsabha.
 VWSC will look after implementation
of schemes, quality control, financial
management, O&M of projects
completed. Social Audit Committee is
another committee at the village level
which does social audit, technical,
financial performance of projects.

9. Implement strengthened Social Management Rules and Procedures

for the Program: The key elements of social management rules and procedures
include the following:

a) Sub-project Cycle: The broad elements of the sub-project cycle are (Activity
wise details in Annexure 27 to 30):
 Orientation of implementing partners on the ‘guiding principles’-
inclusion, participation, transparency, and accountability and on their
roles and responsibilities;
 Rapport building and awareness through communication program;
 Social mobilization to strengthen ward level planning;
 Social mobilization of women to facilitate prioritization of their needs to
be reflected in ward plans;
 Facilitating Gram Sabha meetings to consolidate ward plans and
prepare GP level plan and approval;

Page 165 of 455

  Selection and training of VWSC and social audit committees on roles and
responsibilities;
 Establishing grievance collection points;
 Disseminating information on the findings of social audit committee and
settlement of grievances in Gram sabha meetings;
 Facilitating ward level O&M strategy to be consolidated at GP level.

These will be further detailed (scope, objective, implementation arrangement,

planning, implementation, post implementation, social accountability, grievance
redress, participatory monitoring and learning, etc.) in a Community Operations
Manual.

b) Systems to promote social accountability. Social audit committees will be

formed to audit plans to ensure that they are in compliance on inclusion,
participatory processes, processes followed to provide land, and access of
benefits by the vulnerable groups. At implementation stage, expenditure
tracking co-related to civil works will be undertaken. Finally, at post-operative
stage, the audit will be on service levels, maintenance and cost recovery.

c) Grievances Redressal Mechanism at GP level: Guidelines on grievance

redress, tracking and Conflict resolution/management are provided in Chapter
no 9

8.4 Gender Strategy

Project intends to strengthen the initiatives for women development through

Women’s Development Committee (WDC) and Women’s Gram Sabha.
Jalswarajya strives to minimize the hardships of women and their concern to
water and sanitation sector. Capacity building will be undertaken in such a
manner that women, SCs/STs, marginalized and minority communities as well
as the handicapped will be able to participate in all activities related to the
project. BRCs will undertake capacity building of WDC, monitor the women
development activities at village level and will develop forward and backward
linkages. Gender issues will be addressed and specific training and exposure
visits will be organized to involve women in project activities.

 Women Development Committee (WDC) will be formed at the village

level. This committee will ensure participation of women and will
participate in the planning, implementation and operation and
maintenance of the schemes. WDC discusses the VAP and other
proposals and present them to Women Gram Sabha.
 Women Gram Sabha will be conducted in the village to discuss on the
proposals and plans at village level before presentation to Gram Sabha.

Page 166 of 455

  Half of the VWSC members should be women.
 At least one third of the members in GWMA should be women.
 Half of the SAC members should be women.
 The support organizations appointed should deploy at least one-third
women staff.
 The WDC of the GP should approve the VAP.
 Petty contracts arising out of the schemes may preferably be entrusted
to SHGs on community contract basis.
 While selecting community members for training at least one-third of
them should be women.
 During O&M, women SHGs should be considered for tariff collection,
maintenance, etc.
 Gender balance shall govern recruitment of the staff from the private
sector for the Program.
 Due representation of women shall be ensured on all governance bodies
at all the levels.
 Specialized gender programs will be developed to build the capacity of
all the project staff including that of the SOs.

8.5 Capacity Building

1. Capacity Building is the process of strengthening procedural,

organizational and institutional capabilities of individuals and organizations in
charge of development tasks. The objective is to strengthen the capacity of the
project partners and local communities in participatory planning,
implementation and monitoring of the project. The Partners will include
RSPMU, MJP and GSDA at state level; ZP, DWSM, MJP& GSDA officials, SOs at
district level; GWMA, BRC members at block level and members of Gram Sabha,
VWSC, GPs, SAC, WDC and field functionaries of ZP, GSDA and MJP at village
level.

2. Broad themes of training will include the following:

 Enabling the participants of various target groups to execute their roles
and responsibilities in project management.
 Facilitate in improving knowledge and skills, understanding the
concepts, approaches, strategies and methodologies of the project.
 Sensitize on issues concerning to participatory approach, gender, equity
and other technical, environmental and social issues.
 Build capacity of rural communities for sustainable management of
natural resources and their livelihoods.

Page 167 of 455

3. Training modules will include the following:
 Orientation on Drinking water, sanitation, water account and aquifer
level groundwater management
 Concept of GWMA, VWSC, SAC and their role in project activities.
 Roles/responsibilities of members
 Framing rules/regulations/ bye-laws
 Gender and Equity
 Leadership
 Decision Making
 Conflict Resolution
 Participatory planning
 Preparation of Plans
 Book-keeping
 O&M of WATSAN infrastructure.
 Conducting meetings

Following Table 24 shows various training activities that will be organised at

village level and the target groups/beneficiaries.

Table 24: Training Activities for Program Villages

Sr.
Capacity Building Activity Target Group
No.
Program Orientation, Awareness Villagers Mahila Mandals,
1.
Building CBOs/GP Members.
Community Mobilisation and GP Members, Mahila Mandals,
2.
Community Participation CBOs.
Members of Gram Sabha, GP,
3. Social Management
VWSC, SAC
4. Conducting, Meetings effectively. Office Bearers of Gram sabha
Record Keeping, Accounting and GP Members, VWSC,SAC
5.
Auditing Members
Villagers, Mahila Mandals,
6. Use of PRA Tools CBOs, GP Members, VWSC
members
Planning for Water Supply and GP, VWSC, GWMA, Mahila
7
Sanitation Mandal, SAC
Implementation of Groundwater
GWMA/GP/VWSC/SAC
8 management project, WATSAN Sector
Members, Mahila Mandals
Projects
GWMA/GP/VWSC/SAC
9 Community Monitoring of Projects
Members
10 O&M System for Water Supply and GWMA/GP/VWSC/SAC

Page 168 of 455

 Sanitation Projects, Fixing Tariffs etc. Members
11 Social Audit SAC Members
Training of Masons and Pump
12 Identified youth in the village
Mechanics
Women’s Participation in Water Village women, Women
13 Supply for Sanitation Project and members on Gram Sabha,
SHGs Formation VWSC/SAC, Mahila Mandals

4. Monitoring and Evaluation: Monitoring & Evaluation identifies

whether the program is moving in the intended direction or not and whether it
will deliver intended results or not. Deficiency in planning & execution are
usually reflected by monitoring and evaluation. Corrective measures are
adopted immediately from this learning so as to reach the desired objectives.
Following monitoring & evaluation methods/types will be adopted.

i) Impact evaluation: It would include indicators on participation, inclusion,

transparency, accountability and grievances to allow for an assessment of
the institutions developed sustainability of the program interventions and
overall improvement of service delivery. Various types of indicators as given
below will be used to monitor different activities of the program. (Detailed
indicators for Social Management are given in Annexure 24).
 Formation of village level local Institutions –VWSC, SAC and WDC
 Formation of aquifer level institution i.e., GWMA.
 Changes in availability of important services.
 Changes in access to services –by vulnerable groups,
 Increased capacity to execute works/ decision making
 Community Participation in planning, implementation, monitoring and
upkeep of community works / assets
 Participation of vulnerable groups in planning process
 Equity –access by women & vulnerable groups
 Conflict management, unity and integrity among people, maintenance of
assets
 Availability of project related infiormation on public domains

ii) Concurrent Monitoring - One of the tools of concurrent monitoring is

process monitoring that will be carried out by SAC. It helps to provide the
process and the contextual data required for capacity building towards
proper planning & effective implementation of the program. It particularly
facilitates for making decisions at the field level project implementation
activities.

Page 169 of 455

8.6 Communication Strategy

1. The success of the program depends on effective and meaningful IEC and
communication strategy. Strategic communications approach is a social process
of dialog, negotiation, and consensus building through the use of a variety of
methods. Based on principles of inclusion, transparency and accountability, the
IEC and communication strategy aims to enhance the ability of stakeholders to
engage, influence local level institutions and hold them accountable for their
work.
2. The communications model advocated is a community owned
communication strategy that encourages civic engagement, where the
community is part of the planning and monitoring process of the schemes. This
is a long term process of continued dialogue, clarifying issues under discussions
and finding solutions to matters of common concern. Through engagement, a
space is created where issues can be openly discussed, compromises negotiated
and solutions acceptable to the majority accepted and ratified. This strategy
seeks to foster social, political and institutional changes at different levels by
building trust among implementers and the users, promoting a two-way
communication, exchanging knowledge and skills for a sustainable change in
both availability of services and behavior that is consistent with facts on the
ground. The best technically designed infrastructure projects can fail or have
weak results if decision makers and the beneficiaries are not duly consulted,
informed and mobilized.

i. Communication Objective: Overall objective of any WATSAN scheme is

to provide potable water and sanitation facilities to Households, with
community participation. Hence, the key IEC and communications
objective is to raise awareness about the importance of safe drinking
water resulting in increased demand for piped water services and
awareness about proper sanitation resulting in increased demand for
toilet facilities and behavioral change.

ii. Target Audience: For any IEC and Communication strategy, it is

important to fully understand the target audiences. Well defined
audience segmentation allows for better designed, more focused and
more effective messages. Based on Jalswarajya-I experience and
depending on the project impact on them, the audience is identified as
primary, secondary and tertiary.

 Primary
o Beneficiary Households
o Schools
o Anganwadis
 Secondary
o Village, block and district level functionaries of RWS/ ZP/ DWSM
o Panchayat Raj Institutions (PRI)

Page 170 of 455

 o Village Water and Sanitation Committee (VWSC)
o Aquifer Level Groundwater Management Association (GWMA)
o Other coordinating departments
o Civil Society Organizations
o Frontline health workers (ASHA, Anganwadi, ANM)
o School teachers
o CBOs
 Tertiary:
o National Governments and State Governments
o Elected Representatives
o Local and regional Media
o Senior Civil Servants
o NGOs/INGOs,
o UN Agencies / The World Bank

iii. Communications plan: As a part of the strategy the following guidelines

are provided on approach and strategy. Following approach will be used.
 Building a supporting environment through advocacy to help create
demand for water and sanitation services and adoption of hygiene
practices
 Augment the skills set of SWSM and DWSM and provide tools and
infrastructure for effective IEC and Communications preparation and
implementation.
 Communicate specific messages based on need and target audience.
 Use multiple channels for dissemination and reinforcing messages.
 Convergence with line departments.

3. Following communication strategy will be used:

 Communication for Raising Mass Awareness
o Communication Needs Assessment (CNA)
o Media Interface
o Local Fair or Festivals, Village fairs
o Public Consultation
o Human interest stories
o Audio-visual communication
o Process documentation
o State level Celebrity Spokesperson
o Government Spokesperson and Experts
 Capacity Building for IEC.
 Advocacy
 Social and Behavior Change
 Research and Documentation Activities (e.g. CNA, Impact
assessments etc.)

Page 171 of 455

4. Following Channels of Communications are proposed to be used:
 Interpersonal Communication (IPC)
 Community Mobilization:
 Social Consultation (an integral part of Community Mobilization):
 Suggested Mass Media Activities
o Multi-Media Campaigns
o Entertainment-Education (E-E)
Suggested Edutainment Activities Appropriate messages for each project cycle
shall be developed and communicated in one or more of the above mentioned
modes, as required.

8.7 Operations, Maintenance and Withdrawal

1. The objective is to ensure that the assets created during the program
implementation phase are sustained and continue to yield benefits in the years
to come.

2. Since the post implementation period entails withdrawal of external

project implementers and facilitators (usually it lasts for a year after the
scheme cycle), the O&M roles have to be played entirely by the local level
institutions, in this case, the VWSC and GP. For this to work effectively, the SOs
and BRC members will ensure that the VWSCs are well equipped with the
necessary skills and management systems to do this. O&M tasks in this regard
are as follows:

i. Ensure that the GP/VWSCs are aware of the O&M responsibilities. Start
building capacity of the VWSC for taking up O&M responsibilities right
from the start of the project.
ii. Enable the SAC to match the planned programs with actually completed
programs. Ensure that all operations are completed and that the
communities are aware of this fact.
iii. Conduct a vision building on water management separately to help them
see the larger picture and their critical role in O&M as the basis for
formulating their visions and plans.
iv. Enable the GP/Gram Sabha to draft clear agreements on how each asset
will be maintained, responsibility sharing between members, cost
implications and how they will be managed based on equity
considerations.
v. Prepare a full inventory of assets created under the project with the
participation of VWSC. At the time of withdrawal, obtain a signed
statement on the above inventory. Assets will continue to be maintained
and managed by them.

Page 172 of 455

 vi. Facilitate interactive meeting between VWSC with the officers of O&M
Sub Division whose assistance will be required in the management of
assets. Maintain records of such meetings and their outcomes.
vii. Enable VWSC to build an O&M Fund right from first year through
monthly contributions and donations etc so that it builds-up as
withdrawal approaches. O&M requires periodic financial investments to
meet recurring costs on maintenance and management of assets.
viii. Enable the VWSC to establish clear rules regarding the management of
the O&M Fund, Opening of separate bank account, keeping books and
records, making annual plans and budgets, etc.,
ix. Enable SAC to carry out concurrent monitoring on the performance of
the VWSC and quality of service.

Page 173 of 455

Page 174 of 455
 CHAPTER 9: GOVERNANCE AND ACCOUNTABILITY

1. The Government of Maharashtra is committed for better governance and

to improve development impact of the WATSAN sector programs. It will be
ensured under JS-II that the program funds are used for intended purposes
economically and efficiently through improved internal controls, automation of
transaction processing, e-governance system and internal audits. The JS-II
Program will be implemented under the existing governance and accountability
structure of the GoM and WSSD. In addition, efforts will be made to strengthen
debarment procedures, vigilance systems and grievance redressal.

2. Existing GoM Systems: There are three existing GAC systems that are
applicable to the JS-II Programs given below. Efforts will be made to make the
stakeholders aware of these systems and also improve effectiveness of
monitoring of these systems, where necessary.

9.1 RTI Mandate

1. The Right to Information Act (RTI) and rules there under are applicable in
Maharashtra. The following is the existing structure and process for
implementing the RTI Act in the state, with respect to the RWSS sector,

2. Institutional structure: Implementing of RTI is decentralized in the state to

enable wider reach and faster sharing of information. It is mandatory for all
offices to declare and display the names of Public Information Officers,
Assistant Public Information Officers and 1st Appellate Authority,

3. At the state level; the Chief Information Commissioner (CIC) is the Apex
authority. CIC nominates full time representatives – Regional Information
Commissioners- at regional level (in all six administrative regions) who are
responsible for dealing with the second level of appeals.

4. Application for Information: A citizen seeking information has to apply in

the prescribed format28 to the designated ‘Assistant Public Information Officer
(APIO) or Public Information Officer (PIO)’ within the concerned department.
For RWSS issues the Rural Water Supply division office (RWS) within the Zilla
Parishad (ZPs) is the key department and hence an officer is designated as
‘information officer’ in each WSD unit. The PIO has to provide information to
the applicant within 30 days.

28
The General Administration Department, GoM, notified the process and formats for making requests and appeals through a
Government Notification dated October 11, 2005.

Page 175 of 455

5. In all the institutions (WSSD, MJP, GSDA and ZPs) in the RWSS sector
Assistant PIOs and PIOs are declared.

6. 1st Appeal: If the applicant is not satisfied with the information and/or
does not get the information within the stipulated time, s/he can approach the
designated ‘First Appellate Authority (FAA)’ within the department. The FAA
has to provide satisfactory information and/or resolve any grievances within
30 days.

7. 2nd Appeal: If the applicant is not satisfied with this process s/he can
approach the next level of Appellate Authority (AA) appointed by the Chief
Information Commissioner in each division (6 divisions in the state). The RIC
can hear the petition either in person and/or through video conference facility
available at the District Collector’s office in each district.

8. Final judgement: Those appeals which could not be resolved by the RIC
are referred to CIC for final resolution.

9. The CIC publishes an annual report on all the appeals received and resolved
at various levels.

9.2 Complaints to Zilla Parishads

1. GoM has an established system at the Zilla Parishad level called ‘Lok Shahi’
divas (People’s day) wherein the grieved citizens can approach the CEO of ZPs
and District Collectors and complaint against issues of fraud and corruption
and/ or record their grievances. There is an established process wherein these
grievances and complaints are addressed through respective Heads of
Departments and Block Development Officers. The CEO, ZP has powers to
launch First Information Report (FIR) with the police for cases that involve
corruption (please see Annexure 35 for reporting format of complaints).

2. However, proper monitoring of all such cases at state level is necessary.

WSSD is keen on monitoring these cases and hence the monitoring system will
incorporate a module on this also.

9.3 Checks and Balances during Execution of Works

1. As per GoM’s policy (dated 9th July 2014), GPs/ VWSCs are responsible to
manage projects costing up to INR 50 million. However, as GPs do not possess
required technical expertise, WSSD designed a system where ZPs (mainly the
RWS Division and Sub-Division offices) support GPs/ VWSCs in the entire

Page 176 of 455

process with well-designed checks and balances. The following Table 27
captures the processes and checks and balances.

Table 27: Checks and Balances during work execution

Step/ Action Primary Support Checks and Balances
Responsibility

Floating GP/ VWSC ZP -1% Earnest Money Deposited

tender and supports in by bidders. Returned for all
selection of a floating unsuccessful bidders
Contractor tender and -4% Security deposit by
evaluation selected contractor (including
of bids above 1% EMD)
-Out of this 2% is collected at
the beginning and remaining
2% is retained in running bills
-All tenders floated by
electronic system
Quality ZP GP/ VWSC -Measurement Book (MB) at the
control of site maintained by JE/Sectional
works Eng. of RWS sub-division office
and checks quality of works

Third party Contractor Selected -Contractor responsible to get

checks agencies regular third party checks done
by selected agencies (specified
in the tender document) for
various items like: Pipes, valves,
pumps, materials (steel, cement,
sand, concrete)

Bill raising Contractor -Contractor to raise running

bills along with supporting
documents including above test
reports

- GP/VWSC to check and submit

the bill to Sub-Division office

-Sub-division office verifies bills

with MB records and send to
Division office for checking and
clearance

Page 177 of 455

Step/ Action Primary Support Checks and Balances
Responsibility

Paying for GP ZP -Once the bill is cleared by

Running Bills Division office (fully or partly)
GP/VWSC releases the money to
contractor

-All payments to be through

electronic transfer only

Completion ZP ZP provides technical

Certificate completion certificate and
approves final bill for payment

The 4% Security Deposit is

released to contractor after 6
months after final payment.

O&M period As per GoM’s practice, the

contractor to undertake one
year O&M also for the
completed scheme and an
amount of 10% contract value is
kept aside for O&M guarantee
This 10% is released to the
contractor after 6 months after
successful completion of O&M
period.

9.4 Social Audit Committees (SACs)

1. SACs will be formed in all project villages and trained to perform their
roles related to social audits. The details of stages where social audits will be
conducted and processes of conducting and using the information are described
in chapter-8 (Environment and Social Management Rules and Procedures).

2. Under JS-II program, appropriate communication strategy will be

developed on these issues and used to raise awareness of citizens and target
groups, especially Social Audit Committees, VWSCs, Women and Youth groups
in the villages on these aspects.

3. Appropriate training modules will be developed on all issues for the

target stake holder groups, including contractors, and given the training as

Page 178 of 455

required. Services of MEETRA and YASHADA, established state training
institutions, will be used for this purpose.

4. Debarment Procedures: The JS-2 program will follow debarring

procedures for contractors and vendors found to be adopting malpractices;
WSSD will report any credible and material fraud-and-corruption allegations
regarding the Program as part of the overall program reporting requirements to
the Bank. The Bank will inform the Recipient and GoM about similar allegations
that it receives. GoM has also agreed to ensure, through regular program audits,
that persons or entities debarred or suspended by the Bank are not awarded a
contract under the program

9.5 Vigilance System

1. In WSSD office, at state level, all the Desk Officers are recognized as
‘vigilance officers’ and have authority to receive complaints and seek
investigations through the Regional offices and/or ZPs. Only cases of serious
nature are referred to the Principal Secretary, WSSD, for further action/
directions. However, these complaints will be codified and tracked effectively
under one system. As the WSSD as well as the RSPMU is heading towards ‘e-
office’ system, such a centralized tracking system for complaints and grievances
system will become possible.

2. Under JS-II Program, the WSSD will notify one officer in the Secreterait
of WSSD as ‘vigilance coordinator’. The WSSD will develop a system of
classifying and codifying complaints received under the JS-II program and other
sector programs. Such system will be developed as an integral part of a robust,
web-based M&E System.

3. The WSSD Vigilance officer will be responsible for monitoring all types
of complaints entered into the system and will prepare a quarterly monitoring
report for the consideration of Principal Secretary, WSSD and other concerned
officers (SEs, CEOs and others). All such cases that need legal/ police scrutiny
will be referred to respective agencies (Police, Anti-Corruption Bureau, etc.)
and centrally tracked. Provisions of Maharashtra Civil Services (Discipline and
Appeal) Rules, provisions of state Anti-Corruption Act, provisions of Indian
Penal Code (IPC) and provisions of Criminal Procedure Code (CrPC) will be
applicable in condcuting inquiries for the above cases. The WSSD shall report to
World Bank information on such cases within JS-II program every six months
(format attached as Annexure-35) and also publish an annual report on the
status of complaints.

Page 179 of 455

4. The WSSD will also develop an appropriate mechanism to inform
‘citizens’ about their right to launch complaints and also the process for doing
so. All the relevant information will be shared with citizens through dynamic
website of WSSD.

9.6 Grievance Redressal Mechanism

1. Improved systems for grievance mechanisms for timely resolution of

complaints will enhance governance, transparency and accountability of service
providers. This will entail strengthening of integrated grievance system and
complaints database potentially through a common ICT application which will
be developed within one year of JS-II start. During the interim period Drop
Boxes will be provided in the GP office and at important and secure locations in
the villages. Any person with a grievance can drop a written complaint in the
box. The box will be cleared once a month to address the grievances by the GP
at the time of Gram Sabha. The BRC member or the SO will note these
grievances in a register including the action taken and submit the report to
DWSM.

2. Under JS-II appropriate training modules will be developed on all issues

for the target stake holder groups, including contractors and trainings will be
conducted as required.

Page 180 of 455

 CHAPTER 10: PROGRAM ACTION PLAN (PAP)

1. GoM has agreed to undertake a set of actions during the implementation

of JS-II as summarized below in order to improve program execution and
increase the likelihood of achieving the identified program results. The actions
are grouped under four headings: cross cutting, technical and institutional,
fiduciary, environmental and social. The compliance and implementation of the
PAP will be systematically monitored by the RSPMU, the World Bank and the
WSSD. Further details and the arrangements to monitor the implementation of
the PAP through a web-based M&E system are spelled out in previous chapters
in this Program Manual.
Table 26: Program Action Plan
Action Due Date Responsi Completion Measurement
ble
Agency

Cross-cutting Actions
1. Strengthen existing Establish WSSD  Database is maintained on
complaint and grievance system by complaints and actions taken.
redress and vigilance Year 2,  Report on complaints and
mechanisms within WSSD then actions taken is prepared
at the state level to handle monitor annually and publicly disclosed.
complaints related to annually.  WSSD’s vigilance function
procurement, financial strengthened/codified/formaliz
management, service ed along with consolidation of
delivery, environmental information on vigilance issues.
and social aspects, and  Grievance redress mechanism
fraud and corruption (E-Pani) more accessible and
issues under the program. comprehensive, and captures
Information on and handles allegations of fraud
complaints received and and corruption.
remedial actions taken
will be aggregated
annually and publicly
disclosed.
2. Prepare and implement an Annually, WSSO  Annual Capacity Development
Annual Capacity starting Plan prepared and implemented
Development Plan for key from Year focusing on individual staff
sector institutions (WSSO, 1. competence and collective
DWSM and BRCs) focused capabilities (resources, tools and
on developing both assets) in key sector institutions
individual competencies (WSSO, DWSM and BRCs).
and collective capabilities
(resources, tools and
assets).

Page 181 of 455

Action Due Date Responsi Completion Measurement
ble
Agency

Technical & Institutional Actions

3. Strengthen RWSS Year 1, WSSD  Strategic sector plan is prepared

planning processes in Year 3 in Year1 and disseminated to all
Year 1 and review their and Year districts.
effectiveness in Year 3 and 5  Guidelines for improving the
Year 5. process and quality of district-
level planning are prepared and
disseminated to all districts in
Year 1.
 Improved quality and
consistency of district annual
plans, in line with the strategic
plan.
 Strategic sector plan and
effectiveness of district-level
planning reviewed in Year 3 and
Year 5.
4. Establish and Year 2 WSSO  Report on the technical
institutionalize technical /administrative back-up model
and administrative back- established. Annual report on
up support mechanism for the extent of adoption of
GPs/VWSCs. sustainable O&M mechanisms
by GPs issued.
5. As part of the state’s M&E Establish WSSO  Annual report on the schedule
system, establish a system system in performance of completed rural
to monitor the “schedule Year 2, water schemes.
performance” (extent of then
completion within time monitor
schedules) of completed annually.
rural water supply
schemes.
6. Strengthen institutions to Year 2 WSSO  Assessment required to roll out
better manage the SBMG completed by Year 1.
sanitation program of the  Identification of institutional
state, assess areas of strengthening and mitigation
weakness (particularly in actions completed by Year 2.
relation to ODF slip back),  Annual implementation.
and take mitigation  SBMG integrated in peri-urban
actions as needed. areas where improved drinking
water supply services are
planned.

Page 182 of 455

Action Due Date Responsi Completion Measurement
ble
Agency

Policy Actions

7. Prepare and adopt a Year 2 WSSO  Policies reviewed and revised as

comprehensive HR policy needed by Year1.
for the sector to attract  Actions implemented and
and retain talent /skills, monitored from Year 2 onwards.
and review and revise
O&M policy based on
comprehensive
diagnostics of
affordability and
complexities of schemes.
Fiduciary Actions

8. Compile rules and Year 1 WSSD  Manual prepared by Year 1.

procedures on  Put to use from Year 2 onwards.
procurement, including
for selection of consultant
services, into a
comprehensive
procurement manual for
the RWSS sector and
adopt it.
9. Conduct procurement WSSD  Report on annual procurement
post-review on a regular post-review.
basis, covering at least Annual
15% of contracts issued
every year in the RWSS
sector.
10. Establish double- Year 2 MJP  Double-entry accounting system
entry accounting system is established and implemented.
at all levels in MJP,
including simplification of
formats for annual
audited financial
statements, and
development of entity
Financial Management
Manual.
11. Establish a system to Establish WSSD  Reports on expenditures at
report information on system in GP/VWSC levels.
expenditure at GPs/ Year 2,
VWSCs; carry out district- then
level and GP-level audits monitor

Page 183 of 455

Action Due Date Responsi Completion Measurement
ble
Agency

as per a specific ToR. annually.

Environmental and Social Actions

12. Implement Ongoing  Environmental checklist
strengthened included in the Environment
environmental and social Management Manual is utilized
management rules and and integrated into the detailed
procedures for the scheme reports of all
Program, supported by schemes/interventions under
necessary capacity the program.
building measures for  EDDPs are implemented for
sector institutions. schemes/interventions
identified as requiring them.
 Appointment/assignment of
environmental management
WSSD, specialists at the state and
MJP, GSDA, district levels (end of Year 1).
ZPs  Training and IEC activities on
environmental management are
implemented as per an annual
training and IEC calendar.
 Social processes planned and
implemented for all schemes
under the Program.
 Social development specialist,
communication specialist and
Support Agency mobilized.
 Capacity building implemented
in accordance with the training
calendar.

Page 184 of 455

 ANNEXURE 1: MAP- Geographical Spread of Jalswarajya –II

Districts under the JS II program for

hardware components.

Page 185 of 455

Page 186 of 455
 ANNEXURE 2: Village Selection Criteria for Peri urban GPs
Gram Panchayat _____________, Tal_____________, District_________________
Norm/ Criteria Max. Evaluation Process Allotment of
Marks Marks
Percentage of 30 As per actual percentage (30x Toilet
Individual HH toilets %)

Source of Existing 15 Surface source / Tapping 15

PWS (other than RR scheme)
Other source 00
Per Capita 10 0to 10 LPCD 10
availability of water 11 to 20 LPCD 08
in LPCD
21to 30 LPCD 06
31to 40 LPCD 04
Age of existing 15 More than 20 years 15
scheme (the latest 16 to 20 years 12
scheme executed)
11 to 15 years 09
05 to 10 years 06
Social Mobilization 10 NGP 10
Indicator – NGP, Sant Other - National/ State award 08
Gadgebaba Award Regional award 06
etc. ( Only one
District award 04
highest award shall
be considered) No Award 00
Water Tax Collection 10 100% and above 10
76%-99% 08
51-75% 06
26-50% 04
1-25% 02
Sanitation Survey of 10 Green Card 10
source (Latest) Yellow Card 05
Red Card 00
Total 100
Note: -
 2011 population and household figures shall be given.
 All figures to be certified by Gramsevak& BDO as per the format
attached.
 The selection of GPs shall be on the basis of the marks obtained.
 Marks obtained by the habitations within the GP shall be averaged.

Page 187 of 455

 ANNEXURE 2A: Criteria for selection of GPs for Water Scarcity
villages
Name of GP_________, Tal___________, Dist___________
(Separate Sheet for each Habitation in a GP)

Norm/ Criteria Max. Evaluation Process Allotment

Marks of Marks

Percentage of 40 As per actual percentage (40 x Toilet

Individual HH %)
toilets

Average Rainfall in 30 More than District average 30

the block
Equal to District average 25

76 to 99% of District average 20

51 to 75% of District average 15

26 to 50% of District average 10

Less than 25% of Dist Average 00

Water supply 30 Water supply through tanker 30

through tanker in for all 3 years
last 3 years
Water supply through tanker 20
for any 2 of last 3 years

Water supply through tanker 10

for any 1 of last 3 years

No water supply through tanker 00

in last 3 years

100

Note: -

1. Present (Census 2011) household figures shall be given.

2. All figures to be certified by Gramsevak, Sarpanch & BDO as per the
format attached.
3. Marks obtained by the habitations within the GP shall be averaged.
4. The selection of GPs shall be on the basis of the marks obtained.

Page 188 of 455

 ANNEXURE 3: Certificate of Eligibility for Peri-Urban GPs

This is to certify that the GP ___________, Tal - __________, Dist- ____________ has applied for inclusion in the Maharashtra Water &
Sanitation sector programs for Peri-urban villages. The present status of the GP is as under: (Please give details of each habitation
separately)
Habitation No. of No. of % of No. of Source of Present Age Total APL % of Details of % of Status of
Name House IHH IHH PWSs existing LPCD of Popula Popula APL award/s Water sanitation
holds Toilets Toilets PWS PWS tion tion populat received Tax survey of
(Surface/ * ion from Govt. collection sources
Tapping for social s in last (Latest)
or other) mobilization financial (Red/ Green/
year Yellow Card)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Av. Of GP
Note
*Age of latest executed PWS shall be considered.
 All other parameters will be evaluated on the basis of average of all habitations.
 Present figures for population, households, IHH toilets etc. (Census 2011) shall be given.

Gramsevak Sarpanch Block Development Officer

Page 189 of 455

 Annexure 3A: Certificate of Eligibility for Rain Water Harvesting Structure
This is to certify that the Habitation__________________, GP ___________, Tal - __________, Dist- ____________ has applied for inclusion in the
Maharashtra Water & Sanitation sector programs for scarcity. The present status of the habitation is as under:

Sr. No. Habitatio Present No. of No. of % of District Block % of Av. Tank Tanker Tanker No Remarks
n Name Population Present IHH IHH Average Average Rainfall er for for any for any Tanke
(Census Households Toilets Toilets Rainfall Rainfall of block last 3 2 of 1 of r in
2011) (Census in mm in mm w.r.t. Av. Years last 3 last 3 last 3
2011) rainfall * years* years* years
of Dist

Av. of
GP

* Put a Tick Mark, if applicable

Gramsevak Sarpanch Block Development Officer

Page 190 of 455

ANNEXURE 4: Detail program Cost for Jalswarajya -2

Page 191 of 455

Page 192 of 455
Page 193 of 455
Page 194 of 455
Page 195 of 455
Page 196 of 455
Page 197 of 455
Page 198 of 455
Page 199 of 455
Page 200 of 455
Page 201 of 455
Page 202 of 455
Page 203 of 455
Page 204 of 455
Page 205 of 455
Page 206 of 455
 ANNEXURE 5: Strengthening of Water Quality Testing
Laboratories - Public Health Department

Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillances System (WQM&S)

1. Main objective of the WQM&S is to provide potable drinking water to
community and various measures needed to control the water borne
disease.Various Government resolutions have been issued in past to implement
measures regarding the following issues:
 Preventive measures for controlling water contamination in Urban
and Rural areas
 Guidelines for Red card and Green card issued by WSSD and Public
Health Dept.
 Implementation guidelines for WQM&S
 To fix responsibility in case of polluted drinking water supply
 To publish Environment Status Report, to be prepared by the PRIs
for water quality.

2. To streamline the above guidelines, comprehensive WQM&S system

implementation guidelines have been issued by the GR dated 30th March 2011.

3. There are three basic parts of the guidelines

 Water Quality monitoring – Monitoring by Service providers e.g. GPs,
Corporations, Municipal Cooperation, Panchayat raj institutes.
 Water Quality Surveillances. – By the Health Department; and
 Information Management system

4. Gram Panchayat will be responsible for following activities under Water

Quality Monitoring at GP level
 Supply of safe and adequate drinking water to all villagers
 Ensure about the proper disinfection of water.
 Water sample testing once a year for chemical contamination and 4
times for bacteriological contamination for all drinking water
sources
 O&M of the Water Supply system.
 Sanitation survey for safety of water sources

5. Public Health Department will be responsible for following activities

under WQM& Surveillances
 To check - drinking water is disinfected or not
 Re-testing of contaminated water samples in laboratory.
 Identify the possible reasons of water contamination and suggestions for
appropriate solution.
 Conducting sanitation survey and ensuring about the safety of water
sources

Page 207 of 455

6. There are various committees for monitoring and coordination of
WQM&S at GP level, at Public Health Centre level, at Block level, at District level,
at Divisional level and at State level. The monitoring formats for WQMS&S at
each level are developed and responsible officer is expected to report the same
to the concerned officer.

Page 208 of 455

 ANNEXURE 5A: Total Target for Chemical and
Bacteriological Testing

Water Quality Monitoring Sample Testing

S. District No.of No.of Chemical No.of Bacto No.of Chemical No.of Chemical No.ofBacto No.of Bacto
Sources samples to be samples to samples to be
N. samples to be tested samples to be samples to be
tested / year be tested /Y tested in lab / year by ftk / year tested in lab / year tested by ftk / year
1 AHMEDNAGAR 9400 18800 37600 9400 9400 18800 18800
2 DHULE 2975 5950 11900 2975 2975 5950 5950
3 JALGAON 5023 10046 20092 5023 5023 10046 10046
4 NANDURBAR 6500 13000 26000 6500 6500 13000 13000
5 NASHIK 8088 16176 32352 8088 8088 16176 16176
Nashik Div 31986 31986 31986 63972 63972
6 AKOLA 4463 8926 17852 4463 4463 8926 8926
7 AMRAVATI 8233 16466 32932 8233 8233 16466 16466
8 BULDHANA 9111 18222 36444 9111 9111 18222 18222
9 WASHIM 4179 8358 16716 4179 4179 8358 8358
10 YAVATMAL 13384 26768 53536 13384 13384 26768 26768
Amravati Div 39370 78740 157480 39370 39370 78740 78740
11 AURANGABAD 7109 14218 28436 7109 7109 14218 14218
12 BEED 9410 18820 37640 9410 9410 18820 18820
13 HINGOLI 4974 9948 19896 4974 4974 9948 9948
14 JALNA 7132 14264 28528 7132 7132 14264 14264
15 LATUR 7346 14692 29384 7346 7346 14692 14692
16 NANDED 8798 17596 35192 8798 8798 17596 17596
17 OSMANABAD 6049 12098 24196 6049 6049 12098 12098
18 PARBHANI 5800 11600 23200 5800 5800 11600 11600
Aurangabad Div 56618 56618 56618 113236 113236
19 BHANDARA 8557 17114 34228 8557 8557 17114 17114
20 CHANDRAPUR 12226 24452 48904 12226 12226 24452 24452
21 GADCHIROLI 13111 26222 52444 13111 13111 26222 26222
22 GONDIA 11790 23580 47160 11790 11790 23580 23580
23 NAGPUR 9621 19242 38484 9621 9621 19242 19242
24 WARDHA 5433 10866 21732 5433 5433 10866 10866
Nagpur Div 60738 60738 60738 121476 121476
25 KOLHAPUR 5583 11166 22332 5583 5583 11166 11166
26 PUNE 15660 31320 62640 15660 15660 31320 31320
27 SANGLI 8113 16226 32452 8113 8113 16226 16226
28 SATARA 9842 19684 39368 9842 9842 19684 19684
29 SOLAPUR 13672 27344 54688 13672 13672 27344 27344
Pune Div 52870 52870 52870 105740 105740
30 RAIGAD 9299 18598 37196 9299 9299 18598 18598
31 RATNAGIRI 8447 16894 33788 8447 8447 16894 16894
32 SINDHUDURG 7385 14770 29540 7385 7385 14770 14770
33 THANE 15228 30456 60912 15228 15228 30456 30456
Kokan Div 40359 40359 40359 80718 80718
Total 281941 563882 1127764 281941 281941 563882 563882

Page 209 of 455

Existing testing Capacity in P.H. Laboratory
Bacteriological Portability Chemical Analysis at DPHL
Bleachi Alum /
Year Minilabs (Field Chemical
DPHL ng P.A.C.
Tests) Portability
Powder Analysis
2007 432257 401956 7959 55894 723
2008 389995 412363 8455 56548 505
2009 385116 442031 8840 62640 698
2010 398954 470745 12965 69188 827
2011 416812 480881 14552 73936 860
2012 (till Sept
318066 364718 13054 52112 765
12)

Proposal for WQ testing Laboratory strengthening under JS-2

A) State Public Health Laboratory
Proposed
Sr.No. Item Quantity Cost (Rs. In Remarks
Lakhs)
Training cum
To conduct
Conference Hall with 30.00
1 - various training
all communication
and meetings
facilities
30.00
TOTAL

B) District Public Health Laboratories

Proposed
Cost
Sr.No Item Quantity Remarks
Approx. (Rs.
In Lakhs)
{@ Rs. 5
Laboratory Furniture For advanced and
lakhs per
1 Modular Type as per 29 labs user friendly lab
lab= Rs 145
lab set up  set up

Rs.145.00
TOTAL

( Laboratory Tables for Analytical Work, One Table for Computer System and
Built-in Storage for Records &Consumables )

Page 210 of 455

C) Sub divisional Public Health Laboratories
i) Construction of new building for 138 Subdivision laboratory as per type plan
No. of Area in Rate per Cost per Lab Total Cost
Remarks
Labs (Sq.M) Sq.m (Rs. In Lakh ) Rs. In Lakh
For
construction
and prototype
138 80 15000/- 12.00 1656.00 single model
plan
throughout
state.
ii ) Furniture and fixtures for 138 SD PH Labs
Approx. cost
Rs. In
No. of of Furniture Total Cost
Lakh per Remarks
Labs & Fixtures Rs. In lakh
lab
per lab
For advanced and user
138 2.00 2.00 276.00
friendly lab set up
5.Total Funds Required
Amount
Level of Lab Nos
Rs in Lakhs
A)State Public Health Laboratory, Pune 01 30.00
B)District Public Health Laboratory 29 145.00
C)Sub divisional Laboratories 138 1932.00
TOTAL 2107.00
Implementation methodology
1. Public Health Department will be responsible for preparation of plans
and estimates, execution and monitoring of the works proposed for
strengthening of water quality testing laboratories. Government Vide Circular
no NRHM-1007/pra.kra.9/arogya 7 dated 18th may 2007 has created
Infrastructure Development Wing under National Rural Health Mission for
speedy infrastructure development for Health services. This wing works as per
the Maharashtra Public works Department.
Training cum Conference Hall with all communication facilities
2. The plans and estimates will be prepared by the Infrastructure
Development Wing of National Rural Health Mission. The Technical Sanction
will be given by the Superintending Engineer of IDW. The administrative
approval will be given by the Secretary Public Health Department after
availability of Funds. Works will be carried out by Infrastructure Development
Wing (IDW) as per the existing MPW account manual. The funds will be
transferred to Personal Ledger Account of Directorate of Health Services.

Page 211 of 455

Directorate will transfer funds to saving account of (Jalswarajya-2) of Deputy
Director Health Services State Public Health Laboratory, Pune as per their
requirement and procedure laid down in financial manual.
Laboratory Furniture Modular Type as per lab set up
3. The Modular furniture includes Laboratory Tables for analytical work,
Tables for Computer system, office tables and built-in storage for records and
consumables. Technical specifications of modular furniture will be finalized by
the Deputy Director Health services, State Public Health Laboratory, Pune and
procurement will be done at the Directorate level through centralized purchase
procedure. The funds will be transferred to Personal Ledger Account of
Directorate of Health Services. Directorate will transfer funds to saving account
of (Jalswarajya-2) of Deputy Director Health Services State Public Health
Laboratory, Pune as per their requirement and procedure laid down in financial
manual.
Sub divisional Public Health Laboratories
4. As per National Rural Drinking Water Quality Mission norms, minimum
80 sq.m. (About 860 sq.ft.) area is essential for sub-divisional laboratories. As of
now these laboratories are functioning in an inadequate areas made available
by rural hospitals. Out of 138 rural hospitals, at 118 places, required open space
of 80 sq. m. has been made available. At 14 places permission has been given to
build laboratories on the present hospital building with prior approval of public
works department of Government of Maharashtra. At 6 places, efforts are under
progress to locate the proper place for construction of Laboratories.
5. Construction of new buildings for 118 subs divisional laboratories will
be done as per prototype plan. Estimate for these laboratories as per the
prototype plan and as per the local geological conditions will be prepared by
the Infrastructure Development wing of NRHM. The technical sanction will be
given by the Executive engineer of the Circle under IDW. The Administrative
approval will be given by the Director Health services.
6. Procurement procedure for construction works - will be completed by
the District level committee headed by the CEO, ZP as per the guidelines laid
down in procurement manual.
7. The funds will be transferred to Personal Ledger Account of Directorate
of Health Services. Directorate will transfer funds to saving account of
(Jalswarajya-2) of Deputy Director Health Services State Public Health
Laboratory, Pune and finally to National Rural Health Mission cell under District
Health Office Zilla Parishad,as per their requirement and procedure laid down
in financial manual
8. Monitoring The monitoring cell created under Public Health
Department will be responsible for overall progress of construction. The unit is
also responsible for regular submission of physical as well as financial progress
to RSPMU/WSSD.

Page 212 of 455

 ANNEXURE 6: GSDA - Strengthening of Regional level Chemical
Laboratories

i) Present status of laboratory: There are six regional laboratories

established at Pune, Konkan, Nashik, Aurangabad, Amaravati and Nagpur
region. These Laboratories are functioning since 1988.

1. In addition, one district level laboratory at Chandrapur has been

established in November 2011 under Water Quality Monitoring & Surveillance
Program, funded by National Rural Drinking Water Program (NRDWP-Support
Activity). During Nov. 2011 to Oct. 2012 total 6000 drinking water samples
have been analysed in Chandrapur district laboratory. Further three more new
district laboratories at Jalgaon, Yavatmal and Akola have been sanctioned and
will start functioning shortly.

Staff Position
2. Presently the functioning of all existing regional Laboratories is done by
the three Chemists per Regional Lab, having qualification of post- graduation in
Chemistry and one Laboratory Assistant per regional laboratory having
qualification of Xth level exam passed, to assist the three chemists.

3. The present sanctioned staffs at each regional laboratory are as follows.

Sr.No. Technical Staff / Designation No. of posts Qualification
sanctioned
1 Assistant Chemist 1 M.Sc.
2 Junior Chemist 2 M.Sc.
3 Laboratory Assistant 1 S.S.C. / Xth
TOTAL 4

4. Besides, there is one post of Senior Chemist at Directorate, who

co-ordinates and controls the laboratory related activities in the State. GSDA
neither have the posts of microbiologist nor bacteriologist. Hence, detailed
microbiological investigations cannot be carried out in the regional
laboratories.

5. Equipments: The information regarding instruments, equipments

available in these laboratories is as follows.
Sr.No. Name of Instrument/equipment Year of Procurement
1 Ion meter 2001
2 Hot Plate 2001
3 Refrigerator 2001
4 Distillation Unit 2001
5 BOD Incubator 2001

Page 213 of 455

 Sr.No. Name of Instrument/equipment Year of Procurement
6 Flame Photometer Microprocessor Based 2001
7 Digital Nepheloturbiditymeter 2001
8 Digital Ph. Meter 2001
9 UV visible Spectrophotometer 2001
10 Digital Conductivity meter 2001
11 Analytical Balance 2001
12 Oven General Purpose 2001
13 Bacteriological Incubator 2001
14 Deionizer Plant 2001
15 Single Pan Balance 2001
16 Auto Clave 2001
17 Hot Plate 2001
18 Refrigerator 2001
19 Fuming cupboard 2001

6. Parameters Analysed: In all 17 physical & chemical and two

bacteriological parameters are analyzed in all the regional laboratories. They
are as follows.

Sr. No. Parameter Sr. No. Parameter

A Physical and Chemical Parameters
1 Ph 10 Total Alkalinity
2 Electrical Conductivity 11 Carbonate
3 Turbidity 12 Bi-carbonate
4 Total Dissolved Solids 13 Chloride
5 Total Hardness 14 Iron
6 Calcium 15 Fluoride
7 Magnesium 16 Sulphate
8 Sodium 17 Nitrate
9 Potassium
B Bacteriological Parameters
1 Total Coliforms 2 E-coli

7. Work under various Water Quality Monitoring Projects: In

Maharashtra 3370 groundwater monitoring stations are established for the
water quality monitoring. In Pune, Nashik, Aurangabad, Amravati and Nagpur
Region 600 stations are established in each region and in Konkan Region 370
stations are established.

8. Since 2000, water quality samples collected in these 3370 stations are
analysed in regional laboratories. Since year 2005 various water quality
assessment projects are undertaken by regional laboratories, such as Aquifer

Page 214 of 455

Management Project (delineation of aquifer boundaries), Multi District
Assessment of Water Safety - Unicef assisted project, water quality analysis
under Bharat Nirman and Jalswarajya project, assessment of Dual Pump water
quality, assessment of all codified drinking water sources in district under
Water Quality Campaign and water quality assessment in various Municipal
Council area is also undertaken by regional laboratories and reports are
prepared. Various institutions like NEERI, Nagpur have utilized the data from
these laboratories and further analysed. The Report Named “Water Quality
Status of Maharashtra” is issued by NEERI.

9. In general under various projects 6000 to 8000 samples for chemical

and bacteriological parameters are analysed in a year. The chemical and
bacteriological samples analysed in last 5 years are given below.

Samples Received for Samples Analysed for

Chemical & Chemical &
Sr.No. YEAR
Bacteriological Bacteriological
parameters parameters
1 2006-07 5400 5400
2 2007-08 6010 6010
3 2008-09 7105 7105
4 2009-10 6905 6905
5 2010-11 8394 8394
6 2011-12 9367 9367
7 2012-13 28071 28071
Note: In the year 2012-13 water samples were analysed with the help of
additional Contractual staff under various projects.

30000

25000

20000
Samples Received for Chmical &
15000
Bacteriological Analysis
10000 Samples Analysed for Chemical&
Bacteriological parameters
5000

0
2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Page 215 of 455

Present Water Quality Issues of State
i) Contamination of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) is observed in coastal
areas, Amravati, Akola, Buldhana, Nashik and some part of Jalgaon,
Solapur and Sangli districts.
ii) Contamination of fluoride in groundwater is observed in Chandrapur,
Bhandara, Yavatmal, Buldhana, Nanded and Hingoli districts.
iii) Of late Nitrate contamination is becoming more prevalent in
groundwater of the state.
iv) Microbiological contamination is source specific and observed in most
of the drinking water sources of the State.

The reasons for deterioration of groundwater quality are:

i) Sources going dry or lowering of the ground water table.
ii) Systems working below rated capacity due to poor operation and
maintenance.
iii) Increase in population resulting into lower per capita availability.
iv) Emerging of new habitations,
v) Acute seasonal shortages,
vi) Over-exploitation of water resources etc., are some of the causes of
drinking water sources becoming quality affected.

Proposal
1. The Drinking Water Quality Monitoring protocol prescribed by GoI
describes specific requirements for monitoring drinking water quality with a
view to ensure provision of safe drinking water to the consumers. In addition, it
also includes requirements for setting-up laboratories at State, District and Sub-
district level and their quality control for regular testing and surveillance of
drinking water sources. The purpose is to describe various elements of
laboratory management practices to ensure that the data generated is
comparable and scientifically correct and in a form that can then be used to
result in interventions to improve water quality.
2. The objective of the project is to meet the demands of water quality
monitoring protocols laid down by GoI. To meet the requirements of GoI, it is
proposed to strengthen the regional laboratories under Jalswarajya II. This
would entail additional staff requirements and construction of additional
buildings. Under this project the construction of building and procurement of
scientific equipment’s are being proposed. The estimated cost of the project is
around Rs 9.45 crore and abstract is given in subsequent tables. The
requirement of staff would be met from the separate proposal being submitted
to Water Supply and Sanitation Organization (WSSO). The details of proposed
activity are listed below.

Page 216 of 455

Infrastructure investment
1. It is proposed to strengthen six regional laboratories located at Pune,
Konkan, Nashik, Aurangabad, Amravati and Nagpur. Under this the construction
& extension of existing regional laboratories at four regional places namely
Nagpur, Aurangabad, Amravati and Nashik will be done on existing laboratory
buildings only. One additional floor will be constructed under the extension
activity. This will be executed by the Public Works Department (PWD) as per
the GoM norms. Tendering and construction will be done by PWD only.
Regional Deputy Director, GSDA will monitor this work. The regional deputy
directors will get the plans & estimates prepared from the PWD.
2. The Pune and Konkan regional Laboratories have the constraint of
extension of building. Hence, it is proposed to procure extra space in these
laboratories. The extra space will be made available in the existing office
buildings of the Deputy Directors GSDA, Konkan and Pune Region. The
estimated expenditure on all these six regional laboratories is around Rs 3.0
Crore.
3. After construction/requisition of additional space, the laboratories will
require the furniture. Hence, it is proposed to procure laboratory furniture
which includes working tables, chairs, tables for computer system and built in
storage for records and consumables for all the 6 regional laboratories. These
items will be procured by the Regional Deputy Director at Regional level as per
the GoM norms. The estimated expenditure is around Rs 5.0 lakhs. Total
estimated expenditure is around Rs 3.30 Crore.

Scientific Equipment’s & Instruments

1. All the regional laboratories have the necessary scientific instruments.
However, since these are in use for over last 20 years, they are out dated and
their life is almost over. Hence it is necessary to procure new and advanced
scientific instruments for strengthening the water quality laboratory.

2. Under this project it is proposed to procure and install advance

instruments/equipment in all six Regional Laboratories. Besides, the chemicals
and glassware etc. will also be procured. Procurement of major Laboratory
instruments and equipment’s will be centrally done at State level as per the
GoM norms. The estimated expenditure is around Rs 4.71 Crore.

3. As per the GoM norms, a State level Purchase committee will be

constituted for the procurement, which will have following members:
 Additional Director, GSDA, Pune – Chairman
 Joint Director (II), GSDA, Pune – Member
 Deputy Director (R&D), GSDA, Pune – Member
 Assistant Director (MF&AS) GSDA, Pune – Member
 Jalswarajya II Directorate Cell In-charge, GSDA, Pune – Member

Page 217 of 455

  Deputy Director, Healthe services, State Public Health Lab, Pune -
Member
 Under Secretary, WS12, WSSD, Mantralaya, Mumbai - Member
 Procurement Officer, JS-2, RSPMU, Navi Mumbai- Member
 Water Quality Consultant, WSSO, RSPMU, Navi Mumbai- Member
 Senior Chemist, GSDA, Pune – Member
 Planning Officer, GSDA, Pune – Member Secretary.

4. Miscellaneous Laboratory instruments and equipment’s will be procured

at Regional level as per the GoM norms. They include computer, printer,
scanner, xerox (photocopier) machine, fume hood, gas connection, telephone,
internet, air conditioner etc. The Regional procurement committee will be
constituted under the Chairmanship of Deputy Director of the concern region
with Senior Geologist, Accounts Officer, Representative of Director will be the
members and Assistant Chemist will be the member secretary of the committee.
Total estimated expenditure for the scientific equipments is around Rs 2.78
Crore.

Chemicals & Glassware’s

For running a chemical laboratory the chemicals and glassware’s are necessary.
The chemicals and glassware will be procured as per the requirements of
regional laboratory and the existing norms of GoM will followed at Regional
Deputy Director level for their procurement.

NABL (National Accreditation Board of Laboratories) Accreditation

The regional laboratories are not accredited with National Accreditation Board
of Laboratories (NABL) today. Accreditation of these Laboratories is essential to
maintain the quality, precision and the accuracy. Hence, it is proposed to
accredit all the six regional laboratories. Accreditation will be done by Regional
Deputy Director for their respective regional laboratory.

Fund Flow
1. The total estimate for strengthening the laboratories is around Rs 9.45
Cr. During project period for operation and maintenance, 10% of the estimated
cost has been year marked for each activity in each year. For chemicals and
glassware’s the recurring expenditure will be around 25%.
All the activities will be carried out by GSDA only. Hence, it is proposed to
release the funds to Directorate, GSDA, Pune which in turn will give it to the
Regional Deputy Directors as per the requirements. The flow of funds will be
from RSPMU to Directorate to Deputy Director.

Page 218 of 455

Activities
Under Jalswarajya II, all the infrastructure creation and NABL accreditation will
be carried out and this will be used for carrying out routine chemical and
bacteriological analysis work under different GoI and GoM projects. It includes
re-testing of quality affected sources under Water Quality Monitoring and
Surveillance Program of NRDWP. Besides, it also includes the chemical analysis
of work under proposed “Dilution” project of Jalswarajya II.

Manpower
Additional technical staff is essential for proper functioning of these
laboratories. The Ministerial staff for administrative purpose will be made
available from existing staff of regional office. However, the required technical
staff will be made available from NRDWP funds. WSSO has principally agreed
for this and decided to support also. This will conjunctively strengthen the
water quality assessment work and make it more efficient.

Expected Outcome
i) As the extent of pollution is increasing, the strengthening of laboratory
will help to increase the frequency of testing of water samples and will
cover larger areas.
ii) Analysis of pesticides, heavy metals in groundwater will be carried out at
Pune regional laboratory.
iii) Accreditation will maintain quality control of some important testing
parameters and precision & accuracy in analytical work. This will give
real status of the ground water quality in the area.
iv) It will be possible to undertake projects, to study the genesis of polluting
contaminant and more emphasis can be given to implement preventive
measures. Preventive measures are more economic and viable than
curative measures.
v) More informed policy decisions can be taken by policy makers with
respect to quality affected area. Ultimately this will help to achieve the
goal “providing safe and potable drinking water to all in Rural
Habitations”.

Page 219 of 455

 +Abstract of Activities for Strengthening of 6 Regional level
Chemical Laboratories
Total
Recurrin Initial cost
Approx. Approx.
g cost Recurring +
S. Cost Recurring
Item percent cost for Recurring
N required Cost for five
(%) per one year cost for
in Rs years in Rs.
year five year in
Rs
A. Infrastructure
Investment
(construction of
1 buildings for 4 33000000 5 1650000 8250000 41250000
Regional Lab &
furniture for 6
labs)
B. Scientific
Equipments &
2 Instruments
required for 6 27750000 5 1387500 6937500 34687500
Regional Labs
C. Other
Infrastructure
3
Requirement for 8328000 10 832800 4164000 12492000
6 Regional Labs
D. Chemicals,
Glassware and 2700000 25 675000 3375000 6075000
4
Lab
Accreditation
Total Estimated 71778000 4545300 22726500 94504500
Cost Rs.
Total Cost 945.045
Rs in Lakh
Note: The rates considered are approximate and may likely to change.

I. Construction of additional floor for 4 Regional Laboratories & Furniture

for six regional labs

Rate Approx. Approx.

Infrastructure Additional No.
S. Rs cost in Cost in Rs
Requirement for space sq. of
N. per Rs for Required
Regional Laboratory m. Labs.
sq.mt. one Lab. for 4 Labs
Construction of additional
floor at Nashik, 250 24000 6000000 4 24000000
1
Aurangabad, Amravati
and Nagpur Regional Lab.
Add-on Rates of Govt
2 Agencies Aprox. (MJP / - - 1500000 4 6000000
PWD)

Page 220 of 455

 Rate Approx. Approx.
Infrastructure Additional No.
S. Rs cost in Cost in Rs
Requirement for space sq. of
N. per Rs for Required
Regional Laboratory m. Labs.
sq.mt. one Lab. for 4 Labs
Laboratory furniture -
working tables, chairs,
tables for computer
systems and built in - - 500000 6 3000000
3
storage for records and
consumables (lump sum
amount) for all 6 regional
laboratories.
TOTAL 33000000

Note: The rates considered are approximate and may likely to change.

II. Scientific Equipments and Instruments

Approx.
Approx.
Quanti Cost No Approx.
Cost
S. ty per Require of Cost
Item Specifications Required
N. Region d per Lab Required
per lab in
al lab unit in s for 6 Labs
Rs
Rs
Voltage
1 Standard make 2 25000 50000 6 300000
stabilizer
2 Heating mantle Cap. 1 lt. 1 25000 25000 6 150000
Temp. control
Bacteriological device Range 0
3 1 50000 50000 6 300000
Incubator to 50° C
Medium size
Medium size
4 Autoclave 1 50000 50000 6 300000
steel cabinet

Flame
5 Na, K 1 50000 50000 6 300000
Photometer

Specific Ion
meter along
with electrodes
6 Digital 1 300000 300000 6 1800000
(for Fluoride
and Nitrate
etc.)
Inductively
coupled
plasma-optical
7 Standard make 1 5000000 5000000 1 5000000
emission
spectrometry
(ICP-OES) for

Page 221 of 455

 Approx.
Approx.
Quanti Cost No Approx.
Cost
S. ty per Require of Cost
Item Specifications Required
N. Region d per Lab Required
per lab in
al lab unit in s for 6 Labs
Rs
Rs
Pune Regional
Laboratory
only

Hydride
generator with
all accessories
8 for Pune Standard make 1 250000 250000 1 250000
Regional
Laboratory
only
Fume hood
(Chimney) for
9 Pune Regional Standard make 1 75000 75000 1 75000
Laboratory
only
Gas
Chromatograp
hy with mass
10 Spectrometry Digital 1 5000000 5000000 1 5000000
for Pune
Regional
laboratory only
Portable
advanced
11 Standard make 15 50000 750000 6 4500000
water Quality
Kits
TOTAL 10850000 19500000
Note: The rates considered are approximate and may likely to change.

III. Other Infrastructure Requirement

Other
Quantity Approximate
Infrastructure Approximate No. Approximate
per Cost
S.N Requirement Rate per Unit of Cost Required
regional Required per
for Regional Rs. Labs for 6 labs
lab lab
Laboratory
1 Computers 1 40000 40000 6 240000
2 Printer 1 10000 10000 6 60000
Chemical
Quality
1 1000000 1000000 6 6000000
modeling
3 software
4 scanner 1 10000 10000 6 60000

Page 222 of 455

 Other
Quantity Approximate
Infrastructure Approximate No. Approximate
per Cost
S.N Requirement Rate per Unit of Cost Required
regional Required per
for Regional Rs. Labs for 6 labs
lab lab
Laboratory
5 Xerox 1 40000 40000 6 240000
Provision for
6 2 50000 100000 6 600000
Fume hood
Provision for
7 2 5000 10000 6 60000
gas Connection
Telephone
8 facility for 1 3000 3000 6 18000
internet
Air conditioner
9 1.5 Ton 2 40000 80000 6 480000
capacity
TOTAL 8328000
Note: The rates considered are approximate and may likely to change.

IV. Chemicals, Glassware and Accreditation of Laboratory

Approx.
Approx.
Additional Cost
Cost No of
S. requirement required
Item Specifications required Regional
N. per Regional for 6
per year labs
lab Regional
in Rs
labs
Chemicals as
as per the list in
per the list in
1 Uniform DWQM Lump-sum 150000 6 900000
Uniform DWQM
protocol
protocol
Glassware as
as per the list in
per the list in
2 Uniform DWQM Lump-sum 50000 6 300000
Uniform DWQM
protocol
protocol
Accreditation of
Laboratory
3 (fees, NABL Lump-sum 250000 6 1500000
documentation
etc.)
TOTAL 450000 2700000
Note: The rates considered are approximate and may likely to change.

Page 223 of 455

Page 224 of 455
 ANNEXURE 7: Real time Groundwater Level Data Monitoring

Introduction
1. Groundwater is precious and widely distributed resource of the earth
and unlike any other mineral resource. It gets its annual replenishment from
meteoric precipitation. Groundwater plays an important role for drinking and
irrigation purpose. In Maharashtra, amongst total population around 80% is
dependent on groundwater for domestic purpose. As per the Groundwater
Estimation Report of 2008-09, the annual replenish groundwater resource is
35.73 BCM, while its net availability is 33.80 BCM and annual draft is 17.00
BCM. Rainfall is the primary source of ground water recharge.

2. Ground water being dynamic is always in a continuous state of flux and

is reflected into the well in the form of water table or pie zometric surface, for
shallow and deeper aquifers respectively. Ground water level fluctuation is a
function of various inflows to and outflows from the system. Ground water
recharge (input to the system) exceeding discharge (or outflow from the
system) raises the water level and vice versa. Water level being the pulse of
ground water, study of water level fluctuation gives fairly good idea of the
system behaviour. A plot of ground water levels over time results in well
hydrograph. This is characteristically different form the flood hydrograph.
There is a time lag between rainfall and the rise in ground water level, as it is a
function of hydrological characteristic of the rock formation. However, highly
porous formations like karsified limestone and dolomites, sandstones, some
Lava flows behave differently. Similarly the response varies from place to place-
indifferent geological environments.

3. A time series is a chronological sequence of observations of a specified

variable. The observations may be in continuous time domain or in discrete
time domain. In case of ground water level time series, the depth to water table
of an unconfined aquifer or to the piezometric surface of a confined (or
artesian) aquifer is measured either continuously or discretely in time (Law,
1974). As the components interacting with ground water are stochastic in
nature, the ground water level time series is also stochastic in nature. Due to
high dependence of ground water levels to its preceding values, it is a highly
time dependent stochastic process.

4. The ground water level time series manifests in itself all the characters
of influencing factors i.e. natural or manmade. Different types of variations like
trends, jumps, and periodicities are introduced in the time series by natural
processes such as recurrence of drought, earthquakes, rainfall patterns etc. The
hydrograph represents the resultant effect of a number of phenomenon’s many
of which may be periodic (i.e. self-repeating). Each periodic phenomenon

Page 225 of 455

imparts a periodicity to the time series. However, due to their superposition, all
these periodicities may not always be visible in the time series. Well-defined
nature of rainfall in Indian sub-continent introduces seasonality in the time
series by recharges and by stream-aquifer interactions. Influence of
anthropological activities like ground water overdraft, artificial recharge,
surface water and ground water irrigation etc., on ground water is very large
and significant. All these activities are very well reflected into the continuous
hydrograph obtained from automatic water level recorders. Thus hydrograph
obtained from Digital Water Level Recorders (DWLR) may comprise apart from
an annual cycle, many cycles of shorter duration like seasonal, barometric, daily
tidal etc.

5. Stochastic analysis and modeling of ground water level helps in

quantifying and separating the influences of the above mentioned factors on
ground water regime. It provides information about future state of the system.
The optimal monitoring frequency of ground water levels and synthetic data
generation based on stochastic analysis can be used to check the robustness of
the system. Forecasting of ground water levels may be used by planners for
calculation of available resources for any lead period in future. If this could be
done on real time basis then it will be of immense use to all the stakeholders of
the groundwater.

6. In the past decade information and telecommunication technology has

grown in India by leaps and bounds. This technology makes data accessible to
the users at their place according to their convenience. This technology saves
the loss of time and money and provides availability of precise and recent time
data with different factors. This technology can be put to use for different
indicators of groundwater in a cost effective and efficient way that too on real
time basis.

Current Scenario

1. In Maharashtra state, groundwater monitoring is undertaken by

Groundwater Survey and Development Agency (GSDA) to produce data on
groundwater levels, their fluctuations, availability status, flow network,
groundwater reservoir, relation of groundwater with climate, surface water,
temperature, rainfall and also management and development of an aquifer
as a system and many more with respect to topography, Geology and
Geomorphology of an area etc., which has to be utilized for analyzing the
aquifer behavior and assessment of ground water resources.

2. GSDA has established 5056 groundwater level monitoring stations situated

across the State and those are being monitored since 1972. This is

Page 226 of 455

 comprised of 3920 observation wells and 1136 piezometers covering 1531
watersheds. The observation wells and piezometers represent the shallow,
semi-confined and deeper aquifers within the state. Not only the
hydrological conditions but also the morphology has a direct impact on the
behavior of groundwater. Hence, observation wells have been established
considering Runoff, Recharge and Storage zone within a watershed. On an
average three observation wells are established in each elementary
watershed. The ground water levels are measured in the months of January,
March, May and October in a year. These groundwater levels are used for
groundwater assessment, water scarcity prediction and groundwater
management.

Constraint and Problems

The geology of Maharashtra is mainly of Deccan Trap. The groundwater

occurrence and movement depends on the presence of secondary porosity.
This includes presence of different types of joints, fractures, lineaments,
fissures and weathered zones with varying horizontal and vertical extent.
The groundwater level is ultimately the reflection of availability in space
and time domain. The groundwater levels are monitored four times in a year
fromthe observation wells established by GSDA in each elementary
watershed. The existing network has limitations and does not provide true
picture of all parts of watershed. Hence there are chances that the real peak
and troughs of the groundwater level could be missed, if the water levels are
not taken on real time basis. So to achieve this objective and to get the
ground water levels on real time basis it is proposed to have the real time
monitoring of groundwater levels through a user friendly solution. Where
in community can also be involved in the monitoring.

Need for real time monitoring

1. Based on the hydrographs the water-level changes can be divided into

several categories. For example there are short-term changes that can only
be seen when water-level measurements are made on high frequency basis.
There are long-term changes that can only be seen after data are collected
for many years. Other changes are more subtle, and their causes are not
immediately recognizable. That is why there is need to go for the real time
groundwater data monitoring.

2. The groundwater measurement records also provide better understanding

about the role of groundwater in Hydrologic cycle. For better quality
understanding, study of rainfall is equally necessary. As ground water
moves from one place to another there are chances of its contamination.

Page 227 of 455

 Hence from portability point of view there is needed to monitor the residual
chlorine and other parameters on real time basis.

Web and SMS based Groundwater Data Monitoring and Management

1. Based on observations and understandings about the precision of the data, it

is essential to have wide network of monitoring station and data acquisition
at higher frequency. It is proposed to establish observation well network,
raingauge stations and water quality monitoring stations in each of the
village or as on required basis based on the network analysis within two
districts from JS 2 project. It is proposed to take up this activity on pilot
basis in Aurangabad and Chandrapur districts. Subsequently, an attempt
will be made to bring existing groundwater level monitoring network on
real time monitoring system. It is also proposed to design and finalize a low
cost working model of real time groundwater level monitoring system
which can be up scaled through other government interventions.
2. In the period of technology and telecommunication, data transmissions and
capturing is relatively easy. It is proposed to develop hardware network
capable enough to capture data from websites and or telecommunication
modes (SMS etc.) in real time, analyze and publish on website.

Goals and Objectives

 The main objective is to monitor the ground water levels at high
frequency (to be decided on network analysis) for better management of
Groundwater resources locally.
 To measure groundwater level with the advancement of the mobile
telecommunication and technology.
 To refine the existing process and to make it more accurate by
monitoring rainfall and water quality in drinking water supply wells.
 To keep keen observation on the quality of potable water using portable
field kits.
 To provide data to various stake holders, planners and policy makers to
meet their requirements.
With this background it is proposed to initiate a pilot in two phases.

Methodology

Establishment of Data Data transmission Data Data processing and

wells collection compilation analyzing

Hydro- Jalsurakshak Mobile Web based program (server)

geologist sms/
Internet
Expected Outcome

Page 228 of 455

Establishment of wells
a) Based on the network analysis the villages shall be decided for fixation of
observation wells on real time basis. Standard formats will be generated for
data acquisition. Based on the guidelines issued by Directorate, GSDA, Pune
the observation well will be fixed by the District Senior Geologist. All the
technical norms will be followed in fixing the observation wells and
preference will be given to PWS well or well owned by Village panchayat /
Government. Detailed well schedule for each well will be filled and digitized.
Well schedules for 2-3 surrounding wells will also filled on required basis.
GPS locations of the wells will be taken and data will be updated in GEMS or
any other software.
b) It is also proposed to measure rainfall and water quality from the same
villages in the pilot districts. Therefore, rain gauge stations will be
established in all such villages and portable water quality analysis kit will be
provided.
c) Notification: The details of newly fixed observation wells will be informed
to concern Sarpanch and or Grampanchayat members, Gramsevak, BDO,
Tahsildar, CEO and collector in the form of lists, details and maps.
d) Display of information: The details of the observation wells will be painted
either on the parapet of the observation well with oil paint or by any other
means in such way that it will be seen easily.
e) Data collection: The recording of data will be done by either by the
Jalsurakshak nominated by WSSD department or any other person
nominated at village level by GoM. This will be notified wide government
resolutions at appropriate time. He will measure the observation well water
level (mts bgl), rainfall (mm) by provided rain gauge instrument, and also
have to collect water sample and analyse it by the provided WQ monitoring
kit in the pilot districts. He will built the capacity of the community and
involve them in the measurement process. Similarly, the District Senior
Geologist office shall carry out field verification checks as per the guidelines.
The rainfall shall be recorded as per the IMD norms.
f) Keeping Permanent record: At village level, specific format registers will
be provided (as per Directorate guidelines) and the same will be kept within
the custody of gramsevak. Same data base will be maintained in separate
register at District Senior Geologist office. The District Senior Geologist will
carry out the data reconciliation work once in a month. The GIS Assistant
stationed in the district senior geologist office will update this data base in
the software provided.
g) Data transmission: It is proposed to transfer the captured data either by
SMS or through any other media or website. GOM has recently provided all
gram panchayats with computers and internet connection. This existing
infrastructure can be used for real time groundwater level monitoring
purpose. It is proposed to approach Telecommunication Service Provider to

Page 229 of 455

 provide an application or SMS based service to transfer data from mobile
device to server in the form of SMS. Both the platforms (web based and SMS
based) will be tested and finally all the system will be merged to use the
standard mechanism.

The Jalsurakshak of villages of the pilot districts will send the recorded
water level information, rainfall and water quality status immediately
within 3 hrs of measurements to the central server through the SMS / web
based system. In case of state observation well network, the groundwater
level information will be sent immediately after capturing data from
particular observation well.

h) Data Compilation: It is proposed to create high end hardware systems

(central servers) at Directorate GSDA Pune. A special application or program
will be developed (by outsourcing) to capture, analyse and publish data on
website.The information sent by Jalsurakshak or by the geologist (field
worker) will be received by this central server. The information is likely to
be in the coded form, which will be converted and used by programs
developed for this purpose.

i) Data processing, analysing and publishing on the web: One of the

major objectives of the project is to create sound data base and provide it in
real time to the policymakers (Government etc.) and public at large to make
necessary arrangements at appropriate time. Therefore, it is proposed to
develop an application or program which will capture, process, analyse and
interpret the data at stipulated intervals and convert it into information and
the same will be published in the form of maps, graphics or statistics on
website/public domain. Application or program development part will be
carried out at Directorate, GSDA level in the very beginning of the project
phase through external agencies.

Project Period
The project duration will be of six years.

Duties and responsibilities of the important contributor

This project will be implemented by GSDA. The Jalswarajya cell at Directorate,
GSDA, Pune level will owe the complete responsibility of monitoring and
implementation. It will be supported by the regional level cell and actual
implementation shall be carried out by the District Senior Geologist.
 Jalsurakshak: Collection and transmission of all the data as per the
designed system. He will also be responsible for creating awareness about
the importance of this data to community and will try to facilitate its use in
his village, for keeping village water account activity.

Page 230 of 455

 Gramsevak: At village level, Gramsevak will be custodian of the data
collected in this project. He will be responsible for timely collection,
transmission and accuracy of data. He has to ensure its timely submission to
central servers.
 Cell at District Geologist: To reconcile and if required to collect and send
data directly to the server and use this data for groundwater management
activities like prediction of water scarcity etc.,
 Cell at Directorate, Pune: Compilation and analyses of the state data,
online preparation and dissemination of maps (preferably GIS) and provide
data to interested stake holders along with the planners and policy makers.

Estimated cost
For the development of software it is envisaged to take the support of the
academic institutions like IIT etc.
Total
Sr.
Qua Unit Cost Expenditur
N Item Unit Remarks
ntity Rs. e Rs. (for 6
o.
years)
Will be covered
Survey for establishment of
1 1 2884 - under OBW
observation wells
project
Will be covered
2 Measuring Tape & painting 1 2917 - under OBW
project
Rain gauge instrument & In selected
3 1 1000 4000 4000000
installation villages
In selected
4 WQ monitoring kit 1 600 6000 3600000
villages
5 GPS eneabled handheld
instruments with preloaded
2 500 15000 7500000
apps for data acquisition and
data viewing
6 IT infrastructure-High end
web servers and backup
1 3 600000 1800000
server and allied accessories
and works
7 Web Based and SMS based
application & software
program development for
transmitting, capturing,
analysing, interpreting and
1 1 4000000 4000000
publishing data in statistical,
graphical and in map form &
Website Development with
GIS data publishing
capabilities
8 Forecasting model and app
1 1 2000000 2000000
development and

Page 231 of 455

 Total
Sr.
Qua Unit Cost Expenditur
N Item Unit Remarks
ntity Rs. e Rs. (for 6
o.
years)
implementation
9 Website maintenance for six
1 6 300000 1800000
years
10 Telecommunication related
accessories and charges for
data transmission through 1 2917 400 7000800
SMS @ Rs.100/month/per
person for six years
11 10 MBPS Internet lease line at
1 1 1500000 9000000
Directorate for six years
12 Workshops 2 10 30000 600000
13 Trainings 2 10 50000 1000000
14 Record keeping & stationary 5 6 50000 1500000
15 IT O & M, Computer related
allied infrastructure,
3 6 100000 1800000
furniture, accessories, UPS,
printers, and recurring costs.
Total 466,00, 800/-
(Rs. Four Crore sixty six Lakhs Eight hundred only)

Expected Outcome:
 Weekly/monthly/quarterly/yearly report of groundwater levels its
relationship with rainfall and water quality of village
 Graphical representation of rainfall and groundwater levels in GIS format.
 Prediction of probable water scarcity villages on real time basis.
 Village specific tools for groundwater development and management.

References:
Missouri department of natural resources website: -
http://www.dnr.mo.gov/env/wrc/docs/WhyWaterLevelsChange.pdf
The World Bank global water partnership associate Program:-
http://www.un-igrac.org/dynamics/modules/SFIL0100/view.php?fil_Id=170

Page 232 of 455

 ANNEXURE 8: Strengthening of Hydro-meteorological
Station (HMS)
Hydro Meterological Data Collection is critical to improved groundwater
assessment, developing of computer model and understanding the recharge
disvcharge phenomenon. Existing HMS stations need upgradationand
automation through installation of automated weather station that can be pre-
Programd for improved accuracy of data gathering, real time data sharing.

Introduction
Water is an essential commodity in all spheres of life. Maharashtra State has
total cultivable area of 25.23 million hectares, and at present only about 9% of
this area has been brought under irrigation. About 4.85 million hectares of
cultivable area can be brought into irrigation, after tapping the entire surface
water irrigation potential of all river basins of the State. Similarly, additional
4.85 million hectares of cultivable area can be brought into irrigation, after
tapping the entire groundwater potential of the State. This brings to the fore the
fact that, water is the limiting factor and its optimum assessment, utilization
and development should be made.

HMS History and Current Status

1. One of the major contributions of Groundwater Surveys and
Development Agency to groundwater studies in Maharashtra is the
groundwater estimation within 1505 watersheds of the State. The core of the
estimation of groundwater potential is the rainfall recharge, for which the
assumption of 13-15% infiltration is considered. To justify this assumption, an
experimental watershed for water balance study a Hydro meteorological
Station (HMS) is required. Thus HMS stations were established in the year
1974. At present six stations are fully functional.

2. The hydrological data collected from the HMS stations established by

GSDA are used for Ground Water resources assessment and to derive the
standard parameters like rainfall infiltration factor. The various types of
climatic parameters studied are precipitation, runoff, evaporation, humidity,
temperature, wind speed, bright hours and soil moisture. Details of HMS
established by GSDA are given in following table.
Table 1: Details of Hydro-meteorological Stations established by GSDA
HMS
Started Current
Sr. No. Region District Name/Village
Since Status
Name
1 Nashik Jalgaon Satod/Waghoda 1974 Functional
2 Nashik Nashik Nimgahvan 1974 Functional
3 Konkan Raigad Anjrun 1974 Functional

Page 233 of 455

 HMS
Started Current
Sr. No. Region District Name/Village
Since Status
Name
4 Aurangabad Latur Yelvat 1997 Functional
5 Pune Pune Chandgudewadi 2003 Functional
Non-
6 Pune Solapur Tirth 1974
Functional
Non-
7 Nagpur Bhandara Khursipar 1979
Functional
Non-
8 Nashik Ahmednagar Vadzire 1976
Functional
Non-
9 Amravati Amravati Benoda 1997
Functional
Non-
10 Nashik Nashik Ozar 2000
Functional

3. At HMS station, consistently data is collected for 24x7 cycle. Hence,

Presence of a data collector /operator is required 24 hours a day. Additionally
all these stations are away from district headquarters, therefore, required
material for instruments and operationalization of HMS station has to be kept at
HMS stations. As evident from the photographs most of the store
rooms/watchman rooms are very old, dilapidated and need urgent renovation
and/or repairs.

Objective
To carry out strengthening of existing Hydro-meteorological stations by
incorporating state of art instrumentation and up scaling the facilities thereof
to yield quality data that can be used in Groundwater estimation, scarcity
prediction and water balance study.

Project Activities -
1. Replacement of old Instruments
2. Installation of new Instruments
3. Infrastructure development at existing or newly replaced HMS -Civil Works
4. Data capturing

Page 234 of 455

Instruments required for data collection at HMS
1. In General instruments required for data Collection at HMS are :
Table 2: Instruments required at HMS
Sr.
Instrument Data to be collected (Parameters)
No
1 Ordinary Rain gauge Rainfall
2 Self-recording rain gauge Rainfall
3 Pan Evaporimeter Evaporation
4 Anemometer Wind Speed
5 Wind Vane Wind Direction
Stevenson’s Screen Fluctuation in Temperature and
6
Humidity
7 Sunshine Recorder Bright Sunshine Hours
Dry and Wet Bulb Thermometers measure of moisture content in the
8
atmosphere
Min. and Max. Temperature Min and Max. Temperature of day
9
Thermometer
10 Hygrograph Relative humidity of air
11 Infiltrometer Infiltration

2. In addition to the above instrumentation funds will be required for

following proposed activities/categories-
 Automatic weather stations (proposed for all HMS)
 Construction of gauge well for installation of water level recorder.
 Installation of instruments
 Construction of compound wall and/or fencing at HMS
 Shed for watchman
 Watchman- 3 shift wise and their salary.
 Persons for data collection and data entries and their salaries.
 Stationeries and miscellaneous items e.g., graphs for water level
recorder, cards for Sunshine recorder, ink for rain gauge, graph for
Automatic rain gauge or self-recording rain gauge, tape, registers etc.

Automization of existing HMS

1. The use of technology especially information technology and
telecommunication cannot be overemphasize in today's scenario. These
technologies play a very vital part in monitoring and dissemination of historical
or real time data. GSDA had established HMS as early as 1974 when most of the
current technologies were not available. In order to keep up with the current
times automization of the hydro-metrological stations is proposed which will
include

Page 235 of 455

  Setting up of automatic weather Stations for real time data monitoring of
various hydrological components
 Mobile connection/Telephone line-for data dissemination and
communication purpose
 Computer/printer setup for online data transfer
 Internet Connection
2. It is envisaged under Jalswarajya II to set up a pilot HMS wherein a
cluster of observation wells (preferably in the same micro watershed) are
monitored on a fortnightly basis using the energy meter which measures water
level indirectly on a real time basis and transfers data directly to the repository.
The data thus obtained will be useful in studying the rainfall-recharge
relationship.

Cost Estimate-
The details of approximate funds requirement for strengthening of existing
Hydro- Meteorological Station (HMS), thus funds requirement for the
strengthening of existing Hydro-Meteorological Station (HMS) will be 273.56
Lakhs (See Table 2 below).

Expected Outcome
The data collected from the HMS station will be helpful in refining the
groundwater assessment, do computer modelling and forecast the groundwater
levels along with carrying out the water balance study. The data created shall of
immense use for the community based aquifer level groundwater management
project proposed under the Jalswarajya II. Similarly the parameters like yearly
groundwater recharge figures are useful for the dilution project. The HMS real
time data will help to establish the relation between the rainfall and
groundwater recharge. The water-level data generated through automization of
the HMS will be disseminated to the through bulk sms so that the community
gets the understanding of the available resource at their disposal resulting in
sustainable management of the same.

Table 2: Cost Estimate for Strengthening of Existing HMS

Sr. Total Unit Total Cost
Instrument / Component
No. Quantity cost in Rs.
Automatic Weather Stations with
1 10 700000 7000000
installation
2 Ordinary Rain gauge 10 4000 40000
3 Self-recording Rain gauge 10 18500 185000
4 Pan Evaporimeter 10 42500 425000
5 Sunshine Recorder 10 27000 270000
6 Wind Vane 10 6950 69500
7 Stevenson's Screen 10 26400 264000
8 Anemometer 10 8750 87500

Page 236 of 455

Sr. Total Unit Total Cost
Instrument / Component
No. Quantity cost in Rs.
9 Hygrometer 10 12500 125000
10 Automatic water level recorder. 10 50000 500000
11 Infiltrometer 10 15000 150000
12 Installation of instruments 10 20000 200000
Stationeries and miscellaneous items, POL
for OBW monitoring, record keeping,
13 10 100000 1000000
instrument accessories (@20000/year x 5
years)
Construction of gauge well for installation
14 10 350000 3500000
of water level recorder.
15 All Weather Tent 10 10000 100000
Construction of a Room for Automated
17 weather station cum store with basic 10 600000 6000000
infrastructure
Compound Wall related Civil Works /
18 - 600000 3600000
wire Fencing etc
Support Person for data collection and
data entries and their salaries
19 10 192000 1920000
(Considering Rs 8000/month salary for 2
Years)
Watchman- 3(Considering salary Rs
20 10 192000 1920000
6000/month per watchman for 2 Years)
Total 27356000

Page 237 of 455

Page 238 of 455
 ANNEXURE 9: Groundwater Level Monitoring Network
Introduction

Groundwater development in India and Maharshtra in particular has

been increasing beyond reasonable comprehension largely due to the un-
restricted access to the technology, absence of any legislation that limits the use
to specific areas/sectors, highly comptetive prices which makes the technology
accessible by all socio-economic groups and more importantly the private
ownership that provides complete control over the groundwater system.

Private access to groundwater has enabled India to achieve reasonable

food security, provide independent rural drinking water sources independent of
surface water transport system and made industries tap cheap groundwater at
no cost.

Overuse of groundwater is having serious impact on the availability of

water in wells thus affecting agriculture, drinking water availability and overall
well being of the groundwater dependent population.

1. India has 16% of World’s population but only 4% of available fresh

water resources. Groundwater which is 38.5% of total available fresh water
resources of the country plays a major role in irrigation, rural water supply and
even in meeting industrial and drinking water needs. We face many challenges
in meeting the demand for water. As most parts of the country face water
scarcity during some or other part of the year.

2. Groundwater plays a crucial role in country in increasing food and

agriculture production, providing drinking water and facilitating industrial
development. In many states, groundwater exploitation has exceeded annual
recharge and water tables have gone down. The rush to extract as much as
water as it can be degrading the resources with the great acceleration. This
raises a number of questions like how do we make groundwater sustainable?
What policies or legal framework can promote sustainable use of groundwater?

3. Better groundwater management practices arethe key to sustainable

development of groundwater. But it very difficult in practical to practice
effective groundwater management due to lacunas in quantification of total
available resource. As groundwater lies beneath surface between cracks
fractures and pore spaces, exact quantification is very difficult task. Static water
levels are the only known expression with help of which, it is possible to
quantify the resource on broader level.

Page 239 of 455

Necessity of Groundwater level data
Appropriate assessment and realistic quantification is having vital role in
management of any resource. In case of resource like groundwater, which is
invisible and dynamic, assessment and quantification becomes more difficult.
For which, one has to rely on expressions and secondary characters. In case of
groundwater, water level plays very important role to decide the availability in
both, time and space. With the study of groundwater levels, we can calculate the
quantum of groundwater available in aquifer as well as its temporal and spatial
variation. To delineate aquifer dimensions subsurface flow of groundwater and
the static groundwater levels are of utmost importance. From last 40 years,
GSDA is carrying out the scarcity prediction, groundwater assessment and
aquifer delineation with the help of groundwater level data.

Current scenario
Observation wells are crucial part of Groundwater Monitoring System. GSDA is
monitoring the Groundwater Levels in Maharashtra State since 1973. At present
a network of 3920 Groundwater monitoring wells located all over the State is
being monitored. Locations of observation wells are based on Watershed as a
unit. Watersheds have mainly three type of areas; Runoff, Recharge and Storage.
GSDA has located one well in each of these areas in all 1531 watersheds in the
State. These wells are being monitored four times a year during January, March,
May, and October.The database thus generated forms the basis for assessment
of ground water resources and changes in the ground water regime consequent
to various development and management activities. GSDA also uses this data for
prediction of Scarcity for a particular hydrological year.

Constraints
1. Groundwater level record of any groundwater structure such as dug
well, borewell or tubewell can be had in continuous state or discrete state. A
continuous record can be had with the help of mechanical (float) instruments or
pressure transducers. A discrete record i.e. record of groundwater levels
measured once a day, week or month, can be had with the help of groundwater
measuring tape or acoustic measuring system, or electrical sounder or airline
(CGWB, 1995).

2. It depends upon the objective of the study whether a continuous or a

discrete record of groundwater levels is to be maintained. A high precision
continuous record may be used to analyse effect of tide, wind, vehicular
movements, diurnal fluctuations etc. It requires good monitory support and
constant surveillance. A discrete record may serve the purpose of groundwater
estimation calculation, study of groundwater movement, and in the study of
changing climate and land use pattern and their impact or groundwater levels.
It is more viable to maintain a discrete record in view of the fact that

Page 240 of 455

groundwater levels do not show high fluctuations over time as are observed in
stream flows.

3. The Central Groundwater Board (CGWB) and the State maintain water
levels of dug wells, borewells/tubewells etc. representing different
hydrogeological environments, on monthly/quarterly basis in a year. These
records are used for study of regional groundwater levels, their rising and
falling trends, and resource availability for exploitation before on set of
monsoon.

4. As a part of its monitoring program, the Groundwater Surveys and

Development Agency (GSDA), maintains the records of depth to groundwater
levels for both observation wells and piezometers. The groundwater levels of
the observation wells in the district are monitored four times a year. The water
levels are measured with the help of graduated measuring tape.With the help of
3920 observation wells, GSDA is studying groundwater domain since last 40
years.

5. Though 82% of the surface of Maharashtra being basaltic, there is a large

heterogeneity within itself regarding chemical composition, structural
disposition, weathering, fracturing. That means, though the rock type is same,
its entire characters are varying over the time and space. Groundwater
occurrence in any rock is depending upon the porosity. In case of Basalt, being a
magmatic intrusive rock, primary porosity is very less. Groundwater occurrence
in the basalt is mainly dependent on secondary porosity such as joints, fractures
and weathering thickness.

6. Currently on an average there is one observation well representing

around 80 square kilometers area. In the state like Maharashtra, where there is
vast diversity in every aspect right from climate, rainfall, topography, rock
characters to crop pattern, irrigation practices, it is very difficult to assess and
quantify the groundwater resource on the basis of present network of 3920
observation wells, which is proving inadequate.

7. To overcome the data constraint is necessary to increase the

groundwater level monitoring network. This has to be carried out based on the
network analysis.

Proposal under Jalswarajya II

1. Objectives of Groundwater Monitoring –
a. To record the response of groundwater regime to the natural and
artificial conditions of recharge and discharge with respect to
climate, geology, physiography and hydrogeological characters.

Page 241 of 455

 b. To understand inter-relationship between groundwater and climatic
parameters.
c. Influence of geology, topography and use on groundwater regime.
d. Role of groundwater in hydrologic cycle.
e. Influence of recharge on groundwater storage changes, chemistry
etc.

2. Purpose -

The data generated from the groundwater level monitoring network is used
for –
a. Estimation of groundwater resources
b. Scarcity prediction and mitigation measures.
c. Regulatory Measures during scarcity time
d. Environmental assessment
e. Planning, development and management of groundwater resources

3. GSDA, thus, proposes increase in groundwater level monitoring network

stations on Village level. The district wise details will be decided based
on the network analysis. However, considering the heterogeneity and
other factors it is proposed to establish new observation wells in
approximately 35800 villages across the State.

Methodology monitoring the network

1. Presently, Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency is monitoring
3920 observation wells across the State with the help of its staff at district level.

2. Now it is proposed to monitor the groundwater levels at village level.

Hence it is proposed to record the groundwater level of the observation well by
the Jalsurakshak in the village. The groundwater level measurements shall be
carried out based on the technical guidelines issued by Directorate, GSDA, Pune.

3. A measuring tape will be provided to the village for measuring of

groundwater levels. Arrangements will be made for displaying data at village
panchayat notice board. The geologist vesting for observation well fixation will
give brief hands-on training to village representatives. If required, workshops
will be organized at block level for imparting training regarding measurement
of groundwater levels.

Notification of OB wells
1. The details of newly fixed observation wells will be informed to concern
Sarpanch and or Grampanchayat members, Gramsevak, BDO, Tahsildar, CEO
and collector in the form of lists, details and maps.

Page 242 of 455

2. The details of the observation wells will be painted on the parapet of the
observation well. Where parapet is not available, alternate arrangements
will be done.

Compilation of data
1. Basic Data compilation will be carried out by District Senior Geologist
office. Over the period of time, GSDA through policy reforms will devise
mechanism for compilation of data from villages through SMS or website or any
other technology.

2. Village specific Registers will be prepared and kept at Grampanchayat

under the custody of gramsevak. The same database will be maintained at
District Senior geologist office in the prescribed format. District GIS assistant
will be entrusted the responsibility of record maintenance. This information
will be a permanent record and hence the registers maintaining it will be
specially designed.

Policy Reforms
1. At present, it is not mandatory for gramsevak or local body members to
monitor or maintain groundwater related information at village level. GSDA
with the help of RSPMU will pursue GOM for making it mandatory to gramsevak
for maintaining records related to monitoring of observation wells.

2. Based on the outcome of real time groundwater level monitoring system

(sub project under JS 2), GSDA will design mechanism for monitoring of
Observation wells for water level measurements through peoples participation
/Jalsurakshak/Gramsevak in the later stage of the project or any other suitable
option.
Estimated Expenditure

Total
Sr. Unit Cost
Item Unit Expenditure
No. Rs.
Rs.
Evaluation of existing monitoring
1 network by external agency (IIT / Univ - 1000000 1000000
/ NGO)
Survey for establishment of
observation wells (Inhouse /
2
Outsourcing), vehicle hiring and related 35800
works, O & M villages 1000 35800000
Construction of piezometers for data
3 500 35000 17500000
gaps
4 Measuring Tape 43000 100 4300000
5 Electronic water level indicator 500 10000 5000000
6 Painting of Information on parapet 40000 200 8000000

Page 243 of 455

 Total
Sr. Unit Cost
Item Unit Expenditure
No. Rs.
Rs.
Record keeping registers painting &
7 4300000
Designing 43000 100
Data Monitoring, capturing,
8 communication, software development, 35800 1000 35800000
hardware etc.
Implementation of automation of water
9 300 40000 12000000
levels and real time data sharing
Total 123700000

Expected outcome

a. Wide network of observation wells will be established for better

monitoring of groundwater levels in space and time.
b. Appropriate estimation of dynamic groundwater resources,
subsequently better planning and utilization of groundwater resources.
c. Factual prediction of scarcity/drought prone villages. This will help in
proper implementation of scarcity/drought measures. Only needy
villages will be provided with appropriate measures, in turn saving huge
government funds.
d. The water level monitoring will help identifying suitable villages for
implementation of long term sustainability measures for regular
drinking water supply.
e. Data generated will help government to design (planning) area/time/
location specific schemes.

Page 244 of 455

 ANNEXURE 10: Solid and Liquid Waste Management

1. Solid and Liquid Waste Management: Solid and Liquid Waste

Management (SLWM) is one of the key components to bring about
improvement in the general quality of life in rural areas. Rural households have
toilets constructed with onsite disposal facilities such as twin pits or septic
tanks. The bath and kitchen water and sometimes effluent of septic tanks flows
out into roadside drains. The collection and disposal of the wastewater from
rural households is done either with conventional sewers, storm water drains
or small bore sewers.

2. Sewerage System: The practice of conventional centralized sewerage

system with deep sewers and manholes in middle of roads is an inheritance
from advanced countries with high water usages. Due to high capital (about Rs
8000 percapita) and O&M costs (about Rs 50/ household per month) and large
quantity of water usage, such technologies, though technically feasible are not
economically viable especially for O&M in rural habitations under Indian
conditions. Further in the initial years, the urban layouts are predominantly
served with septic tanks and the partly treated sewage flows uncontrolled onto
streets or kutcha drains, and even stagnates, causing many avoidable
environmental hazards. Moreover, the existing per capita water supply in most
of the small and medium towns, periphery urban areas and slum areas is less
than the minimum per capita water supply of 135 lpcd to ensure self-cleansing
velocity in sewers and therefore conventional sewerage system is not feasible
in such situations.

3. Problems in Sewerage System: (i) Sewers require adequate water to

carry the solids. CPHEEO manual prescribes a water supply service level of 135
lpcd. If water supply is not adequate problems arise in functioning of sewers.
(ii) misuse or abuse of the system usually by dumping solid waste at house hold
and street level and choking of sewers with silt during floods due to clandestine
lifting manholes of waste water collection system, (iii) During construction,
location of sewage pumping stations or septic tanks public residing in the
vicinity of proposed locations of Pumping/lift stations/STPs protest against
such locations and agitate or seek legal remedy for shifting the location of such
facilities causing delay in implementation, (iv) There is general reluctance on
the part of the households to connect to the system poor households may not
have toilets and also cannot afford to connect and those households who don’t
have the internal plumbing require time and cost to connect, (v) Sometimes
obtaining pollution control board’s permissions for safe disposal of sewerage is
also an issue with objections raised by the downstream affected water
users.(vii) Safe Treatment and disposal of sludge from a STP shall not lead to
ground water (leachate pollution) or air pollution(incinerated or gas

Page 245 of 455

emissions). More expensive and safe options are: Sludge, digestion with gas
recovery, and dewatering to produce an inorganic cake, (viii) Recurring costs
for maintenance of sewage system and STP have to be financed through tariffs
which are usually based on water consumed and hence the households to be
connected to the system shall have metered water connection- this is difficult
since full cost recovery of user charges for water itself is difficult from rural
households.

4. Use of storm water drains to collect sullage: (i) most villages have
road side drains to collect the sullage which is free from solids and also does not
have pollutants. (ii) However quite often the existing storm water drains are
not designed with appropriate slopes and shapes to avoid stagnation, (iii)
Unsanitary village conditions exist in most places due to clogged open drains
with garbage and silt, existence of stagnant pools of wastewater, littered
garbage/plastic, improper disposal of effluents from septic tanks and cesspools
etc.

5. Alternative technology: A conventional sewerage network is

inappropriate for the low-income population of cities in developing countries
for a variety of reasons not least of which is the poor access to water services
but also including the high per capita cost. Use of the storm water drains to
collect the wastewater is leading to environmental problems. There is an acute
need for intermediate optional/alternative systems pending an eventual full-
fledged sewerage. An alternative technology for collection system used in Latin
America is the condominial sanitation systems. The system consists of a low-
cost secondary pipe network. Simplified sewerage is a technology widely
known in Latin America, but much less known in Africa & Asia and has been
successfully demonstrated in the Orangi habitation of Pakistan (having a
population of about 7.50 lakh, where per capita water supply is about 27 lpcd).
The system allows smaller, shallower, flatter sewers with fewer manholes. In
combination with low-volume flush toilets (using only one-third the water per
flush as conventional toilets); this system reduces both capital costs and O&M
costs by as much as 33-46% of conventional sewerage, while providing the
same level of service as conventional sewerage. The system provides for
smaller bore shallow sewers along property boundaries with chambers and
encourages community participation and ultimately connected to interceptor
sewers and treatment and thereby avoids road cuts and deep manholes etc.
Small Bore Sewers/Shallow Sewers/Simplified Sewerage is proposed in India in
the Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment by MoUD, which lays down the
required slopes at which the pipeline is to be laid and the minimum per capita
lpcd to sustain the required velocities in the pipeline.

Page 246 of 455

6. Examples of Small bore sewers: This system is in use (i) in coastal
areas of Tamil Nadu particularly in Tsunami affected habitations, (ii) Villages in
Punjab and (iii) in Washim Maharashtra. These schemes were taken up to
improve waste water disposal systems and reduce environmental degradation.
The main reasons for adopting small bore sewerage system are: a) High capital
cost of conventional sewerage system, b) Availability of less quantity of waste
water in rural areas for effective functioning of conventional sewerage system
and c) Small bore sewer works even with small quantity of waste water as after
intercepting chamber (ICs) only waste water free from sediments is to be
carried out. Small diameter pipes at shallow depths reduce cost over
conventional sewerage systems. Low-income communities may aspire to have a
small bore sewerage system. This is probably the closest step to a full sewerage
system that is feasible as a low-income area progresses to a higher income level.

7. Sullage Treatment: Effluent is usually collected outside the village into

any existing pond where it can be treated by simple technologies, In the
absence of an existing pond, the effluent can be disposed into a DEWATS -
dispersal trench aligned along the borrow area of the village approach road and
the treated sullage can be disposal on land by irrigation.

8. In view of Indian experience and particularly in Maharashtra where

good experience is available for implementing piped collection of sullage in
rural areas (known as Washim model). it is concluded that (i) Wherever
feasible and based on demand from peri urban areas, sullage collection will be
designed with pipe carriage (Washim Model) using pipes laid in existing drains
based on small bore sewers concept in CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage, (ii)
Sullage Treatment will involve DEWATS or any other low cost treatment system
with final disposal by irrigation.

Page 247 of 455

Page 248 of 455
 ANNEXURE 11: Peri Urban WSS DPR – Suggestive
Design criteria
(Note: The schemes shall be designed as rural water supply schemes as per
NRDWP DPR guidelines only. However, the following criteria may be
considered for designing certain components, wherever no guidance is
available in NRDWP.)
Jalswarajya-II

S. Suggested Remar
No Description unit Criteria ks
1 Design Period
Base year year 2015
Source 30
Rising Main years 30
Gravity main years 30
Treatment plant years 15
Storage years 15
Distribution system years 30
Pumping machinery years 15
Census year for base year
population 2011
Annual growth rate of Population % 1
2 Service level clear water lpcd 70 *
Losses to be considered (As per
CPHEEO manual) % 15
3 Pumping Hrs. hrs. 8 to 16 **
4 Storage capacity of ELSR 12 ***
( bids to be invited per liter basis)
5 Supply hrs. 8 hrs. -24 hrs.
6 Peak factor 3
7 Pipe Material
Rising Main DI K-7/HDPE ****
Gravity main HDPE 6 KSC
Distribution system PVC 6 KSC
Minimum diameter of Distribution
system mm 63
Minimum residual head meters 7
House connection diameter mm 15
House connection pipe MDPE
8 WTP ( bids to be invited per liter As per CPHEEO
basis) manual XXX
9 Chlorinator Gaseous XXXX

Page 249 of 455

S. Suggested Remar
No Description unit Criteria ks
chlorinators
*Based on adjacent urban areas service level
**Pumping hours and supply hours: This depends on power availability, source
yield and storage provided;
***Storage can be provided on basis of mass curve
****Carry out Surge analysis for pumping mains; decide class of pipe & provide
surge protection devices
XXX Rapid sand filters, preferably declining rate with tube settlers
XXXX Vacuum or Gravity feed

Page 250 of 455

ANNEXURE 12: Scope of work for preparation of DPRs for Peri-
Urban Water supply scheme

1 Objective: Planning, Preparation of Detailed Project Reports for peri

Urban Water supply scheme, Implementation including Construction
Supervision, Project Management, to control, time and cost overruns and
ensure creation of sustainable assets. Preparation includes conducting Total
Station Survey, relevant hydrological, hydro- geological investigations, detailed
engineering of Water Supply Schemes, with designs structural, mechanical and
electrical engineering designs and drawings, cost estimates and preparation of
bid documents along with detailed drawings, technical specifications and bill of
quantities.

2 Challenge: Peri urban WSS can be based on Ground water or from

surface water where locally available water is insufficient due to dwindling
ground water and or poor quality due to presence of high TDS/salinity, Iron,
fluorides, nitrates and bacterial contamination. Surface sources are quite often
located far away from the villages resulting in longer lengths of transmission,
higher pumping heads and surge pressures and hence both Capital and O&M
cost of Peri Urban WSS are likely to be higher. Even for such situations,
provision of safe drinking water to rural communities at affordable cost on a
sustainable basis is the main challenge. Inadequate engineering during planning
stage and ineffective contract management often results in major changes in
scope of work during implementation resulting in cost and time overruns.
Hence MJP/ZP has to ensure that detailed engineering is quite comprehensive
and that most economical and sustainable options have been adopted.

3 Brief scope includes following:

a) Collection of available data
b) Conduct household survey and community consultations.
c) Conduct necessary field studies to achieve the objective.
d) Establish reliability of source for extracting the required quantity of
water from the source by conducting detailed field survey, geo
technical investigations,
e) Assess Water quality with respect to seasonal variation at the
proposed tapping point to adopt appropriate treatment options
f) Identify locations of WTP, MBR, ESRs, Decide alignment of
transmission mains to WTP and MBR and leading mains to ESRs.
g) Prepare a site plan with tentative layout of the above with details of
extent of land required.
h) Undertake performance assessment of existing assets and prepare
rehabilitation proposals

Page 251 of 455

i) Conducting detailed engineering survey (by Total Station Method) of
all the habitations/villages covered by the scheme
j) Conduct site levels of all the categories such as intake works,
pumping stations and Treatment Plant locations, sumps and elevated
service reservoir sites and plot contours.
k) Prepare village road maps on GIS, with contours,
l) Alignment and LS survey of all transmission mains (pumping and
gravity),
m) Determination of Safe Bearing Capacity of the soils at sites of
Treatment Plant, sumps and elevated service Reservoir.
n) Preparation of detailed engineering both hydraulic and process
designs for various components of the proposed water supply
scheme with Population forecast, service level, Storage capacity,
Residual pressure etc. as detailed in the design criteria listed herein
and CPHEEO manual on water supply and treatment.
o) Designs for the economical size of pumping main with surge analysis
p) Hydraulic modeling - Designs for leading mains and distribution
network design with EPANET/Water Gem or standard software
packages
q) Prepare distribution system network drawings on Village base maps
r) Structural designs and drawings of scheme components including
pipe carrying supports/bridges, thrust blocks, Valve Chambers etc.
conforming to latest IS codes.
s) All General arrangement drawings, detailed engineering drawings
including structural Drawings should be prepared using Auto-CAD.
t) Preparation of detailed rate analysis and cost estimates for
construction along with Break up costs for materials and labour
u) Preparation of O&M estimate of the water supply schemes and cost of
production of water
v) Preparation of Implementation plan for the above with procurement
Schedules.
w) Preparation of Detailed Project Report for all the categories including
detailed designs, Drawings, rate analysis and along with water
quality, and soil Safe Bearing Capacity Reports.
x) Preparation of bid documents for construction with detailed bill of
quantities, Technical specifications, general conditions and special
conditions of contract and specification drawings etc. During
implementation adequate detailed engineering, proactive contract
management and obtaining all statutory permissions and rights of
way for pipe laying which are essential to complete the work within
cost and time.

Page 252 of 455

 y) Ensure that the scheme during commissioning will provide equitable
water to all households which should be demonstrated by actual
performance
z) Carry out modifications to the proposals at the request of RSPMU
during execution if required and also carry out modifications at the
time of commissioning for ensuring equitable distribution of water to
all villages.
aa) Preparation of bid' documents for O&M contract management and
Service contracts etc.

4 Design Criteria for Water Supply: Present population in 2011 will be

considered for forecasting the design population. The probable initial year of
commissioning of the schemes is 2015, prospective year will be 2031, and
ultimate year will be 2046. Ultimate year population will be used for design of
Intake, Rising Main, Gravity Main and distribution system. Prospective year
population will be used for design of Water Treatment Plant (WTP),
Storage and Pumps.

5 Service level: All Peri Urban water supply schemes will be designed for
a service level of upto 70 lpcd and with 100% Household connections. Adjacent
urban area service level will be provided subject to source availability. Schemes
will be designed for 24x7 supply wherever possible, with all house connections
metered.

6 Simple SCADA will be provided in all MVS, to ensure equitable

distribution of water, control and measurement of flow at ESRs of habitations
and communication of data to the control center.

7 Type of valves: (a) Gate valves will be used for online and control at
branches. (b) BF Valves for control of inlet to ESRs and Control on Branches of
MVS; (c) Air Valves: SVS and MVS IS 14845; and (d) Dynamic valves wherever
required. Dismantling joints will be provided for all Gate valves and BF valves.

8 Preferred pipe material for pipe connections in ESR: DI – K 7 for all

pipe connections.

9 Water level indicator: Float type water level indicator will be used
for SVS and Float type /ultrasonic Water level indicator will be provided for
MVS.

10 Stairs: Stairs to go up will be in RCC dog legged/ spiral and hand rails
will be in RCC. Stairs to enter ESR will be in SS/ RCC/ Aluminum.

Page 253 of 455

11 Preferred type of Flow Meters: Mechanical Turbine flow type with 5
years guarantee for Bulk flow measurement at entry to each ESR. Wherever
consumer meters are used, these will conform to ISO and with 5 years
guarantee.

12 Water Treatment Plant (WTP): The following need to be considered

wherever WTP is required: (a) Rapid sand filters and dual media: declining rate
will be provided for MVS; (b) use of Tube settlers instead of clarifloculators for
capacity up to 30 MLD for MVS; (c) Chemical dosing: dosing pumps will be
provided in WTP; (d) Preferred instrumentation in WTP: Alternative flow,
measurement with calibrated weirs; Manometers for loss of head; (e) Operation
of valves - manual, Pneumatic, electrical – prefer manual operation up to 30
MLD; (f) Recycle of back wash water will be provided.

13 Design-Software requirement: To decide whether contractors will be

asked to provide designs of ESR or project will have provision for procuring
design Software for Optimal designs of ESRs conforming to latest codes for RCC,
Seismic & wind loads.

14 Schedule and Expected outputs: MJP/ZP should complete the

Preparation of Detailed Project Reports and preparation of bid documents
within 1 month from the date of AA. Expected outputs are:
i. Detailed Project Report consisting of the detailed designs, drawings,
rate analysis and cost estimates for construction and O&M along with
water quality etc.
ii. Preparation of Bid Documents
iii. Interim presentations need to be given by MJP/ZP to the State
Technical Cell before Technical Sanction, of the output, design and
other connected parameters

15 Components of Peri urban WSS: The essential components are as

detailed below.
(a) Source & Intake.
(b) Connecting pipeline
(c) Treatment system
(d) Raw water and Clear Water Pump house,
(e) Pump sets, electrical sub-stations and power saving devices
(f) Over Head Balancing Reservoirs (OHBRs)
(g) Transmission mains from WTP to OHBR
(h) OHSRs in Villages
(i) Leading mains from OHBRs to OHSR s in individual villages
(j) Distribution system in the village
(k) House service connections

Page 254 of 455

 (l) Valves and valve pit
(m) Bulk meters
(n) SCADA

16 Essential Enclosures to DPR:

a) Commitment of irrigation department is obtained for supplying
required water to the proposed scheme or if it is other than surface
source, source sustainability report from Geologist is enclosed
b) Availability of land is ascertained for construction of all the units of
the Peri urban WSS.
c) Water quality analysis report of the source is enclosed
d) Location plan, schematic drawing and hydraulic flow drawing are
enclosed GIS base road maps of each habitation/village served by the
scheme
e) Scheme designs (Hydraulic) including economical pumping main
calculations for pumping mains and EPANET/Hydraulic statement
for Gravity transmission lines, Structural Designs & Drawings are
enclosed to the DSR
f) EPANET Input & Output Drawings and reports including soft copies
are enclosed to the DSR.
g) LS of pipelines is shown along with alignment plan with roads,
drains, crossings, horizontal bends, road boundary etc.
h) Location of air valves, scour valves and valves at branch off takes are
marked on the LS and pipe route plan.
i) All drawings for house connection with saddle and meter, valve and
meter chambers
j) Capacity calculation for proposed OHSR
k) Design of OHSR to conform to latest IS 3370 with M 30 concrete.
l) Drawings for OHSR, Detailed description of the RCC OHSR with
piping connections and accessories and reference to type design
drawing
m) Performance assessment of existing assets: (i) existing head works,
(ii) Structural soundness and water tightness of the existing Service
Reservoir, (iii) Status of existing appurtenant at existing OHSRs,
Provision for replacement of the non-functioning appurtenances, (iv)
hydraulic performance of the existing distribution system is
ascertained or existing distribution is not functional make provision
for replacement of the existing distribution lines is made
n) Provision for 100% metered house connections is made in the DPR.
o) Nearest source of power supply identified and Detailed estimate on
power requirement and supply is enclosed to DPR

Page 255 of 455

p) Provision for Mechanical Turbine flow meter suitable for the water
INLET pipe line size with display of meter readings with signal
generation of 4x20mA
q) Provision for valve actuators with Remote RTU/PLC panel and
motorized butterfly valves (with AC motor, suitable gear box
arrangement, for Controlling of rate of FLOW, cumulative flow at
inlet of all Service Reservoirs.
r) Ultrasonic Water Level sensor, signal transmitter in each ESR
s) Provision for Control Panel, power, signal, antenna and
communication cable suitable for the field instruments like, level
transducer, turbine flow meter, valve actuators,
t) GSM-GPRS communication unit for transmission of data to and from
control center to ESR site
u) All components shall be designed, drawings be prepared for all
designed components, detailed and cost estimates be prepared for all
components and Bid documents shall contain all items in the DPR,
relevant technical specifications and drawings shall be provided for
all items in BOQ

Page 256 of 455

 ANNEXURE 13: DPR Checklist

Jalswarajya-II Peri Urban WSS DPR Checklist

S. Yes/
no. Requirement/Activity No Remarks
Status of Existing Water supply
i) Type of scheme and present service level lpcd
ii) Quality of present water
iii) Rehabilitation needs -specifically distribution system
iv) Feasibility/necessity for water and energy audit
Planning
i) Community and household survey
ii) Availability of water in source confirmed
iii) Is engineering survey done by using Total Station
iv) GIS base map prepared for the village
v) Availability of land for all categories
Designs for
i) System hydraulic design
ii) Economical size of pumping mains
iii) Process design of WTP
iv) distribution system design output for each village
SBC determined for Pump houses, OHT sites and
v) WTP site
vi) Structural designs of intake well and pump houses
vii) Structural designs of WTP categories
viii) Structural Designs of OHT revised to latest IS codes.
Drawings prepared for
i) Intake works
ii) Key Map / Index map
iii) Longitudinal section along pipeline route
iv) Road network within each village
v) Distribution system network drawing
vi) Pump houses for raw water and clear water
vii) WTP site plan and tentative layout
viii) Site plans for all OHT s
ix) Detailed drawing for OHT
Estimate provision made include
i) WTP
ii) OHT
iii) All electro mechanical works
iv) Power discom's woks for obtaining dedicated power

Page 257 of 455

S. Yes/
no. Requirement/Activity No Remarks
connection
v) Disinfection
vi) Mechanical bulk-flow meter at entry to each ESR
House connections to all households with saddle
vii) piece, MDPE pipe & consumer meter.
viii) O&M cost for five years.
ix) Separate estimate for consumer and bilk meters
x) Separate estimate for simple SCADA
Enclosures to DPR
i) Population calculations
iii) water quality analysis report from proposed source
iv) drawings for all categories
v) rate analysis worked out for all items
vi) detailed estimates for all categories
vii) Cost estimates for all categories
viii) Per capita cost worked out
ix) Cost of production of water Rs / KL

Page 258 of 455

 ANNEXURE 14: SCADA in Peri - Urban WSS

1. Objective is to ensure designed supply of water is done at ESR of each

habitation. ESRs located at highest elevation and or farthest end will often
receive lesser water compared to those ESR s located at lowest elevation and or
nearer. Similarly adequate pressures may not be available at households
located in highest elevation which results in pit taps. Hydraulic design of all
networks is done on the premise that all pipelines flow full. System is likely to
function as per design if there is continuous flow from the feeder mains into the
ESR s and from ESR s into the distribution system. Every time the flow is
stopped in the feeder mains or in distribution system, the network drains
resulting in air entering into the system and when again flow is resumed the air
is to be expelled fully which requires more time and if air is not expelled fully
the pipes flow in part which affects the hydraulic design. It is desirable that the
water supply is continuous instead of limiting supply hours to prevent draining
of pipelines and associated problem of expulsion of air and likely pollution.

2. Design Aspects: The design cannot be made so perfect as to have

uniform residual heads at all points. Further though the system is designed for
ultimate flows, it has to serve the present demand which will progressively
increase. Hence the hydraulic design done for ultimate demand is to be checked
for residual heads for present demand and intermediate demand also. The
residual heads (pressures) are also to be regulated and need to be adjusted for
progressive changes in demand. The inflow into ESR s has to be controlled to
the required rate of flow and also to control the cumulative flow. Whenever
there is no demand in distribution system the ESR s will overflow and hence the
level is to be sensed and the flow into ESR is to be stopped.

3. Controls required: System requires having flow control (both rate of

flow and cumulative flow), pressure control and ESR level control. To achieve
this control with manual operations is infeasible and not desirable. In order to
supply water at required design flow and pressure and to overcome the above
situation it is necessary to provide flow and pressure measurement & control
device. Apart from the above the flow measurement also helps in analyzing the
water losses and water auditing in the system.

4. Main Components of Flow and pressure measurement and controls

are:
 Ultrasonic Level (ESR) Sensor & Transmitter
 Pressure Sensor and Transmitter and pressure reducing valve if
required
 Turbine flow meter with signal generation
 BF valve with Valve Actuator Motor and Valve Actuator Drive

Page 259 of 455

  Programmable Logic Controller/Remote Terminal Unit
 Battery power Backup system including for Motor actuator and with
solar back up
 The flow and pressure are monitored through the flow and pressure
measured device and it will be transmitted to RTU.

5. Control Philosophy:
 When the flow varies from the set point of flow then the MOV will
operate by automatic command from the RTU to regulate and
achieve the required design flow at inlet of the ESR
 When the pressures vary from the set point of pressure then the MOV
will operate by automatic command from the RTU to regulate and
achieve the required design pressure set at corresponding inlet of the
ESR. This is better done by a Pressure reducing valve (PRV) than
with BF valve.
 When the power failure occurs at pumping station and there is no
flow to the MBR MOV in the inlet of ESR closes by automatic
command from the RTU to avoid emptying the pipeline.
 When the power resumes at pumping station and flow to the MBR is
resumed the MOV in the feeder main location and inlet of ELSR and
intermediate sump will open by automatic command from the RTU.
 The level in the ELSR will be monitored and transmitted to RTU.
When the maximum water level reaches in the ELSR MOV at inlet will
close by automatic command from RTU. When the water level falls
below maximum water level in the ELSR MOV at inlet will open by
automatic command from RTU. The battery back-up system shall
consist of 12V/60AHr capacity battery with charger facility with
minimum 24 hour battery back-up. Solar Connectivity enabled.
 Instrumentation such as Flow meters, level sensors, actuator
operated BF valves, PLC panels etc., require prompt servicing
arrangement. Hence the DSR/ bid document shall have cost of SCADA
with at least five years of O&M.

Page 260 of 455

 ANNEXURE 15: Mitigation measures to address water quality
issues in water quality affected areas, along with service
improvements

Extent of problem (as per WSSO Report)

The analysis of water quality studies carried out by Water and Sanitation
Organization (WSSO) for the drinking water sources of the entire state it is
revealed that around sources from 6306 Habitations within the 12 project
Districts are contaminated.In these areas it is likely that there are more
contaminants like Iron, Bactria, chloride, heavy metals, pesticide residues that
could be affecting the overall water quality. It is proposed to initiate work in these
areas through a systematic approach to address the problem of groundwater
contamination.

Mitigation measures to address Water Quality issues in Water Quality

affected areas, along with service improvements
1. Since continuous intake of chemically contaminated water may cause
irreversible health effects and hence long term, sustainable interventions
are required to ensure the availability of safe, potable, drinking water in
quality affected habitations. Under Jalswarajya-II, interventions in water
quality affected habitations are proposed in such way as to first ensure that
the system are not contaminanted due to human causes such as poor
sanitation, pipe leakages, pilferages, low pressure, corrosion/rusting in the
pipleines. Construction Designs, use of appropriate materials, proper O&M
shall be strengthened and appropriate guidelines prepared.Well
construction, Storage reservoirs, pumping mechanisms, distribution
systems shall be evaluated and required rehabilitation carried out. Control
valves, booster pumps, meters shall be used improve the system
performance and detect losses anywhere in the system and thereby identify
potential ccontamination.
2. Prevailing to achieve this objective, appropriate water quality intervention
will be provided and while doing so, any improvements required in the
existing systems rehabilitation and extension for improved service delivery
will be taken up by the concerned GP/ZP under ZP funds or Assets Renewal
Funds. The condition for rehabilitation of the system by the GP/ZP will be
included in the OFA signed by the ZP with GP before proposed intervention
so that desired DLI can be achieved successfully.However, GSDA has already
considered this aspect and “functionality of system except source is
essential’’ is one of the criteria for short listing the affected habitations and
hence priority will be given to those water supply schemes where only
source is contaminated and other components are in good condition.
3. In Jalswarajya-II, 12 districts have been selected under the head major
physical investments. The selection of habitations will be limited to only

Page 261 of 455

 these 12 districts. Water Quality affected habitations in these districts where
chemical contamination, especially Fluoride and TDS, is observed more than
BIS standards will be selected for interventions.
4. Short listing of Habitations: Considering the huge number of contaminated
sources in 12 project districts, the historical water quality data shall be
analysed for picking up all the different contaminants that show
increasingtrends.
5. Following the trend analysis the data shall be physically validated by
complete analysis of the samples at the well mouth, storage reservoir,
distribution lines and the consumers in the different areas. The changes in
the water quality shall be systematically analysed and chage if any within
the storage, distribution line shall be attendedas the first priority
6. The data from different wells shall be interpreted as maps to pick the
regional trends if any.
7. The depth wise data from different regions shall be analysed usingmaps to
study the water quality charecteristcis at different depths and mixing if any
detected.
8. In areas prone to mixixng of water quality between different aquifers
improved well construction techniques used to isolate water quality of
different aquifers.
9. Rehabilitation of water quality through aquifer level action such as isolation
of different aquifers, improved well assembly materials, increased aeration,
improved pumping shall be attempted.
10. Managed Aquifer Recharge through forced pumping and gravity recharge
attempted as required in specific situations
11. Well site dilution at the surface (mixing water from different wells/surface
water sources shall be attempted
12. Water Treatment using various technologies in specific situations
13. Recycling of wasted water shall also be implemented for specific areas
14. Shift to surface water/rainwater/canal water adopted in number of
situations.
15. Water quality rehabitation shall be situation and contamination specific.
16. Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency will take up baseline survey
to prioritize those habitations which are largely dependent on contaminated
drinking water source. GSDA will assess the location specific technological
option based on the level of contamination and the results will be put before
the CEO level district committee for final decision.
17. The CEO level committee chaired by CEO, ZP will take decision on actual
measures to be adopted. The constitution of CEO level Committee is given
under Institutional Arrangement at sr. no. 33.

Page 262 of 455

18. The measures will be chosen from following options (Choice of
Interventions);
a. To try differentiated water usage through dual supply - with safe water
for drinking and polluted water for other purposes; or
b. Augmentation and dilution of water of polluted sources through
various measures including rainwater harvesting; OR
c. Providing Technological options such as installation of Reverse
Osmosis Systems (RO), Nano Technology, any other technology OR
d. If there is scanty rainfall in the area or infeasibility of recharge, then
only a distant safe source will be selected and scheme will be
implemented drawing water from such source;

19. Based on the field survey (Detailed Hydr-geological survey) carried out by
Groundwater Survey and Development Agency (GSDA), the District Level
Committee will decide an appropriate strategy and prepare an action plan for
preparing the DPRs with the help of Rural Water Supply Division Zilla
Parishad/GSDA.

CONVENTIONAL MEASURES
Other Technological Options
1. Reverse osmosis (RO) is a water purification technology that uses a semi-
permeable membrane. This membrane technology is not properly
a filtration method. In reverse osmosis, an applied pressure is used to
overcome osmotic pressure, a colligative property, which is driven by chemical
potential, a thermodynamic parameter. Reverse osmosis can remove many
types of molecules and ions from solutions, and is used in both industrial
processes and the production of potable water.

2. Nanotechnology Some nano-scaled particles have properties that make

them very suitable for treating water. They often have enhanced catalytic
properties, with the potential to improve such processes as adsorption,
catalysis and disinfection. A prime water resource application of
nanotechnology is to further improve membrane technology. Nano-filtration
membranes are already in use removing dissolved salts and micro pollutants as
well softening water and treating wastewater. Nanotechnology may
significantly reduce the cost of desalination.Another promising application of
nano-technolgy is its use to address water problems in developing countries by
helping to resolve technical challenges to removing water contaminants.

3. Any other technology which has been proved in the field.

Page 263 of 455

Institutional Arrangement
1. The Structure of CEO level Committee will be as follows:
a. Chief Executive Officer, ZP: Chairman
b. Deputy CEO, (Grampanchyat), ZP: Member
c. Executive Engineer, ZP:- Member
d. District Health Officer, ZP :- Member
e. Assistant Chemist, Regional office, GSDA:- Member
f. District Senior Geologist, GSDA :- Member
g. Deputy CEO (Water Supply), ZP Member Secretary

2. The committee will approve the short listed habitations prioritized for
detailed survey and monitor the timely completion of survey work, under taken
by District Senior Geologist, GSDA. If short listed habitations are not available
then committee will take into consideration the list of contaminated sources
available with Zill Parishad. Committee will scrutiny the completed village/
habitation wise survey reports presented by District senior Geologist. The
committee will discuss in details all the suggested and available options. The
committee shall decide the final option based on the technical and least cost
solution norms. If required the committee can also take the opinion of outside
sector experts. The committee shall take final decision on the methodology/
measures to be adopted for providing safe and secure drinking water in water
quality affected habitations and instruct the concern department to take up the
work.

3. The committee in their first meeting will set year wise targets to achieve
the DLI’s established for Water Quality affected habitations and shall inform the
same to GoM under intimation to Cell at Directorate, GSDA, Pune.

4. The minimum number of villages to be provided with safe, secure and

sustainable drinking water in quality affected habitations will be 330 villages
for entire state. Additional villages can be taken up based on availability of
funds and time.

5. The villages to be tackled by Dilution methodology will be implemented by

District Senior Geologist office. The technological options/Distant Source
related solutions will be implemented by concern wing of Zilla parishad.

6. All the options will be implemented through community participation i.e.

through Village Health, Nutrition, Water Supply and Sanitation committee
(VWSC) constituted as per Government Resolution of Water Supply and
Sanitation Department, Mumbai No. RDD 1006/PR369/PAPU-07 dated 6th
Dec 2006.

Page 264 of 455

7. Suitable rain water harvesting measures for artificial recharge to
groundwater only for dilution option will be implemented as per the
guidelines issued for Shivkalin Pani Sathwan Yojna and NRDWP by Water
Supply and Sanitation Department vide the Government Resolution dated
10th June 2008, 9th Sept 2009, 10th Mar 2010, and 13th Sept 2010. The
popular contribution will be as per the prevailing GoM norms.

8. In case of Technological solutions, the listed suppliers vide GR No. WSSD-

12011(11)/8/2013-WSD (WS12), Dated 07.02.2014 and subsequent
government resolutions can be considered. Additionally, reliable innovative
technological options emerged during the project period/suppliers can also be
considered.

9. For Distant Source, prevailing GoM norms, guidelines and methodology will
be adopted.

Preparation of Technical drawings, Design and Estimates

1. The technical drawings, designs and estimates for the artificial
groundwater recharge structures proposed for dilution, where civil
construction is involved, will be prepared by the Deputy Engineer, Zilla
Parishad or Minor Irrigation. The technical drawings, designs would be
prepared based on the technical criteria and design specifications
recommended by Government of Maharashtra (Water Conservation
department or Minor Irrigation).The technical drawings, designs and estimates
for groundwater recharge structures like recharge shaft, filter bed, recharge
trench, recharge pit, BBT, JW, FSC etc., will be prepared the District Senior
Geologist.

2. The cost estimates for dilution structure would be prepared by adapting

prevailing District Scheduled Rates (DSR). The estimates shall also indicate the
break-up of cost on labour and material.

3. The technical drawings, designs and the estimates prepared by the deputy
engineer would be appraised by the executive engineer from Water Supply or
Water Resources or Water Conservation Department and the senior geologist,
who are members of the District Committee. The Technical Sanction will be
given by the competent authority Executive Engineer Rural Water Supply
Division, Zilla Parishad/Senior Geologist/Executive Engineer Minor Irrigation
Division/Executive Engineer or Superintending Engineer, Maharashtra Jeevan
Pradhikarn. The Administrative Sanction (AS) will be given by the District Level
Committee headed by Chief Executive Officer, Zilla Parishad after due
agreement of the village Gram Sabha.

Page 265 of 455

4. For the technological options like R.O., Nanotechnology, etc the District
Committee will decide best suitable option and recommend it for actual
implementation. The implementation will be carried out either by Executive
Engineer, Zill Parishad or Executive Engineer, MJP as per the DGS&D, CSPO,
GoM Rate Contract. If the rate contracts are not available then the DSR of MJP
will be used for all such technological options. The BOT option will be a part of
the supply order itself.

Physical Execution of Works

1. The groundwater recharge structures proposed will be executed by
VHNWSSC through the local community as per the guidelines issued under
Shivkalin Pani Sathwan Yojana and NRDWP.

2. Separate guidelines will be issued for execution of technological options by

RSPMU with inputs from GSDA and other expert agencies in the field. Prevailing
guidelines will be adopted for execution of distant source solutions.

Supervision of the Works

The supervision of the works is to ensure technical standards and quality
assurance. This will be as per the guidelines issued under the source
sustainability works being carried out under Shivkalin Pani Sathwan Yojana and
NRDWP. District Senior Geologist for dilution related artificial recharge
measures and Deputy Engineer for technological options & distant source will
monitor the quality of works at each structure, at least once in fortnight and
ensure that the works are constructed as per the approved design
specifications. The Regional Deputy Director, GSDA, Joint Director and
Additional Director will supervise the technical works in the field and guide
during implementation.

Water Quality Monitoring

1. It is proposed to monitor the water quality of the contaminated source and
the surrounding sources before and after the implementation of dilution
measures. For this purpose observation wells for monitoring and surveillance
of water quality and water level will be fixed during by District Senior Geologist.
After implementation of dilution measures, water quality will be monitored
every month for initial two years, after that it will be monitored on quarterly
basis till the end of project period.

2. The water quality monitoring for other technological options will be

carried out on monthly basis by the concerned Department. This will be
monitored throughout the project period only the frequency will change after
certain period.

Page 266 of 455

IEC and Capacity Building
Information, Education and Communication campaigns for masses will have a
vital role in making people aware about the situation, its hazards and
preventive measures. IEC will be done with the help of IEC consultants hired for
this purpose. It is intended to use IEC consultants hired by RSPMU for this
purpose. Capacity building of VHNWSC members is also equally important.
Capacity building towards O&M of the artificial recharge measures, prevention
measures to avoid future contamination etc. is proposed.

Impact Assessment
Detailed impact assessment of the project will be carried out in the last phase of
the project. Impact assessment will include habitation wise, source wise and
recharge measure wise impact on the water quality of the source and ultimately
on the community. Post project benefits on people’s health will also be assessed
by using the specially developed questionnaire.

Estimated Expenditure:
1. The total of estimated expenditure for all hardware activities is around INR
825.00 million. The details of itemized expenditure are given below.
Estimated
Sr. No. Component Description
Cost
Part - A: Hydro-geological Survey Rs in lakhs
Detailed Hydro- Detailed Hydro-geological Survey
1 geological Survey for in for 330 habitations @Rs 0.75 247.50
finalizing the option lakh/hab
Part B: Implementation measures for 330 habitations
Implementation of Dilution
through recharge measures /
Measures
2 Technological options / Distant 7920.00
Implementation
Source in approx 330 habs @ 24
Lakhs / hab
Part C: Trainings and Capacity Building
Trainings & Study Technical trainings & Exposure
3 82.50
tours Visits etc @Rs0.25 lakh/hab
Total 8250.00
2. Software activities like IEC, Training, and workshops for capacity building
support will be provided from the funds earmarked for software activities
under Jalswarajya-II.

Flow of Funds
WSSD will directly transfer the funds to the bank account of Director, GSDA. In
turn Director GSDA will release the funds to Sr. Geologist GSDA & CEO, Zilla
Parishad as per their demand for implementation of the component. The grants
will be disbursed in installments as per the guidelines issued by WSSD from

Page 267 of 455

time to time to VWSCs through the joint signature of Chief Executive Officer,
and Deputy CEO (Water Supply). It will be binding on the VWSC to submit the
utilization certificate before taking the next installment. The Deputy CEO
(Water Supply) and Deputy CEO, Panchayat, Zilla Parishad will get the
utilization certificate in time and shall submit it to WSSD under intimation to
CEO, ZP.

Physical Execution of Works: The groundwater recharge structures proposed

will be executed by VHNWSSC through the local community as per the
guidelines issued under Shivkalin Pani Sathwan Yojana and NRDWP. Separate
guidelines will be issued for execution of technological options by RSPMU with
inputs from GSDA and other expert agencies in the field. Prevailing guidelines
will be adopted for execution of distant source solutions. Supervision of the
Works The supervision of the works is to ensure technical standards and
quality assurance. This will be as per the guidelines issued under the source
sustainability works being carried out under Shivkalin Pani Sathwan Yojana and
NRDWP. District Senior Geologist for dilution related artificial recharge
measures and Deputy Engineer for technological options & distant source will
monitor the quality of works at each structure, at least once in fortnight and
ensure that the works are constructed as per the approved design
specifications. The Regional Deputy Director, GSDA, Joint Director and
Additional Director will supervise the technical works in the field and guide
during implementation. Water Quality Monitoring It is proposed to monitor the
water quality of the contaminated source and the surrounding sources before
and after the implementation of dilution measures. For this purpose
observation wells for monitoring and surveillance of water quality and water
level will be fixed during by District Senior Geologist. After implementation of
dilution measures, water quality will be monitored every month for initial two
years, after that it will be monitored on quarterly basis till the end of project
period. The water quality monitoring for other technological options will be
carried out on monthly basis by the concerned Department. This will be
monitored throughout the project period only the frequency will change after
certain period. IEC and Capacity Building Information, Education and
Communication campaigns for masses will have a vital role in making people
aware about the situation, its hazards and preventive measures. IEC will be
done with the help of IEC consultants hired for this purpose. It is intended to
use IEC consultants hired by RSPMU for this purpose. Capacity building of
VHNWSSC members is also equally important. Capacity building towards O&M
of the artificial recharge measures, prevention measures to avoid future
contamination etc. is proposed. Impact Assessment Detailed impact assessment
of the project will be carried out in the last phase of the project. Impact
assessment will include habitation wise, source wise and recharge measure
wise impact on the water quality of the source and ultimately on the
community. Post project benefits on people’s health will also be assessed by
using the specially developed questionnaire.

Page 268 of 455

 ANNEXURE 16: Aquifer Mapping and Community based
Groundwater Management
Objective
1. The main objective of the proposal is to up scale the community driven
aquifer based groundwater management tool for sustaining the drinking water
sources in 12 districts of the State, representing different hydro-meteorological
& hydrogeological situations. These predominantly include the areas which are
groundwater stressed i.e. over-exploited or
critical or semi-critical from groundwater
abstraction point of view. It is proposed to manage
the groundwater through community within the
aquifer and make the drinking water sources
sustainable even during the acute water scarcity
year. This objective is in tune with the mandate of
GoI supported source sustainability activity under
National Rural Drinking Water Program
(NRDWP). This will help to develop and replicate
the aquifer based research model, which will ultimately support the NRDWP in
the State. The ultimate goal is to make the villages tanker free by using the
community based groundwater management tools.

2. These objectives will also help in testing and implementation of the recently
passed Maharashtra Groundwater (Development and Management) Act 2009
and will evolve the region specific approaches. The research activities would
provide insight to key issues of groundwater pricing, control on deep irrigation
borewell, excessive use of groundwater for the water intensive crops, initiatives
for sustainable groundwater management etc. It also envisages the
strengthening of GSDA to develop scientific micro level data base and analytical
skills essential to monitor the groundwater conditions and understand the
actual viability of potential management options.

Areas Proposed
1. Recently, GSDA & Central Groundwater Board have published the Report on
Dynamic Groundwater Resources of Maharashtra as on 2011-12. As per this
report, out of 1531 watersheds 76 fall in over-exploited, 4 in Critical, 100 in
semi-critical, 1347 in safe and 4 in poor-quality category. In the entire State
1339 villages falling in over-exploited and critical watersheds have been
notified by the concerned District Collectors under Section 6 of the present
Maharashtra Groundwater (Regulation for Drinking Water Purposes) Act 1993.

2. It is proposed to implement this project mainly in the groundwater stressed

i.e. over-exploited/critical/semi-critical watersheds/aquifers. Under ground

Page 269 of 455

water stressed category 270 notified villages from 7 districts viz. Pune, Satara,
Ahemdnagar, Jalgaon, Auragabad, Amravati and Buldhana have been short
listed for project implementation. On an average the groundwater exploitation
within these villages is between 95 to 130% of annual replenishable
groundwater recharge. As the aquifer boundaries are yet to be finalized, it is
expected to survey the adjoining 280 villages from the shortlisted over-
exploited and critical watersheds from 7 project districts.

Activities
1. Historical Data analysis
 GIS data sets for the different districts shall be updated using cadastal
layer and individual watershed clearly redefined.
 Regional extent of the different geological formations, hydrogeological
systems shall be defined
 All existing monitoring wells located as a separate layer
 Geological sections of wells wherever available shall be updated.

2. Baseline Survey: During the baseline survey the village level data like
demographic details, area under different crops during kharif, rabbi and
summer for last two years, existing water conservation structures and their
capacity, existing tanks, ponds and their capacity, irrigation canals and area
under surface irrigation, lift irrigation schemes and area irrigated by them,
existing minor and medium irrigation projects, existing number of dug
wells/borewells/tube wells etc., will be collected. The historical data related to
climate, rainfall, groundwater levels etc., will also be collected from concerned
department and analyzed. It is proposed to purchase the pre-project satellite
imageries for all proposed projects. The data collection work will be initiated
immediately after getting the formal clearance.
a. Subsurface lithological data related to well construction by the
department and private wells shall be analysed to broadly develop the
preliminary subsurface aquifer system profile along specific sections and
on a regional GP and watershed scale.
b. Based on the susbsurface information piezoemeters shall be constructed
to fill the gaps in understanding as well as validate the available
information
c. In newly constructed piezometers geophysical downhole logging shall be
conducted (electrical, gamma, caliper) and the logging data used to
classify the aquifers in combination with drilling data.
d. For the identified aquifres specific smaples shall be analysed for
determining the age of the formation.
e. All available data shall be used to develop a probable aquifer section on
1:10,000 scale (GIS layer).

Page 270 of 455

 f. The piezoemeeters shall be pump tested (step draw down and Aquifer
Performance Test) for understanding the aquifer characteristics.
g. Depth sample shall be collected for individual aquifers and specific
samples shall be sent for age determination
h. Groundwater level data shall be interpreted for understanding the flow
dynamics in individual aquifers as well identify zones of mixing based on
the analysis of water level elevation contours.
i. Finalise the aquifer through the combination subsurface lithology, age of
rocks, geophysical logs, pumping test data, water quality data, age of
waters and water table elevation contours.

Social Assessment Survey

1. Groundwater being a common property resource it is necessary to identify
the potentials and constraints for social acceptability for the aquifer
concept. The social assessment surveys suggest ways to mitigate problems
arising thereby. The outcome of the social assessment survey plays a very
vital role in deciding the management strategies. Hence, it is proposed to
carry out the social assessment survey before initiation of the project.

2. A social assessment specialist/consultant will be deployed for all the

districts and s/he will carry out the survey as per the ToR. The ToR is
enclosed here with as Annexure 16C.

Water Account
1. The total water availability in each of the project will be assessed with the
help of the Water Resources Department. Similarly, the surplus or excess
run-off will be assessed for the planning of artificial groundwater recharge
measures. Based on the surplus/excess availability of surface run-off, the
allocation for the artificial groundwater recharge would be worked out and
same will be considered for the preparation of Groundwater Management
Action Plan (GWMAP). It is proposed to carry out the aquifer level water
account on the annual basis. The annual estimation of groundwater
resources will have to be carried out on aquifer basis. The working unit for
water account will be a village.
2. GSDA has prepared and published a workbook on Village Water Safety and
Security with the support of UNICEF. GoI is also planning to publish it as a
reference book for NRDWP. It is proposed to use the same for keeping the
water account within the project.

Installation of rain gauges and establishment of Groundwater Level

Monitoring Network
1. The community is going to manage their aquifer; hence it is necessary to
know the local availability of rainfall, groundwater levels and water quality.

Page 271 of 455

 It is proposed to install one rain gauge in each village. Similarly, depending
upon the village area one or more observation wells will be earmarked to
study the behavior of ground water levels and the water quality. The rainfall
will be measured on daily basis, whereas the groundwater levels will be
monitored on monthly basis. The rainfall and groundwater levels shall be
measured and monitored by the community. They will be imparted the
training for the measurement of rainfall and groundwater levels. This will
help them to understand the relation between the annual rain fall and the
ground water levels.

2. Initially it is proposed to appoint village level animators, who will measure

the rainfall and groundwater levels. The animators will work in the project
for initial 3 years and during this period he will train the community,
especially the youths. The rainfall and groundwater levels will be recorded
as per the IMD norms.

3. The groundwater level monitoring stations will be established immediately

after getting the clearance to the project. This will help to understand the
pre-project groundwater level scenario at village level.

Establishment of Water Quality Network

1. The periodic monitoring of water quality is very important from domestic
point of view. Hence, it is proposed to establish/earmark the water quality
monitoring stations after the base line survey. Initially, during the baseline
survey water from all the existing domestic wells will be analyzed for
chemical and bacteriological parameters during pre and post-monsoon
season. Besides, random samples will be collected and analyzed for chemical
parameters. Based on these results the water quality network will be
established and the samples will be analyzed for the entire project period.

2. The groundwater quality monitoring stations will be established

immediately after getting the clearance to the project. This will help to
understand the pre-project quality of groundwater.

Preparation of Groundwater Management Action Plan

1. Based on the rainfall and groundwater availability Groundwater
Management Action Plan (GWMAP) will be prepared by the community i.e.
GWMA in consultation with VWSC s with the support of GSDA. The village
wise plans will be vetted in the Gramsabhas and then it will be compiled at
aquifer level. The GWMAP will be comprised of the supply side
interventions to augment the recharge and demand management measures
to reduce the groundwater draft. Based on the water account the
optimization of the artificial recharge structures will be carried out.

Page 272 of 455

2. The groundwater use plan will be updated annually along with the crop plan
by the community. More stress shall be on the demand side interventions i.e.
saving of water. This will help the community to realize the importance of
saving the ground water.

3. The GWMAP will be sanctioned by the District level Committee constituted

for Shivkalin Pani Sathwan Yojna and NRDWP. After getting the sanction the
concerned VWSC will get the plans and estimates prepared from the District
Level GoM agencies. The competent authority will give the measure wise
technical sanction. After getting the TS the District Level Committee will give
the Administrative Sanction (AS). Based on the need and extent of artificial
recharge and availability of funds actual implementation work will be
initiated.

Capacity building
The capacity building of the village and Aquifer Water Management committees
will be done so that they will annually prepare Ground Water use plan coupled
with crop plan in consultation with GSDA and Taluka Agriculture Officer. A
team of dedicated staff at district level will carry out the capacity building work
and will help the VWSC for implementation of groundwater use plan.

Groundwater Management Measures

The focus of groundwater management will be mainly on demand
management measures, which mainly includes participatory groundwater
management. The community based groundwater level; rainfall monitoring,
water budgeting etc will be the main activities.
The community based groundwater management action plan will be
prepared and implemented by the community institutions like VWSC, GWMA.
This will also include the implementation of measures of artificial groundwater
recharge. These will be implemented as per the norms of NRDWP and as per the
guidelines issued by WSSD.

Page 273 of 455

 Annexure 16A: Abstract of Villages selected for
Groundwater Stressed Areas for Aquifer Mapping and
Community based Groundwater Management

Category of the Village as

Sr. Watershed
District Taluka per mini-watershed
No. No.
reassessment of Oct 2011
OE Critical Total
1 BM-29 Shrigonda, Parner 4 0 4
2 GV-107 Sangamner 3 0 3
3 GV-109 Sangamner 17 0 17
4 GV-110 Sangamner 9 0 9
Ahmednagar Sangamner, Rahuri,
5
GV-123 Shrirampur 6 3 9
6 GV-125 Nevasa, Rahuri 2 0 2
7 GV-31B Kopargaon 11 0 11
8 SA-2 Ahmednagar 10 0 10
Sub-total 62 3 65
9 TE-18 Jalgaon 0 20 20
Jalgaon
10 TE-41 Dharangaon , Parola 13 0 13
Sub-total 13 20 33
11 PT-2 Chandur Bazar,Daryapur 22 0 22
Chandur Bazar,
12 Amravati
PT-20 Bhatukali 25 0 25
13 WRB-2 Nandangaon 2 0 2
Sub-total 49 0 49
14 Buldhana PT-11 Jalgaon Jamod 17 22 39
Sub-total 17 22 39
15 Aurangabad GV-41 Gangapur 19 0 19
16 Satara BM-85 Phaltan, Man 13 0 13
17 BM-18 Ambegaon, Khed, Shirur 24 0 24
18 Pune BM-59 Purandar 21 0 21
19 BM-77 Indapur 7 0 7
Sub-total 52 0 52
Total 225 45 270

Page 274 of 455

Map Showing Location of Watersheds selected for Aquifer Delineation and Community based
Aquifer water Management

Watershed

Page 275 of 455

 Annexure 16 B: Guidelines for the Implementation of
Groundwater Recharge Structures and Role and
Responsibilities of Agencies Involved

Formation of VHNWSC
The VWSC have been already formed in each village as per the Mumbai
Grampanchayat Act and the procedures laid down by the Water Supply and
Sanitation Department. The VWSC will be given the responsibility of Village
Committee under this project.

Formation and Registration of Groundwater Management Association

(GWMA)
The VHNWSCs in each aquifer area within a district will be federated as GWMA.
The SO will help the GWMA in framing their bye-laws and its approval in
General body of the GWMA. The district team will facilitate registration of
GWMA.

GWMA: After registration of GWMA, the Secretary of GWMA, with the help of SO
will open a SAVINGS account in the name of GWMA in the local branch of
nationalized bank or District Co-operative bank. Wherever required, supporting
document demanded by bank should be provided by the District Team Leader.
This account shall be operated jointly by the Chairman and the Secretary.
NOTE: Secretary cum Treasurer of VWSC and Secretary cum Treasurer of
GWMA shall maintain all books of accounts/ records which will be open for
inspection by DTL/Project leader/auditors/World Bank.

Identification of Groundwater Recharge Structures:

The groundwater recharge structures are intended to increase recharge in the
aquifer and thereby increase the groundwater resource. Based on the findings
of the Baseline surveys conducted by Senior Geologist GSDA, VWSC with the
help of SO will identify the number and type of groundwater recharge
structures proposed for increasing groundwater resource. The groundwater
recharge structures proposed by VWSC will be discussed in Gramsabha and
finalized through consultative process. District Senior Geologist will facilitate
VWSC and district team leader on the technical feasibility of each of the
proposed structure. The criteria for identification and selection of groundwater
recharge structures include a) it meets the objectives of the project, b) only
community works will be considered, c) no activity that benefits individual
member/individual land singularly shall be considered.

The number of groundwater recharge structure proposed by each VWSC in the

project area will be discussed and finalized by the GWMA in consultation with
VWSC/district Sr. Geologist/TSG/CF.
Page 276 of 455
Preparation of Community Based Groundwater Management Action Plan
(CBGWMAP):
Based on the number of different types of groundwater recharge structures
proposed by each VWSC and finalized by GWMA, geologist would help GWMA to
prepare a comprehensive CBGWMAP for the entire aquifer with support from
District Senioor Geologist and TSG. The action plan would include demand
control measures and supply side interventions required for sustainable
groundwater management. In addition, only common property resources
available with VWSC areas would be considered. Where the private property is
involved, this would be vested with VWSC. Similarly, if there are
encroachments, consent/surrender letters would be obtained from the land
occupier.

The proposals included under CBGWMAP would be dovetailed and

synchronized with the other on-going programs in the area.

The CBGWMAP prepared by the GWMA would be submitted to Senior Geologist.

The Senior Geologist will examine the action plan after due suggestions, he will
submit the Plan to District Level Committee for approval.

Signing of an agreement by VWSC and GWMA

Each VWSC will sign an agreement with Senior Geologist on the proposed
implementation of the approved Gram Panchayat level CBGWMAP. This MOU
will include agreements on the type of activities proposed, supply side
management, community contribution, ownership and O&M of the
assets/structures created. GSDA will provide a standard format for the
agreement to all VWSCs.

Preparation of Technical drawings, Design, Estimates for groundwater

recharges structures
The technical drawings, designs and estimates for the groundwater recharge
structures proposed in the aquifer areas, where civil construction is involved,
will be prepared by the Deputy Engineer, Zilla Parishad or Minor Irrigation The
technical drawings, designs and estimates for groundwater recharge structures
like shaft, filter bed, recharge trench, BBT, JW, FSC etc., will be prepared the
Senior Geologist. The technical drawings, designs would be prepared based on
the technical criteria and design specifications recommended by Government of
Maharashtra (Water Conservation department or Minor Irrigation).

The cost estimates for each structure would be prepared by adapting prevailing
District Scheduled Rates (DSR). The estimates shall also indicate the break-up of
cost on labor and material.

Page 277 of 455

The technical drawings, designs and the estimates prepared by the deputy
engineer would be appraised by the executive engineer from Water Supply or
Water Resources or Water Conservation Department and the senior geologist,
who are members of the District Committee. These would be sanctioned by the
District Committee which has representatives from Water Supply, Water
Resources Department; water Conservation, Agriculture and other related
Departments of GoM.

Physical Execution of Works

The groundwater recharge structures proposed by VWSC involve mostly
earthwork and are labour intensive. These works would be executed by VWSC
through the local community as per the guidelines issued under Shivkalin Pani
Sathwan Yojana and NRDWP.

Supervision of the Works

The supervision of the works is to ensure technical standards and quality
assurance. This will be as per the guidelines issued under the source
sustainability under Shivkalin Pani Sathwan Yojana and NRDWP. In addition
DTL/Senior Geologist will monitor the quality of works at each structure, at
least once in fortnight and ensure that the works are constructed as per the
approved design specifications. He will record his observations in the site
register maintained by VWSC.

Community contribution and release of funds

Community Contribution: Implementation of the user centered aquifer level
groundwater management pilot envisages community contribution as per
prevailing GoM policy.

Release of Funds: The project fund will be released in installments as per the
prevailing norms of Shivkalin Pani Sathwan Yojna and NRDWP.

Work Completion Certificate

After completion of the construction of every groundwater recharge structure
executed by VWSC, the supervising authority (Water Supply or Minor Irrigation
or GSDA) will issue a Work Completion Certificate for each structure and certify
that the work has been completed as per the approved design and the quality of
work is good for the stability and suitability of the structure. Existing standard
form will be used for this.

Flow of funds
The funds required for Aquifer Level Groundwater Management Project to be
implemented by GSDA will be transferred to Director, GSDA every year. WSSD
would transfer this fund to Director, GSDA. The fund will be allocated by

Page 278 of 455

Director, GSDA to District Senior Geologist on the basis of approved annual
action plan and their requirement. The senior geologist will release the funds to
VWSC or GWMA by cheque.

Maintenance of Records
The accounts will be maintained by the VWSC as per the guidelines of GoM. The
GWMA will also maintain the accounts with the support from Senior Geologist.
All vouchers will be maintained by VWSC/GWMA which also is required for
auditing of their accounts.

Audit
It is the responsibility of each VWSC as also GWMA to get their accounts audited
by a qualified Chartered Accountant who has been empanelled by the various
District Authorities or by any other Chartered Accountant approved by the
Project Director, RSPMU. The audited annual balance sheet shall be displayed at
published by the VWSC/GWMA for information of the community.
The accounts for the expenditure under project will be audited regularly by the
Accountant General.

Page 279 of 455

 Annexure 16 C: Memorandum of Understanding between
Ground Water Management Association and
The Senior Geologist, GSDA
Memorandum of understanding between Groundwater Management
Association (GWMA) and the District Senior Geologist for willingness and to
establish the roles and responsibilities of both the parties to implement the
Community Based Aquifer Level groundwater management project under
Jalswarajya II being implemented by Government of Maharashtra.
This MOU is signed between ---------- Jaldhar Vyasthapan Sangh in -------
aquifer in ------ district of Maharashtra further referred to as GWMA and the
District Senior Geologist of Groundwater Surveys and development Agency
(GSDA) dated -------------

Both the parties have desired to put in writing the contents of the MOU as
follows.
Objectives:
The objective of the Aquifer level groundwater management project is to
establish a paradigm shift in the perception of groundwater as a common
property resource and provide an enabling intervention for increasing the
capabilities of the stakeholders and establishing a mechanism to find out
solutions to the groundwater crisis.
The pilot proposes to equip the members of the Aquifer Water
Management Association and Gram Panchayat Level Committee (VWSC) with
necessary data, skill and knowledge to manage available groundwater by
regulating and monitoring their own demand. Access to scientific data and
education about its analysis and use will enable the stakeholders to select
appropriate choices and take decisions regarding use of groundwater.
Educate and train members of VWSC and GWMA to take over collection
of data and its use for calculating groundwater recharge, crop water budgeting,
and allocation of available groundwater among different groundwater user
groups.
Educate and build capability of GWMA and VWSC for preparation of
Groundwater Use Plan and Crop Plan adopting water saving techniques,
improved irrigation and agricultural practices and develop local regulation for
reversing groundwater overuse.
Objective of transferring the responsibility of the groundwater recharge
structures to GWMA is to ensure sustainability of groundwater resources,
maximum water use efficiency, ensure drinking water availability and sustained
productivity.

Page 280 of 455

 Based on the Aquifer level Groundwater Management Project it is
proposed to facilitate the participation of the GWMA, VWSC and the community
in the process of O&M of the works and equitable allocation of available
groundwater each year based on the rainfall and ground water recharge for
different user sectors. Therefore the objective of executing this MOU is to
understand and establish the roles and responsibilities of respective parties in
achieving the objective for future groundwater management by the community.

Role and responsibility of GWMA and VWSC:

The GWMA (and VWSC) agrees to its new roles and responsibilities as below.
a. GWMA
i. Organize groups of the members of GWMA for collection and
compilation of basic data and monitoring groundwater conditions in
each village.
ii. Collect rainfall data.
iii. Identify a member of VWSC or a volunteer group within the Gram
Panchayat for measuring and recording daily rainfall every year on
honorary basis.
iv. Identify a member of VWSC or a volunteer group for measurement of
water levels in observation wells in the aquifer and monitor changes in
water levels.
v. Estimate demand for groundwater for drinking and domestic use in
each Gram Panchayat.
vi. Facilitate and assist VWSC in estimation of groundwater recharge and
groundwater availability for Kharif and Rabi seasons.
vii. Allocate available groundwater for different uses like agriculture,
domestic and industries, in consultation with GSDA.
viii. Organize workshop for VWSC members on crop water budgeting using
basic data on groundwater, irrigation requirement of different crops
and other secondary data.
ix. Surveillance against high water consuming crops and control
groundwater overuse.
x. Net working with other VWSC and GSDA.
xi. Decide and collect O&M charges from the community.
xii. Support VWSC to enhance its management capacity and assist them in
book keeping and maintaining other registers.
xiii. Mobilize community contribution for O&M of the groundwater recharge
structures executed by the community including those constructed by
other agencies for water conservation and groundwater recharge.
xiv. Supervise and actively participate in the user cantered aquifer level
groundwater management in the aquifer.

Page 281 of 455

 xv. Undertake management and O&M of the groundwater recharge
structures executed by the community from the charges collected from
the community as per the rated decided jointly by GWMA and VWSC &
accepted by the community in the Gram Sabha.
xvi. Assist VWSC in preparation of Groundwater Use plan and crop plan
every year.
xvii. Prevent encroachment on and near the groundwater recharge
structures.
xviii. Perform any other functions to accomplish the objective of the pilot
project.
xix. Conduct election of office bearers of GWMA.
b. VWSC
i. Collect demographic data on population, sources of drinking water
supply, demand and availability of drinking water during different
seasons in the year.
ii. Compile water level data and prepare report on water level changes
every year.
iii. Collect data on irrigation wells, crop wise area irrigated from
groundwater during Kharif and Rabi season and average yield of crops
under irrigated and rain fed conditions.
iv. With the help of GSDA train members of VWSC and other volunteer
groups about calculating groundwater recharge, groundwater
extraction from irrigation wells and groundwater balance available
during different crop seasons.
v. Prepare a crop water budget for the area based on groundwater balance
available for irrigation during Kharif and Rabi season.
vi. Educate and convince farmers to adopt water saving crops and
motivate them to reduce groundwater extraction.
vii. Maintain records of all financial and other business activities.
viii. Publish an annual report along with an audited balance sheet.
ix. Conduct elections for Executive Committee and office bearers of VWSC.
c. Role and Responsibility of District Senior Geologogist
 Provide technical Support, supervision and training to GWMA/VWSC
 Provide technical and other support to GWMA and VWSC to carry out all
the functions and activities as assigned in the MOU.
 Ensure quality of civil works carried out under the project.
 Provide continued technical support, and help in day to day activities.
 Provide training to the community and GWMA/VWSC subsequent to the
handing over of the groundwater recharge structures to GWMA.
 Help GWMA and VWSC in preparation of groundwater use plan and crop
plan, with assistance from agriculture and other departments.

Page 282 of 455

 This MOU is executed voluntarily between GWMA and District Senior
Geologist without any undue influence and duress on either of the parties. In
implementation of the MOU, the working system and procedures will be as per
the provisions under prevailing ground water regulation act and the
Maharashtra water resources regulatory Authority, and rules and orders issued
by the GSDA. Any dispute between GWMA and the District Pilot Team Leader
shall be resolved through mutual negotiations and consensus. In case the two
parties fail to resolve the dispute, it shall be referred to the Director, GSDA and
his decision shall be final and binding on both the parties.

Duration

This MOU will be in force for a period of 5 years from -------------------. In

acceptance to the above contents of this MOU the GWMA through its
representatives and the District Team Leader give their consent to enter into
the MOU in the presence of witness. The signed copies of the MOU shall be
retained by both the parties.

Signed this day of

Chairman
Senior Geologist, GSDA GWMA

Page 283 of 455

 Annexure 16 D: Roles and Responsibilities of Special
Monitoring Cell at GSDA Head Quarters, Pune
The cell is comprised of following posts.

Sr Post Number Deputation/Contract

No
1 Deputy Director – In-charge 1 Deputation
2 Hydro-geologist 1 Deputation
3 GIS Expert 1 Contract
4 Para-professional 1 Contract
5 Khalashi 1 Contract

The Deputy Director will be overall in-charge of the Jalswarajya II program. He

will co-ordinate, supervise and monitor the entire project from the Directorate
of GSDA, keep liaison between GSDA and RSPMU, l work as per the directives of
the RSPMU under the guidance of Director, GSDA, carry out all the technical,
administrative and account related works assigned within the Jalswarajya II
program, guide the regional and field units and will get works executed as per
the requirements of the program.

The hydro-geologist will assist the Deputy Director for the entire project and
will work under his control. He will carry out all the technical works proposed
within the project, guide the field units as and when required, and will keep
liaison with GSDA and RSPMU. He will look after the day to day correspondence,
organisetrainings/workshops, meetings and visits, carry out all other
assignments given within the project.

The GIS expert will work under the supervision of the Deputy Director. He will
guide and assist the field staff in preparation of various GIS based maps,
analyses etc. He will prepare uniform guidelines for the preparation of maps,
supervise the data entry work and will prepare reports as per the requirements.

Cell at District Level

The cell will be headed by District Senior Geologist and it will be comprised of
following posts.

Sr No Post Number Deputation/Contract

1 Geologist 2 Deputation
2 GIS Expert 1 Contract
3 Para Professional 1 Contract
4 Field Assistant (Khalasi) 1 Contract

Page 284 of 455

The cell will work as per the directives of head quarter and regional Deputy
Director and will report to HQ cell through regional deputy directors Officel.
The Geologists from district & on deputation will have to carry out entire the
field work. They will assist the GWMA and VWSC in performing their day today
activities. All the technical works proposed within the project will be carried
out by the geologists under the technical guidance of District Senior Geologist.
They will have to attend all the meetings of GWMA and VWSCs. They will play a
role of community facilitator with the support of para professional and field
assistant.

The para professional will have to perform the office work, data entry etc., as
well as the community capacity building of all the project related works.
Besides he will have to carry out all other responsibilities assigned by the DTL
from time to time.

Similarly, the field assistant will work in the field to collect the data and help in
organizing the community.

Page 285 of 455

 Annexure 16 E: Estimated cost for Aquifer Mapping &
Community based Groundwater Management
Sr. Estimated
Categories Description
No. Cost
Part - A: Aquifer Mapping Rs. (Lakhs)
1 Digital Logger and /or other Advanced
380.00
Geophysical equipments
2 IT Infrastructure 30.00
3 Goods & Rain gauges, Water Meters, Depth
Equipments Samplers with generators, Water level 208.50
indicators & other instruments etc.
4 Modeling & APT Softwares, Geophysical
60.00
data interpretation sotwares
5 Historical data, Satelite immageries (Liss -
3 /4), IMD data for rainfall & Rainy days,
Data Acquisition / Water Quality data fromother agencies &
92.00
procurement reports from other agencies, Age dating,
Lithological / Minerological analysis,
Outsourcing of Pumptest data etc.
6 Civil Work Construction of Piezometers 35.00
7 7 Vehicles for Districts & 1 Vehicle for JS -
Hiring of Vehicle 201.60
II cell for 6 years
Sub-total A 1007.10
Part B: Community based Aquifer water management For Villages from Over-
exploited & Critical watershed selected for the prject
1 Institutional
Arrangements Formation, functioning of Village &
including village Watershed/ Aquifer level committees,
630.00
animators / elections, yearly Audits etc., help VWSNCs
jalsurakshak / to prepare GWMAP & Implementation
volunteers etc.
2 Consultants for
Social Assessment in all villages (Pre,
Social Assessment 142.00
Intermidiate & Post)
(through SO)
3 Preparing
Community Data gathering, Water
Grampanchayats
budgeting, Record keeping, demand side
for improved 623.70
managemnt plans, IEC, Services of SO and
GROUNDWATER
other activities
governance (PIM)
3 Aquifer Preparation and Implementation GWMAP
Management including measures for artificial recharge
8305.00
Measures (Supply of GW including popular contribution (if
side interventions) required) for villages
Sub-total B 9700.70

Page 286 of 455

 Sr. Estimated
Categories Description
No. Cost
Part C: Trainings and Capacity Building
Trainings & Technical trainings, Workshops &
1 60.00
Workshops Exposure Visits (National), Study tours etc.
Aquifer
2 Management Capacity Building, IEC and Exposure visits 110.00
Committee
Sub-total C 170.00
Grand Total A+B+C 10877.80

Note: The cost mentioned is tentative and is subject to variation during actual
implementation.

Page 287 of 455

Page 288 of 455
 ANNEXURE 17: Stakeholders at different levels under JS-II
Direct Beneficiaries Indirect Beneficiaries
Habitation Level
 All Villagers (Rich, Middle Class and  Community Level Institutions like
the Poor; Women, All water and Youth Clubs, Mahila Mandals, etc.
Sanitation facilities users; Users of  Traders and Retailers of Sanitation
water for drinking, bathing, toilet, Materials
washing clothes, for cattle, and users  Anganwadi Workers and Auxiliary
of sanitation facilities like drainage, Nurses cum Midwives, ASHAs
washing platforms, dustbins, etc.)  Local Petty, Labour and O&M
 Tribals in Scheduled Areas and Non- Contractors
Scheduled Areas  Trades men (Carpenters; Masons, etc.)
 Scheduled Caste groups  Government Development and
 Village Health, Nutrition, Water and Employment Programs at Village Level
Sanitation Committee  Local NGO functionaries
 SHG groups involved in sanitation,
health and nutrition
 Laborers/Daily Wage Earners
(including women)
 Ward Members
 Waterman/Operator/Sanitation
Workers
Gram Panchayat Level
 Sarpanch, Ex–Sarpanches and PRI  Traders of Water Supply and Sanitation
Members Materials
 Gram Sevak  Plumbers and other Tradesmen
 Village Panchayat staff, Jalsurakshak  Government Development and
Employment Programs at Village Level
Block Level
 Block Development Officers, PS  Contractors
Members  Traders of Water Supply and Sanitation
 Extension Officers, BRCs Materials
 ZP RWSSD & MJP Engineers, BRC  Mechanics, Electricians, Plumbers and
Members, Health Dept. Officers, other Tradesmen, Transporters
Block Education Officers.  Government Development and
Employment Programs at Village Level
 NGO Functionaries
 Local MLAs
 Media

Page 289 of 455

 Direct Beneficiaries Indirect Beneficiaries
District Level
 ZP RWSSD & MJP Engineers and  Contractors
Executive Engineer, DWSM Cell  Traders of Water Supply and Sanitation
 SC and ST Development Agencies Materials
 ICDS Functionaries  Mechanics, Electricians, Plumbers and
 GSDA Officers other Tradesmen, Transporters
 Health Department Functionaries  Government Development Programs
 NGO Functionaries
 Local MPs and MLAs
 Media
State Level
 RSPMU Project Director  Health Department
 WSSO, MJP,GSDA, WSSD , RDD,  YASHADA, MEETRA and other Training
 RSPMU Team Institutions
 Tribal Development/Social Justice  Women & Child Development
/Public Health Department Department
 Development Support Organizations,  Contractors
NGOs  Pipes, Pumps and Motors, Cement,
 Government of India Departments Steel, Chlorinators, etc. Manufacturers
(Rural Development, Water Supply, and Suppliers, Water Supply
Tribal Development, etc.) Contractors
 Sanitation Material Manufacturers
 Transporters
 Government Development Programs
 Media Groups (Print & Electronic)
 World Bank

1. The project will pay a project allowance of 25% on the basic pay plus
grade pay to all persons working on deputation from the government. Since
salaries of persons employed on contract are fixed considering market rates
and include all allowances, contract employees will not be entitled for project
allowance. However, performance of contract employees will be appraised and
depending on the performance, their contracts will be renewed or terminated.
At the time of renewal of contracts, contractual pay will be increased by 10%
over the contractual pay in the preceding year. A HR manual for giving
incentives for encouraging better performance by contractual staff will be
formulated and it will be ensured that staff is retained in the RSPMU /DWSMs
/BRCs. Such HR manual will be developed within first six months of starting the
JS-II program and will be based on existing rules and regulations of Government
of Maharashtra. Detailed qualification requirements and terms of reference for

Page 290 of 455

all the positions directly implementing JS-II Programs are developed. The
process for hiring human resources under JS-II Program at various levels is
captured below.

 GP Level: - Selection of GP level staff will be done by calling in

applications through advertisement and interviews of shortlisted
candidates through a committee constituted by the CEO, ZPs. Dy. CEO
(WATSAN), EE RWS Div., ZP and will be permanent members on the
selection committee.

 Block Level: - Selection of staff on BRCs will be done as per WSSD GR.
dated 06.07.2011. However, recruitment on posts of Engineering
Specialists provided under JS-II will be done by calling applications
through advertisement and interviews of shortlisted candidates by a
committee headed by the CEO, ZP. Supdt. Engineer, MJP, Dy. C.E.O.
(WATSAN) and EE RWS Div., ZP will be members on the committee.

 District Level: - Selection of staff on DWSM will be done by calling

applications through advertisement and interviews of shortlisted
candidates by a committee headed by the CEO, ZP. Supdt. Engineer, MJP
and Dy. C.E.O. (WATSAN) and EE RWS Div., ZP will be members on the
selection committee. The Project Manager or his representative will also
be a member on the Selection committee.

 Regional Level: - Selection of staff on Regional level will be done by

calling applications through advertisement and interviews of shortlisted
candidates by a committee headed by the Divisional Commissioner. The
Dy. Commissioner (Dev.) and the Supdt. Engineer, MJP will be members
on the selection committee.

 State Level: - Selection of staff at RSPMU level will be done by calling

applications through advertisement and interviews of shortlisted
candidates by a committee headed by the Principal Secretary. The
Project Director& Dy. Secretary, WSSD, The Project Manager, RSPMU, the
Director, WSSO, the Director, GSDA will be members on the selection
committee.

Page 291 of 455

Page 292 of 455
 ANNEXURE 18: Staff Composition of various
Implementation institutions

1. Composition of VWSC: The total number of members in the VWSC shall

not be less than 12 and consist of:
 Not less than 1/3rd of the strength of VWSC shall be from among the
members of the VP.
 Not less than 50% of the VWSC members shall be women.
 Not less than 30% of VWSC members shall be from backward classes.
 The VWSC shall have representation from Mahila Mandal, Yuvak
Mandal and existing CBOs in the village.
 The Government servants and the employees of the ZP and GP serving
at the village level are co-opted as members in the VWSC. However,
the co-opted members will have no voting powers in VWSC.

2. Composition of GWMA: The total number of members in the GWMA

shall not be less than the number of villages included.
 The VWSC chairman from each village shall be a member of the
GWMA.
 At least 1/3rd of the members shall be women.
 The Chairman and secretary of the GWMA shall be elected in the first
general body meeting.

3. Composition of the SAC:

 The SAC will be a nine-member committee appointed by the Gram
Sabha from among its members and none of whom shall be a member
in the VWSC, BLSC or other sub-committees. The members in the SAC,
as far as possible shall possess considerable experience in the various
aspects of developmental programs, known for their honesty,
integrity, non-partisan behaviour and respected and accepted by a
majority of the community members.
 At least 2 members are from the GP.
 A minimum of 50% of SAC members shall be women.
 Representatives from Mahila Mandals, Yuvak Mandals, social service
organisations not involved in the project activities shall be included in
the SAC.
 Teachers from local schools and educational institutions, retired
knowledgeable officials from public and private sector institutions etc.
shall be included in the SAC.
 The SAC shall select a Chairperson from among its members.

Page 293 of 455

4. Staff of DWSM cell

Available expertise Additional posts Under No. of positions

JS-II Program
Dy. CEO- Village Headed by a new post; Dy. 1
Panchayat CEO- WATSAN
Accounts Officer Class-2 1
Office Superintendent 1
Engineering Specialist 1
(SLWM)
Community Management each post in the JS-II
Specialist Program 12 Districts

5. Composition of DPCC
 CEO ZP :- Chairman
 SE MJP :- Member
 EE MJP Div. :- Member
 Sr. Geologist, GSDA :- Member
 DHO, ZP :- Member
 EO, Primary, ZP :- Member
 EE RWS Div., ZP :- Member Secretary

6. Composition of RCMU:
 Dy. Engineer - On Deputation
 M & E Assistant - On Contractual basis

7. Composition of Regional Coordination Committee

 Divisional Commissioner - Chairman
 Supt. Engineer (MJP) - Member
 Dy. Director (GSDA) - Member
 Dy. Director (Health Services) - Member
 Dy. Commissioner (Development) - Member Secretary

8. Composition of WSSO
Sr. Name of post Posts On Deputation
No. Proposed From Govt./On
under JS-II Contract
1 Coordinator –Water Quality 01 On Contract basis
2 Engineering Specialist - Water 01 On Contract basis
Quality
3 Data Analyst- Water Quality 01 On Contract basis
6 Engineering Specialist (SLWM) 01 On Contract basis
7 Junior/Sectional Engineer 02 On Contract basis

Page 294 of 455

9. Composition of PIMC:-
 Project Manager - Chairman
 Director, WSSO - Member
 Addl. Director, WSSO - Member
 Capacity Building Specialist - Member
 Executive Engineer - Member
 Hydro Geologist - Member
 Senior Accounts Officer - Member
 Monitoring and Evaluation Specialist - Member
 MIS Specialist - Member
 Gender Specialist, WSSO - Member
 Environmental Management Specialist - Member
 Procurement Specialist - Member
 Water Quality Specialist, WSSO - Member
 HRD/IEC Specialists , WSSO - Member
 Under Secretary, RSPMU/WS-11 - Member Secretary

10. Composition of SLPCC:-

 Dy.Secretary & PD, WSSD - Chairman
 Project Manager, RSPMU - Member
 Additional Director – GSDA - Member
 SE, RSPMU TECH. - Member
 Director, WSSO - Member
 Addl. Director, WSSO - Member
 Capacity Building Specialist - Member
 Controller of Finance - Member
 Executive Engineer (RSPMU) - Member
 Dy. Director, P. H. Labs, PHD - Member
 M & E Specialist - Member
 Under Secretary, RSPMU/WS-11 - Member Secretary

Page 295 of 455

11. Composition of RSPMU
Sr. Name of post JS-2 Proposed Total On Deputation
No. Preprati- Posts Posts From Govt./
on Posts On Contract
1 Project Director 1 - 1 On Deputation
2 Project Manager 1 - 1 On Deputation
From Govt.
3 Executive Engineer 1 - 1 On Deputation
From MJP
4 Technical officer 1 - 1 On Deputation
From MJP
5 Dy. Engineer - 1 1 On Deputation
From MJP
6 Junior/Sectional 1 1 2 On Deputation
Engineer From MJP
7 Hydro Geologist - 1 1 On Deputation
From GSDA
8 Finance Controller - 1 1 On Deputation
( Jt. Dir. Level) From Govt.
9 Sr. Accounts Officer 1 - 1 On Deputation
From MJP
10 Assistant Accounts 1 1 2 On Deputation
Officer From Govt.
11 Assistant Accountant 1 - 1 On Contract
basis
12 Procurement 1 - 1 On Contract
Specialist basis
13 Finance Specialist 1 - 1 On Contract
basis
14 Under Secretary 1 - 1 On Deputation
(Admin officer) From Govt.
15 Desk Officer - 1 1 On Deputation
From Govt.
16 Assistant 1 - 1 On Deputation
From Govt.
17 Stenographer 2 - 2 On Deputation
From Govt.
18 Dy. Accountant 1 - 1 On Deputation
From Govt.
19 Clerk (Cashier) 1 - 1 On Deputation
From Govt./MJP

Page 296 of 455

Sr. Name of post Existing Proposed Total On Deputation
No. Posts Posts Posts From Govt./
On Contract
20 Clerk cum Typist 2 - 2 On Deputation
From Govt./MJP
21 Driver cum General 2 - 2 On Deputation
Assistant From Govt.
22 Para Professionals 5 5 10 On Contract
basis
23 Peons 2 1 3 On Deputation
From Govt./MJP
24 Environmental 1 - 1 On Contract
Management basis
Specialist
25 M&E Specialist - 1 1 On Deputation
From Govt./
Contract basis
26 Assistant M&E - 2 2 On Deputation
Specialist From Govt./
MJP/Contract
basis
27 MIS Specialist - 1 1 On Contract
basis
28 Assistant MIS 1 - 1 On Contract
Specialist basis
29 IT Specialist 1 1 On Contract
basis
30 Capacity Building 1 - 1 On Deputation
Specialist From Govt.
31 Assistant CBS - 1 1 On Contract
basis
32 Knowledge 1 - 1 On Deputation
Management From Govt./MJP
Specialist
33 Social Management 1 - 1 On Contract
Specialist basis
34 IEC Specialist 1 1 On Contract
basis
Total 32 19 51

Page 297 of 455

12. Structure of the M&E Cell, in the RSPMU:
Sr.No. Name of post Total Posts On Deputation/Contract

1 M&E Specialist 01 On Deputation From Govt./

Contract basis
2 Assistant M&E Specialist 02 On Deputation From Govt./
Contract basis
3 MIS Specialist 01 On Contract basis
4 Assistant MIS Specialist 01 On Contract basis
5 IT Specialist 01 On Contract basis

An officer from the Directorate of Statistics and Economics, GoM, not below the
rank of Dy. Director/Jt. Director will be taken on deputation as M&E Specialist.
Asst. M&E Specialists will be taken on deputation from government, one from
the cadre of Sectional Engineers and the other from the cadre of Statistical
Officers (Class II). Other posts may be manned by hiring persons on contract
basis. An M&E Consultant will be appointed as per requirements. Once the M&E
System is properly established, officers of MJP and WSSO will be trained to
maintain it. On completion of the project, the M&E System will be handed over
to MJP/WSSO for maintenance in future.

Page 298 of 455

 ANNEXURE 19: Program Results Framework
Program Development Objective: to improve the performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of its Rural Water
Supply and Sanitation program and to improve access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Target Values (Cumulative,

Data Source/
PDO Level Results unless indicated otherwise) Responsibility for
Unit of Measure Baseline Frequency
Core

DLI
Indicators Data Collection
Methodology
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6

PDO Indicator 1:
Review of district
Number of districts using annual plans;
improved planning ☐ ☐ No. of districts 0 0 0 6 15 24 33 Annual WSSO
Review of annual
processes and
performance
strengthened M&E
reports
systems

PDO Indicator 2:

Percentage of completed
rural water supply
schemes that followed
GoM’s demand Annual
% of rural water
☐ ☐ 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Annual performance WSSO
responsive approach and supply schemes
reports
exited the
implementation process
with a schedule
performance index of
between 0.75 and 1.25

Page 299 of 455

Program Development Objective: to improve the performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of its Rural Water Supply
and Sanitation program and to improve access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Target Values (Cumulative, unless indicated otherwise) Data Source/ Responsibility

Frequency for Data
PDO Level Results Unit of
Baseline Methodology Collection

Core

DLI
Indicators Measure
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6

PDO Indicator 3:
Technical
Number of people in
field visits,
peri-urban villages
review of
who are connected
No. of MJP reports;
to a sustainable ☒ ☐ 0 0 0 85,120 170,240 255,355 340,000 Annual MJP
people annual
water supply system
performance
and
reports and
receive a regular user survey
water service

PDO Indicator 4: Technical

field visits,
Number of people in
water-stressed and
No. of District RWS
water quality- ☒ ☐ 0 0 203,000 365,000 471,000 0 0 Annual
people Annual division
affected areas who
have access to a safe performance
drinking water reports and
source user survey

Page 300 of 455

Program Development Objective: to improve the performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of its Rural Water
Supply and Sanitation program and to improve access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Target Values (Cumulative, unless indicated otherwise) Responsi

Data
-bility
Freque- Source/
for Data
PDO Level Results Unit of ncy Methodolo-
Core

DLI Baseline Collectio

Indicators Measure gy
-n
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6

Intermediate Results Area 1: Strengthened Sector Planning and Monitoring

Intermediate Actions Existin WSSD has WSSD has Strengthe Strengthe Strengthe WSSD Annual Review of RSPMU
Results Indicator to g M&E identified designed ned M&E ned M&E ned M&E carries out WSSO / WSSO
1: Strengthened strength system sector-wide and tested system is system is system is a review reports;
M&E system for en the is M&E needs the fully fully fully of annual
the sector M&E limited and strengthen implement implement implement implement performance
system in formulated ed M&E ed in at ed in at ed in all ation of reports; CEO
scope a plan for system least 10 least 20 30districts the letters to
and is developing districts districts strengthen WSSD
not a ed M&E
☐ ☒
fully strengthen- system
used ed M&E and
consist system, identifies
ently which can required
across be changes
the implement and future
state ed across needs
Maha-
rashtra

Page 301 of 455

Program Development Objective: to improve the performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of its Rural Water Supply
and Sanitation program and to improve access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Target Values (Cumulative, unless indicated otherwise) Responsi

Data
-bility
Freque Source/
for Data
PDO Level Results Unit of ncy Methodolo-
Core

DLI

Baseline Collectio
Indicators Measure gy
-n
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6

Intermediate Actions Existing WSSD WSSD At least 6 At least 15 At least 24 All 33 Annual Review of RSPMU/
Results Indicator to planning prepares develops districts districts districts districts district WSSO
2: Improved improve processes and and are using are using are using are using annual
sector planning planning lack publishes dissemina the the the improved plans
process for the processes strategic a five-year tes tools improved improved improved planning
sector orientation sector and planning planning planning framework
strategic guidelines framewor framework framework and are
plan for k and are and are and are producing
improving producing producing producing annual
☐ ☐
the annual annual annual action
quality action action action plans that
and plans that plans that plans that are
consistenc are are are consistent
y of consistent consistent consistent with
district with with with sector
annual sector sector sector strategic
action strategic strategic strategic plan
plans plan plan plan

Page 302 of 455

Page 303 of 455
 Program Development Objective: to improve the performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of its Rural Water Supply and
Sanitation program and to improve access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Target Values (Cumulative, Responsi-

Data
unless indicated otherwise) bility for

Core

DLI
PDO Level Results Indicators Unit of Measure Baseline Frequency Source/
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Data
Methodology
Collection
Intermediate Results Area 2: Improved Capacity for Program Implementation

Intermediate Results % of sanctioned An average of 20% of 75 75 75 75 75 75 Annual Review of RSPMU/

Indicator 3: staff maintained, sanctioned positions reports WSSO,
trained and remains vacant in key prepared by
Strengthened capacity of key equipped every sector institutions and WSSO,
sector institutions ☐ ☒ year in key sector there is no needs-based interviews
institutions (as per Capacity Develop-ment with staff
Annual Capacity Plan
Development Plan
for the sector)

% of rural water GoM’s demand responsive 15 20 25 30 35 40 Annual Review of WSSO

supply scheme approach is not followed reports
Intermediate Results
consistently across the prepared by
Indicator 4: state WSSO;
Percentage of rural water review of
☐ ☐
annual
supply schemes that follow
performance
GoM’s demand responsive
reports
approach
prepared by
districts

Page 304 of 455

Program Development Objective: to improve the performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of its Rural Water
Supply and Sanitation program and to improve access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Target Values (Cumulative, unless

Responsibil
Unit of indicated otherwise) Data Source/

Core

DLI
PDO Level Results Indicators Baseline Frequency -ity for Data
Measure Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Methodology
Collection

Intermediate Results Review of reports

Indicator 5: prepared by WSSO;
review of annual
☐ ☐ % of GPs 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Annual WSSO
Percentage of GPs that are performance
using sustainable O&M reports prepared
mechanisms by districts

Technical field
GSDA,
Intermediate Results visits; review of
No. of aquifer
Indicator 6: No. of AWMIs ☐ ☐ 6 0 10 15 20 25 30 Annual reports prepared
AWMIs management
successfully implemented by GSDA; and user
associations
survey

Intermediate Results
Indicator 7:
☐ ☐ % of GPs 10 10 15 20 25 35 40 Annual Household survey WSSO
Percentage of GPs that
maintain ODF status

Page 305 of 455

Program Development Objective: to improve the performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of its Rural Water Supply
and Sanitation program and to improve access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Target Values (Cumulative, unless indicated otherwise) Responsibil

Data Source/
Frequency ity for Data
PDO Level Results Unit of Methodology

Core

DLI
Baseline Collection
Indicators Measure
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6
Intermediate Results Area 3: Improved Access to Quality and Sustainable Water and Sanitation services in Peri-urban Villages
Intermediate Technical field
Results Indicator visits, review of
No. of
8: MJP reports;
house
☒ ☒ 0 0 0 17,024 34,048 51,071 68,095 Annual annual MJP, IVA
No. of house connecti
performance
connections to a ons
reports and
commissioned water user survey
supply system
Intermediate
Results Indicator
9: Technical field
visits, review of
No. of houses No. of
MJP reports;
connections to a house
☒ ☒ 0 0 0 0 17,024 34,048 51,071 Annual annual MJP, IVA
sustainable water connecti
performance
supply system ons
reports and
receiving a regular
user survey
water service

Intermediate Technical field

No. of
Results Indicator visits, review of
house MJP,
10: ☐ ☐ 0 0 0 0 17,024 34,048 51,071 Annual MJP reports;
connecti RSPMU
annual
No. of houses ons performance
connections to reports and

Page 306 of 455

Program Development Objective: to improve the performance of Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and monitoring of its Rural Water Supply
and Sanitation program and to improve access to quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water quality-affected areas.

Target Values (Cumulative, unless indicated otherwise) Responsibil

Data Source/
Frequency ity for Data
PDO Level Results Unit of Methodology

Core

DLI
Baseline Collection
Indicators Measure
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6
sustainable sullage user survey
collection and safe
disposal system

Intermediate Results Area 4: Improved Access to Safe Water Drinking Water in Water-stressed and Water Quality-affected Areas

Intermediate
Technical field
Results Indicator No. of visits, and
11: ☒ ☐ 0 0 250 450 580 -- -- Annual WSSD, IVA
CSSWS household
survey
No. of CSSWSs

Page 307 of 455

 ANNEXURE 20: Disbursement-Linked Indicator Matrix

DLI Total As % of Indicative Timeline for DLI Achievement

Financing Total
Allocated Financing Year or Year or Year or Year or Year or Year or
DLI Baseline
to DLI Amount Period 1 Period 2 Period 3 Period 4 Period 5 Period 6
(USM)
DLI#1: 34 21% Existing M&E WSSD has WSSD has Strengthened Strengthened Strengthened WSSD carries
Strengthened system is identified designed and M&E system M&E system M&E system out a review of
M&E system for limited in sector-wide tested the is fully is fully is fully implementation
the sector scope and is M&E needs strengthened implemented implemented implemented of the
not fully used and has M&E system in at least 10 in at least 20 in at least 30 strengthened
consistently formulated a districts districts districts M&E system and
across the plan for identifies
state developing a required
strengthened changes and
M&E system, future needs
which can be
implemented
across
Maharashtra.

Allocated 1.0 15.0 15.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

amount for
DLI#1
DLI#2: (US$ 36 22% An average of
million):
Strengthened 20% of
capacity of key sanctioned
sector positions
institutions remains 75 75 75 75 75 75
(percentage of vacant in key
sanctioned staff sector
maintained, institutions
trained and and there is
equipped every no needs-

Page 308 of 455

DLI Total As % of Indicative Timeline for DLI Achievement
Financing Total
Allocated Financing Year or Year or Year or Year or Year or Year or
DLI Baseline
to DLI Amount Period 1 Period 2 Period 3 Period 4 Period 5 Period 6
(USM)
year in key based
sector capacity
institutions as development
per the Annual plan
Capacity
Development
Plan)

Allocated
amount for
6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
DLI# 2 (US$
million):

DLI#3: No. of
house
connections to a
commissioned 40 24% 0 0 0 17,024 34,048 51,071 68,095
water supply
system (targets
are cumulative)

Allocated
amount for 0 0 10 10 10 10
DLI#3 (US$
million):

Page 309 of 455

DLI Total As % of Indicative Timeline for DLI Achievement
Financing Total
Allocated Financing Year or Year or Year or Year or Year or Year or
DLI Baseline
to DLI Amount Period 1 Period 2 Period 3 Period 4 Period 5 Period 6
(USM)
DLI#4: No. of
house
connections to a
sustainable
water supply 25 15% 0 0 0 0 17,024 34,048 51,071
system
receiving a
regular water
service (targets
are cumulative)
Allocated
amount for
0 0 0 12.5 6.25 6.25
DLI#4(US$
million):

DLI#5: No. of
30 18% 0 0 250 450 580
CSSWS (targets
are cumulative)
Allocated
amount for
0 12.93 10.35 6.72 0.00 0.00
DLI#5 (US$
million):

Total
Financing 165 100% 7.00 33.93 41.35 36.22 23.25 23.25
Allocated (US$
million)

Page 310 of 455

Page 311 of 455
 ANNEXURE 21: DLI Verification Protocol
No. DLI Definition/
Description of Achievement
1 DLI#1:  In Year 1, disbursements will be
Strengthened M&E triggered when WSSD has defined
system for the sector-wide M&E needs and
sector develops an implementation plan
for a strengthened M&E system.
 In Year 2, disbursements will be
triggered when WSSD designs and
tests the strengthened M&E system.
 In Years 3, 4 and 5, disbursements
will be triggered when the
strengthened M&E system is fully
implemented in at least 10, 20 and
all 30 districts, respectively,
 In Year 6, disbursements will be
triggered when WSSD carries out a
review of implementation of the
strengthened M&E system and
identifies required changes and
future needs.
Scalability of Protocol to Evaluate Achievement of the DLI and Data/Result Verification
Disbursements Data Source/Agency Verification Procedure
(Yes/No) Entity
 In Period 1 and 2, RSPMU/WSSO to
prepare annual progress reports on
No RSPMU/WSSO Independent M&E needs identification and
external entity system design and testing.
to be  In Period 3-6, full implementation
contracted by of a strengthened M&E system will
WSSD be judged when the district CEO of
the ZP provides a letter confirming
that: (i) the system has been
installed and is functional as per
requirements and specifications; (ii)
training has been undertaken; (iii) a
team has been appointed at the
district which will be in charge of
the M&E system, and that it has
verified all previous year’s data in
the system; and (iv) at least one
annual performance report has
been prepared and submitted to
WSSD covering the minimum set of
indicators outlined above, together
with a short narrative on any
performance shortfalls and an
action plan to address the shortfalls.
Page 312 of 455
No. DLI Definition/ Scalability of Protocol to Evaluate Achievement of the DLI and Data/Result Verification
Description of Achievement Disbursements Data Source/Agency Verification Procedure
(Yes/No) Entity

A strengthened M&E system is one

that is able to capture and analyze,
either in an integrated fashion or in
separate modules, a minimum set of
indicators on: (i) sector performance
including the number of water
schemes constructed; number of
people/habitations that are fully
covered with improved water
sources, number of household
connections; per capita investment
costs, functionality of water schemes;
hours of service and water quality;
number of households having access
to a toilet, number of GPs attaining
and sustaining ODF and clean status,
etc.; (ii) fiduciary performance
including budget variance, time
efficiency of funds flow, timeliness of
recording actual expenditures and
account reconciliations, average
length of procurement processes,
number of bidders and bid
responsiveness, processing time for
contractor payments; and (iii)
project/contract management
performance including schedule and
cost performance of rural water
schemes.

Page 313 of 455

No. DLI Definition/ Scalability of Protocol to Evaluate Achievement of the DLI and Data/Result Verification
Description of Achievement Disbursements Data Source/Agency Verification Procedure
(Yes/No) Entity
2 DLI#2: Strengthened capacity will be judged  RSPMU/WSSO to prepare annual
Strengthened by the following: (i) In each fiscal progress report on capacity
capacity of year, WSSD achieves staffing levels in Yes, but time- RSPMU/WSSO Independent strengthening activities.
Maharashtra’s key its key sector institutions (WSSO, bound (i.e., external entity  Heads of each unit/agency to
sector institutions DWSM cell, and BRCs) at an average every fiscal year to be provide letters confirming that: (i)
level of up to 75% of Sanctioned during the contracted by staffing levels in the key sector
Positions during the Program period Program ) WSSD institutions have been maintained at
across the state; and (ii) WSSD an average of 75% of Sanctioned
prepares and implements an Annual Positions at all times during the
Capacity Development Plan focused Program; (ii) a balanced set of
on developing staff individual capacity development activities
competencies and collective focusing on individual competencies
capabilities. and collective capabilities
(resources, tools and assets) are
A Capacity Development Plan is planned and implemented during
one that is based on a balanced the year.
assessment of the capacity
 Independent verification entity to
development needs of key sector
carry out a desk review of progress
institutions (WSSO, DWSM and
reports and letters submitted by the
BRCs). The capacity development
unit/agency heads, and may visit a
plan must not only focus on
random sample of 5% of the units to
individual staff training, but must
verify the reports.
address a combination of individual
 In year-1, the average shall be
competencies and collective
counted from July 01, 2014 to
capabilities (resources, tools and
March 31, 2015 (since the target
assets) that would enable each
agreed at negotiations for
agency/unit to perform its functions
completion of staff recruitment is
effectively and efficiently.
June 30, 2014)

Page 314 of 455

No. DLI Definition/ Scalability of Protocol to Evaluate Achievement of the DLI and Data/Result Verification
Description of Achievement Disbursements Data Source/Agency Verification Procedure
(Yes/No) Entity
3 DLI#3: No. of A household water connection will be Reports from MJP; Independent  MJP to prepare implementation
house connections eligible to count towards the physical physical survey and external entity progress reports on roll-out of
to a commissioned targets if the connection is made to a Yes inspection of a to be household connections in peri-
water supply commissioned water supply system sample of contracted by urban schemes
system Commissioned water supply connections WSSD  Independent verification entity to
system is one which is physically carry out physical inspection of a
completed and certified by the sample of no less than 5% of
responsible engineering officer connections per scheme in all
schemes

Page 315 of 455

No. DLI Definition/ Scalability of Protocol to Evaluate Achievement of the DLI and Data/Result Verification
Description of Achievement Disbursements Data Source/Agency Verification Procedure
(Yes/No) Entity
4 DLI#4: No. of A house water connection will be Yes Reports from MJP; Independent  MJP to prepare annual operational
house connections eligible to count towards the physical physical survey and external entity performance reports for all schemes
to a sustainable targets if the connection is made to a inspection of a to be  Independent verification entity to
water supply sustainable water supply system with sample of contracted by carry out physical inspection of a
system receiving a regular water service and minimum connections WSSD sample of no less than 5% of
regular water water quality standards. connections per scheme in all
service Sustainable water supply systems are schemes, as well as household
those which are being operated surveys to validate operational
under a formal management model; performance parameters.
have 100% household meters
installed; have a net revenue from
water tariffs and/or GoM subsidies
that is sufficient to cover at least the
O&M costs of the system.
Regular water service means
continuity of water supply meeting
minimum water quality standard for
at least 8 hours per day at a minimum
pressure of 7.0 m at predetermined
points in the distribution network for
no less than 300 days in a year,
unless the service area is declared a
drought-affected zone.
Minimum water quality standard
means the water quality complies
with GoM’s water quality standards.

Page 316 of 455

No. DLI Definition/ Scalability of Protocol to Evaluate Achievement of the DLI and Data/Result Verification
Description of Achievement Disbursements Data Source/Agency Verification Procedure
(Yes/No) Entity
5 DLI# 5. No. of A scheme is eligible to be counted as Yes Reports from ZP; Independent  ZP to prepare implementation
CSSWS a community safe and secure water physical survey and external entity progress reports on the
system, if all the following conditions inspection of a to be implementation of schemes,
are satisfied: sample of systems contracted by processes used and completion and
WSSD handing over status.
(i) The system is located in an area  Independent verification entity to
that is categorized as water- carry out physical inspection of a
stressed or water quality- sample of no less than 5% of
affected area, in accordance with systems in each district.
established GoM criteria
(ii) The system delivers portable
drinking water as per GoM’s
minimum water quality
standards
(iii) The system provides a minimum
quantity of safe drinking water
as per GoM/GoI norms for water-
stressed and water-quality
affected areas
(iv) The system was implemented in
line with GoM’s demand-
responsive approach
(v) A formal management model
decided by the GP is functioning
as per the O&M guidelines
established by WSSD.

Page 317 of 455

 ANNEXURE 22: Bank Disbursement Table

DLI Bank Of which Financing Deadline Minimum DLI Maximum DLI Determination of Financing
Financing Available for for DLI Value to be Value(S) Expected Amount to be Disbursed Against
Allocated Achievem Achieved To to be Achieved for Achieved and Verified DLI Value(S)
No. to the DLI ent Trigger World Bank
Prior Advances
Disbursements Disbursements
results
of World Bank Purposes
Financing

1 DLI#1: 34 0 0 Results Disbursements Full implementation  In Period 1 of Program

Strengthe will be will be of strengthened implementation, US$1 million
ned M&E verified triggered on M&E system in 30 may be made available by the
system annually verified districts and Bank for withdrawal by the
Recipient when WSSD has defined
for the and achievement of evaluation of the
sector-wide M&E needs and
sector reported all actions in implementation developed an implementation plan
in the any Year or process to identify for a strengthened M&E system
month of Period required changes  In Period 2 of Program
March and future needs implementation, US$15 million
may be made available by the Bank
for withdrawal by the Recipient
when WSSD has designed and
tested the strengthened M&E
system.
 In Period 3 of Program
implementation, an amount of
US$15 million may be made
available by the Bank for
withdrawal by the Recipient when
the strengthened M&E system is
fully implemented at least
10districts.

Page 318 of 455

 DLI Bank Of which Financing Deadline Minimum DLI Maximum DLI Determination of Financing
Financing Available for for DLI Value to be Value(S) Expected Amount to be Disbursed Against
Allocated Achievem Achieved To to be Achieved for Achieved and Verified DLI Value(S)
No. to the DLI ent Trigger World Bank
Prior Advances
Disbursements Disbursements
results
of World Bank Purposes
Financing

 In Period 4 of Program
implementation, US$1 million
may be made available by the Bank
for withdrawal by the Recipient
when the strengthened M&E
system is fully implemented at
least 20 districts.
 In Period 5 of Program
implementation, US$1 million
may be made available by the Bank
for withdrawal by the Recipient
when the strengthened M&E
system is fully implemented at
least 30 districts
 In Period 6 of Program
implementation, US$1million may
be made available by the Bank for
withdrawal by the Recipient when
WSSD has carried out an
evaluation of the implementation
Process for the M&E system and
identified required changes and
future needs.

Page 319 of 455

 DLI Bank Of which Financing Deadline Minimum DLI Maximum DLI Determination of Financing
Financing Available for for DLI Value to be Value(S) Expected Amount to be Disbursed Against
Allocated Achievem Achieved To to be Achieved for Achieved and Verified DLI Value(S)
No. to the DLI ent Trigger World Bank
Prior Advances
Disbursements Disbursements
results
of World Bank Purposes
Financing

2 DLI#2: 36 0 0 Results Disbursements Maintenance ofFor each 1% of sanctioned staff that

Strengthe will be will be staffing levels at anWSSD has maintained, trained and
ned verified triggered on average of 75% equipped every year in key sector
capacity annually verified sanctioned positions institutions (WSSO, DWSM and
of key and achievement of in WSSO, DWSM and BRCs) as per the annual capacity
sector reported all actions in BRCs at all times in development plan, an amount of
institutio in the each calendar each calendar year; US$80,000 per such 1% of
ns month of year and implementing sanctioned staff (up to a cap of 75%)
March an may be made available by the
Association for withdrawal by the
annual Capacity Recipient
Building Plan
If one or more of these actions are
not achieved in one or more
calendar years, the corresponding
amount for that calendar year will
not be disbursed.

Page 320 of 455

 DLI Bank Of which Financing Deadline Minimum DLI Maximum DLI Determination of Financing
Financing Available for for DLI Value to be Value(S) Expected Amount to be Disbursed Against
Allocated Achievem Achieved To to be Achieved for Achieved and Verified DLI Value(S)
No. to the DLI ent Trigger World Bank
Prior Advances
Disbursements Disbursements
results
of World Bank Purposes
Financing

3 DLI#3: 40 0 40 Results DLI value must 68,095 For each house connection that is
No. of will be be greater than made to a commissioned water
house verified zero supply system, an amount of
connectio annually US$587 per connection may be
ns to a and made available by the World Bank
commissi reported for withdrawal by the Recipient
oned in the
water month of
supply March
4 DLI#4:
system 25 0 0 Results DLI value must 68,095 For each house connection to a
No. of will be be greater than sustainable water supply system and
housecon verified zero receiving regular water service, an
nections annually amount of US$367 per connection
to a and may be made available by the World
sustainab reported Bank for withdrawal by the
le water in the Recipient
supply month of
system March
and
receiving
a regular
water
service

Page 321 of 455

 DLI Bank Of which Financing Deadline Minimum DLI Maximum DLI Determination of Financing
Financing Available for for DLI Value to be Value(S) Expected Amount to be Disbursed Against
Allocated Achievem Achieved To to be Achieved for Achieved and Verified DLI Value(S)
No. to the DLI ent Trigger World Bank
Prior Advances
Disbursements Disbursements
results
of World Bank Purposes
Financing

5 DLI# 5. 30 0 0 Results DLI value must 580 For each community safe and secure
No. of will be be greater than water system, an amount of
CSSWS verified zero US$51,724 may be made available
annually by the World Bank for withdrawal
and by the Recipient
reported
in the
month of
March

Page 322 of 455

Page 323 of 455
 ANNEXURE 23: Definitions of the achievement of each DLI

DLI 1 relates to the establishment of integrated monitoring and evaluation

system for the RWSS sector, commissioning of different modules at different
stages of the program period and training/capacity building of M&E manpower.
The first DLI is action based, which means that payments will be made in
proportion to the achievement of activities as defined.

DLI 2 relates to the capacity building of sector institutions. The disbursement

will be made after ensuring that on an average 75% sanctioned positions at all
levels are filled and need-based annual capacity building plans are prepared
and implemented. DLI 2 is action based, which means that disbursements will
be made in proportion to achievements.

DLI 3 relates to number of house connections to a commissioned water supply

percentage of new rural water supply schemes completed with schedule
performance index of between 0.75-1.25. Here, disbursement will be linear
scalable and proportionate to achievements.

DLI 4 relates to number of household connections to a sustainable water

supply system and receiving a regular water service (for at least 8 hours per
day at a minimum pressure of 7.0 m at predetermined point in the distribution
network for no less than 300 days in a year) and minimum standards. Here also,
disbursement of funds will be linear, scalable and proportionate to
achievements.

DLI 5 relates to number of community safe and secure water system (CSSWS),
in water stressed or water quality affected areas receiving regular water supply
with minimum water quality standards. In this DLI also, disbursement of funds
will be linear, scalable and proportionate to achievements.

Page 324 of 455

Page 325 of 455
 ANNUXURE 24: Indicators for Social Management

1. Social development processes have several intricacies. Social

development will be monitored using following indicators. Data regarding these
indicators will be collected periodically and will be analysed to find the
outcomes of the processes.

 Efficiency
 Inclusiveness
 Transparency
 Managing their own funds
 Mobilizing Peoples contribution
 Aquifer level commission established within PY1
 Increase in access to clean water and sanitation services by poorest
households in each GP.
 Improved household perception in the access to water and sanitation
services.
 Community satisfaction on sub project implementation.
 Increased ownership of sub project assets.
 Increased willingness by communities to maintain sub project assets.
 Increased transparency of project information at community level.
 Number of GPs planning, implementing and managing sustainable
service delivery to GPs.
 Number of VWSCs managing operating and maintaining facilities.
 Improved community perception of Gram Sabhas and GPs.
 Number of tribal (indigenous people) VWSC managing O&M and
collecting cash contributions.
 Village action plans and sanitation facilities constructed and
operational.
 Decrease in number of complaints about quality of water, inexistence or
poor state of facilities and constraints in accessing them.
 Number of village action plans completed in time and operational.
 Number of VWSC trained and effectively conducting O&M Operations.
 Number of VWSCs managing, convening meetings and consultations on
key issues.
 Numbers of VWSCs prepare WSS proposals meeting the appraisal
criteria.
 No of MIS reports on grievance redressal generated.

Page 326 of 455

Disclosure

2. Following information will be disclosed by the Gram Panchayat:

 Minutes of Gramsabha and other village level committees.
 Technical details of schemes sanctioned (designs, plans, estimates etc.).
 Constitution of Social Audit Committee, its minutes and
findings/observations.
 Grievance Redressal Mechanism.
 Fund releases to VWSCs.
 Copies of relevant MBs and bills.
 Audit Reports.

Page 327 of 455

 ANNEXURE 25: Format for Voluntary Donation of Land

Voluntary Donation of Land on INR. 10/- Stamp Paper

1. This deed of voluntary donation is made and executed on ............................

day of ...................………. between Shri/Smt ...............................................S/o
W/o……………………….. Age………… Occupation …………………………………….
resident of ......................................................................... herein after called the
“Title holder / Encroacher” on one part. This expression shall mean and
include his legal representatives, successors – in-interest, heirs,
assignees, nominees etc.

AND

Sri. ………………………………..……. S/o …………………………….. Aged…………

Designation……………………………. herein after called the “ Recipient”
which term denotes to “for and on behalf of Water Supply and Sanitation
Department, Government of Maharashtra” on the other part and shall
mean and include his successors –in-office, nominees and assignees etc.

2. Whereas, the details of the Location of the land are given below:
Location Details
Village
Gram Panchayat
Block/ Taluka
District
Title Holder/ Encroacher Details
Name of Title Holder/Encroacher
Father/ Husband’s Name of Title
Holder/Encroacher
Age occupation Residence
Gender
Schedule -Land Details/Structure
Land in Question
Area
Location
North Boundary
East Boundary
West Boundary
South Boundary

3. Whereas the Title Holder is presently using/ holds the transferable right
of the above mentioned piece of land in the village mentioned above.
Whereas the Encroacher does not hold any transferable rights of the

Page 328 of 455

 above mentioned piece of land in the village mentioned above but have
been a long standing encroacher dependent on its usufruct hereditarily.
4. Whereas the Title Holder/Encroacher testifies that the land is free of
encumbrances and not subject to other claims/ claimants.
5. Whereas the Title Holder/Encroacher hereby voluntarily surrenders the
land/structure without any type of pressure, influence or coercion what
so ever directly or indirectly and hereby surrender all his/her subsisting
rights in the said land with free will and intention.
6. Whereas the Recipient shall construct and develop water supply and
sanitation infrastructure and take all possible precautions to avoid
damage to adjacent land/structure/other assets.
7. Whereas both the parties agree that the infrastructure so constructed/
developed shall be for the public purpose.
8. Whereas the provisions of this agreement will come into force from the
date of signing of this agreement.

Signature of Title Signature of

Holder/Encroacher Tahsildar
Name of Title Name of
Holder/Encroacher Tahsildar
Date Date
Identified by
1.
2.
Witnesses
Signature of VWSC President
VWSC President Name
Signature of Gram Panchayat
President
Gram Panchayat President Name
Signature of Village Secretary
Name of Village Secretary
Signature of NGO Representative
Name of NGO Representative
Signature of WSSD Engineer
Name of WSSD Engineer

Page 329 of 455

 ANNEXURE 26: Step-by-step Social Management Procedures
Sub-Project Scheme Cycle

The purpose is to provide step by step action required within a given timeline
to plan and execute a scheme which is technically, environmentally and socially
feasible and before withdrawal formulating strategy to institutionalize O&M
arrangement to achieve “sustainability. Complete sub-project cycle is designed
to ensure that it is in compliance with the rules and procedures agreed upon for
the “Program”.

1. Drinking Water and Sullage treatment in Peri-Urban GPs (Detailed Sub-

Project scheme Cycle for Peri-Urban schemes is given in Annexure 27)

 Pre-Planning Stage – Engineering Consultancy engaged for preparing

DPRs will be responsible for technical category of the reform package
which includes undertaking or setting up systems on - Water Audit,
Energy Audit, Computer Billing, Bulk Metering, Consumer Survey, GIS
mapping, Hydraulic Modelling, Grievance Redressal, Industrial and
Commercial metering and Sanitation Action Plan and coordination for
this with various stakeholders. The support agency will (i) assess
availability of government land and likely cost of land, if required, to be
purchased and (ii) identify households who do not have access to water
and sanitation.

 Planning stage - Field units of RWS Div./MJP and SO will provide

extension services at GP level; prepare draft plans through participatory
process for the GP and prioritise the needs of Women and prepare one
Village Action Plan. The Social Audit Committee will audit the plans on
indicators that cover inclusion, participation and transparency and share
its findings in Gram Sabha. Reports will be submitted to DWSM and
Executive Engineer, RWS Div. /MJP. If found inadequate, Draft Village
Action Plan will be revised accordingly. Subsequently, the plan will be
approved in Mahila Gram Sabha followed by Gram Sabha. This Plan will
be submitted for appraisal to DWSM. If the plans are in compliance, these
will be submitted to state. If the cost of scheme is less than Rs 7.5 Cr, it
will be implemented by the RWS Div., ZP and if cost is more than Rs. 7.5
Cr, it will be implemented by MJP.
 Implementation stage- RWS Div./MJP will be responsible for
implementation. Social Audit Committee will carry out expenditure
tracking corresponding to civil works for quality control. The findings of
SAC will be shared in Gram Sabha meetings and reports will be shared
with DWSM cell and Executive Engineer concerned. Similarly, if the cost
of schemes is less than Rs 2.0 Cr, GP will be responsible for
implementation through its sub-committee VWSC and SAC will be

Page 330 of 455

 responsible for expenditure tracking corresponding to civil works. The
findings will be shared in Gram Sabha meetings and reports will be
shared with DWSM cell.
 Post Implementation – An O&M plan will be finalised for each GP. The
annual plans will detail out revenue stream and expenditure that is
based on the principles of inclusion and participation. The Social Audit
Committee will audit the implementation of plan, share findings in Gram
Sabha and submit report to DWSM cell.

2. Details of Scheme cycle after Pre-Planning

(i) Planning Stage
 Information Dissemination through various tools about the objective,
scope, implementing partners, roles and responsibilities, rules of
engagement and expected outcomes at ward and GP level.
 Social mobilization at ward level, group formation, facilitating election or
nomination of members of VWSC, WDC and SAC, organizing Gram Sabha
and Mahila Gram Sabha and conduct regular meetings.
 Orientation training to members of different Committees.
 Exposure visits to successful schemes that are operating on principles of
24X7, with water meters installed for all users and having 100%
collection of user charges.
 Open bank accounts.
 Collection of public contribution. Members of the poor families and wage
earners can contribute towards capital cost through labour contribution.
 PRA exercise at Ward level to collect information on problems,
identification of vulnerable population, available resources to prioritise
and select the most appropriate technically and environmentally feasible
option that is affordable and sustainable.
 Training on preparation of Village action Plan.
 Initial set of possible sources and solutions for drinking water as well as
sanitation will be discussed in detail with the community to provide all
relevant information about the choices.
 The community will be guided with information like cost for initial
investment, cost for operation and maintenance, environmental
suitability, ease of maintenance and management etc.
 Details of various options available for different field situations will be
elaborated in the technical manual.
 Preparing Draft Action plan that consist of water supply source
strengthening and sanitation.
 Organise Mahila Gram Sabha to prioritise women needs on water and
sanitation.
 Prepare Draft Village Action Plan that collates information from ward
level plans and women needs.

Page 331 of 455

Broadly the Village Action Plan will include
 List of beneficiary households including disaggregated information on
SC, ST, OBC, Women Headed, BPL, minority households.
 Technical details of available water supply
 Design to augment the existing assets including source strengthening.
 Disaggregated data on social composition of proposed beneficiary
household
 List of households, contributions and amount.
 Disaggregated data of public contribution on social composition
 Technical manual to guide the costing
 Agreement on metering at household level
 Agreement on fixed user charges at household level
 Agreement on O&M arrangements
 Details on land management with complete information in the
prescribed formats.
 Total cost of the scheme, services of technical consultants, auditors and
other technical assistance services.
 VWSC will support technical team to prepare Draft VAP.
 Dissemination of information about the VAP will be done at ward level
and in Mahila Gramsabha.
 Mahila Gramsabha will be organized to review the Draft VAP
 Social Audit of Draft VAP will be done and report will be shared in Gram
Sabha.
 Final Draft VAP including endorsement by Mahila Gram Sabha and
report of Social Audit included in VAP and endorsed by Gram Sabha.
 Establish agreed mechanism for collection of grievances
 Gram Sabha organises to address grievances, process is documented and
report submitted to DWSM.

(ii) Sanction stage -

The administrative and technical approvals, for different sub-projects, will be
given as mentioned below...
No Cost (Rs) Administrative Technical Implementing
Approval Sanction Agency
1 Upto 50 Lakhs GramSabha EE VWSC
2 50-750 Lakhs DWSM Upto 2 Cr EE VWSC
above 2-7.5 Cr SE
3 Above 750 GoM CE (MJP) MJP
Lakhs

(iii) Implementation stage-

 Meetings for information dissemination of final approved plan and
display of information at prominent places.
 Display of information of contractors, detailed break-up of cost, etc.

Page 332 of 455

  Training of VWSC members on implementation plan.
 Training of Social Audit Committee on expenditure tracking and
project monitoring.
 GP will be responsible to make land available according to the
agreement reached during the planning stage. This will require
transfer of ownership in revenue records.
 Procurement of goods above Rs 1 Lakh and works above 5 lakh will be
procured through E-Tendring process.
 Implementation of civil works will be according to the technical
manual
 Social Audit Committee will carry out expenditure tracking
corresponding with civil works and share information in Gram Sabha
meetings.
 Gram sabha meetings will address grievances, document proceedings
and submit to DWSM.
 Social Audit Committee will audit whether excluded households have
access to services and share findings in Gram Sabha meetings,
document it and submit the report to DWSM.
(iv) Post Implementation (Operation and Maintenance)-
 Orientation of VWSC members on O&M.
 Exposure visit to schemes that are successfully managed by GPs.
 Training to prepare O&M strategy.
 Finalise agreement on O&M strategy that clearly defines roles and
responsibilities; quantum and duration of water availability; user
charges; overhead costs–salary, electricity, water treatment, etc.;
likely annual maintenance cost.
 Implement the O&M strategy.
 Reviewing implementation of O&M strategy to take corrective
measures.
 Collection of user fee to begin with commissioning of scheme.
 Gram Sabha meetings to address grievances, documented and report
submitted to DWSM.
 Social Audit Committee to audit quality of services being extended to
poor, ST, SC, BPL, minority and other vulnerable households,
document it and submit the report to DWSM.

The program activities in each phase will be completed in the time

indicated below:
S.No Phase Indicative timescale
1 Pre-planning phase 3 Months
2 Planning phase 9 Months
3 Implementation phase 24 Months
4 Operations & Maintenance Phase + Exit 6 Months
phase
Total 42 Months

Page 333 of 455

II B. Community Safe & Secure Water Supply Schemes Rain Water
Harvesting Structures and water quality interventions (Sub-Project Scheme
Cycle for Rain water Harvesting Structures is given in Annexure 28 & Sub-
Project Scheme Cycle for Water Quality interventions is given in Annexure 30)

 Planning – Field units of ZP will provide extension services to prepare draft

plans through participatory process for each habitation. Social Audit
Committee will audit the plans on indicators that cover inclusion,
participation and transparency and share its findings in Gram Sabha.
Reports will be submitted to DWSM. If found inadequate, Draft Plan will be
revised accordingly. Subsequently the plan will be approved in Mahila Gram
Sabha followed by Gram Sabha. This Plan will be submitted for appraisal to
DWSM. If the plans are in compliance, these will be submitted to the state.
 Implementation – Habitation of GP will be responsible for implementation
through its sub-committee VWSC and Social Audit Committee will be
responsible for expenditure tracking corresponding to civil works. Findings
will be shared in Gram Sabha meetings and reports will be shared with
DWSM.
 Post Implementation – An O&M plan will be finalised for each GP which will
include habitation level plans. Annual plans will detail out revenue stream
and expenditure that is based on the principles of inclusion and
participation. The Social Audit Committee will audit the implementation of
plan, share findings in Gram Sabha and submit report to DWSM.

Planning will include following-

 Information Dissemination through various tools about the objective, scope,
implementing partners, roles and responsibilities, rules of engagement and
expected outcomes at ward and GP level.
 Social mobilization at ward level, group formation, facilitating election or
nomination of members of VWSC, WDC and SAC and organizes Gram Sabha
and Mahila Gram Sabha and conduct regular meetings.
 Orientation training to members of committees
 Exposure visits to successful schemes.
 Open bank accounts
 Collection of public contribution. Members of poor families and wage
earners can contribute towards capital cost through labour contribution.
 PRA exercise at habitation level to collect information on problems,
identification of vulnerable population, available resources etc. to prioritise
and select the most appropriate technically and environmentally feasible
option that is affordable and sustainable.
 Training on preparation of Village Action Plan.

Page 334 of 455

 The initial set of possible sources and solutions for drinking water as well as
sanitation will be discussed in detail with the community to provide all
relevant information about the choices.
 The community will be guided with information like cost for initial
investment, cost for operation and maintenance, environmental suitability,
ease of maintenance and management etc.
 Details of various options available for different field situations will be
elaborated in the technical manual.
 Draft Action plans
 Organise Mahila Gram Sabha to prioritise women needs on water and
sanitation.
 Finalise the habitation level Plan that includes women needs.

Broadly the Village Action Plan will include

 List of beneficiary households including disaggregated information on SC,
ST, OBC, BPL, minority, Women Headed households.
 Technical details of the structure, location etc.
 List of households, contributions and amount.
 Disaggregated data of public contribution on social composition.
 Technical manual to guide the costing.
 Agreement on fixed user charges at household level.
 Agreement on O&M arrangements.
 Details on land management with complete information in the prescribed
formats.
• VWSC to support technical team to prepare Draft VAP.
• Disseminate information at ward level and Mahila Gram Sabha of plans.
• Mahila Gram Sabha organized to review the Draft VAP.
• Social Audit of Draft VAP and report shared in Gram Sabha.
• Final Draft VAP including endorsement by Mahila Gram Sabha and
report of Social Audit included in VAP and endorsed by Gram Sabha.
• Establish agreed mechanism for collection of grievances
• Gram Sabha organises to address grievances, process is documented
and report submitted to DWSM.

Page 335 of 455

Time line for Community Safe & secure WSS for Water Stressed Areas

S.No Phase Indicative timescale

1 Pre-planning phase 2 Months
2 Planning phase 4 Months
3 Implementation phase 12 Months
4 Operations & Maintenance Phase + Exit 6 Months
phase
Total 24 Months

Time line for Community Safe & Secure WSS for Water Quality Affected Areas

S.No Phase Indicative timescale

1 Pre-planning phase 3 Months
2 Planning phase 9 Months
3 Implementation phase 12 Months
4 Operations & Maintenance Phase + Exit 6 Months
phase
Total 30 Months

III. Aquifer Level Ground Water Management (Detailed Sub-Project Scheme Cycle
for Aquifer Level Groundwater Management is given in Annexure 29)

 Planning – Field units of GSDA and SO will provide extension services to

prepare draft plans through participatory process for each GP within the
aquifer. Social Audit Committee will audit the plans on indicators that cover
inclusion, participation and transparency and share its findings in Gram
Sabha. Reports will be submitted to DWSM. If found inadequate, Draft Plan
will be revised accordingly. Subsequently the plan will be approved in
Mahila Gram Sabha followed by Gram Sabha. This Plan will be submitted for
appraisal to DWSM. If the plans are in compliance, these will be submitted to
the GWMA and the state.
 Implementation – GP will be responsible for implementation through its
sub-committee VWSC and Social Audit Committee will be responsible for
expenditure tracking corresponding to civil works. Findings will be shared
in Gram Sabha meetings and reports will be shared with DWSM.
 Post Implementation – An O&M plan will be finalised for each GP which will
include Aquifer / watershed level plans. Annual plans will detail out revenue
stream and expenditure that is based on the principles of inclusion and
participation. The Social Audit Committee will audit the implementation of
plan, share findings in Gram Sabha and submit report to DWSM.

Page 336 of 455

Planning
 Information Dissemination through various tools about the objective, scope,
implementing partners, roles and responsibilities, rules of engagement and
expected outcomes at Aquifer / watershed and GP level.
 Social mobilization at ward level, group formation, facilitating election or
nomination of members of SAC and organizes Gram Sabha and Mahila Gram
Sabha, election of GWMA and conduct regular meetings.
 Orientation training to members of Committees
 Exposure visits to successful aquifer pilots.
 Open bank accounts
 Collection of public contribution. Members of poor families and wage
earners can contribute towards capital cost through labour contribution.
 PRA exercise at watershed/Aquifer level to collect information on problems,
identification of vulnerable population, available resources etc. to prioritise
and select the most appropriate technically and environmentally feasible
option that is affordable and sustainable.
 Training on preparation of Village Action Plan.
 The initial set of possible treatments/measures for aquifer water
management will be discussed in detail with the community to provide all
relevant information about the choices.
 The community will be guided with information like cost for initial
investment, cost for operation and maintenance, environmental suitability,
ease of maintenance and management etc.
 Details of various options available for different field situations will be
elaborated in the technical manual.
 Draft Action plans
 Organise Mahila Gram Sabha to prioritise women needs on water and
sanitation.
 Finalise the Plan that includes women needs.

Broadly the Village Action Plan will include

 List of beneficiary households including disaggregated information on SC,
ST, OBC, BPL, minority, Women Headed households
 Technical details of the structure, location etc.
 List of households, contributions and amount.
 Disaggregated data of public contribution on social composition
 Technical manual to guide the costing
 Agreement on fixed user charges at household level
 Agreement on O&M arrangements
 Details on land management with complete information in the prescribed
formats.
 Habitation to support technical team to prepare Draft VAP
 Disseminate information at ward level and Mahila Sabha of plans
 Mahila Sabha organized to review the Draft VAP

Page 337 of 455

 Social Audit of Draft VAP and report shared in Gram Sabha
 Final Draft VAP including endorsement by Mahila Gram Sabha and
report of Social Audit included in VAP and endorsed by Gram Sabha.
 Establish agreed mechanism for collection of grievances.
 Gram Sabha organises to address grievances, process is documented and
report submitted to DWSM.

Time line for Aquifer Level Ground Water Management

S.No Phase Indicative timescale
1 Pre-planning phase 3 Months
2 Planning phase 18 Months
3 Implementation phase 12 Months
4 Operations & Maintenance Phase + 3 Months
Exit phase
Total 36 Months

Page 338 of 455

Page 339 of 455
 ANNEXURE 27: Sub-Project scheme Cycle – Peri-Urban Water
supply and Sullage Schemes

Sr. Responsibilit
Activity Social Management Actions Timeline
No. y
A Pre-Planning Phase 3 Months
Support Hiring Support Organisation for the Dy. CEO,
1 Organisation District. Month 1
DWSM

Social Issue Advertisement for SDS hiring.

Month Dy. CEO,
2 Development SDS Hired. SDS Mobilized in selected
1-2 DWSM
specialist districts
Workshop at district level introducing
Month 1 RSPMU
program as a curtain raiser.
District wide IEC campaign launched
Month 1 IEC Sp., DWSM
for demand generation
Advertisement & wide publicity
Comprehensi- through electronic & print media Month 1 IEC Sp., DWSM
ve
3 Preparation of IEC material. Month 1 IEC Sp., DWSM
Communicati-
on Program Kick off IEC district wide campaign by
SOs in the project villages for demand Month 2 SO
generation.
Orientation to all GPs, Sarpanch and
other key officials for creating Month 2 DWSM
awareness.
GP with Peri-urban habitations passes
Resolving to resolution and expresses interest to
4 Month 2 GP
participate participate in the project. Gram Sabha
endorses the resolution
GPs prioritized based on selection
Month 2 ZP
Selecting GPs criteria.
with Peri-
5
urban GP/ Village selected.
Month 3 DWSM
habitations Approval of the Selection List

GP/ villages are informed of the

Selecting GPs selection of phase I.
with Peri- Disseminate Information about
Month 3 DWSM
urban selected GP/ Villages in Print and
habitations Electronic Media.

B Planning Phase 9 Months

OFA signed between ZP and GP.
Redressal of objections/ complaints/
1 Agreement Month 4 GP, ZP
grievances and considering
suggestions regarding project

Page 340 of 455

Sr. Responsibilit
Activity Social Management Actions Timeline
No. y
interventions.

Identification of User Groups.

Formation/
Motivation and Awareness to ensure
2 Revival of Month 4 SO
inclusion.
VWSC
Constitution or revival of VWSC
Meeting of VWSC
Recognition of GP passing resolution recognizing
3 Month 4 GP
VWSC VWSC and habitation level sub-
committees
Ward level representatives
Identified for formation of Committees
Formation of
4 Formation of Social Audit Committee Month 4 VWSC, SO
Committees
Formation of Women Development
Committee
VWSC with
5 Bank Account VWSC opens a Bank Account. Month 4
help of SO
Community Lane/ Ward/ Habitation/ Village/ GP
Month 5
6 Mobilization Level meetings for mobilization, PRA SO
onwards
for planning and documentation of these activities.
Agreement on technology options,
location of facilities, etc.
Technology VWSC meeting held and decision on DE, RWS Sub-
7 contributions taken. Month 6
Options Div/ MJP
Mahila Gram Sabha and Gram Sabha
endorse the decisions.

Selection &
Agreement with empanelled
Agreement for VWSC, GP,
8 Engineering consultant for preparation Month 6
preparation of MJP, ZP
of DPR
DPR
Identification of land for project
facilities.
In case of Government Land, transfer
Land for the same to project.
9 Project In case of direct purchase, register in Month 7 VWSC
facilities the name of GP.
In case of Voluntary Donation follow
and document the process as described
in the Annexure.
Mobilizing and sensitizing
Community
10 communities for contributions as per Month 7 SO
Contribution
Government policy

Page 341 of 455

Sr. Responsibilit
Activity Social Management Actions Timeline
No. y
Behaviour Awareness on hygiene and
Change environmental sanitation.
11 Month 7 SO
Communicatio Awareness creation activities at
n household/ ward level

Ward level meetings organized for

Detailed
preparation of ward level plans.
Project Report
Mahila Gram Sabha organised to
– Water
prioritise their needs. Month 7 SO
Supply and
GP level meetings organized to
12 Sullage
consolidate Ward Plans and include
Treatment
Women needs
including
necessary VWSC &
Reform works DPR is prepared Month 8 empanelled
agency
Audit on inclusion, transparency and
13 participation to ensure inclusion of all Month 9 SAC
stakeholders.
Discussion about DPR and scheme
facilities in VWSC, GP, Mahila Gram
Deputy
Sabha and Gram Sabha.
Engineer,
Scheme approved.
14 Month 10 RWS Sub-div.,
Submission of proposal to Gram Sabha.
SO
Detailed Suggestions from community members
Project Report incorporated when appropriate.
– Water Documentation of approval.
Supply and Submission of DPR to DWSM cell &
15 Sullage Month 10 DWSM cell
approval from DWSM cell
Treatment
including Submission of DPR to State level
16 Month 11 DWSM cell
necessary Committee
Reform works Scrutiny & approval by State level Special
Committee Monitoring
17 Month 11
cell
(Technical)
Technical sanction for DPR.
18 Month 12 MJP / ZP

Administrative approval accorded,

RWS Sub- Div ,
19 Approval communicated in Gram Month 12
DWSM cell, SO
Sabha and Ward Sabha
C Implementation phase 24 Months
Bidding Orientation on Bid documents to VWSC Executive
1 Month 13
Process (for if less than Rs 2 Cr. Engr, RWS

Page 342 of 455

Sr. Responsibilit
Activity Social Management Actions Timeline
No. y
Water Supply Information on bidding procedures to Division
and Sullage community as per procurement
Treatment manual.
schemes and Preparation and approval of bid
Month 14 EE, RWS Div.
for Metering) documents (Draft Tender Papers, DTP).
Bidding Publishing of Tender Notice Sale of Bid Month
GP
Process (for Documents 14
Water Supply Receipt of Bids Month 15 GP
and Sullage Evaluation of Bids
Month 16 EE, RWS Div.
Treatment Award Recommendations
schemes and
Contract Award Month 16 GP
for Metering)
Progress and Quality Monitoring as Month 17
VWSC
per contract agreement onwards
Implementation of subsidy component
Construction
of meters and connections for weaker Month 17
of Water DWSM
section and transfer of funds to GP onwards
Supply and
account.
Sullage
2 Social Audit of expenditure tracking.
Treatment
All Household Metered Connections
schemes and
Checked.
Installation Month 17
Policy of subsidy implemented. SAC
of Meters onwards
Disseminate findings of SAC in Gram
Sabha

Month 18
Preparation of Bills DE, RWSD
onwards
Technical
Review of bills and recommendation Month 18
3 approval of GP
for payment onwards
bills
Check appropriateness of bills and Month 18
EE, RWSD
advise RWSD onwards
Payments to Release payments on the approval of Month 18
4 VWSC
contractors RWSD onwards
Implementat
ion
Completion
Water Preparation of the Implementation
5 Month 34 DE, RWSD
Supply and Phase Completion Reports (IPCRs)
Sullage
Treatment
schemes
Accounts
Utilization Preparation of Utilization Certificates.
6 Month 34 Coordinator,
certificates GP/ VWSC submits certificates
DE, RWS Sub-

Page 343 of 455

Sr. Responsibilit
Activity Social Management Actions Timeline
No. y
Div
Scheme
Joint Inspection of the sub-project DE, RWS
Commissioni
Completion of Trial runs. Sub-Div
ng Water
All components functioning properly GP, VWSC
7 Supply and Month 34
and services cover all households. Habitation
Sullage
RWH infrastructure successfully Level Sub-
Treatment
commissioned. Committee
schemes
Scheme Social Audit of Scheme functioning and
Commissioni inclusion and access to all and
ng Water vulnerable.
8 Supply and Month 35 SAC
Sullage
Treatment
schemes
Finance
List of Auditors available given to
Month 35 Specialist,
VWSC for audit.
9 Audit DWSM
VWSC gets the expenditure audited by
Month 35 VWSC
an Independent Auditor
Implementat
ion Closure
Implementation Completion Reports
(Water EE, RWS Sub-
including statement of accounts
10 Supply and Month 36 Div
finalized
Sullage GP, VWSC
Treatment
schemes)
D Operations & Maintenance phase 6 Months
Preparation of O&M Plan and Annual
Budget
O&M Plan
1 Discussions with community Month 34 VWSC
and Budget
members on O&M plan and budget
Finalization of O&M plan and budget
Conducting ward level meeting to fix
user fees in a participative manner.
Conduct ward level meeting to fix
2 User Fees Month 35 VWSC
tariff in a participative manner.
Mahila Gram Sabha and Gram Sabha
endorse the tariff.
Appointed operator/assistant collects
User Fees Month 35 VWSC
user fees
Appointing Identify suitable O&M Operators (GP,
3 O&M SHG groups, CBOs, etc.) and appoint. Month 36 VWSC
Operators
4 Collecting Appointed operator/assistant collects Periodic Ward

Page 344 of 455

Sr. Responsibilit
Activity Social Management Actions Timeline
No. y
user fees user fees representativ
es
Remitting
bulk water
charges to the
Conducting regular meetings
5 agency Periodic VWSC
Collect tariff and remit bulk charges.
maintaining
the common
facility
Ensure sufficient spares are available
Month 37
and village resource persons are VWSC
Facilities onwards
trained in O&M.
6 functioning
Water meter contactor to maintain Water
successfully Month 36
meters for a period of 5 years after meters
onwards
installation. contractor
Conduct
quarterly
Review O&M contractor’s performance
7 reviews of Periodic VWSC
on-site with community participation
contractor’s
performance
Conduct quarterly Social Audit
exercise after three months of Month 39
8 Social Audit SAC
commissioning with participation of onwards
community
ZP withdraws support.
Exit from
9 VWSC takes full control of WATSAN Month 40 MJP/ZP,VWSC
scheme
infrastructure
Assessment of Institutional Capacity to Month 40 to External
sustain investments 42 Consultant
10 Evaluation
Month 42 External
Impacts on beneficiaries
onwards Consultant

Page 345 of 455

 ANNEXURE 28: Sub-project scheme cycle for Rain Water
Harvesting Structure
Sr. Social Management Timeline
Activity Responsibility
No. Actions (Start)
A Pre-planning phase 2 Months
Training and
Orientation of Social Dev.
Orientation on
1 BRC Members and Week 1 Specialist,
CSSWSS sub-project
DWSM Cell DWSM Cell
cycle
IEC Strategy prepared
Week 1 IEC Specialist,
IEC in the by DWSM Cell
2 DWSM
Program villages Implementation of IEC Week 1 to
Cell/BRCs
activities Week 8
Information
dissemination to
generate demand
among villages for
Demand Deputy CEO
3 sub-projects. Week 1
Generation (WATSAN)
Advertisements and
wide publicity through
electronic and print
media
Applications for GPs send applications
4 inclusion in the to DWSM for inclusion Week 3 GP
project into the project
GP passes resolution
and expresses interest
Resolving to
5 to participate in the Week 4 GP
participate
project

Prioritization based on
selection criteria done
Approval of the list
GP/ villages are
informed of the
Selecting GP/ Week 5 DPCC/Deputy
6 selection
Villages onwards CEO, (WATSAN)
Disseminate
information about
selected GP/ villages
in print and electronic
media
B Planning phase 4 Months
Identification of User
Activation/Forma
1 Groups. Week 9 BRC/SO
tion of VWSC
Motivation and

Page 346 of 455

Sr. Social Management Timeline
Activity Responsibility
No. Actions (Start)
Awareness to ensure
inclusion.
Activation/Constitutio
n of VWSC
Meeting of VWSC
GP passing resolution
Recognition of
2 recognizing VWSC and Week 10 GP
VWSC
habitation level sub-
committees
OFA signed between
ZP and GP.
Redressal of
objections/
Deputy CEO,
3 Agreement complaints/ Week 11
(WATSAN)
grievances and
considering
suggestions regarding
project interventions.
Orientation, training
Capacity building and capacity building
4 Week 11 DWSM Cell
of VWSC of VWSC and Sub-
Committees
VWSC opens bank
5 Bank Account Week 11 GP
account
Habitation Level
meetings for
mobilization, using
Participatory
Approaches and
documentation of
these activities.
Preparation WATSAN
Baseline for
Week 11
PRA in selected Habitation
6 (complete BRC, SO
Habitations Preparation of Socio-
in 2 weeks)
economic baseline.
Identifying technology
options, conducting
feasibility analysis and
Agree-To-Do meeting
for separate user
groups.
Agreement arrived at
with regard to

Page 347 of 455

Sr. Social Management Timeline
Activity Responsibility
No. Actions (Start)
technology options,
location of facilities,
etc.
Identification of land
for project facilities.
In case of Government
Land, transfer the
same to project.
Week 11
In case of direct
Land for Project onwards
7 purchase, register in VWSC, SO
facilities (complete
the name of GP.
in 4 weeks)
In case of Voluntary
Donation follow and
document the process
as described in the
Annexure 25.
Mobilizing and
sensitizing
communities for
Week 11
8 Cost Sharing contributions. VWSC
onwards
Collect contributions
based on a pre-
determined %.
Week 11
DPRs prepared by onwards DE, RWS Sub-
RWS Div., ZP. (complete Div
in 8 weeks)
Discussion about DPR
and scheme facilities
DE, RWS Sub-
in VWSC habitation Week 19
Div
level sub-committee
meeting.
Detailed Project
Submission of
Reports (DPR)-
9 proposal to Gram
RWH by Gram
Sabha.
Sabha
Suggestions from
community members
Week 20 GP
incorporated when
appropriate.
Documentation of
approval by Gram
Sabha
Social Audit of the DPR Social Audit
Week 21
for transparency and Committee

Page 348 of 455

Sr. Social Management Timeline
Activity Responsibility
No. Actions (Start)
inclusion
Consultation and
consent in case of Week 21 BRC
Scheduled Areas
Technical Sanction of
Week 22 EE, RWS Div.
DPR by EE, RWS Div.
Technical sanction
10 Technical Approval
for DPR- RWH
communicated to Week 22 DWSM
community members
Administrative
Administrative sanction of DPR by
DWSM/ Gram
11 Sanction of DPR- DWSM if above 50 Week 24
Sabha
RWH Lakhs, if below 50
Lakhs by Gram Sabha.
Implementation phase (depending on 12 Months
C
the type of technology chosen)
Information on
Finance and
bidding procedures to
Procurement
community as per Week 25
Specialist,
procurement manual.
DWSM

Preparation and
approval of bid
Week 26 EE, RWS Div.
documents (Draft
1 Bidding Process Tender Papers, DTP).
Publishing of Tender
Notice Week 27 GP
Sale of Bid Documents
Receipt of Bids Week 31 EE, RWS Div.
Evaluation of Bids ,
Award Week 34 EE, RWS Div.
Recommendations
Contract Award Week 36 GP
Progress and Quality
Week 36
Monitoring as per VWSC
onwards
contract agreement
Construction of
Social Audit of
2 water supply
expenditure tracking
system Week 36
contract SAC
onwards
Disseminate findings
of SAC in Gram Sabha
Week 36 DE, RWS Sub-
Preparation of Bills
3 Passing of bills onwards Div
Review of bills and Week 36 GP

Page 349 of 455

Sr. Social Management Timeline
Activity Responsibility
No. Actions (Start)
recommendation for onwards
payment
Check appropriateness Week 36
of bills and advise onwards EE, RWS Div.
RWS Div.
Release payments on
Payments to Week 36
4 the approval of RWS VWSC
contractors onwards
Div.
Preparation of the
Implementation Implementation Phase
5 Week 72 EE, RWSD
Completion Completion Reports
(IPCRs)
Preparation of
Accounts
Utilization Utilization Certificates.
6 Week 72 Coordinator,
certificates GP/ VWSC submits
RWS Sub Div.
certificates
Joint Inspection of the
sub-project
Completion of Trial
runs. DE, RWS Sub-
All components Div
functioning properly Week 72 GP, VWSC
and services cover all Habitation Level
Scheme
7 households. Sub-Committee
Commissioning
RWH infrastructure
successfully
commissioned.
Social Audit of Scheme
functioning and
Week 72 SAC
inclusion and access to
all and vulnerable.
Implementation
Completion Reports
including statement of
Implementation EE, RWS Div.
8 accounts finalized Week 72
Closure GP, VWSC
Scheme Evaluation
(general project
evaluation)
D Operations & maintenance phase 6 Months
Preparation of O&M
Plan and Annual
Budget
Discussions with
O&M Plan and
1 community members Week 71 VWSC, SO
Budget
on O&M plan and
budget
Finalization of O&M
plan and budget
Conducting habitation
2 User Fees Week 72 VWSC, SO
level meeting to fix

Page 350 of 455

Sr. Social Management Timeline
Activity Responsibility
No. Actions (Start)
user fees in a
participative manner.
Appointed
operator/assistant
collects user fees
Ensure sufficient
Facilities spares are available
Week 72
3 functioning and village resource VWSC
onwards
successfully persons are trained in
O&M
Conduct Social Audit
exercise after three
months of Week 85
4 Social Audit SAC
commissioning with onwards
participation of
community.

Page 351 of 455

 ANNEXURE 29: Sub-project scheme cycle - Aquifer Level
Groundwater Management Scheme

Sr. Social Management

Activity Timeline Responsibility
No. Actions
A Pre-Planning Phase 3 Months
Hiring Support
Support Organization for the Month 1 DWSM Cell
1
Organizations District.

Hiring of Hydro-geologist,
and GIS Specialist. RSPMU,
2 Staffing SDS and IEC Spl in DWSM Month 0-1 Director, GSDA,
Cell will work on this DWSM Cell
project.
Watersheds/ GPs
shortlisted based on Month 0 GSDA
Selecting selection criteria.
3 Watersheds/ Approval of the Selection
Director, GSDA
GPs List.
Month 2-3 DWSM Cell & Sr
GP are informed of the
Geologist
selection.
IEC campaign in the
DWSM Cell SO
project villages. Month 3
Dissemination of
Communicati-on information of selected Month 3 GSDA
4 villages.
Campaign
Orientation to all GPs,
Sarpanch and other key Month 3
SO
officials for creating onwards
awareness.
Basic & Historic Data Month 0-3
5 Data Collection Collection of the project GSDA
area
B Planning phase 18 Months
Aquifer Mapping and
1 delineation of aquifers – Month 4-18 GSDA
Watershed wise
2 Social Assessment Survey Month 4-7 SO
Month 4 VWSC/SO/
3 Water Account
Detailed Hydro- onwards GSDA
geological Procurement of Month 4
Survey equipments onwards
Installation of rain gauge, Director, GSDA
4 establishing groundwater Continuous Sr. Geologist &
& water Quality VWSC
monitoring network and
periodical monitoring
GW Preparation of Month 19-21
VWSC & GWMA
5 Management Groundwater
& GSDA
Action Plan Management Action Plan

Page 352 of 455

Sr. Social Management
Activity Timeline Responsibility
No. Actions
Identification of user
groups within the GP.
Formation of Motivation and Month 4
6 GP
Committees Awareness to ensure
inclusion.
Formation of the VWSCs.
GP makes a resolution
recognizing VWSC.
Habitation level sub-
Recognition of
7 committees formed; Month 4 GP
VWSC
Social Audit Committee,
Women Development
Committee, etc.
Selection of members on
Formation of VWSC
8 GWMA Representation of Month 18
GWMA
GP in GWMA.
Selection of Selection of executive
9 Month 19 GWMA
GWMA committee-GWMA.
Orientation training and
clarity of roles and
responsibilities of all SO in
Capacity Month 5
10 stakeholders of GPs / consultation
Building onwards
VWSC/ SAC/ Women with GSDA
Development Committee
and GWMA.
VWSC and GWMA open
Opening of bank
11 Bank Account with the Month 4 VWSC, SO
account
help of SO.

Lane/ Ward/ Habitation/

Village/ GP Level
Community
meetings for mobilization,
12 Mobilization for Month 4 SO
using PRA and
planning. onwards
documentation of these
activities.

Conducting feasibility
analysis.
Agreement arrived at
with regard to technology
options, location of
facilities, etc.
Identifying Sr. Geologist,
VWSC meeting held and
13 technology Month 18-21 GSDA with the
decision on contributions
options support of SO
taken.
Mahila Gram Sabha and
Gram Sabha endorse the
decisions.
GWMA endorses
decisions.

Page 353 of 455

 Mobilizing and sensitizing
communities for
Community contributions. Collecting Month 18 SO with support
14
Contribution part community onwards from VWSC
contribution, based on a
pre-determined %.
Awareness building
Behaviour activities at
15 Change household/ward level. Continuous SO
Communication Awareness on aquifer
management measures.
Watershed level meetings
organized. Mahila Gram
Sabha organised to
prioritise their needs. GP
Month 7 SO supported
16 level meetings organized
onwards by GSDA
to consolidate aquifer
water management
measures and Women’s
needs.
Preparation of Detailed
Project Reports (DPR) for
implementation of aquifer
GSDA supported
17 level groundwater Month 18 - 19
by SO
management measures.
Discussion about DPR in
VWSC, GP.
Mahila Gram Sabha and
Gram Sabha.
Detailed Project Scheme approved.
Report Submission of proposal to
18 Month 20 SO
Gram Sabha.
Suggestions from
community members
incorporated.
Documentation of
approval. DPR submitted
19 Month 20
to the District Level
Committee
Social audit on inclusion,
Social Audit
20 transparency and Month 19
Committee
participation done.
Technical sanction for
21 Month 20 GSDA/RWSD
DPR.
Administrative approval
22 Month 21 CEO, ZP
for DPR accorded.
Approval communicated
23 Month 21 SO
to community members.
Collecting balance cash
Community contribution from
24 Month 21 SO
Contribution communities mobilizing
and sensitizing

Page 354 of 455

 communities for
contributions and
collecting contributions.
100% Community
Contribution mobilized.
C Implementation phase 12 Months
Preparation and sale of
bid documents VWSC/GWMA/
Month 21-23
Orientation on Bid RWS Div/GSDA
documents to VWSC.
1 Bidding Process
Signing of Agreement
between the GP, VWSC GP/VWSC,
Month 24
and the selected Contractor
contractor/agency.
Periodic Progress and
Implementation Periodic VWSC
Quality Monitoring.
of aquifer water
2
management Expenditure tracking
measures. corresponding to civil Periodic SAC
works.
Preparation of RA Bills RA
RWS Sub Div/
Bills submitted to VWSC. Periodic
GSDA
Approval of bills.
VWSC checks
appropriateness of bills Periodic VWSC
3 Payments and advises GSDA.
VWSC releases payments
to contractor.
Payment to GSDA for Periodic GSDA
works carried out by
GSDA.
VWSC prepares and
submits utilization
certificates to GSDA and
Utilization GWMA. VWSC/GWMA
4 Month 24-30
Certificates GWMA submits UC to /GSDA
GSDA.
GSDA submits UC to
RSPMU.
Joint Inspection of works
completed.
Ensure that all
components are
GSDA with the
functioning properly. Month 33
help of GWMA,
Community meetings and
Completion of VWSC, ZP
5 orienting them on aquifer
works
water management
infrastructure.
Social Audit of scheme
functioning and inclusion
Month 32-33 SAC
and access to all and
vulnerable.

Page 355 of 455

 Implementation
Closure Completion of Aquifer
6 (Physical & Water Management Month33 GSDA
Financial activities.
closure).
D O&M Phase 3 Months
Preparation of Discussions with GSDA supported
1 O&M Plan and community about O&M Month 33 by SO, GWMA,
Budget plan and budget. VWSC
Conduct meeting to fix
tariffs for benefits if any
GSDA supported
in a participative manner.
2 Fixing tariff Month 34 by GWMA,
Mahila Gram Sabha and
VWSC
Gram Sabha endorse
tariffs.
Appointing Identify suitable
3 operators / contractors, and appoint Month 35 VWSC
contractors them as O&M contractors.

Collecting user Appointed operator/asstt. Operator/

4 Periodic
fees Collects user fees. Assistant

Quarterly
Review contractor’s
reviews of
5 performance on-site with Periodic VWSC
contractor’s
community participation.
performance
Conduct a Social Audit
6 Social Audit exercise after three Month 35 SAC
months of completion.
GSDA withdraws support.
Exit from
7 VWSC takes full control of Month 36 GSDA/ZP, VWSC
scheme
infrastructure.
Assessment of
External
Institutional Capacity to Month36
Consultant
8 Evaluation sustain investments.
Month 36 External
Impacts on beneficiaries.
onwards Consultant

Page 356 of 455

Page 357 of 455
 ANNEXURE 30: Sub-project Scheme Cycle–Water Quality
Affected Habitations

Sr. Social Management Responsibili

Activity Timeline
No. Actions ty
A Pre-Planning Phase 3 Months
Hiring Support
1 SO Organization for the Month 1 DWSM Cell
District.
RSPMU,
SDS and IEC Spl in DWSM Director,
2 Staffing Month 1-2
will work on this project. GSDA, DWSM
Cell
Habitations / GPs
shortlisted based on Month 1 DPCC/GSDA
Selecting selection criteria.
Affected Approval of the Selection
3
Habitations List.
Month 2 DPCC
/ GPs GP/ villages
SO
Habitations are informed
of the selection.
IEC campaign by SOs in GSDA
4
the project villages. Month 3 SO
Dissemination of
5 Communica information of selected Month 3 GSDA
tion villages.
Campaign Orientation to all GPs,
Sarpanch and other key Month 3
6 SO
officials for creating onwards
awareness.
Basic & Historic Data
Data
7 Collection of the project 0-3 month GSDA
Collection
area
B Planning phase 9 Months
Detailed Hydro-geological
Detailed
investigations regarding
1 Hydro- Month 4 - 12 GSDA
source contaminations –
geological
Source / Village wise
Survey
2 Social Assessment Survey Month 4 - 12 SO
Installation of rain gauge,
GSDA
establishing groundwater Month 4-12
3 & water Quality
VWSC
monitoring network and Continuous
periodical monitoring
4 Formation Identification of user Month 4-6 GP with the

Page 358 of 455

Sr. Social Management Responsibili
Activity Timeline
No. Actions ty
of Village groups within the GP. help of SO
level Motivation and
committees Awareness to ensure
inclusion.
Formation of the VWSCs.
GP makes a resolution
recognizing VWSC.
Habitation level sub-
Recognition GP with the
5 committees formed; Month 4-6
of VWSC help of SO
Social Audit Committee,
Women Development
Committee, etc.
Orientation training and
clarity of roles and
SO in
Capacity responsibilities of all
6 Month 6-9 consultation
Building stakeholders of GPs /
with GSDA
VWSC/ SAC/ Women
Development Committee
Opening of
VWSC open Bank Account
7 bank Month 4 VWSC, SO
with the help of SO.
account
Lane/ Ward/ Habitation/
Community Village/ GP Level
Mobilizatio meetings for
8 SO
n for mobilization, PRA and Month 6-7
planning. documentation of these
activities.
Conducting feasibility
analysis.
Agreement arrived at
with regard to technology
options, location of Sr. Geologist,
Identifying
facilities, etc. GSDA with
9 technology Month 7-8
VWSC meeting held and the support of
options
decision on contributions SO
taken.
Mahila Gram Sabha and
Gram Sabha endorse the
decisions.
Mobilizing and sensitizing
Community communities for SO with
10 Contributio contributions. Collecting Month 7 support from
n part community VWSC
contribution, based on a

Page 359 of 455

Sr. Social Management Responsibili
Activity Timeline
No. Actions ty
pre-determined %.
Awareness building
Behaviour activities at
Change household/ward level.
11 Month 6-8 SO
Communica Awareness on measures
tion for providing safe and
secure drinking water.
Preparation of Detailed
Project Reports (DPR) for GSDA/RWS in
Detailed
implementation of consultation
Project
12 artificial groundwater Month 7 - 10 with VWSC
Report
recharges measures. supported by
Discussion about DPR in SO
VWSC, GP.
Mahila Gram Sabha and
Gram Sabha.
Scheme approved.
Submission of proposal to
13 Month 7-11 SO
Gram Sabha.
Suggestions from
community members
incorporated.
Documentation of
Detailed approval. DPR submitted GSDA, RWS
14 Month 11
Project to the District Level Div & SO
Report Committee
Social audit on inclusion,
Social Audit
15 transparency and Month 10-11
Committee
participation done.
Technical sanction for
GSDA/RWS
16 DPR. Month 12
Div.

Administrative approval
17 Month 12 CEO, ZP
for DPR accorded.
Approval communicated
18 Month 12 SO
to community members.
C Implementation phase 12 Months
Preparation and sale of
Bidding bid documents VWSC/ RWS
1 Month 12
Process Orientation on Bid Div./GSDA
documents to VWSC.

Page 360 of 455

Sr. Social Management Responsibili
Activity Timeline
No. Actions ty
Signing of Agreement
between the GP, VWSC GP/VWSC,
2 Month 13 - 14
and the selected Contractor
contractor.
Implementa Periodic Progress and
3 Periodic VWSC
tion of Quality Monitoring.
aquifer
Expenditure tracking
water
4 corresponding to civil Periodic SAC
managemen
works.
t measures.
Preparation of RA Bills
RA Bills submitted to RWS Sub
5 Periodic
VWSC. Div./ GSDA
Approval of bills.
VWSC checks
6 appropriateness of bills Periodic VWSC
Payments
and advises GSDA.
VWSC releases payments
to contractor.
7 Payment to GSDA for Periodic GSDA
works carried out by
GSDA.
VWSC prepares and
Utilization submits utilization
8 Month 24 VWSC/GSDA
Certificates certificates to GSDA
submit UC to RSPMU.
Joint Inspection of works
completed.
Ensure that all
components are GSDA with
9 functioning properly. Month 24 the help of
Community meetings and VWSC, ZP
Completion orienting them on aquifer
of works water management
infrastructure.
Social Audit of Scheme
functioning and inclusion
10 Month 22-23 SAC
and access to all and
vulnerable’s.
Implementa
Completion of artificial
tion Closure
11 groundwater recharges Month 24 GSDA
(Physical &
activities.
Financial

Page 361 of 455

Sr. Social Management Responsibili
Activity Timeline
No. Actions ty
closure).
D O&M Phase 6 Months
GSDA
Preparation Discussions with
supported by
1 of O&M Plan community about O&M Month 24
SO, GWMA,
and Budget plan and budget.
VWSC
Conduct meeting to fix
tariffs for benefits if any
GSDA
in a participative manner.
2 Fixing tariff Month 25 supported by
Mahila Gram Sabha and
VWSC
Gram Sabha endorse
tariffs.
Identify suitable
Appointing
contractors, and appoint
3 operators / Month 25-26 VWSC
them as O&M
contractors
contractors.
Appointed
Collecting Operator/
4 operator/asstt. Collects Periodic
user fees Assistant
user fees.
Quarterly
reviews of Review contractor’s
5 contractor’s performance on-site with Periodic VWSC
performanc community participation.
e
Conduct a Social Audit
6 Social Audit exercise after three Month 28 SAC
months of completion.
GSDA withdraws support.
Exit from GSDA/ZP,
7 VWSC takes full control of Month 30
scheme VWSC
infrastructure.
Assessment of
Month30 External
8 Evaluation Institutional Capacity to
onwards Consultant
sustain investments.

Page 362 of 455

Page 363 of 455
 ANNEXURE 31: Engineering Responsibility Matrix

S. No. Activity Peri urban Peri urban Aquifer RWH Works in PHD Water GSDA
WSS>Rs 7.5 WSS < INR works tanks water quality Quality Water
crores 7.5 crores habitations, labs Quality
labs
1 Tentative source selection MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP
2 Consumer survey and GIS survey MJP ZP
3 Decide scope of DPR MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
4 DPR MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
5 Preparation of hydraulic designs MJP ZP GSDA / ZP /ZP GSDA/ZP
6 Preparation of estimates MJP ZP GSDA / ZP /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
7 TS of DPR MJP/RSPMU ZP GSDA / ZP /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
8 AAof DPR MJP/RSPMU ZP GSDA / ZP G/ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
9 Preparation of bid documents MJP ZP GSDA / ZP / /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
VWSC
10 Invitation for bids MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
11 Bid receipt and evaluation MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
12 Award MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
13 Sign Contract agreement MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
14 Implementation - day to day MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
supervision
15 Independent Construction quality RSPMU RSPMU RSPMU RSPMU RSPMU RSPMU RSPMU
surveillance
16 Contract management MJP ZP GSDA ZP ZP PWD B&C
17 Payments MJP ZP GSDA ZP ZP PWD B&C

Page 364 of 455

S. No. Activity Peri urban Peri urban Aquifer RWH Works in PHD Water GSDA
WSS>Rs 7.5 WSS < INR works tanks water quality Quality Water
crores 7.5 crores habitations, labs Quality
labs
18 O&M MJP ZP ZP ZP
19 preparation of budget- decide MJP/ZP/GP GP/ZP ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
tariff and subsidy
20 Appoint operators or entrust to MJP/ZP/GP GP/ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
MJP
21 Collect tariffs and meet GP ZP GSDA / /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
expenditure VWSC
22 Monitoring disinfection and water MJP ZP GSDA / /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
quality VWSC
23 Sustainability monitoring MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C
24 Long term support MJP ZP GSDA /ZP GSDA/ZP PHD/PWD GSDA &B&C

Page 365 of 455

 ANNEXURE 32: Scope of Work for Preparation of a GP wise
SLWM Plan (Environmental Sanitation Plan) and
Water Quality Monitoring

Solid and Liquid Waste Management (SLWM):

A GP wide master plan for SLWM will be prepared by the GP with the help of
ZP/consultants along with community consultation and, implemented by the
Project GPs with technical support of ZP. The SLWM Plan will include
environmental sanitation facilities (both on onsite and offsite) like: (i) Provision
of small bore sewers (where appropriate) for liquid waste management for safe
disposal of sullage from the households, and (iii) Proper collection and disposal
of solid waste.
Scope of Work of SLWM Plan: The scope of work of “preparation of SLWM
Plan for creating onsite and offsite facilities as appropriate for solid and liquid
waste management” is described below.
i. Conducting detailed engineering survey (by Total Station Method) along
the roads of entire GP and prepare a base road map with levels, lengths
and widths of the various roads and lanes. This plan might have been
prepared for peri-urbanGP‘s water supply.
ii. Depending on service levels of water supply, soil percolation rates and
ground water table, decide whether a household soak pit is a feasible
option for sullage disposal.
iii. If soak pits is not a feasible option, propose examine feasibility of small
bore sewerage system for collection and disposal after treatment.
iv. Assess the type and quantities of household solid waste generated and
find whether back yard garbage pit for composting the organic waste is
feasible if space is available.
v. If back yard garbage pit is not feasible due to lack of space, provide a
community garbage collection and disposal facility,
vi. Study if segregation of recyclable plastic and other waste is possible at
household level for separate disposal.
vii. Assess the present method of disposal of cattle waste along with its
impact on the cleanliness and examine the feasibility of common
composting for cattle waste
viii. Assess scope for installation of facilities for bio gas digesters either
individual or community,

Design criteria for SLWM works:

Small bore Sewerage system: If the community awareness is created on
proper use of the facilities, small bore sewers are likely to be a better option for
conveyance of sullage. However misuse will create blockages in the sewers.

Page 366 of 455

Sullage from Households is collected via 100 mm feeder line and sewer lines are
laid at slope (between one in 167 to 200) and Manholes are kept at 15 or 30 m.
About 100 households are connected to one 100 mm dia PVC feeder lines,
Houses connect to the feeder lines through small concrete collection or
inspection boxes of about 40 cms in diameter. Since no vehicular traffic passes
over the feeder line in the lanes, it can be laid at shallow depth, reducing the
amount of trenching and number of manholes. Feeder lines are laid at a
minimum depth of 30 cms to 40 cms and rarely exceed one meter in depth.
When these lines cross the roads they are protected from vehicle loads by
appropriate encasing.
Sullage Treatment: (i) Effluent is usually collected outside the GP into any
existing pond where it can be treated by can be treated simple technologies. (ii)
Alternatively the effluent can be aligned along the borrow area of the approach
road and treated through DEWATS.

Contents of a SLWM Plan: The SLWM plan will contain following:

i. GP Base road map with levels and lengths and widths of roads and
existing nature of paving
ii. GP base road map with proposed layout of small bore sewers with
manholes, inspection boxes Number of Households requiring soak pits
and cost of each pit
iii. Households requiring garbage pits and cost of each pit
iv. Extent of collection and disposal of solid waste generated through
community facilities and design the community garbage collection and
disposal facility,
v. Prepare drawings for the community environmental sanitation
infrastructure.
vi. Cost estimates based on latest Schedule of rates shall be generated for
following Environmental sanitation infrastructure for solid and liquid
waste management: Soak pits, Providing small bore sewers, Providing
sullage treatment facility any simple technology or DEWATS, Garbage
Pits, & Community Garbage facility and Bio gas digesters

Planning and Implementation of Water Supply and SLWM Works by

VWSCs/ GPWSC: Planning, implementation of all environmental sanitation
works will be done by respective VWSC/GPWSC with community participation
and technical support of ZP as per detailed Scheme Cycles.

Water Quality Monitoring

The GPs ensure prompt disinfection and check regularly for residual chlorine.
Water quality sampling and analysis will be done by ZP in the District water
laboratories spread over the state. These laboratories will analyze regularly
(both pre and post monsoon) samples of drinking water supplied in all rural
water supply schemes.

Page 367 of 455

 ANNEXURE 33: Staffing Details under Jalswarajya II29
Table No. - 1
Reform Supports Project Management Unit (RSPMU)
Sr. Name of post JS-II Posts Total Posts Deputation / On
No Prepa- Propo Contract
ration sed
posts under
JS-II
(A) Program Prepration Posts
1 Executive Engineer 1 - 1 On Deputation
From MJP
2 Junior/Sectional 1 - 1 On Deputation
Engineer From MJP
3 Sr. Accounts Officer 1 - 1 On Deputation
From MJP
4 Assistant Accounts 1 - 1 On Deputation
Officer From Govt.
5 Assistant Accountant 1 - 1 On Contract basis
6 Procurement Specialist 1 - 1 On Contract basis
7 Finance Specialist 1 - 1 On Contract basis
8 Para Professionals 5 - 5 On Contract basis
9 Environmental 1 - 1 On Contract basis
Management Specialist
10 Assistant MIS 1 - 1 On Contract basis
Specialist
11 Knowledge 1 - 1 On Deputation
Management From Govt./MJP
Specialist
12 Social Management 1 - 1 On Contract basis
Specialist
13 Stenographer 1 - 1 On Deputation
From Govt.
Total 17 - 17 -
(B) Additional Sanctioned Posts for JS-II Implimention
1 Dy. Engineer - 1 1 On Deputation
From MJP
2 Junior/Sectional - 1 1 On Deputation
Engineer From MJP
3 Hydro Geologist - 1 1 On Deputation
From GSDA

29
GOM GR – JSP – 0114/CR05/WS Dated 06th Feb 14

Page 368 of 455

Reform Supports Project Management Unit (RSPMU)
Sr. Name of post JS-II Posts Total Posts Deputation / On
No Prepa- Propo Contract
ration sed
posts under
JS-II
4 Finance Controller - 1 1 On Deputation
From Govt.
5 Assistant Accounts - 1 1 On Deputation
Officer From Govt.
6 Desk Officer AAO) - 1 1 On Deputation
From Govt.
7 Para Professionals - 5 5 On Contract basis
8 Peons - 1 1 On Deputation
From Govt./MJP
9 M&E Specialist - 1 1 On Deputation
From Govt./
Contract basis
10 Assistant M&E - 2 2 On Deputation
Specialist From Govt./ MJP/
Contract basis
11 MIS Specialist - 1 1 On Contract basis
12 IT Specialist - 1 1 On Contract basis
13 Assistant CBS - 1 1 On Contract basis
14 IEC Specialist - 1 1 On Contract basis
Total 19 A(17)+B(19) On Contract basis
=36

Page 369 of 455

 ANNEXURE 34: District Level Staffing under JS-II30
Table No. - 2
Jalswarajya - II Implementation, DWSM Cells in 12 Districts
Total
No. of
Sr. No. Deputation
Name of post Posts Per
No. Of Contract
District
Posts
Community Management Specialist for 12 On Contract
1 1 12
Program Districts Basis
Total 1 12

Table No. - 3
Jalswarajya - II Implementation, 60 GPs ( Peri Urban) /Village Level
Sr. Name of post Posts Per Total Deputation
No. GP No. Contract
of
Posts
Support Staff for assisting Gramsevaks in On Contract
1 1 60
Peri Urban GPs Basis
Total 1 60

Table No. - 4
District GSDA Level Posts for Implementing Aquifer
Management Activities in 07 Districts
Sr. Name of post No. of Posts Per Total Posts Deputation
No. District under JS-II Contract
1 Hydro-Geologist 2 14 On Deputation
From Govt./On
Contract
2 GIS Expert 1 7 On Contract Basis
3 Para 1 7 On Contract Basis
Professional
4 Field Assistant 1 7 On Contract Basis
( Khalasi)
Total 5 35

30
GOM GR – JSP 1213/CR-200/WS-11 Dated 04th Jan 2014
GOM GR – JSP 0114/CR-06/WS-11 Dated 07th Feb 2014
GOM GR – JSP 0114/CR-28/WS-11 Dated 10th Feb 2014
GOM GR – JSP 0214/CR-33/WS-11 Dated 10th Feb 2014
GOM GR – JSP 2014/CR-34/WS-11 Dated 17th Feb 2014

Page 370 of 455

 Table No. - 5
Regional Coordination and Monitoring Units (RCMU), Revenue Division Level
Sr. Name of post No. of Posts Total Deputation Contract
No. Per Division No.
Posts
1 Dy. Engineer 1 6 On Deputation From
Govt./MJP
2 M&E Assistant 1 6 On Contract Basis
Total 2 12

Table No. - 6
Special Monitoring Cell (Tech) RSPMU
Sr. Name of post No. of Posts Deputation Contract
No.
1 Superintending Engineer 1 On Deputation From Govt./MJP
2 Executive Engineer 1 On Deputation From Govt./MJP
3 Dy. Engineer 1 On Deputation From Govt./MJP
4 Sectional/Jr. Engineer 1 On Deputation From Govt./MJP
5 Asst. Accounts Officer 1 On Deputation From Govt./MJP
6 Para Professional 2 On Contract Basis
Total 7
Table No. - 7
Special Monitoring Cell in GSDA/HQ
Sr.No. Name of post No. of Posts Deputation Contract
1 Dy. Director GSDA 1 On Deputation From Govt.
2 Hydro-geologist 1 On Deputation From Govt.
3 GIS Expert 1 On Contract Basis
4 M&E Assistant 1 On Contract Basis
5 Para Professional 1 On Contract Basis
Total 5

Table No. - 8
Special Monitoring Cell in PHD ( PH/Labs)/State Level
Sr.No. Name of post No. of Posts Deputation Contract

1 M&E Assistant 1 On Contract Basis

2 Para Professional 1 On Contract Basis
Total 2

Table No. - 9
Sector Strengthening/WSSO Strengthening /State Level
Sr.No. Name of post No. of Posts Deputation Contract

1 Data Analyst 1 On Contract basis

Page 371 of 455

 2 Engineering 1 On Contract basis
Specialist (WQ)
3 Coordinator (WQ) 1 On Contract basis
4 Engineering 1 On Contract basis
Specialist (SLWM)
5 Junior/Sectional 2 On Deputation From Govt./MJP
Engineer
Total 6
Table No. - 10
Sector Strengthening Posts in/ DWSM Cells in 33 Districts
No. of Posts Total No. Deputation
Sr.No. Name of post
Per District Of Posts Contract
On Deputation
1 Dy. CEO (WATSAN) 1 33
From Govt.
On Deputation
2 Office Superintendent 1 33
From Govt.
On Deputation
3 Asstt. Accounts Officer 1 33
From Govt./ZP
On Deputation
4 Clerk 1 33
From Govt./ZP
Engineering Specialists
5 (Solid and Liquid Waste 1 33 On Contract Basis
/Water Quality)
Total 5 165

Table No. - 11
Sector Strengthening RWS Sub-Division ( No. 173)
Sr.No. Name of post Posts Per SRWS Total No. Deputation Govt.
Sub-division level of Posts Contract
1 Consultant (WQ) 1 173 On Contract Basis
2 Village Accounts 1 173 On Contract Basis
Coordinator
Total 2 346

Total Strengthening/Implementation Posts. 650

Total RSPMU Posts. 36
Total Program Posts Jalswarajya - II 686

Total No. Deputation and Govt. Posts 177

Total No. Contract Basis Posts. 509
Total Program Posts Jalswarajya - II 686

Page 372 of 455

Page 373 of 455
 ANNEXURE 35: Report Template Regarding Complaints on
Fraud and Corruption

Water Supply and Sanitation Govt of Maharashtra

Department

No. ……………. Mumbai, dated……….

REPORT
Regarding complaints on fraud and corruption in
“Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program”

To: The World Bank in India

This is with reference to the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation
Program (herein after refered to as Jalswarajya-II or JS-II, in short) funded by
the International Development Associtation, the World Bank (ref no…). As
per the agreements signed for this program, the implementing agency viz
Water Supply and Sanitation Department of Government of Maharashtra
(WSSD), agreed to provide a half yearly progress reprot on the status of
complaints recieved and actions taken under the program.
Enlcosed please find the action taken reprot for the period xxxxx to xxxx.

Recipients: Principal Secretary

- As above; (signed and sealed)

Page 374 of 455

 Appendix: Situation of complaints on fraud and corruption in the
“Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program” funded by the
World Bank (WB)

(Attached with Document …………dated……….of the Inspectorate of Govt of

Maharashtra/WSSD)

Location Date of Complainers Targets of Complaint Stage of Progress of Results of

receiving (Full name, complaints description complaint verifying, verifying,
complaints address, handling inspecting, inspecting,
telephone (receiving, investigating, investigating,
number) reviewing, etc. etc.
verifying,
inspecting,
investigating,
etc.)
0 - - - - - -
0 - - - - - -
0 - - - - - -
0 - - - - - -
0 - - - - - -
0 - - - - - -
0 - - - - - -
0 - - - - - -

PRINCIPAL SECRETARY, WSSD, GOM

Page 375 of 455

 ANNEXURE 36: Terms of Reference for Jalswarajya-II Staffing

A. Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant

Consultancy Services for Establishing Monitoring and Evaluation System
for Water and Sanitation Sector

Terms of Reference (ToR)

1. Introduction
The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(herein called after as Jalswarajya –II Program or in short JS-II), and intends to
apply part of the proceeds for consultancy services for establishing an efficient
and robust monitoring and evaluation system for Rural Water Supply and
Sanitation (RWSS) sector under the JS-II.
The WSSD is already implementing programs like NRDWP and SBMG in the
state.
The development objective of the World Bank aided program is to improve the
performance of GoM’s RWSS sector institutions in planning, implementation
and monitoring of its programs and to improve access to quality and
sustainable water services in large peri-urban areas, and in water–stressed and
water quality-affected areas.
The program is designed using the new World Bank lending instrument
(Program-for-Results) in which financial disbursements are linked to
achievement of pre-agreed results (hereinafter called Disbursement Linked
Indicators or in short DLIs). GoM intends to hire a reputable company/entity
with expertise in establishing monitoring and evaluation system for the RWSS
sector including the program.

2. Background to the RWSS sector in Maharashtra

Maharashtra is a leading state in India in adopting RWSS sector reforms that
promote decentralization of sector management and demand responsive
approaches. The state has a population of 112.4 million people, of which 61.8
million (55 percent) live in rural areas. It is the second largest State in India in
terms of population and third largest in terms of geographic area (307,731
sq.km). It has 34 districts, with 28813 Gram Panchayats (GP), covering 98,842
habitations. The Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD) at the state
level is the overall lead agency that determines polices, raises resources and
monitors sector programs. The Zilla Parishads (ZPs) at district level and Gram
Panchayats (GPs) at the village level are the key organizations that implement
the sector programs. The state level technical agencies – Maharashtra Jeevan
Pradhikaran (MJP) (the state’s water board) and Groundwater Survey and
Development Agency (GSDA) provide technical expertise (through staff deputed

Page 376 of 455

to ZPs) and support as required. While the roles and responsibilities are well
articulated and understood by the different sector organizations, there are still
capacity gaps with respect to planning, monitoring and implementation of
sector programs.
The World Bank’s pervious support to the State’s RWSS sector, most notably the
recently concluded Jalswarajya project (2003-09), was instrumental in
strengthening decentralization and demand-responsive approaches in the
sector. But the State still faces significant challenges in improving service
delivery. Due to past investments by the Government of Maharashtra (GoM), all
the 98,000+ habitations in the state are covered with a water supply system,
with varying degrees of technical complexity. The quality of services across the
State however remains poor-with less than 30 percent house connections on
average (despite high demand from rural households), unreliable/intermittent
supply (average 2-3 hrs supply/day), low pressures, and water quality
problems. Investments are being made every year for construction of new
water supply schemes and augmentation of existing schemes to raise the
service level status of the habitations to Fully Covered. Despite significant
efforts, about 3-5% of habitations slip back to ‘Partially Covered’ or ‘not covered
status’ every year, and a major portion of the financing in the sector goes into
rehabilitation and upgrading of old systems. Financial sustainability is another
critical issue, as tariff collections stand at only 66 percent, recovering only 39
percent of the O&M costs. In sanitation, the state is leading the country in the
number of GPs that have become Open Defecation Free (ODF), but still close to
half of the rural households (56 percent) practice open defecation. Sustaining
ODF status is also a major challenge, as a large number of GPs slip from this
status.
Under its current RWSS program, GoM seeks to significantly expand the
frontiers in the sector with a focus on increasing house connection coverage,
ensuring continuous water supply with adequate pressure and minimum
quality standards and ensuring that 100 percent of the rural population have
access to safe water and basic sanitation. Maharashtra is also a rapidly
urbanizing state with many large villages (with population more than 10,000
people) and a growing number of peri-urban villages that are demanding higher
levels of service. Finally, the state also faces challenges in addressing the needs
of water-stressed and water-quality affected areas, managing drinking water
quality, and ensuring drinking water security in the face of increasing droughts
and climate change impacts on rainfall patterns and the yield of existing
sources. A robust Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) system is essential to
support the planning and effective implementation of this program.

Page 377 of 455

3. Program Description
GoM has an existing RWSS program that is fully aligned with and driven by
Government of India’s National Rural Drinking Water program (NRDWP) for
water supply, and Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin) (SBMG) for sanitation. The
overall objective of GoM’s RWSS program is to increase access to safe drinking
water and sanitation services to rural communities at an affordable cost and in
an environmentally sustainable manner. GoM’s RWSS program is in line with
the national vision and goals, and also supports the constitutional mandate of
strengthening devolution. GoM has demonstrated its commitment to the
objectives of its own program by developing policies and guidelines to support
execution of the program, allocating requisite financial resources and putting in
place mechanisms to strengthen decentralized sector governance structures.
The time horizon of GoM’s RWSS program is 10 years (2012-2022), with a total
resource commitment of US$3.55 billion over the 10 years (equivalent to
US$355 million per year).

The World Bank will support a portion of this program over a 6-year period
(2013-2019) focusing on two primary activities: (i) institutional capacity
building for planning, implementation and monitoring of the sector across the
state; and (ii) physical investments for water supply and sanitation in large
peri-urban Gram Panchayats, and in water-stressed and water-quality affected
areas, in selected representative districts across the state, based on transparent,
pre-defined, and demand-driven criteria. These two activities reflect the
underlying challenges discussed above.

4. Program Results Framework

The development objective for the JS-II (here in after referred to as the
“Program Development Objective” or “PDO”) is stated as follows:
To improve the performance of GoM’s sector institutions in planning,
implementation and monitoring of its RWSS program and to improve access to
quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed
and water quality-affected areas.
GoM and the World Bank have agreed to concentrate Bank financing in four key
results areas that contribute to the achievement of the PDO:
 Result Area 1: Strengthened planning and monitoring in the RWSS
sector;
 Result Area 2: Improved institutional capacity for RWSS program
implementation;
 Result Area 3: Improved access to quality and sustainable water and
sanitation services in large peri-urban Gram Panchayats; and
 Result Area 4: Improved access to safe drinking water in water-stressed
and water quality affected areas.

Page 378 of 455

In order to provide evidence of continued progress towards the PDO, GoM and
the World Bank have also agreed on a set of intermediate results indicators that
will be used to measure and track intermediate results or intervening steps
towards the PDO. There are two types of intermediate results indicators: those
that are linked to disbursements, referred to as ‘disbursement-linked indicators
(DLIs), and those that are not linked to disbursements, referred to as ‘other
intermediate results indicators’. Achievement of DLIs triggers Bank
disbursements to the program. However, once disbursed, the Bank funds would
supplement GoM’s own resources and then be utilized for activities that
support activities linked to any intermediate results indicators (including those
indicators that do not trigger disbursements). The list of intermediate results
indicators agreed between GoM and the Bank are summarized in Table 1
below. A detailed results framework for the Program is provided in
Annexure 19.
Table 1 – Intermediate Results Indicators
Program Result Area Intermediate Results Indicators
Disbursement-Linked Other Intermediate
Indicators Results Indicators
(which do not
trigger
disbursements)
Result Area 1:- DLI#1:Strengthened M&E  Improved sector
Strengthened planning System for the sector planning processes
and monitoring in the for the sector
sector
Result Area 2: DLI#2: Strengthened  Percentage of rural
Improved institutional Capacity of Key Sector water supply
capacity for program Institutions. schemes that follow
implementation GoM’s demand
(Percentage of Sanctioned responsive
Staff maintained, trained and approach
equipped every year in Key  Percentage of GPs
Sector Institutions as per that are using
Annual Capacity sustainable O&M
Development Plan) mechanisms
Result Area 3: DLI#3: Number of house  Number of house
Improved access to connections to a connections to a
quality and sustainable Commissioned Water Supply Sustainable Sullage
water and sanitation System Collection and
services in peri-urban DLI#4: Number of house Treatment System
Gram Panchayats connections to a Sustainable  Number of
Water Supply System that improved

Page 379 of 455

Program Result Area Intermediate Results Indicators
Disbursement-Linked Other Intermediate
Indicators Results Indicators
(which do not
trigger
disbursements)
receive a Regular Water latrines/toilets
Service constructed
 Percentage of GPs
that maintain Open
Defecation Free
(ODF) status
Result Area 4: DLI#5: Number of (new)  Number of aquifer
Improved access to Community Safe and Secure water management
safe drinking water in Water Schemes (CSSWS) initiatives
water-stressed and successfully
water-quality affected implemented
areas

5. Existing M&E in RWSS Sector:-

RWSS sector is currently monitored through different monitoring systems
developed by different institutions- WSSD, MJP, GSDA, WSSO, PHD, RDD etc.
Two main monitoring systems being used are-

1. Online monitoring for NRDWP program using IMIS developed by the

GoI, and
2. Online monitoring for SBMG program.

Both these systems have been developed and maintained by Government of

India and are used by all the states. These systems effectively monitor a few
aspects of respective programs including; financial progress, physical progress,
capacity building activities, water quality status, slip back habitations and
devolution status. However, a state specific M&E system is needed that
captures the following: (i) current investments as well as past investments (ii)
service levels (iii) dynamic information on water quality (iv) dynamic
information on groundwater levels and source sustainability (v) O&M aspects
such as – service levels, water supply in lpcd, non revenue water, number of
households connected to PWS system, number of connections having water
meters installed,major break downs, number of hours of service delivery, tariff
levels, actual tariff recovery and expenditure on O&M etc. Such dynamic
information is essential to enable appropriate decisions and support to regular
service delivery. Other important aspects that need to be captured through
M&E systems, while implementing the program at the village level are; actual

Page 380 of 455

expenditures (as against releases), procurement status, actual physical progress
of projects etc.

There is also a need to develop a single platform where multiple institutions

(ZPs, MJP, GSDA, PHD, and WSSO etc) upload and store their data, but the same
is accessible to all stake holders. WSSD aims to develop and adopt such an
integrated and dynamic M&E system through the JS-II Program.

6. Objectives of the Consultancy Assignment

The objective of this consultancy is to establish an independent, efficient, user-

friendly and robust Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) system for RWSS sector
management and also be able to monitor progress of the DLIs under JS-II.

Proposed M& E System

The proposed M&E system will be able to capture and analyze, either in an
integrated fashion or in separate modules, a minimum set of indicators on:

1. Sector performance including the number of water schemes

constructed, people/habitations that are fully covered with improved
water sources, and household connections; per capita investment
costs; functionality of water schemes; hours of service and water
quality; the number of households and institutions having access to a
toilet, GPs attaining and sustaining ODF and clean status, and so on;
2. Fiduciary performance including budget variance, time efficiency of
funds flow, timeliness of recording actual expenditures and account
reconciliations, average length of procurement processes, number of
bidders and bid responsiveness, processing time for contractor
payments; and
3. Project/contract management performance including the schedule
and cost performance of RWS schemes.

7. M&E System Development Scope and Proposed Methodology:

The proposed scope and methodology for developing a robust M&E system, as
envisioned above, is detailed below for aiding the consultant in shaping their
work plans. The consultant is free to suggest appropriate amendments to the
scope and methodology based on their experience and insights. In undertaking
this assignment, the consultant shall coordinate with the M&E teams from the
RSPMU and WSSO.

 Identifying and finalizing final set of indicators that need to be

monitored across various sector programs (NRDWP, SBMG and JS-II)

Page 381 of 455

 and also across various stages i.e. pre-planning stage, planning stage,
execution stage, O&M stage and evaluation stage. This will be
undertaken in consultation with a representative group of all the key
stakeholders.
 Identify appropriate sources/levels for data generation and reporting
(GP, Block, District, Region and State) and also across organizations
(WSSO, ZPs, BRCs, MJP, GSDA and PHD) designated posts that will have
to collect data and input into the system regularly and identify their
capacity building needs.
 Identify, with the guidance from Program Implementation Coordination
Committee (PICC) the type of automated analysis required for the top
sector management and prepare a list of reports that are needed from
the integrated systems and also their time frames (monthly, quarterly
and annual reports). These consolidated reports will assist the top
management in taking appropriate course correction decisions and issue
guidance to implementing agencies.
 Compare with the current M& E systems and highlight indicators for
which data is already being collected and also process of such data
collection and its reliability.
 Map the methods of data collection, for each indicator and extent of use
of IT systems for the same. Identify the data can be made available for
public use.
 Identify and study the M&E systems that are developed and used in
other sectors and or other places and draw applicable lessons for this
assignment.
 Develop detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for a software consultant
firm for developing an integrated M&E system package, if required. The
software should be so designed to generate periodic reports for various
types of uses at various levels, including reports that can be put up
website for public information.
 Design a system to upgrade the existing website for improved internal
use, integration of data from different units and also for making available
appropriate information to public at large.
 Support the process of software development, field testing, piloting and
scaling up by training the M&E teams in RSPMU/WSSO and also the
M&E teams in ZPs, MJP, GSDA and PHD
 The consultant shall proactively review relevant literature, dialogue with
all the key stakeholder groups and also seek their views in the entire
process. If required, the consultant shall design and coordinate
workshops with stakeholders under the leadership of RSPMU/WSSO.

Page 382 of 455

8. For establishing the M&E system the Consultancy will be required to
complete:
 Review relevant guidelines, evaluation/status/assessment reports
prepared by the WSSD, RSPMU, WSSO, MJP, GSDA, WB etc.
 Review the existing 96 + 1 column monitoring system and other
programs developed by the WSSD and any other systems developed by
the RSPMU, WSSO, MJP, GSDA, Public Health Deptt (PH Labs).
 Conduct interviews and discussions with beneficiaries and other
stakeholders, where necessary

9. The basis for the work of the Consultancy shall be:

 The Program Results Framework
 The DLI Verification Protocol agreed between GoM and the World Bank
 The Program Manual, other manuals, guidelines issued by the
government and Implementation Plan
 Any contracts entered between any of the Program implementing
entities and third parties
 Physical on-site verification, interviews and discussions with
beneficiaries and other stakeholders
 Other relevant documents provided by WSSD/RSPMU from time to time

10. Required Firm Experience and Team Composition

The assignment requires an individual or a firm or consortium with skills and
experience (academic and research or consultancy) in M&E and a broad
knowledge of the RWSS sector in India, familiarity with IT systems and
database handling expertise will be an added advantage, should have at least
years of experience in the relevant field and are not currently – employed by
GoM or any of the RWSS sector institutions being covered under the M&E
system.

11. Terms of Employment

 The Consultant shall be offered a Contract for a period of 3 (three) years,
renewable for a period of 1 (one) year upon satisfactory performance.
However, such renewals will be given not more than 3 (three) times.
The Consultant should expect to begin work in November, 2013. The
work is expected to be completed by October, 2016. Terms of payment to
the consultancy will be on following basis.

 A fixed (lump sum) fee for developing inception report and

methodology, including component-wise list of indicators, sampling
plan, source of information, instruments for data collection, field
procedures, and quality control plan, reporting formats, software and
hardware requirements etc.

Page 383 of 455

  A fixed (lump sum) fee for development of each component of the
system.
 A fixed (lump sum) fee for testing of each component of the system.
 A fixed fee (lump sum) for launching of each component of the system.
 A fixed fee (lump sum) for training of the staff/stakeholders.
 A fixed fee (lump sum) for firmly grounding of the system.

12. Deliverables: The Consultant shall submit the following deliverables:

 An Inception Report containing need analysis, design methodology,
instruments, field procedures and quality control plan within 12
weeks/3 months of starting the assignment
 Periodic Reports (draft and final versions) about design of M&E system
for each subcomponent/component in a mutually agreed format.
 An updated report in cases where an M&E system for a subcomponent/
component of the Program is designed tested and launched.
 Evidence of the activities conducted in representative service areas.

13. Reporting

The Consultancy shall carry out the assignment under the overall supervision of
the Principal Secretary, WSSD. However, day-to-day activities for the
establishment of M&E system shall be managed and coordinated under the
guidance and supervision of the Project Manager/the Project Director in the
Reform Support and Project Management Unit (RSPMU). The Consultancy shall
submit accurate and timely periodical reports, supported with proof, about
progress in the assignment to the Principal Secretary, WSSD as well as to the
Project Director. The RSPMU shall provide the Consultancy with access to
relevant data, documents necessary, Program sites and locations, if necessary.

Page 384 of 455

Page 385 of 455
 B. Independent Verification of Results-Consultancy Service
Terms of Reference (ToR)

1. Introduction
The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program,
and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consultancy services for
independent verification of results for Rural Water Supply and Sanitation
(RWSS) sector under the JS-II.

The development objective of the World Bank aided Program is to improve the
performance of GoM’s RWSS sector institutions in planning, implementation
and monitoring of its programs and to improve access to quality and
sustainable water services in large peri-urban areas, and in water–stressed and
water quality-affected areas.

The program is designed using the new World Bank lending instrument
(Program-for-Results) in which financial disbursements are linked to
achievement of pre-agreed results (hereinafter called Disbursement Linked
Indicators or in short DLIs). GoM intends to hire a reputable company/entity
with expertise in performance/technical auditing to act as an Independent
Verification Agency (IVA) for the Program.

2. Background to the RWSS sector in Maharashtra

Maharashtra is a leading state in India in adopting RWSS sector reforms that
promote decentralization of sector management and demand responsive
approaches. The state has a population of 112.4 million people, of which 61.8
million (55 percent) live in rural areas. It is the second largest State in India in
terms of population and third largest in terms of geographic area (307,731
sq.km). It has 34 districts, with 28813 Gram Panchayats (GP), covering 98,842
habitations. The Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD) at the state
level is the overall lead agency that determines polices, raises resources and
monitors sector programs. The Zilla Parishads (ZPs) at district level and Gram
Panchayats (GPs) at the village level are the key organizations that implement
the sector programs. The state level technical agencies – Maharashtra Jeevan
Pradhikaran (MJP) (the state’s water board) and Groundwater Survey and
Development Agency (GSDA) provide technical expertise (through staff deputed
to ZPs) and support as required. While the roles and responsibilities are well
articulated and understood by the different sector organizations, there are still
capacity gaps with respect to planning, monitoring and implementation of
sector programs.

Page 386 of 455

The World Bank’s pervious support to the State’s RWSS sector, most notably the
recently concluded Jalswarajya project (2003-09), was instrumental in
strengthening decentralization and demand-responsive approaches in the
sector. But the State still faces significant challenges in improving service
delivery. Due to past investments by the Government of Maharashtra (GoM), all
the 98,000+ habitations in the state are covered with a water supply system,
with varying degrees of technical complexity. The quality of services across the
State however remains poor – with less than 30 percent house connections on
average (despite high demand from rural households), unreliable/intermittent
supply (average 2-3 hrs supply/day), low pressures, and water quality
problems. Investments are being made every year for construction of new
water supply schemes and augmentation of existing schemes to raise the
service level status of the habitations to Fully Covered. Despite significant
efforts, about 3-5% of habitations slip back to ‘Partially Covered’ or ‘not covered
status’ every year, and a major portion of the financing in the sector goes into
rehabilitation and upgrading of old systems. Financial sustainability is another
critical issue, as tariff collections stand at only 66 percent, recovering only 39
percent of the O&M costs. In sanitation, the state is leading the country in the
number of GPs that have become open defecation free (ODF), but still close to
half of the rural households (56 percent) practice open defecation. Sustaining
ODF status is also a major challenge, as a large number of GPs slip from this
status.

Under its current RWSS program, GoM seeks to significantly expand the
frontiers in the sector with a focus on increasing house connection coverage,
ensuring continuous water supply with adequate pressure and minimum
quality standards and ensuring that 100 percent of the rural population have
access to safe water and basic sanitation. Maharashtra is also a rapidly
urbanizing state with many large villages (with population more than 10,000
people) and a growing number of peri-urban villages that are demanding higher
levels of service. Finally, the state also faces challenges in addressing the needs
of water-stressed and water-quality affected areas, managing drinking water
quality, and ensuring drinking water security in the face of increasing droughts
and climate change impacts on rainfall patterns and the yield of existing
sources. A robust Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) system is essential to
support the planning and effective implementation of this program.

3. Program Description
GoM has an existing RWSS program that is fully aligned with and driven by
Government of India’s National Rural Drinking Water program (NRDWP) for
water supply, and Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin) (SBMG) for sanitation. The
overall objective of GoM’s RWSS program is to increase access to safe drinking
water and sanitation services to rural communities at an affordable cost and in

Page 387 of 455

an environmentally sustainable manner. GoM’s RWSS program is in line with
the national vision and goals, and also supports the constitutional mandate of
strengthening devolution. GoM has demonstrated its commitment to the
objectives of its own program by developing policies and guidelines to support
execution of the program, allocating requisite financial resources and putting in
place mechanisms to strengthen decentralized sector governance structures.
The time horizon of GoM’s RWSS program is 10 years (2012-2022), with a total
resource commitment of US$3.55 billion over the 10 years (equivalent to
US$355 million per year).

The World Bank will support a portion of this program over a 6-year period
(2013-2019) focusing on two primary activities: (i) institutional capacity
building for planning, implementation and monitoring of the sector across the
state; and (ii) physical investments for water supply and sanitation in large
peri-urban Gram Panchayats, and in water-stressed and water-quality affected
areas, in selected representative districts across the state, based on transparent,
pre-defined, and demand-driven criteria. These two activities reflect the
underlying challenges discussed above.

4. Program Results Framework

The development objective for the JS-II (here in after referred to as the
“Program Development Objective” or “PDO”) is stated as follows:

To improve the performance of GoM’s sector institutions in planning,

implementation and monitoring of its RWSS program and to improve access to
quality and sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed
and water quality-affected areas.
GoM and the World Bank have agreed to concentrate Bank financing in four key
results areas that contribute to the achievement of the PDO:
 Result Area 1: Strengthened planning and monitoring in the RWSS
sector;
 Result Area 2: Improved institutional capacity for RWSS program
implementation;
 Result Area 3: Improved access to quality and sustainable water and
sanitation services in large peri-urban Gram Panchayats; and
 Result Area 4: Improved access to safe drinking water in water-stressed
and water quality affected areas.

In order to provide evidence of continued progress towards the PDO, GoM and
the World Bank have also agreed on a set of intermediate results indicators that
will be used to measure and track intermediate results or intervening steps
towards the PDO. There are two types of intermediate results indicators: those
that are linked to disbursements, referred to as ‘disbursement-linked indicators

Page 388 of 455

(DLIs), and those that are not linked to disbursements, referred to as ‘other
intermediate results indicators’. Achievement of DLIs triggers Bank
disbursements to the program. However, once disbursed, the Bank funds would
supplement GoM’s own resources and then be utilized for activities that
support activities linked to any intermediate results indicators (including those
indicators that do not trigger disbursements). The list of intermediate results
indicators agreed between GoM and the Bank are summarized in Table 1
below.
Table 1 – Intermediate Results Indicators
Program Result Intermediate Results Indicators
Area
Disbursement-Linked Other Intermediate
Indicators Results Indicators
(which do not trigger
disbursements)
Result Area 1:- DLI#1:Strengthened M&E  Improved sector
Strengthened System for the sector planning processes for
planning and the sector
monitoring in the
sector
Result Area 2: DLI#2: Strengthened  Percentage of rural
Improved Capacity of Key Sector water supply schemes
institutional Institutions. that follow GoM’s
capacity for demand responsive
program (Percentage of Sanctioned approach
implementation Staff maintained, trained and  Percentage of GPs that
equipped every year in Key are using sustainable
Sector Institutions as per O&M mechanisms
Annual Capacity
Development Plan)
Result Area 3: DLI#3: Number of house  Number of house
Improved access to connections to a connections to a
quality and Commissioned Water Supply Sustainable Sullage
sustainable water System Collection and
and sanitation DLI#4: Number of house Treatment System
services in peri- connections to a Sustainable  Number of improved
urban Gram Water Supply System that latrines/toilets
Panchayats receive a Regular Water constructed
Service  Percentage of GPs that
maintain Open
Defecation Free (ODF)
status

Page 389 of 455

Program Result Intermediate Results Indicators
Area
Disbursement-Linked Other Intermediate
Indicators Results Indicators
(which do not trigger
disbursements)
Result Area 4: DLI#5: Number of (new)  Number of aquifer
Improved access to Community Safe and Secure water management
safe drinking water Water Schemes (CSSWS) initiatives successfully
in water-stressed implemented
and water-quality
affected areas

GoM and the Bank team have agreed on a set of fiver DLIs as shown in Table 1
above. The choice of DLIs was based on four factors: i) the signalling role of the
indicator –i.e. whether it signals a critical action along the results chain; ii) the
perceived need to introduce a strong financial incentive to deliver the activity
and iii) the practical aspects of verifying achievement; and iv) GoM’s capacity to
achieve the DLIs durig the implementation period of the PforR operaion.

DLI#1 and DLI#2 signal critical actions along the results hain without which the
PDO cannot be achieved. DLI#3, DLI#4 and DLI#5 provide funds against
performance (achievement of priority outputs) to encourage the practice of
managing for results and a stronger focus on actual service improvement.

5. Objectives of the Consultancy Assignment

The objective of this consultancy is to carry out independent verification
achievement of DLIs under the Program, based on a pre-agreed Verification
Protocole. The IVA will verify that the DLIs have been achieved and issue a
Verification Report to WSSD, which would be then forwarded to the World Bank
as part of the evidence required for disbursement purposes. The DLIs will be
verified periodically through paper and physical inspection to confirm the
accuracy and quality of results claimed. In accordance with good audit practice,
verification will take place against a sampling framework and frequency,
described in detail in the Verification Protocol as in Annexure 21 of the
Program Manual.

6. Scope of Service
The IVA will confirm achievement of each Program DLI based on a desk review
of program monitoring reports and sample verification of data and evidence.

The task of the IVA will include, but not necessarily be limited to the following:

Page 390 of 455

  Develop methodology, including sampling plan, source of information,
instruments for data collection, field procedures and quality control
plan;
 Review the Verification protocol agreed between the GoM and the World
Bank and make recommendations for improvement, where necessary
 Verification of achievement of each of the Program DLIs,
 Issuance of Verification Report to the WSSD immediately following
verification,
 Verification of calculation of the amount to be disbursed against each
verified DLI based on a disbursement formula/modalities agreed
between GoM and the World Bank (See Annexure 23)

For each DLI, the IVA will be required to complete:

 Desk-based review of all relevant Program monitoring reports
 Inspection and verification (on-site) of the primary data and evidence
provided by the relevant implementing units. In case of multiple
implementation units, a random sample of no less that 5% of the units
will be visited to verify the accuracy of the data and evidence provided.
 Conduct interviews and discussions with beneficiaries and other
stakeholders, where necessary.

With respect to DLI#3 AND DLI#4, the IVA will carry out a physical
independent verification of a random sample of no less that 5% of connections
per water scheme in all schemes, as well as a scheme survey to validate
operational performance parameters.

With respect to DLI#5, the IVA will carry out a physical verification of a random
sample of no less that 5% of community safe and safe secure water systems to
verify the minimum requirements as laid out in the Verification Protocol.

7. The basis for the work of the Consultancy shall be:

 The Program Results Framework
 The DLI Verification Protocol agreed between GoM and the World Bank
 The Program Manualand Implementation Plan
 Program Monitoring Report
 Any contracts entered between any of the Program implementing
entities and third parties
 Physical on-site verification, interviews and discussions with
beneficiaries and other stakeholders
 Other relevant documents provided by WSSD/RSPMU from time to
time

Page 391 of 455

8. Required Firm Experience and Team Composition
The assignment requires an individual or a firm or consortium with skills and
experience in audit (financial, technical or performance audit) and a broad
knowledge of the RWSS sector in India. Familiarity with M&E system as well as
IT systems and database handling manipulation expertise will be an added
advantage.

The IVA should be able to propose at least 02 [Two] teams of technical experts
for physical verification that:
 Have knowledge if RWSS sector in India
 Have at least 10 [Ten] years of experience in technical audit of water
supply systems and/or delivery process
 Are familiar with the relevant WSS technical standards and norms in
Maharashtra
 Are not currently employed by GoM or any of the RWSS sector
institutions covered by the IVA servces.

Other key members required include M&E specialist, institutional

development specialists with broad knowledge of the RWSS sector. The
ability if the IVA’s key team members to mobilise quickly upon notification
of a request for verification is essential.

9. Terms of Employment
The IVA shall be offered a Contract for a period of three (3) years, renewable for
up to three (3) periods of one year upon satisfactory performance. The terms of
employment shall be “on call” basis. The IVA should expect to begin work in
August, 2014. The work is expected to be completed by August, 2017. The total
estimated level of effort is 04 [Four] man-months effort per year.
 A fixed (lump sum) fee for developing verification methodology,
including sample plan, source of information, instruments for data
collection, field procedures, and quality control plan, reporting formats,
software and hardware requirements etc.
 A fixed (lump sum) fee per each for DLI verified.
 A fixed (lump sum) fee per each DLI re-verified (if requested by WSSD)

Page 392 of 455

10. Deliverables: The IVA shall submit the following deliverables:
 An Inception Report containing the design methodology,
instruments, field procedures and quality control plan within 04
[Four] weeks of starting the assignment
 Periodic DLI Verification Reports (draft and final versions) in the
format provided in Annexure 21.
 An updated DLI Verification report in cases where a re-verification is
requested by the WSSD.
 Photographic evidence of the verification activities conducted in
representative service areas (pictures of water supply installation
and/or house connections verified, meeting held etc).

11. Reporting
The IVA shall carry out the assignment under the overall supervision of the
Principal Secretary, WSSD. However, day-to-day management of the verification
process shall be managed and coordinated under the guidance and supervision
of the Project Manager/the Project Director in the Reform Support and Project
Management Unit (RSPMU). The IVA shall submit the DLI Verification Reports
to the Principal Secretary, WSSD. The IVA shall ensure that the Verification
Reports are timely, accurate and objective and are backed up by evidence and a
clear rationale. The IVA will be required to make presentations as needed in
Mumbai and clarify in a timely manner any issues and questions raised by
WSSD and the World Bank.

The RSPMU shall provide the IVA with access to relevant data, documents
necessary, to verify DLI achievements. The RSPMU shall make arrangement to
ensure that the IVA’s staff and Consultants have access to all Program sites and
locations.

Page 393 of 455

 C. IT Specialist

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD) of Government of

Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World Bank to support the
Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program (herein after cllaed as
Jalswarajya-II or in short JS-II). The WSSD is already implementing programs
like NRDWP (National Rural Drtinking Water Program) and SBMG (Swachh
Bharat Mission (Gramin) in the state. JS-II is designed to strength institutional
capacities and systems capacity for effective implementation of all RWSS sector
programs, across the state and demonstrate innovative RWSS service delivery
models in challenging areas, mainly peri-urban villages and water quality
affected and water stressed villages. For details of JS-II program, refer to the
Project Appraisal Document. The WSSD intends to hire on contractual basis, a
qualified individual with expertise in Information Technology (IT) aspects to
strengthen and mantain their M&E systems.

Objective:
The objective of appointing an IT Specialist is to provide IT support for
establishing an independent, efficient, user-friendly and robust monitoring and
evaluation system for RWSS sector and the JS-II Program. The IT Specialist is
expected to support the Reform Support Project Monitoring Unit (RSPMU) and
the M&E Consultant in designing the softwares for the M&E system and suggest
appropriate hardwares in coordination with M&E consultant. In addition the IT
Specialist will also work with the Water Supply and Sanitation Organization
(WSSO) for all the state programs. The IT Specialist will also provide ongoing
support to the implementation of the IT softwarer developed.

SCOPE OF WORK:
The IT Specialist will be part of the RSPMU and will report to the Project
Manager. The IT Specialist will be responsible for the overall coordination of all
IT related Program activities and achievement of Program objectives within the
time schedule and within the financial plan.
The IT specialist will also support the state sector institutions such as Water
Supply and Sanitation Organization (WSSO) to manage the implementation of
all IT related activities.

SPECIFIC TASKS AND RESPONSIBILITIES:-

1. To support the WSSD, RSPMU and WSSO to prepare IT implementation
plan for the M&E system for RWSS sector and JS-II.
2. To coordinate with the JS-II team and all sector institutions for developing
IT system for supporting the web-based M&E system.

Page 394 of 455

3. To develop ToR for establishing an IT team (as required in future) in the
RSPMU to support the implementation of the IT related activities of
developing and executing a M&E system.
4. To coordinate the activities of the working groups formed (for strategy
development, for defining user requests and business processes and for
establishing IT systems) by the RSPMU for establishing and implementing
an M&E system and to work in cooperation with such groups.
5. To support the WSSD, WSSO and the RSPMU, as required, to elaborate the
terms of references and the technical specifications for all IT related
activities;
6. To manage all IT related contracts of the RSPMU and advise the RSPMU on
the contract management (i.e.monitoring the contracting process, timely
execution of the contract obligations, payment and finalization of the
contract);
7. To elaborate Quality Assurance and Risk Management for the software
development and implementation pertaining to the M&E system to ensure
the quality of the deliverables and will ensure each function in the system
protected with existing permission structure for users (i.e. users have
roles and roles have permissions).
8. To periodically carry out the system audit and quality audit in order to
determine effective usage and quality of procedures followed.
9. To determine and make available to the M&E consultants and M&E team
in the RSPMU all information necessary to perform their tasks;
10. To participate in the review meetings and prepare concept notes and
progress notes relevant to IT system development and implementation;
11. To support the preparation and implementation of the IT/M&E capacity
building plan as required.
12. To implement decisions taken by the RSPMU or its committees with
respect to promotion of IT activities and projects under JS-II;
13. To make provisions, in cooperation with the Procurement specialist, for
the delivery and installation of IT equipment, software and networks.
14. To provide professional assistance to the Procurement Specialist while
communicating with persons, participating in the IT bidding procedures
and in e-procurement;
15. To report to the Project Manager on regular basis on the status of the IT
related activities of JS-II on the progress of the IT activities against
monthly/ quarterly plans, financial allocations and highlight key progress
made and slip backs, if any, that need attention of the PM;
16. To support the establishment of a central electronic archive for the
RSPMU/WSSO documentation and making provisions that the network
and system always function at satisfactory level;
17. To develop and implement a web-based management information system
by analysing the information needs for RWSS sector.

Page 395 of 455

18. To ensure development of timely, accurate and reliable data collection and
analysis mechanisms/formats for use by various stakeholders at the GP/
block/ district/regional and state levels.
19. To establish and maintain proper coordination with the M&E Consultant/
Specialist, MIS Specialist and the counterpart in the World Bank Team.
20. To provide support and advice on MIS and IT to all stakeholders using the
M&E system and to resolve online queries.
21. To assess requirement and to ensure installation of appropriate computer
systems for the M&E system at all levels.
22. To assess effectiveness of and to suggest appropriate measures of
communication between various stakeholder groups.
23. To assess the performance of the IT staff at various levels.
24. To identify and design/procure softwares for in-house requirements as
and when needed.
25. To update the RSPMU and the WSSD on new emerging technologies in
Information and Communication and recommend appropriate measures
for upgradation.
26. To advise and support on IT aspects relatedaspects related to post
development of M&E system.
27. To be responsible for any other related responsibilities entrusted by the
Project Manager/the Project Director.

COMMUNICATION:
The IT specialist will report to the Project Manager and coordinate with the
Director WSSO, as required, but may communicate directly with the sector
institutions implementing the Program components for IT related works.
For strategically important decisions regarding the duties (assignments)
described in the Terms of Reference, the IT Specialist needs to obtain approvals
of the Project Manager, RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-to-time.

REPORTING:
 Prepare Monthly Progress Reports for all IT related activities;
 Prepare Quarterly Reports for the IT parts implementation, to be used for
the preparation of the QRs to the Project Steering Committee;
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes from the meetings of the IT Working groups;
 Prepare Minutes from the meetings with the IT supplier’s and IT
consultants.

MEETINGS:
The IT Specialist will:
 Participate in the Program Steering Committee meetings, if requested;
 Have weekly meetings with the IT Working Groups;

Page 396 of 455

 Have regular meetings with the consultants, suppliers and contractors, in
order to monitor the progress of their work;
 Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.

PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE:
The period of assignment is June, 2014 to May, 2017, renewable on an annual
basis.

ESSENTIAL QUALIFICATION:
The IT Specialist should hold a B.E. or B.Tech. or M.E. or M.Tech. in IT/Computer
Science/ECE or M.C.S. or M.C.A. degree in first class or equivalent grades from a
recognised university, should be fluent in communications in English and
Marathi languages, should be familiar with working on SQL server, working on
heterogeneous languages and contemporary databases, open source
technologies, modern application development languages and script languages
like Java, ASP, Dot Net, HTML, DHTML, PHP etc.

DESIRED QUALIFICATIONS:
Candidates with an M.B.A. or PMP or any post graduate degree/diploma in
Environmental Engineering/Sciences/Water, Sanitation & Hygiene will be given
preference.

PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE REQUIRED :

ESSENTIAL EXPERIENCE
The IT Specialist should meet the following requirements.
Should have at least 7 years of experience in reputed organisations in IT Project
Management, including development of web based systems, monitoring,
analyzing and tracking progress and evaluation of IT projects, experience in
review and implementation of ICT/IM strategies, experience in at least one IT
system management and development.

DESIRED EXPERIENCE:-
Candidates having experience of working in water and sanitation sector or in
rural health or rural development sectors with government or semi-
government organisations will be preferred.

REMUNERATION:-
 Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 75,000/-
(negotiable depending on education and qualifications) shall be paid to the
incumbent. TA/DA shall be applicable as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-.

Page 397 of 455

 D. Knowledge Management Specialist

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD) of Government of

Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World Bank to support the
Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program (herein after cllaed as
Jalswarajya-II or in short JS-II). The WSSD is already implementing programs
like NRDWP (National Rural Drtinking Water Program) and SBMG (Swachh
Bharat Mission (Gramin) in the state. JS-II is designed to strength institutional
capacities and systems capacity for effective implementation of all RWSS sector
programs, across the state and demonstrate innovative RWSS service delivery
models in challenging areas, mainly peri-urban villages and water quality
affected and water stressed villages. For details of JS-II program, refer to the
Project Appraisal Document. The WSSD intends to hire on contractual basis, a
qualified individual with expertise in managing Knowledge Management
Activities for the JS-II program.

Objective:
The objective of hiring a Knowledge Management Specialist is to design and
implement appropriate Knowledge management activities for the JS-II teams in
specific and also the RWSS teams in general for keeping them updated on latest
developments in the sector.

Scope of Work:-
The Knowledge Management Specialist (KMS) will be part of the RSPMU and
will report to the Project Manager. The Knowledge Management Specialist will
be responsible for the overall coordination of all knowledge management
related activities, including web-based activities and will also provide guidance
and support to the state level and district level officers under the other RWSS
sector institutions in the state, mainly the Water Supply and Sanitation
Organization (WSSO).

Tasks and Responsibilities:

 The Knowledge Management Specialist at the RSPMU level will be
responsible for planning, formulation and coordination of the KM activities
under various sub-projects. Specific responsibilities of the Knowledge
Management Specialist in the RSPMU will include the following:
1. Study the RWSS sector and JS-II Program measures, identify key
stakeholders, identify their needs and develop an appropriate KM
strategy, systems and protocols for the consideration of the RSPMU/
WSSD. The strategy should build on existing means of KM and also
identify means to improve the effectiveness of knowledge dissemination

Page 398 of 455

 in a timely and cost-effective manner. The strategy should also consist of
a timeline for implementing the KM systems and review their
effectiveness over a period of time.
2. As per agreed strategy, work on developing web-based and non-web
based KM system in coordination with other sector institutions such as
WSSO, MEETRA and Zilla Parishads.
3. Coordinate with IT and MIS teams/experts to establish a web-based KM
system in a timely manner.
4. Coordinate with key sector organizations to improve the currently
existing non-web based KM systems
5. To develop systems for collecting, processing and dissemination of
information through strategic analysis and “packaging” to all key
stakeholders in an effective and user friendly manner.
6. To coordinate with other experts (IT and MIS) and key sector
institutions to integrate information, databases and knowledge
management systems, to the extent possible. To build capacity of all
partner institutions and stakeholders in adopting and applying
knowledge management systems.
7. To ensure that knowledge generated in the sector is acquired, processed,
packaged and disseminated in appropriate range of media including
using the WSSD’s Website.
8. To promote the sector through co-coordinated activities like updating
and improving website, documentation, publications education,
extension, and awareness about WATSAN sector programs.
9. To co-ordinate with relevant institutions and development agencies to
generate information on specific RWSS sector related issues including
best practices and lessons learnt elsewhere and disseminate the same
10. To oversee publishing and ensure that all documents generated in the
sector programs from all sources are of superior quality in terms of
language and layout and reflect the needs of the target audience.
11. To submit regular reports on activities and achievements to the RSPMU
from time to time and in accordance with the pre-decided priorities.
12. To monitor and evaluate KM Activities including developing an
interactive feedback system.

COMMUNICATION:-
The KM Specialist will report to the Project Manager of RSPMU. For strategically
important decisions regarding the duties (assignments) described in the Terms
of Reference, the KM Specialist needs to obtain approvals of the Project
Manager, RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-to-time.

Page 399 of 455

REPORTING:-
 Prepare Monthly and Quarterly Progress Reports for all knowledge
management related activities;
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes from the meetings of the knowledge
management working groups and consultants;

MEETINGS:-
The Knowledge Management Specialist will:-
 Participate in the Program Steering Committee meetings, if requested;
 Have periodical meetings with the KM Working Groups and consultants;
 Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.

PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE:-
The period of assignment is June, 2014 to May, 2017, renewable on an annual
basis.

QUALIFICATIONS AND SKILLS REQUIRED

Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination or on
deputation.

ESSENTIAL QUALIFICATIONS:
Candidates should hold a post graduate degree in Communications or
Behavioural Sciences or Mass Communications and Journalism or an equivalent
qualification from a recognized university. The KMS should have thorough
knowledge of RWSS/rural development programs and stakeholder needs,
documentation system and IT Systems. The KMS should have demonstrable
skills in Program management and in working effectively within
multidisciplinary teams. The KMS should have excellent communication skills in
presenting, discussing and should be fluent in communicating in Marathi and
English languages. The KMS should be able and willing to undertake travel
within the state and outside, as required.

DESIRED QUALIFICATIONS:
Candidates with relevant degree/experience in designing KM systems, IT
platforms and producing electronic/print media publications will be given
preference. Sound knowledge of information technologies and its applications
like GIS/GPS, networking skills will be essential.
Experience:
At least Seven 7 (seven) years of direct relevant work experience as Knowledge
Management Specialist having handled responsibilities with a substantial
content in the knowledge management sector; Good knowledge of all concepts,
principles and approaches to knowledge management systems followed by the
state Government, Govt of India and Multilateral Financing Institutes like

Page 400 of 455

World Bank, ADB etc., having exceptional degree of integrity, tact in handling
sensitive, diverse and confidential material, with knowledge and experience in
e-governance and experience of working in multidisciplinary teams will be an
added advantage.

Salary and Allowances:

Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 70,000/- (negotiable
depending on qualifications and experience) shall be paid to the incumbent.
TA/DA shall be as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/- .
In case of government /semi-government employees on deputation, salary and
allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy.

Page 401 of 455

 E. Assistant Information, Education and Communication
Specialist (IEC)

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(Jalswarajya-II). The WSSD is already implementing programs like NRDWP and
SBMG in the state. The GoM intends to hire on contractual basis, a reputable
entity with expertise in information, education and communication for the
sector including the JS-II Program. The objective of appointing an IEC Specialist
is to provide support for designing strategy and campaign for disseminating
/communicating information about Jalswarajya-II and various other sector
programs to different stakeholders and planning, designing implementing IEC
activities for RWSS sector. The IEC Specialist is expected to support the RSPMU
for monitoring different indicators pertaining to IEC activities under different
RWSS sector programs. IEC Specialist is expected to support the RSPMU and
various consultants in identifying capacity building indicators and processes
which will be useful for designing software’s pertaining to capacity building and
social management for web-based M&E system. IEC Specialist will suggest
appropriate measures for grounding the IEC part in the M&E system effectively,
in coordination with M&E Consultant and M&E Specialist.

Scope of Work:-
Assistant IEC Specialist will be part of the Reform Support Reform Support and
Project Management Unit (RSPMU) and will report to the Project Manager and
will be responsible for the overall coordination of all IEC activities in program
implementation in order to ensure that the related program objectives are
achieved within the time schedule and within the financial plan.
Assistant IEC Specialist will support the WSSD, RSPMU and the sector
institutions to manage and implement all IEC activities and will provide
guidance and support to all stakeholders as and when required.

Specific Tasks and Responsibilities:-

The tasks of the Assistant IEC Specialist Consultant will be to include, but not
necessarily be limited to, the following:
1. Organise workshops among different stakeholders such as villagers,
government officials, elected representatives, NGOs etc. to assess the need
and demand of the IEC materials.
2. To co-ordinate development and implementation of a comprehensive
communication strategy for the project at state level and coordinate with
IEC Specialists in the DWSM Cells to prepare and implement IEC strategy at

Page 402 of 455

 district and village levels to disseminate information of community
operational manual, sub-project cycle, etc.
3. To collaborate with Technical. Environment and Social specialists to
identify topics for development if IEC material such as the roles and
responsibilities, environment manual, social audit committee, grievance
redress system, cases for lessons learnt, etc.
4. To co-ordinate with the DWSM Cells and design appropriate
communication materials required for training of committee members.
5. To design and develop IEC material for effective dissemination through
multiple channels.
6. To assess the effectiveness of the IEC programs through periodic reviews,
evaluations and impact assessments and to make necessary changes in
strategy and materials.
7. To ensure adequate capacity building of program implementing agencies
and other partners involved to deliver IEC activities effectively.
8. To liaisewith the WSSD, all implementing agencies,
9. To empanel agencies with adequate capacity for production of IEC material
(print and electronic) for dissemination of information about the Program
and carry out campaigns as and when required.
10. To establish a resource center in the RSPMU to support and implement the
IEC strategy
11. To document the “process” of selected success/ failure stories and lessons
learnt.
12. Facilitate outsourcing of preparation and transmission of advertisements,
jingles and documentary films through various TV and radio channels.
13. To monitor the progress of IEC activities and project cycles as well as
deviations if any.
14. To co-ordinate with the Social Management Specialist, M&E Specialist and
Knowledge Management Specialist for effective dissemination of IEC
strategies across the State.

Communication:-
The Assistant IEC Specialist will report to the Project Manager. For strategically
important decisions regarding the duties (assignments) described in the Terms
of Reference, the Assistant IEC Specialist needs to obtain approvals of the
Project Manager, RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-to-time.

Reporting:-
 Report to the Project Manager at state level.
 Prepare Monthly/Quarterly Progress Reports on the agreed action plan
on IEC ;
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes of the meetings of the IEC Working
groups;
 Prepare Minutes from the meetings with the consultants.

Page 403 of 455

Meetings:-
The IEC Specialist will:-
 Participate in the Program Committee meetings, if requested;
 Have weekly meetings with the IEC Working Groups;
 Have regular meetings with the consultants and SOs, in order to monitor
the progress of their work;
 Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.

Period ofPerformance:-
The period of assignment is June 2014 – May, 2017, renewable on an annual
basis. The selected candidate will be based in Mumbai.

Qualification and Experience:

Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination or on
deputation.
 A Post graduate degree in Mass Communication and Journalism or ICT or
Applied Social Sciences or Sociology or Social Work or Anthropology or
Community Development or Rural Management or Rural Development or
an equivalent degree from a recognised university.
 Should have strong communication skills in presenting & discussing and
should be fluent in communicating in English and Marathi languages.
 Exceptional degree of integrity, judgment and tact in handling the most
sensitive, diverse and confidential material.
 The incumbent should be well conversant with the latest IT applications
and web-based monitoring systems.

Desirable Qualifications
 Candidates with degrees like Ph.D. or an M.B.A. or a post graduate
Diploma in Public Relations/Advertising/Business Management/Public
Finance/ Public Health will be given preference.

Experience
 Experience of working in a reputed educational institute or in
government/semi-government offices or in private sector in participatory
community development activities for at least seven (5) years, preferably,
in water supply and sanitation sector.
 Previous experience of working successfully with marginal/vulnerable
groups, expertise in participatory social assessment using various tools
and social marketing will be preferred.
 Experience of working with multilateral financing agencies/external aid
agencies will be preferred.

Page 404 of 455

Period of Performance:
The period of assignment will be from June, 2014 to May, 2017 renewable every
year.

Salary and Allowances

 Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 30,000/- to Rs. 50,000/-
(negotiable depending on education and qualifications) shall be paid to
the incumbent. TA/DA shall be applicable as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-.
 In case of government /semi-government employees on deputation, salary
and allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy.

Page 405 of 455

 F. Social Support Organisation

Terms of Reference (ToR)

I. Program Background
a. The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) seeks to significantly expand the
frontiers in the sector with a focus on increasing house connection coverage,
ensuring continuous water supply with adequate pressure and minimum
quality standards, and ensuring that 100 percent of the rural population has
access to safe water and basic sanitation. However, delivering this vision
requires building capacities of institutions through appropriate
implementation and management models. Maharashtra is also a rapidly
urbanizing state with many large villages and a growing number of peri-
urban areas that are demanding higher levels of service. Additionally, the
state also faces challenges in addressing the needs of water-stressed and
water-quality affected areas, managing drinking water quality, and ensuring
drinking water security in the face of increasing droughts and climate
change impacts on rainfall patterns and the yield of existing sources.

b. GoM has an existing RWSS program that is fully aligned with and driven by
Govt of India (GoI)’s National Rural Drinking Water Program (NRDWP) for
water supply, and Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin) (SBMG) for sanitation.
The overall objective of GoM’s RWSS program is to increase access to safe
drinking water and sanitation services to rural communities at an affordable
cost and in an environmentally sustainable manner. GoM’s RWSS program is
in line with the national vision and goals, and also supports the
constitutional mandate of strengthening devolution. GoM has demonstrated
its commitment to the objectives of its RWSS program by developing
relevant policies and guidelines for program implementation, allocating
requisite financial resources and putting in place mechanisms to strengthen
decentralized sector governance structures.

II. GoM has received funding from the World Bank to support the Maharashtra
Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program (Jalswarajya-II). The Bank will
support a portion of this program over a six-year period (2014-20) focusing
on two primary categories of activities: (i) institutional capacity building for
planning, implementation, and monitoring of the RWSS sector across
Maharashtra; and (ii) in select districts, implementation of: (a) Water supply
and Sullage management service improvement in peri-urban villages, and
(b) Water Supply service improvement and improved groundwater
management practices in water-stressed and water-quality-affected areas.
Program support under this category would be limited to twelve districts
(two each from the six administrative divisions of the state) selected based

Page 406 of 455

 on transparent, pre-defined and demand-driven criteria. Program
implementation will be fully embedded within the existing institutional
framework of the RWSS sector in Maharashtra. The role of each agency/unit
in this Program is summarized below.

 The Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD) of the state will be
the nodal agency for implementing the Program. A Reform Support and
Project Management Unit established under the previous project will
coordinate the program activities. WSSD has a Water Supply and
Sanitation Organization (already established at the state level based on
GoI guidelines for the sector for institutional capacity building, technical
assistance, communication and sector monitoring) which will be
responsible for these functions for the Program as well.
 The two technical agencies under WSSD–Maharashtra Jeevan
Pradhikaran (MJP) (which is the state Water Board) and Ground Water
Surveys and Development Agency (GSDA) - will support program
implementation respectively for peri-urban water supply and sullage
schemes, and for ground water management initiatives.
 The district and sub-district level institutions – Zilla Parishads (ZP) and
Blocks will implement community safe and secure water supply schemes
and sanitation improvement initiatives.
 The Public Health Department (PHD) will support in strengthening its
laboratories across the state.

In addition to above institutional support, the Program needs inputs in

planning, community mobilization, communication, capacity building,
monitoring, and grievance management especially at project village level for
effective and timely implementation. It is therefore proposed to engage
Support Organization (SO) with experience in undertaking support activities
in planning, implementing, capacity building, communication; and
monitoring of water supply and sanitation initiatives at village and
panchayat level. The SO will work closely with the VWSC and Gram
Panchayat within overall supervision and guidance of district and block
teams.

III. Objective
The objective of the program is to improve the performance of
Maharashtra’s sector institutions in planning, implementation and
monitoring of its RWSS program and to improve access to quality and
sustainable services in peri-urban villages, and in water–stressed and water
quality-affected areas. In order to improve the institutional capacities, it is
proposed to engage Support Organization for assisting in undertaking the
community support, implementation and monitoring functions including

Page 407 of 455

 grievance management in the project villages. For each project area (or
scheme or village), SO will be engaged to support the above activities. One
SO can apply for more than one project village or scheme.

IV. Scope of Work

The objective is to provide support for establishing a participatory,
transparent, inclusive and accountable program system through the project
cycle approach for drinking water supply, sanitation including environment
sanitation, and source sustainability initiatives like aquifer management.

The scope of work includes the following:

1. Planning: This includes undertaking of Baseline survey, Village Water
Supply/Water Security Plans, Village Sanitation Plans including
Environment Sanitation Plan
2. Community Mobilization: This involves mobilization of GP and
Communities including for community contribution, and activation
/strengthening of VWSC; Opening of Bank Account, Securing Gram
Sabha’s endorsements, helping signing the agreements, etc
3. IEC: This includes implementation of the IEC strategy and plan in a
timely manner ensuring coordination with ZP/BRCs. The IEC strategy
will include inter-personal communication and mass media campaign at
village level supported by social mobilization and advocacy drive.
4. Capacity Building: This includes the implementation of capacity
building strategy and plan at GP and VWSC that includes conducting
trainings, exposure visits, and demonstrations.
5. Implementation: The SO will actively support the VWSC in the
implementation of the water and sanitation schemes that includes
support in procurement, accounting, technical guidance, quality checks,
monitoring, etc.
6. Safeguards: The SO will implement safeguard norms (social and
environment) as adopted in the Program.
7. Governance and Accountability: The SO will support in improving
transparency, governance and accountability systems which will be
supported by the tools like social audits, independent reviews, technical
audits, complaint re-addressal mechanism, etc.
8. Monitoring and Evaluation: The SO will monitor and report progress
as per the guidelines
9. Convergence: The SO will ensurecoordination with ongoing supportive
programs for converging technical and financial resources during
implementation in project villages.
10. O&M: The SO will help in strengthening operation and maintenance of
the schemes along with linkages with technical back-stopping
arrangements.

Page 408 of 455

 The phase wise scope of work is as follows:
Phase Activities Required
Months
Pre-  Village contact program 6
Planning  Lead in IEC program implementation in the
villages for demand generation including
orientation to all GPs, Sarpanches and other key
officials for creating awareness.
 Support GP in passing the resolution to
participate in the project
 Help District teams in prioritizing the GPs based
on selection criteria
 Coordinate with district IEC specialist to generate
awareness and mobilize communities through
information dissemination about the program and
services including roles and responsibilities of
implementing partners, duties and obligations of
committees such as social audit, grievance redress
mechanisms and procedures, etc. through ward
level meetings using IEC materials
Planning  Inform and prepare GP for initial work 18
 Mobilizing groups for constitution or revival of
VWSC that has representation from all wards,
select members of Social Audit Committee
representing all the wards and are not members
of VWSC
 Motivate and facilitate GP to pass resolution
recognizing VWSC and habitation level sub-
committees
 Facilitate meetings of VWSC
 Support in base line survey followed by preparing
Village Water Supply/Water Security Plan/Village
Sanitation Plan including Environment Sanitation
Plan
 Lane/Ward/Habitation/Village/GP Level
meetings for mobilization, using PRA and
documentation of these activities.
 Carrying out participatory identification of legally
entitled vulnerable for subsidy for connections,
metering, toilets, etc
 Motivation and awareness to ensure inclusion.

Page 409 of 455

Phase Activities Required
Months
Following ward level mobilization process,
starting with poorest of poor, SC/ST hamlets and
formation of beneficiary level committee
 Information dissemination of technology options
 Agreement on technology options, location of
facilities, etc.
 Supporting VWSC to identify land required for
physical structures and ensuring that the process
for land transfer for the structures is completed
 VWSC meeting held and decision on contributions
taken
 Getting Plans approval in Gram Sabha/ Mahila
Gram Sabha
 Mobilizing and sensitizing communities for
contributions/ 100% Community Contribution
mobilized
 Awareness on hygiene and environmental
sanitation
 General awareness creation activities at
household/ ward level
 Ward level meetings organized for preparation of
ward level plans.
 Mahila Gram Sabha organised to prioritise their
needs
 GP level meetings organized to consolidate Ward
Plans and include Women needs
 Support in audit on inclusion, transparency and
participation to ensure inclusion of all
stakeholders.
 Discussion about proposed DPR and scheme
facilities in VWSC, GP, Mahila Gram Sabha and
Gram Sabha
 Support in preparing reform DPR, approval
process and awarding
 Training to VWSC/community leaders on all
modules related to group management,
leaderships, conflict resolution, meeting process,
books of record, etc
 Capacity building of Social Audit Committee to
carry out audit at planning stage of inclusion,

Page 410 of 455

 Phase Activities Required
Months
participation and transparency; expenditure
tracking corresponding with civil works at
implementation stage; and collection of user fees,
expenditure for maintenance and plans of O&M
 Document in detail grievances submitted in drop-
boxes and action taken to resolve them on
monthly basis
Implement  Support in implementing water supply and 12
ation sullage management schemes
 Support in implementation of SBMG program and
other related programs
 Conduct Village Cleanliness Drive in each
habitation of the allotted panchayats.
 Support in implementation of social and
environmental safeguards norms, and governance
and accountability related measures
 Support VWSC in accounting and processing of
bills
 Support in quality checks, audit, monitoring, and
reporting
 Facilitate meetings of VWSC
 Document in detail grievances submitted in drop-
boxes and action taken to resolve them on
monthly basis.
O&M  Support in the preparation of O&M Plan and 12+
Annual Budget
 Discussions with community members on O&M
plan and budget/Finalization of O&M plan and
budget
 Conducting ward level meeting to fix user fees in a
participative manner
 Mahila Gram Sabha and Gram Sabha endorses the
tariff
 Support in appointing operator/assistant to
collects user fees
 Conducting regular meetings on O&M
 Support in review of contractor’s performance on-
site with community participation
 Support in conducting quarterly social audit
exercise after three months of commissioning

Page 411 of 455

 Phase Activities Required
Months
with participation of community.
 Facilitate meetings of VWSC
 Support VWSC in taking full control of WATSAN
infrastructure
 Extend technical support to VWSC in conducting
water quality tests of the public drinking water
sources in all the habitations using FTKs.
 Document in detail grievances submitted in drop-
boxes and action taken to resolve them on
monthly basis.
 Support in strengthening linkages with technical
back-stopping arrangements
 Support in assessing impacts on beneficiaries

V. Duration
The assignment will be for five years. However, the contract will be initially
given for three years which will be extended depending upon the
performance.

VI. Deliverables
 Inception Report within one month highlighting plan, methodology,
team details, formats, etc.
 Monthly progress reports in accordance with the agreed action plan and
format.
 Thematic quarterly reports on inclusion, participation, transparency and
on access to subsidy in accordance with legal and policy framework of
GoM.
 Quarterly collate and consolidate social audit reports for the district.
 Final Report highlighting progress and achievements.

VII. Reporting
The SO will report to CEO, DWSM, and Project Manager. However, SOs hired
by District should also be accountable to GP and VWSC for the activities
which are assigned on them. In pre-decided intervals, GP and VWSC will
assess the performance of SOs in terms of process and output. Written
feedback from GP and VWSC will be given due weightage while assessing the
performance of SO.

Page 412 of 455

VIII. Capacity Requirement of key team members
Team Member Qualification and Experience
Program  Masters in Humanities or allied subjects
Coordinator  Ten years’ experience
(One per district)  Experience of working with Gram Panchayat
 Preferably worked on community participation for
water and sanitation.
 Skills in community mobilization for planning,
implementation of schemes, social auditing
 Understanding of social issues of the state and local
language
 Good writing and communication skills
Communication  Diploma in journalism or allied subjects.
Expert  Five year experience on organizing campaigns,
(One per scheme) information dissemination including using local
medium,
 Good writing and communication skills

Community  Graduate in Humanities or allied subjects.

Mobilizers  Five year experience of working with rural and
(One male and semi-urban communities.
female per GP)  Candidate must have field experience of social
mobilization
 Skills in participatory rural appraisal techniques
 Understanding of social issues and norms and local
language

IX. Support Organization’s Qualification

 Minimum five years of experience in providing support services of
similar nature. (Provide a brief description of the organization include
ownership details, date and place of incorporation, objectives, details of
assignments undertaken, etc.)
 Must have successfully completed at least two such similar nature in last
five years preferably in water supply and sanitation sector. (Provide
letter of contract award from the employer in last five years).
 Minimum annual turnover of Rupees 20 lakh in any of the last 3
completed financial years. (Provide audited financial reports of last three
completed financial years).
 Must have good and functioning office infrastructure, systems and
qualified staff numbers.
*********

Page 413 of 455

 G. Environmental Management Specialist

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(Jalswarajya-II) under which works of institutional development and
demonstration of higher levels of services will be undertaken. The WSSD is
already implementing programs like NRDWP and SBMG in the state. The GoM
intends to hire on contractual basis, a reputable entity with expertise in
environmental management of different categories of the Program. The
objective of appointing an Environmental Management Specialist is to provide
support for establishing an independent and efficient environmental
monitoring and evaluation system for RWSS sector which will be helpful in
assessing the environmental impact of various categories of the Program. It will
also be helpful in monitoring different indicators pertaining to environmental
aspects pertaining to different categories of the RWSS sector programs. The
Environmental Management Specialist is expected to support the RSPMU in
preparing and implementing EDDP and monitoring the environmental impact of
various projects undertaken.

Scope of Work :-
The Environmental Management Specialist will be part of the Reform Support
and Project Management Unit (RSPMU) and will report to the Project Manager.
The Environmental Management Specialist will be responsible for the overall
coordination of all environment related activities in order to ensure that there
is no violation of statutory provisions, standard protocols and Environmental
Management Rules and Procedure.
The Environmental Management Specialist will support the WSSD, RSPMU and
the sector institutions to manage the implementation of all environment related
activities and will provide guidance and support as and when required.

Tasks and Responsibilities:

The Environmental Management Specialist at the RSPMU level will be
responsible for planning, formulation and coordination of the environmental
management activities concerning all the environmental aspects of the sub-
projects. The Environmental Management Specialist will be based in the RSPMU
and will report to the Project Manager, RSPMU and the Project Director. Specific
responsibilities of the Environmental Management Specialist in the RSPMU will
include the following:
1. To support the RSPMU and the sector institutions to manage all
environmental issues pertaining to the program.

Page 414 of 455

2. To act as the primary person responsible for ensuring that the
environmental categories of the EAP are properly integrated into the
Program Operations.
3. To determine compliance of sub-categories undertaken in the program to
National, State and World Bank safeguards requirements based on the field
visit observations.
4. To properly facilitate to all stakeholders at all levels (i.e. state, district,
block and gram Panchayati) for preparation of Environmental Management
Plan.
5. To ensure overall implementation of the environmental management
procedures in the Jalswarajya II program.
6. To undertake field visits to selected sub-projects to assess, how
environmental issues have been addressed on the ground. Field visits
should include discussions with the Implementing Agencies (MJP, GSDA,
WSSO, ZP etc.) Environmental Management Specialists, Engineers/Officers,
PRIs, program Staff, NGOs at the implementation level.
7. To assess the completeness and appropriateness of the environmental
categories of the EAP and associated strategies and action plans, based on
field visit observations.
8. Preparing status reports on the environmental and social aspects of
various categories of the program in coordination with the Social
Management Specialist in the RSPMU including (i) the deviations in
implementing environmental measures, if any, (ii) positive measures taken
at the sub-project level, if any, (iii) reconciliation of the findings of the
environmental audit reports, and (iv) suggestions for further improvement
of environmental management practices at the sub-project level.
9. To coordinate with all program implementing agencies to mainstream
environmental management in the Jalswarajya II program.
10. To ensure that environment-related modules are incorporated in the
training and capacity building programs designed for the program at all the
levels.
11. To coordinate with national/state level training academies and/or training
institutions like MEETRA/YASHADA for training of stakeholders at all
levels on environmental management in RWSS sector programs.
12. To coordinate with DWSM cells and BRCs for training of GPs/VWSCs on
environmental management.
13. To coordinate with the help of DWSM Cells for organising IEC activities on
environmental management for sector programs as well as Jalswarajya II
Program.
14. To ensure periodical monitoring of environmental issues including
monitoring of hotspot areas and schemes requiring EDDP.
15. To prepare comprehensive guidelines in the form of Environmental
Manual.

Page 415 of 455

16. To co-ordinate with the World Bank in general and task counterparts in the
WB Team.
17. To co-ordinate with the WSSD, GoM and all are implementing agencies for
various environmental issues.
18. To prepare terms of reference for and to coordinate and organise with
consultancy firms for conducting environmental audits.
19. To organise visits/inspections in the program areas with prior permission
of the competent authority.
20. To prepare and submit periodical progress reports and other necessary
reports to the Project Manager/the Project Director.
21. To resolve disputes on environmental issues in the implementation of
various categories.
22. To co-ordinate and liaison with team members for the smooth functioning
of the Program activities.
23. To be responsible for any other related task/tasks assigned by the Project
Director or the Project Manager.

COMMUNICATION :-
The Environmental Management specialist will report to the Project Manager,
but may communicate directly with the sector institutions implementing the
program categories for environment related works.
For strategically important decisions regarding the duties (assignments)
described in the Terms of Reference, the Environmental Management Specialist
needs to obtain approvals of the Project Manager, RSPMU or appropriate
authorities from time-to-time.

REPORTING :-
 Prepare Monthly Progress Reports for all environment related activities;
 Prepare Quarterly Reports for the environment parts implementation, to
be used for the preparation of the QRs to the Project Steering
Committee;
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes from the meetings of the Environmental
working groups;
 Prepare Minutes from the meetings with the environmental consultants,
if any, appointed for program purposes.

MEETINGS :-
The Environmental Management Specialist will :-
 Participate in the Program Steering Committee meetings, if requested;
 Have regular/periodical meetings with the Environmental Working
Groups;
 Have regular meetings with the consultants, suppliers and contractors,
in order to monitor the progress of their work;

Page 416 of 455

  Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.

PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE:-
The period of assignment is June, 2014 to May, 2017, renewable on an annual
basis.

Reporting:
The Environmental Management Specialist will be based in the RSPMU located
at CIDCO Bhavan, Navi Mumbai and will report directly to the Project
Manager/the Project Director and will be responsible for all environmental
management activities of Jalswarajya II .

Qualifications and Experience:

Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination or on
deputation.
Essential Qualifications:
Candidates should possess following qualifications.
 A B.E. or B.Tech., in Civil/Environmental Engineering or an M.Tech. or
an M.E. in Environmental/Public Health Engineering or an M.Sc. in
Environmental Sciences or equivalent degree from recognised
universities. Should have proficiency and strong communication skills in
English and Marathi. Outstanding & thorough knowledge of IT &
Computer skills including data base management/MIS development.

Desired Qualifications:
Candidates with a Ph.D. degree or an L.L.B. degree or an M.B.A. degree or a post
graduate Diploma in Environmental Laws/Ecology and Environment / Pollution
Control will be given preference.
Candidate able to deliver results without any supervision and able to work
independently, having exceptional degree of integrity, judgement and tact in
handling the most sensitive, diverse and confidential material, conversant with
environmental monitoring tools and techniques and familiarity with Govt. of
Maharashtra standard procedures and practices will be given preference.
Experience of working in government as a consultant for planning, designing,
pre & post implementation assessment preferably in water supply and
sanitation or water resources sector will be desired.

Page 417 of 455

Experience:
Candidate should have an experience of 5 to 7 years in environmental
management and monitoring with special emphasis on water supply and
sanitation or water resources sector.
Preference will be given for experience in preparation of Environment
Assessment Report and Environment Management Plan for Government
organizations or similar kind of World Bank projects preferably in water &
sanitation areas or water resources management or rural
development/health/livelihood.

Remuneration:
 Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 75,000/-
(negotiable depending on education and qualifications) shall be paid to
the incumbent. TA/DA shall be applicable as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-.
 In case of government/semi-government employees on deputation,
salary and allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy.

Page 418 of 455

Page 419 of 455
 H. Social Management Specialist

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(Jalswarajya-II). The WSSD is already implementing programs like NRDWP and
SBMG in the state. The GoM intends to hire on contractual basis, a reputable
entity with expertise in establishing/implementing social management systems
for the sector including the JS-II Program.The objective of appointing a Social
Management Specialist is to provide support for establishing a participatory,
transparent, independent and efficient social inclusion mechanism focusing on
gender justice as well as a participatory M&E and social audit system. It will be
helpful in monitoring and evaluation of the social management actions for
RWSS sector as well as for monitoring different indicators pertaining social
management under different categories of the RWSS sector programs. Social
Management Specialist is expected to support the RSPMU, the M&E Consultant
and IT Consultant in designing software’s pertaining to social management
/inclusion for web-based M&E system and to suggest appropriate measures for
grounding the system effectively, in coordination with M&E consultant.

Scope of Work:-
Social Management Specialist will be part of the Reform Support and Project
Management Unit (RSPMU) and will report to the Project Manager and will be
responsible for the overall coordination of all social inclusion/management
issues in program implementation in order to ensure that the related Program
objectives are achieved within the time schedule and within the financial plan.
Social Management Specialist will support the WSSD, RSPMU and the sector
institutions to manage and implement all social management activities and will
provide guidance and support as and when required.

Specific Tasks and Responsibilities:-

The roles and responsibilities of Social Management Specialist will be as
below:-

Specifically, the incumbent will be responsible for the following duties and
responsibilities.
1. To assist the Project Manager in the review and approval of various
screening report related to social issues in accordance with agreed Social
Management Rules and Procedures for the Program;
2. To coordinate with district level social specialist and Support Organisations
to implementation of Social Management Rules and Procedures (SMRP) ,
grievance redressal procedures and social audit.

Page 420 of 455

3. To ensure compliance with respect to social management rules and
procedures particularly in the preparation and implementation of Village
Action Plans;
4. To develop detailed month wise action plan in collaboration with District
social specialist for support organisations and BRC members facilitate
implementation of SMRP.
5. Organise period workshops for field based social specialist and support
organization and BRC members to facilitate sharing of experiences and
review of progress.
6. Develop toolkits for social audit that includes checklist on inclusion,
participation, transparency during planning; expenditure tracking
corresponding with civil works; and for O&M stage. Also organize specific
training module for Social Audit Committee which will be implemented by
the Capacity Building specialist.
7. Ensure compliance of grievance redress procedures and coordinate tracking
of grievance management and prepare monthly reports.
8. Study various policies adopted by Government of Maharashtra on subsidy
for the Schedule caste, Schedule Tribe and other entitled people extended
under the sector and monitor and ensure compliance.
9. To prepare periodical progress reports on social management actions and
review the actions;
10. To review the outputs of SOs and consultants related to social issues in the
Program activities;
11. To undertake field visits to review the progress in program districts, with
prior approval of the competent authorityIdentify success/failure stories
and lessons learnt for documentation by IEC specialist.
12. To manage any other activities related to social development as required
and entrusted by the RSPMU or the PD.
13. Collaborate with Capacity Building Specialist to carry out need assessment,
identify topics for training such as gender sensitization etc., and support
design appropriate capacity building plan for all stakeholders.
14. To develop detailed indicators for the issues such as inclusion, participation,
transparency etc., identified in SMRP. Prepare monitoring and reporting
formats.
15. Coordinate with the M&E Consultant and IT Consultant to develop a web-
based monitoring system for SMRP.
16. To document and undertake gender analysis with respect to access to
services.
17. To prepare gender-disaggregated statistics of the “process” included in the
sub-project cycle and will include women’s and men’s roles in the planning,
implementation, monitoring and O&M of water supply and sanitation.
18. To co-ordinate and liaise with all team members in the RSPMU, all
implementing agencies.

Page 421 of 455

19. To prepare inventory of existing community and Non-government
Organisations in the program area.

Communication:-
The SM specialist will report to the Project Manager, but may communicate
directly with the sector institutions implementing the program categories for
procurement related works.
For strategically important decisions regarding the duties (assignments)
described in the Terms of Reference, the SM Specialist needs to obtain
approvals of the Project Manager, RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-
to-time.

Reporting:-
Prepare Monthly Progress Reports for all social management related activities;
Prepare Quarterly Reports for the implementation of social management
activities, to be used for the preparation of the QRs to the Project Steering
Committee;
Prepare Minutes/Official notes from the meetings of the SM Working groups;
Prepare Minutes from the meetings with the consultants.

Meetings:-
The SM Specialist will:-
Participate in the Program Steering Committee meetings, if requested;
Have weekly meetings with the SM Working Groups;
Have regular meetings with the consultants and SOs, in order to monitor the
progress of their work;
Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.

Qualification and Experience:

Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination or on
deputation.
 A Post graduate degree in Social Sciences or Applied Social Sciences or
Sociology or Social Work or Anthropology or Community Development
or Rural Management or Rural Planning or Rural Development or an
equivalent degree from a recognised university.
 Should have strong communication skills in presenting, discussing and
resolving difficult issues and should be fluent in communicating in
English and Marathi languages.
 Exceptional degree of integrity, judgment and tact in handling the most
sensitive, diverse and confidential material.
 The incumbent should be well conversant with the latest IT applications
and web-based monitoring systems.

Page 422 of 455

 Desirable Qualifications
 Candidates with degrees like Ph.D. or an M.B.A. or a post graduate
Diploma in Business Management/Public Finance/Public Health will be
given preference.

Experience
 Experience of working in a reputed educational institute or a state level
NGO or private sector in participatory community development
activities for at least seven (7) years, preferably, in water supply and
sanitation sector.
 Previous experience of working successfully with marginal/vulnerable
sub-groups, expertise in participatory social assessment using various
tools and social marketing will be preferred.
 Experience of working with multilateral financing agencies/external aid
agencies will be preferred.

Period of Performance:
The period of assignment will be from June, 2014 to May, 2017 renewable every
year. The selected candidate will be based in Mumbai.

Salary and Allowances

 Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- shall be paid to the
incumbent. TA/DA shall be applicable as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-.
 In case of government /semi-government employees on deputation,
salary and allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy.

Page 423 of 455

 I. Procurement Specialist

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(Jalswarajya-II). The WSSD is already implementing programs like NRDWP and
SBMG in the state. The GoM intends to hire on contractual basis, a reputable
entity with expertise in establishing procurement system for the sector
including the JS-II Program. The objective of appointing a Procurement
Specialist is to provide support for establishing an independent and efficient
procurement system for the sector as well as monitoring and evaluation of the
procurement actions for RWSS sector. It will also be helpful in monitoring
different indicators pertaining procurement actions and various achievements
under different categories of the RWSS sector programs. The Procurement
Specialist is expected to support the RSPMU and the M&E Consultant in
designing the software’s pertaining to the procurement system for the web-
based M&E system and to suggest appropriate measures for grounding the
system effectively, in coordination with M&E consultant.

Scope ofWork:-
The Procurement Specialist will be part of the Reform Support and Project
Management Unit (RSPMU) and will report to the Project Manager. The
Procurement Specialist will be responsible for the overall coordination of all
procurement related program activities in order to ensure that the related
Program objectives are achieved within the time schedule and within the
financial plan.
The procurement specialist will support the WSSD, RSPMU and the sector
institutions to manage the implementation of all procurement related activities
and will provide guidance and support as and when required.

Specific Tasks and Responsibilities:-

The roles and responsibilities of the Procurement Specialist will be as below:-
Specifically, the incumbent will be responsible for the following:

General Responsibilities:-
1. To prepare year wise procurement plan for the program ensuring optimum
competition, economy, efficiency, priority of items etc., to get it approved
from the appropriate authority, implement it and monitor/update the same
regularly.
2. To provide procurement support during program preparation;

Page 424 of 455

3. To assist all implementing agencies and staff in procurement capacity
building activities including support during procurement assessment and
procurement system development.
4. To review the technical, commercial and legal aspects of procurement (in
consultation with legal and policy teams as necessary) for inclusion in
procurement manual.
5. To prepare operational guidelines on concepts, policies and procedures of
procurement;
6. To prepare procurement implications of program design, evaluate
institutional capacity of implementing entities at state level, regional level,
district level and block level and develop suitable procurement plans;
7. To prepare guidelines for negotiating and resolving difficult procurement
issues with agencies particularly bidding and award issues;
8. To design capacity building modules for procurement professionals in
implementing agencies at levels on approach to procurement, as well as on
specialized procurement topics.
9. To prepare a range of procurement-related documents and reports;
10. To develop a strong web- based procurement management system in
coordination with the M&E Consultant and IT Consultant and to analyses
management related information for improving efficiency and effectiveness
of service delivery in the sector
11. To develop procurement manual for water and sanitation sector.
12. To co-ordinate with the WSSD, all implementing agencies and the World
Bank in general and with task counterpart in the WB Team.
13. To organise/undertake visits for program purposes with prior approval
from the competent authority.
14. To be fully conversant with all aspects of program implementation activities
and to be responsible for timely reporting to the Project Manager/the
Project Director.
15. To ensure publication of the procurement plan on the RSPMU website.
16. To ensure that procurement under the project is conducted in accordance
with the procedures and timetables as approved by the RSPMU.
17. To support the RSPMU in procurement matters, especially on technical
matters, such as preparation of technical specifications, preparing all types
of advertisements, bidding documents, letters of invitation, expression of
interests, preparing RfP documents, draft contracts, evaluation reports, etc.,
in the procurement of goods/works/equipment’s /consultancies /trainings/
services etc.
18. To maintain up-to-date and accurate procurement records for each
categoryof the program.
19. To prepare and submit procurement progress reports periodically for the
review of the Project Manager/ the Project Director.

Page 425 of 455

20. To handle procurement related grievances/complaints received by the
RSPMU as per guidelines.
21. To be responsible for any other related task/tasks assigned by the Project
Manager/the Project Director.

Responsibilities for Procurement of Goods and Works:-

1. To coordinate with concerned members of the RSPMU in finalizing
technical specifications of the goods to be procured.
2. To prepare bid documents for various packages contained in the
procurement plan as per agreed timelines.
3. To issue advertisements in newspapers as per laid down procedures and to
handle selling of bid documents to the interested bidders.
4. To coordinate pre-bid conferences, if proposed for the package, prepare
minutes of pre-bid conference and circulate the same to all the bidders who
have purchased bid documents, under approval of the competent authority.
5. To prepare and issue addendum/clarifications to the bid documents, if
required, under approval of the competent authority.
6. To arrange to send clarifications, if required, to all bidders and publish the
same on RSPMU/ WSSD website before the deadline for submission of bids.
7. To receive the bids till the agreed deadline and open the bids as per
schedule indicated in the bid document.
8. To coordinate with concerned team members in the RSPMU for technical
and commercial evaluation of the bids and submit it to the appropriate
authority for approval.
9. To prepare and issue contract document to the winning bidder/s and
provide feedback to unsuccessful suppliers.
10. To publish the contract award notice
11. To coordinate pre-shipment and post-shipment inspections, if required.
12. To monitor the contract management including timely supply of goods,
release of payment, issuing contract amendments, inventory management
etc.

Responsibilities in Procurement of Consulting Services:-

1. To coordinate with concerned team members in the RSPMU, if required,
for finalizing the Terms of Reference (ToR) of the services to be
procured.
2. To invite expressions of interest (EoI) for consultancy assignments
through advertisements in newspapers and/or through e-procurement
system, to coordinate for the evaluation of the EoI and finalisation of
shortlist.
3. To prepare request for proposal (RfP) documents for various packages
contained in the procurement plan as per agreed timelines.

Page 426 of 455

4. To co-ordinate for approval of the ToR, the shortlist and the RfP
document from competent authority.
5. To issue RfP document to the shortlisted consultants, to arrange to
reply queries, if any, from invited consultants before the deadline for
submission of proposals.
6. To coordinate pre-proposal conference, prepare minutes of pre-
proposal conference and circulate to the invited consultants, under
approval of the competent authority.
7. To receive proposals till the agreed deadline and open the technical
proposals as per schedule indicated in the bid document.
8. To coordinate with concerned team members in the RSPMU in the
evaluation of the technical proposals
9. To obtain approval for the technical evaluation report from the
competent authority.
10. To open financial proposals of the technically qualified consultant(s) as
detailed in the Procurement Manual/Selection Guidelines for the
program and coordinate with concerned team members in the RSPMU
in the evaluation of the financial proposal(s).
11. To conduct negotiations with the highest ranked consultant, prepare
draft negotiated contract document and minutes of negotiations and
obtain approval from the competent authority.
12. To get the contract documents signed by the winning consultant and
provide feedback to unsuccessful consultants.
13. To publish the contract award notice
14. To monitor the contract management including timely completion of
the assignment, release of payment, issuing contract amendments etc.
15. To design workshops modules to educate procurement professionals in
implementing agencies at state, district and sub district levels and
village level on approach to procurement, as well as on specialized
procurement topics.
16. To prepare a range of procurement-related documents and reports;
17. To develop a strong web- based procurement management system in
coordination with the M&E Consultant and IT Consultant and to analyse
management related information for improving efficiency and
effectiveness of service delivery in the sector.
18. To develop procurement manual for water and sanitation sector.
19. To co-ordinate with the WSSD, all implementing agencies and the World
Bank in general and with task counterpart in the WB Team.
20. To organise/undertake visits for program purposes with prior approval
from the competent authority.
21. To be fully conversant with the all aspects of program implementation
activities and to be responsible for timely reporting to the Project
Manager/the Project Director.

Page 427 of 455

Communication:-
The Procurement Specialist will report to the Project Manager, but may
communicate directly with the sector institutions implementing the program
categories for Procurement related works.
For strategically important decisions regarding the duties (assignments)
described in the Terms of Reference, the Procurement Specialist needs to obtain
approvals of the Project Manager, RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-
to-time.

Reporting:-
 Prepare Monthly Progress Reports for all procurement related activities;
 Prepare Quarterly Reports for the procurement parts implementation, to
be used for the preparation of the QRs to the Project Steering
Committee;
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes from the meetings of the Procurement
Working groups;
 Prepare Minutes from the meetings with supplier’s and consultants.

Meetings:-
The Procurement Specialist will:-
 Participate in the Program Steering Committee meetings, if requested;
 Have weekly meetings with the IT Working Groups;
 Have regular meetings with the consultants, suppliers and contractors,
in order to monitor the progress of their work;
 Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.

Period of Performance:-
The period of assignment is from June, 2014 to May, 2017, renewable on an
annual basis.

Qualifications and Experience:-

Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination or on
deputation.

Qualifications:
1. Should have a post graduate degree like an M.B.A. (Fin.) or M.B.A.
(Supply Chain Mgmt.) M.M.M. or a B.Tech. /B.E. or M.Tech. /M.E. degree
from a recognised university or a Chartered Accountant.
2. At least Seven (7) years of direct relevant work experience as
Procurement Specialist or alternatively, having had responsibilities with
a substantial content of his/her position in the procurement area;
3. Good knowledge of all concepts and principles of and approaches to
procurement, and of public procurement systems followed by the state

Page 428 of 455

 Government. Knowledge and understanding of technical, commercial
and legal aspects of procurement at all phases;
4. Strong communication skills in presenting, discussing and resolving
difficult issues and proficiency in English and Marathi languages;
5. Exceptional degree of integrity, judgment and tact in handling the most
sensitive, diverse and confidential material.
6. Knowledge and experience in e-procurement and procurement MIS.

Remuneration:-
 Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 75,000/-
(negotiable depending on education and qualifications) shall be paid to
the incumbent. TA/DA shall be applicable as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-.
 In case of government/semi-government employees on deputation,
salary and allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy.

Page 429 of 455

 J. Finance Specialist

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(Jalswarajya-II) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for establishing and
demonstrating higher levels of service delivery in the WATSAN sector under the
Program.The WSSD is already implementing programs like NRDWP and SBMG
in the state. The GoM intends to hire on contractual basis, a reputable entity
with expertise in establishing financial management system for the sector
including the Program.The objective of appointing a Finance Specialist is to
provide support for establishing web-based, an independent, efficient and user-
friendly fiduciary system for RWSS sector. The system will also be helpful in the
periodical verification of achievements of the DLIs under the program for
disbursement purposes. It will also be helpful in monitoring different indicators
pertaining to fiduciary systems. The Finance Specialist is expected to support
the RSPMU in designing web-based accounting and auditing systems,
supporting development of software’s for the accounting system in
coordination with the IT Specialist and M&E Specialist and suggest appropriate
measures for improving correct reporting system about actual expenditure
incurred at all levels.

SCOPE OF WORK:-
The Finance Specialist will be part of the Reform Support and Project
Management Unit (RSPMU) and will report to the Project Manager. The Finance
Specialist will be responsible for the overall coordination of all accounts and
audit related program activities in order to ensure that the related program
objectives are achieved within the time schedule and within the financial plan.
The Finance Specialist will support the WSSD, RSPMU and the sector
institutions to manage the implementation of all web-based accounts related
activities and will provide guidance and support to the program implementing
agencies and stakeholders at all levels as and when required.

SPECIFIC TASKS AND RESPONSIBILITIES:-

The roles and responsibilities of the Finance Specialist will be as given below:-

1. To support the RSPMU on all aspects of finance, internal controls and

accountability and design financial management system for JS-II including
but not limited to budgeting, accounting, funds flow, internal controls,
financial reporting and audit for effective financial management.

Page 430 of 455

2. To develop simple accounting, bank reconciliation system, stores and fixed
assets management system, work plans and system for annual physical
verification of inventory for the program.
3. To identify and develop Monitoring indicators for financial management of
JS-II & design reporting formats for the same as well as data sources and
stakeholders responsible for data feeding.
4. To design detailed and category wise fund flow arrangement for each
category under JS-II.
5. To prepare Financial Management Manual and Chart of Accounts for JS-II
program (detailing head of expenditure/Categorization of expenditure) and
having computerised accounting system installed in all implementing
offices.
6. To design a system for implementing the agreed fiduciary actions
mentioned in the PAP.
7. To ensure readiness of program implementing entities to implement the
accounting and financial planning system agreed for the program.
8. To ensure implementation of double entry accounting system of accounting
in MJP and taking proper measures for ensuring the same.
9. To establish a strong web-based financial management system for reporting
actual expenditure incurred at the level of GPs/VWSCs.
10. To analyze management related information for improving efficiency and
overall effectiveness of financial management system and to suggest proper
measures.
11. To monitor receipt and expenditure of program funds and to ensure their
proper accounting.
12. To facilitate timely auditing in accordance with standard practice adopted
for the program and to prepare ToR for appointing auditors.
13. To prepare budget estimates and proposals for release of funds.
14. To ensure timely submission of Utilization Certificates by all DDOs.
15. To prepare financial reports as required by the DEA, the MDW&S and the
World Bank and GoM
16. To closely monitor the achievements of PAP, program results and DLIs for
preparing DLIs achievement reports from time-to-time.
17. To monitor expenditure under various categories of the program and to
control irregularities and misappropriation of funds.
18. To conduct enquiries, as authorised by the Project Manager, in the cases
where frauds are reported.
19. To ensure implementation and compliance of provisions in the legal
agreements between the WB and GoM as well as in the program manual.
20. To keep records related with the finance and accounts in safe custody and to
ensure its safety.
21. To analyze the financial data from various categories and to give feed- back
to the RSPMU and WSSD for policy review.

Page 431 of 455

22. To assist the M&E cell for designing web-based M&E system for financial
management for JS-II as well as other WATSAN sector Programs.
23. To conduct review meetings, workshops, trainings for issues related to
financial management as and when required.
24. To facilitate audit of the program accounts by appointed auditors.
25. To assist all implementing entities and staff in financial assessment and the
finance management system development process including preparation of
various Manuals, reports and other documents, etc.
26. To ensure common reporting formats as developed are used by all program
implementing agencies.
27. To undertake capacity building activities for stakeholders at all levels in
financial management as per finance manual.
28. To prepare various reports on financial matters as and when required.
29. To study best practices, document the same and disseminate the
information through knowledge management system.
30. To liaise with World Bank, Government Institutions and organizations
concerned with the program implementation.
31. To undertake visits, with prior approval from competent authority, for
program purposes.
32. To be responsible for any other related task/tasks as assigned by the Project
Manager/Project Director.

COMMUNICATION
The Finance Specialist will report to the Project Manager, but may communicate
directly with the sector institutions implementing the program categories for
finance related works.
For strategically important decisions regarding the duties (assignments)
described in the Terms of Reference, the Finance Specialist needs to obtain
approvals of the Project Manager, RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-
to-time.

REPORTING:-
 Prepare Monthly Progress Reports for all finance related activities;
 Prepare Quarterly Reports for the finance parts implementation, to be
used for the preparation of the QRs to the Project Steering Committee;
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes from the meetings of the finance Working
groups;
 Prepare Minutes from the meetings with the different supplier’s and
consultants.

Page 432 of 455

MEETINGS:-
The Finance Specialist will:-
 Participate in the Program Steering Committee meetings, if requested;
 Have weekly meetings with the Finance Working Groups;
 Have regular meetings with the consultants, suppliers and contractors,
in order to monitor the progress of their work;
 Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.
 Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination
or on deputation.

PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE:-
The period of assignment is June, 2014 to May, 2017, renewable on an annual
basis.

Qualifications and Skills Required

Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination or on
deputation.

ESSENTIAL QUALIFICATIONS:
Candidates must hold M.Com. or M.B.A.(Fin.) or M.F.M. degree or a post
graduate degree in Public Finance or Rural Management or an equivalent
qualification from a recognised university or should be a professional like C.F.A.
or Chartered Accountant or Cost Accountant. The FMS should have thorough
knowledge of government budgeting, accounting and auditing system,
commercial accounting and IT Systems. The FMS is expected to show
demonstrable skills in project management and in working effectively within
multidisciplinary teams. The FMS should have excellent communication skills in
Marathi and English languages.

DESIRED QUALIFICATIONS:
Candidates with post graduate degree/diploma in water, sanitation and hygiene
or Agri. Business Management or Business Administration or degree in
civil/environmental engineering will be given preference.

Experience
At least Seven 7 (seven) years of direct relevant work experience as Finance
Specialist or alternatively, having handled responsibilities with a substantial
content in the financial management sector;
Candidates with good knowledge of all concepts and principles of and
approaches to finance and of public finance systems followed by the state
Government, Government of India and Multilateral Financing Institutes like
World Bank, ADB etc. and having strong communication skills in presenting,
discussing and resolving difficult issues, having exceptional degree of integrity,

Page 433 of 455

and tact in handling sensitive, diverse and confidential material, with
knowledge and experience in e-finance/procurement will be an added
advantage.

Period of Performance:
The period of the assignment will be from June, 2014 – May, 2017, renewable
every year.

Salary and Allowances

 Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 75,000/-
(negotiable depending on education and qualifications) shall be paid to
the incumbent. TA/DA shall be applicable as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-.
 In case of government /semi-government employees on deputation,
salary and allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy.

Page 434 of 455

Page 435 of 455
 K. Capacity Building Specialist

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD) of Government of

Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World Bank to support the
Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program (herein after cllaed as
Jalswarajya-II or in short JS-II). The WSSD is already implementing programs
like NRDWP (National Rural Drtinking Water Program) and SBMG (Swachh
Bharat Mission (Gramin) in the state. JS-II is designed to strength institutional
capacities and systems capacity for effective implementation of all RWSS sector
programs, across the state and demonstrate innovative RWSS service delivery
models in challenging areas, mainly peri-urban villages and water quality
affected and water stressed villages. For details of JS-II program, refer to the
Project Appraisal Document. The WSSD intends to hire on contractual basis, a
qualified individual with expertise in managing Capacity Building Activities for
the program,

Objective:
The objective of appointing a Capacity Building Specialist is to design
appropriate capacity building plans for the JS-II program and coordinate its
implementation in a time bound and effective manner. The CBS is expected to
support the RSPMU for monitoring different indicators pertaining to capacity
building JS-II.

Scope of Work:-
Capacity Building Specialist will be part of the Reform Support and Project
Management Unit (RSPMU) and will report to the Project Manager and will be
responsible for the overall coordination of design and implementation of all
capacity building activities under JS-II Program in a time bound and effective
manner and also within the approved financial plan.
Capacity Building Specialist will support the WSSO, RSPMU and the sector
institutions to manage and implement all capacity building activities and will
provide guidance and support to all stakeholders as and when required.

Specific Tasks and Responsibilities:-

The tasks of the CB Consultant will be to include, but not necessarily be limited
to, the following:
1. To undertake needs assessment for capacity building and to identify
critical capacity/skills gaps among different stakeholders and develop
Capacity Building Strategy for the Program as a whole considering
specific local requirements.The capacity building needs should cover all
relevant aspects of RWSS sector including; policy, technical, social,

Page 436 of 455

 health & hygiene, institutional, financial, procurement, community
mobilisation aspects.
2. To develop annual action plans for capacity building, including needs at
the district and sub-district levels. The capacity building could be
through class room trainings, on-field mentoring, study tours etc.
3. To support district teams in developing their annual action plans and
ensure that these are fully reflected in the state’s overall annual action
plans
4. To facilitate implementation of the CB Strategy at the District Level and
at the community level.
5. To facilitate development of a strong network of master trainers,
training institutions and other professionals for using them as additional
resources for delivering capacity building activities during Program
implementation.
6. To facilitate maintaining database of Trainers, training institutes,
facilities and key skills available at various levels and to build linkages
with Program partners.
7. To address the identified capacity/skills gaps through organising
appropriate training and skills development activities.
8. To assess the Capacity Building activities implemented for various
stakeholders and to suggest appropriate changes for making these more
effective.
9. To provide platforms for various stakeholders involved in the
implementation of RWSS sector programs and to learn from each other’s
experiences and internalise the vision of reforms.
10. To develop training needs assessment systems and carry out periodic
training needs assessment of all the stakeholders.
11. To coordinate with training institutions and other training agencies
/consultants for devising and implementing various training activities
based on the identified needs. .
12. To evaluate the results, quality and internalisation of the CB activities
and revise them as needed for effectiveness.
13. To organise capacity building programs for stakeholders at the district
level and below by carrying out local trainings through Training of
Trainers /Master Trainers.
14. To organise and coordinate workshops, seminars, deliberations,
meetings and other interaction programs for propagation &
internalisation of the philosophy of reforms in general and the proposed
program in particular.

Communication:-
The CB specialist will report to the Project Manager. For strategically important
decisions regarding the duties (assignments) described in the Terms of

Page 437 of 455

Reference, the CB Specialist needs to obtain approvals of the Project Manager,
RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-to-time.

Reporting:-
 Prepare Monthly and Quarterly Progress Reports for all capacity
building activities;
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes of the meetings of the CB Working
groups;
 Prepare Minutes from the meetings with the consultants.

Meetings:-
The CB Specialist will:-
 Participate in the Program Committee meetings,
 Have weekly meetings with the CB Working Groups;
 Have regular meetings with the HR Consultants and SOs, in order to
monitor the progress of their work;
 Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.

Period of Performance:-
The period of assignment will be from June, 2014 to May, 2017, renewable on
an annual basis.

Qualification and Experience:

Candidates employed in the Maharashtra Development Service (Class-I,
Group A) or any other equivalent and suitable government service may be
appointed on deputation OR Candidates with following qualifications may
be selected by nomination.

 Should be an MBA with specialisation in Human Resources Management

from reputed institutions with a minimum 10 years of experience in
capacity building and training programs for community based Program
implementation preferably in water supply and sanitation sector.
 Should have strong communication skills and should be fluent in
communicating in English and Marathi languages.
 Exceptional degree of integrity, judgment and tact in handling the most
sensitive, diverse and confidential material.
 The incumbent should be well conversant with the latest IT applications
and web-based monitoring systems.

Page 438 of 455

Desirable Qualifications:
Candidates with degrees like Ph.D. or L.L.B. or a post graduate degree or
diploma in Public Finance/Public Health/Rural Development /Training and
Management will be given preference.

Experience
 Experience of working in a reputed educational/training institute
/organisation in private sector or a state level NGO in human resource
development/ capacity building activities for at least ten (10) years,
preferably, in water supply and sanitation sector.
 Previous experience of working successfully with government
organisations /multilateral financing agencies/external aid agencies and
UN bodies will be preferred.

Period of Assignment:
The period of assignment will be from June, 2014 to May, 2017 renewable every
year.

Salary and Allowances

 Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 75,000/-
(negotiable depending on experience and qualifications) shall be paid to
the incumbent. TA/DA shall be applicable as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-.
 In case of government/semi-government employees on deputation,
salary and allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy

Page 439 of 455

 L. Finance Controller

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(Jalswarajya-1) under which works of institutional development and
demonstration of higher levels of services will be undertaken. The WSSD is
already implementing programs like NRDWP and SBMG in the state. The GoM
intends to hire on deputation or on contractual basis, a reputable entity with
expertise in financial management under the program. The objective of
appointing a Finance Controller is to provide support for establishing an
independent and efficient financial monitoring and evaluation system for
RWSS sector which will be helpful in assessing the impact of financial inputs in
various components of the program. It will also be helpful in monitoring
different Disbursement Linked Indicators (DLIs) pertaining to different
components of the RWSS sector programs. The Finance Controller is expected
to support the RSPMU in designing and implementing fiduciary and
procurement systems and monitoring the accounting as well as audit of
spendings under the Jalswarajya-l1 program.

Scope of Work:-
The Finance Controller will be part of the Reform Suport and Project
Management Unit (RSPMU) and will report to the Project Manager. The Finance
Controller will be responsible for the overall coordination of all fiduciary and
procurement activities in order to ensure that there is no violation of statutory
provisions, standard guidelines and manuals, policies and advisories on
financial matters.
The Finance Controller will support the WSSD, RSPMU and the sector
institutions to manage the implementation of guidelines regarding financial and
procurement activities, web-based accounting system and double entry
accounting system at all levels in the MJP). The Finance Controller will provide
guidance and support to stakeholders at all levels as and when required.

Tasks and Responsibilities:

The Finance Controller at the RSPMU level will be responsible for planning,
formulation and coordination of the fiduciary and procurement activities
concerning all the sub-projects. The Finance Controller will be based in the
RSPMU and will report to the Project Manager, RSPMU and the Project Director.
Specific responsibilities of the Finance Controller in the RSPMU will include but
not necessarily be limited to the following:

Page 440 of 455

1. To establish systems for decentralised financial planning and
management, monitor the implementation of the same and provide
corrective measures as needed.
2. To facilitate the process of timely and effective funds disbursement and
accounting.
3. To compile quarterly Program expenditure, analyse the trends and
submit reports to the Project Manager.
4. To organise capacity building activities for concerned stakeholders on
financial and procurement related issues in coordination with Capacity
Building Specialist.
5. To closely monitor disbursements and reimbursements for the Program
and liaise with various departments in the Government of Maharashtra
and the Government of India and with the World Bank.
6. To devise, strategy and methodology for implementing and monitoring
community based funds flow and financial management system.
7. To suggest policy changes to the government for financial policies
necessary for reforms and community based implementation.
8. To supervise and monitor the working of the Finance Consultant and the
Procurement Consultant appointed in the RSPMU.
9. To control and monitor the funds-flow to the program implementing
institutions, set up and devise a system of checks and balances for its
smooth flow up to the VWSC level.
10. To devise appropriate financial management information system for
getting timely feed back about procurements and expenditure incurred
at various levels and to ensure safety and proper utilisation of the funds.
11. To ensure that reliable accounting system and financial management
procedures are designed for effective Program implementation.
12. To ensure that the World Bank and Director, Jalswarajya II program
receives reports and financial statements periodically and timely.
13. To devise and implement computerised financial management system up
to community level in co-ordination with the M&E Specialist.
14. To support the RSPMU on all aspects of finance, internal controls and
accountability and design financial management system for JS-II
including but not limited to budgeting, accounting, funds flow, internal
controls, financial reporting and audit for effective financial
management.
15. To develop simple accounting, treasury/bank reconciliation system,
stores and fixed assets management system, work plans and system for
annual physical verification of inventory for the Program and to ensure
implementation of these systems.
16. To identify and develop Monitoring indicators for financial management
of JS-II & design reporting formats for the same as well as data sources
and stakeholders responsible for data feeding.

Page 441 of 455

17. To design detailed and component wise fund flow arrangement for each
component under JS-II.
18. To prepare Finance Manual, Procurement Manual and Chart of Accounts
for JS-II Program (detailing head of expenditure/Categorization of
expenditure) and having computerised accounting system installed in all
implementing offices.
19. To design a system for implementing the agreed fiduciary actions
mentioned in the PAP.
20. To ensure readiness of Program implementing entities to implement the
accounting and financial planning management system agreed for the Program.
21. To ensure implementation of double entry accounting system of accounting in
MJP and taking proper measures for ensuring the same.
22. To establish a strong web-based financial management system for reporting
actual expenditure incurred at the level of GPs/VWSCs as well as at the
institutions.
23. To analyze financial management related information for improving efficiency
and overall effectiveness of financial management system and to suggest
proper measures.
24. To monitor receipt and expenditure of Program funds and to ensure their
proper accounting.
25. To facilitate timely auditing in accordance with standard practice adopted for
the Program and to prepare ToR for appointing auditors.
26. To ensure preparation, review and consolidation of annual action plans/
budget estimates and proposals for release of funds.
27. To ensure timely submission of Utilization Certificates by all DDOs.
28. To prepare financial reports as required by the DEA, the MDWS and the World
Bank and GoM
29. To closely monitor the achievements of PAP, Program results and DLIs for
preparing DLIs achievement reports from time-to-time.
30. To monitor expenditure under various components of the Program, ensure
safety of funds, control irregularities and misappropriation of funds.
31. To conduct enquiries, with permission by the Project Manager, in the cases
where frauds are reported.
32. To ensure implementation and compliance of provisions related to financial
management in the legal agreements between the WB and GoM as well as in the
Program manual.
33. To ensure safety of and to keep records related with the finance and accounts
in safe custody.
34. To analyze the financial data from various components and to give feed- back to
the RSPMU and WSSD for policy review.
35. To assist the M&E cell for designing web-based M&E system for financial
management for JS-II as well as other WATSAN sector programes, by giving
inputs on financial management system.
36. To assist in preparation of proposal for disbursement/claims submission on
the basis of DLIs achivement.
37. To ensure that the information in the MIS is up-to-date and correct.

Page 442 of 455

 38. To conduct review meetings/conferences/workshops for issues related
to financial management as and when required.
39. To facilitate audit of the Program accounts by appointed auditors.
40. To assist all implementing entities and staff in financial assessment and
the finance management system development process including
preparation of various Manuals, reports and other documents, etc.
41. To ensure common reporting formats as developed are used by all
Program implementing agencies.
42. To undertake needs assessment and capacity building activities for
stakeholders at all levels in financial management as per finance manual.
43. To prepare various reports on financial matters as and when required.
44. To study best financial management practices, document the same and
to ensure dissemination of the information through knowledge
management system.
45. To liaise with World Bank, Government Institutions and organizations
concerned with the Program implementation.
46. To undertake inspection and review visits, with prior approval from
competent authority, for Program purposes.
47. To be responsible for any other related task/tasks as assigned by the
Project Manager/ Project Director.

COMMUNICATION:-
The Finance Controller will report to the Project Manager. For strategically
important decisions regarding the duties (assignments) described in the Terms
of Reference, the Finance Controller needs to obtain approvals of the Project
Manager, RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-to-time.

REPORTING :- The Finance Controller Will Be Responsible For Preparation Of

Monthly Progress Reports For All Finance Related Activ Rries; Preparation of
Quarterly Progress Reports for the finance related activities; Preparation of
Minutes/Official notes of the meetings of the finance Working groups;
Preparation of Minutes of the meetings with different suppliers and consultants
and contractors etc.

MEETINGS :-
The Finance Specialist will:-
Participate in the Program Steering Committee meetings, if requested;
Have weekly meetings with the Finance Working Groups;
Have regular meetings with the consultants, suppliers and contractors, in order
to monitor the progress of their work;
Organise ad-hocclings, when necessary.
PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE:-
The period of assignment is June, 2014 to May, 2017, renewable on an annual
basis.

Page 443 of 455

Qualifications and Skills Required
Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination or on
deputation.
ESSENTIAL QUALIFICATIONS:
Candidates in the cadre of Joint Directors in the Maharashtra Finance and
Accounts Service will be appointed on deputation. OR
Candidates having following qualifications may be appointed by nomination.
Candidates must be a Chartered Accountant or must possess an M.B.A./ M.M.S.
(Fin.) or M.F.M. degree or a post graduate degree in Public Finance or an
equivalent qualification from a recognized university or should be a
professional like C.F.A. or Cost Accountant.
The Finance Controller should have thorough knowledge of government
budgeting, accounting and auditing system, commercial accounting and IT
Systems.
The FC is expected to show demonstrable skills in project management and in
working effectively within multidisciplinary teams. The K should have excellent
communication skills in Marathi and English languages.
DESIRED QUALIFICATIONS:
Candidates with post graduate degree/diploma in water, sanitation and hygiene
or Agri. Business Management or Business Administration or degree in
civil/environmental engineering will be given preference.

Experience
At least Seven 7 (seven) years of direct relevant work experience as Chief
Accounts and Finance Officer or Comptroller or Finance Controller or
alternatively, having handled responsibilities with a substantial content in the
financial management sector;
Candidates with good knowledge of all concepts and principles of and
approaches to finance and of public finance systems followed by the state
Government, Govt of India and Multilateral Financing Institutes like World
Bank, ADO etc. and having strong communication skills in presenting,
discussing and resolving difficult issues, having exceptional degree of integrity,
and tact in handling sensitive, diverse and confidential material, with
knowledge and experience in e-finance/procurement will be an added
advantage.

Period of Performance:
The period of the assignment will be from June 2014, to May, 2017, renewable
every year.

Salary and Allowances

Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- to 75,000/- (negotiable
depending on experience and qualifications) shall be paid to the incumbent.
TA/DA shall be as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-. In case of government /semi-
government employees on deputation, salary and allowances will be paid as per
deputation.

Page 444 of 455

Page 445 of 455
 M. Management Information System Specialist

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Government of Maharashtra (GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(Jalswarajya-II). The WSSD is already implementing programs like NRDWP and
SBMG in the state. The GoM intends to hire on contractual basis, a reputable
entity with expertise in establishing procurement system for the sector
including the JS-II Program. The objective of appointing a Procurement
Specialist is to provide support for establishing an independent and efficient
procurement system for the sector as well as monitoring and evaluation of the
procurement actions for RWSS sector. It will also be helpful in monitoring
different indicators pertaining procurement actions and various achievements
under different categories of the RWSS sector programs. The Management
Information System Specialist is expected to support the RSPMU and the M&E
Consultant in designing the software pertaining to the management information
system for the web-based M&E system. The Management Information System
Specialist is also expected to suggest measures for grounding the system
effectively, in coordination with M&E consultant.

Scope of Work
The Management Information System Specialist will be part of the Reform
Support and Project Management Unit (RSPMU) and will report to the Project
Manager. The MIS Specialist will be responsible for the overall coordination of
all MIS related program activities in order to ensure that the related Program
objectives are achieved within the time schedule and within the financial plan.
The MIS Specialist will support the WSSD, RSPMU and the sector institutions to
manage the implementation of all inforamtion related activities and will
provide guidance and support to the program implementing agencies and
stakeholders at all levels as and when required.

SPECIFIC TASKS AND RESPONSIBILITIES:-

The roles and responsibilities of the MIS Specialist will be as given below:-
1. To develop and implement a computerised management information
system by analysing the information needs for WATSAN sector in general
and the Jalswarajya-II program in particular
2. To develop, commission and manage core MIS in order to meet data and
information requirement of a diverse range of stakeholders and partner
organisations at various levels.
3. To ensure that the date collection and analysis mechanisms are developed
at the various levels to get the required data for the MIS on time and with
the required accuracy and reliability.

Page 446 of 455

4. To coordinate with the M&E Specialist, M&E Consultant and IT Consultant
in the RSPMU for designing and developing web-based MIS for the sector.
5. To liaise withthe relevant internal and external stakeholders including
funding agencies and the Data Authority to facilitate the smooth operation
of Information Systems and to be responsible for producing timely and
accurate internal and external reports to inform decision making and fulfil
the statutory and audit requirements.
6. To develop MIS Reporting format with the help of stakeholders at the State,
District and Community levels.
7. To provide support and advice to the RSPMU and district staff on WATSAN
sector data and information management whenever required.
8. To ensure preparation of/procurement of appropriate software for
supporting the MIS designed for the sector and install upgrade the database
ad application tools.
9. To assess effectiveness of data collection and communication for the system
and to undertake appropriate measures to improve effectiveness.
10. To assess the performance of the MIS staff at various levels.
11. To update the RSPMU and the system on new/emerging information and
communication technologies and recommend appropriate system
upgradation at all levels.
12. To prepare FAQs and to promptly respond to the queries raised by the
stakeholders through web-based system.
13. To co-ordinate for designing and undertaking capacity building activities
for MIS staff at various levels.
14. To ensure effectiveness of the database tools and services and
troubleshooting in database management.
15. To ensure that the data complies with legal regulations and complies with
database vendor license agreement.
16. To make sure the information is protected and backed-up at secure place
and system ans to create external data centre or archive.
17. To monitor data collection and data entry procedures, data analysis, data
base performance, building new database, optimise performance of
database, improving the technology used and database design.
18. To carry out regular checks and development and maintain accurate, easily
accessible and high quality data and information to relevant stakeholders at
all times
19. To allocate system storage, plan future storage requirements and to control
and monitor user access to the database system.
20. To modify the database structure as per needs of application development.
21. To generate various reports by querying from database as per needs.
22. To liaise effectively with counterpart consultants from WB and with the
WSSD.

Page 447 of 455

23. To design and implement processes and system that ensure data
management and reports are produced, shared and returned for
bothinternal and external stakeholders.
24. To further develop MIS and its reporting capability as a tool for the sector
to ensure that data is accurate and triangulated across the MIS.
25. To keep abreast of development in funding methodologies, data protection
legislation, recording and reporting systems to ensure statutory. Regulatory
and key audit and operational issues related to the MIS are adhered to and
communicated effectively.
26. To be a proactive and effective team member working flexible and
efficiently towards the achievement of Data and Information Services
targets leading to the overall program objectives.
27. To understand any other responsibilities/duties as entrusted by the Project
Manager or Project Director.

COMMUNICATION
The MIS Specialist will report to the Project Manager. For strategically
important decisions regarding the duties (assignments) described in the Terms
of Reference, the MIS Specialist needs to obtain approvals of the Project
Manager, RSPMU or appropriate authorities from time-to-time.

REPORTING:-
 Prepare Monthly/ Quarterly Progress Reports for all social management
related activities;
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes from the meetings of the MIS Working
groups;
 Prepare Minutes from the meetings with the consultants.

MEETINGS:-
The MIS Specialist will:-
 Participate in the Program Committee meetings, if requested;
 Have weekly meetings with the MIS Working Groups;
 Have regular meetings with the consultants in order to monitor the progress
of their work;
 Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.

Page 448 of 455

PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE:-
The period of assignment is June, 2014 – May, 2017, renewable on an annual
basis.

QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE

Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination or on
deputation.
 A B.Tech/B.E or an M.Tech./M.E. degree in IT/ECE/CS or an M.C.A/M.C.M.
degree or an M.Sc (Statistics) degree with sound knowledge of computer
and IT system or an equivalent degree from a recognized university
 Shuld have a strong communication skills in analyzing, presenting,
discussing and shold be fluent incommunicating in English and Marathi
languages.
 Exceptional degree of integrity, judgement and tact in handling the most
sensitive, diverse and confidential material.
 The incumbent should be well conversant with the latest IT applications and
web-based monitoring systems.

DESIRED QUALIFICATIONS:
Candidates with degree/like PhD or an MBA or LLB or a post graduate diploma
in Data Base Management/Business Management/Public Finance/Public Health
will be given preference.

Experience
 Experience of working in government organization or multilateral
institutions or reputed educational instituties or private sector
organisations in handling MIS or Data Management activities for at least
Seven 7 (seven) years preferably, related to water supply and sanitation
sector or any government Program.
 Experience of working with multilateral financing agencies/external aid
agencies in other capacities will be preferred. .

Salary and Allowances

Consolidated monthly remuneration of INR. 50,000/- to INR 75,000 (Negotiable
depending on qualification and experience) shall be paid to the incumbent.
TA/DA shall be as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/- .
In case of government /semi-government employees on deputation, salary and
allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy.

Page 449 of 455

 N. Engineering Specialist
(Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality Management)

Terms of Reference (ToR)

The Government of Maharashtra {GoM) has received funding from the World
Bank to support the Maharashtra Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Program
(Jalswarajya-II) under which works of institutional development and
demonstration of higher levels of services will be undertaken. The WSSD is
already implementing programs like NRDWP and SBMG in the state. The GoM
intends to hire on contractual basis, a reputable entity with expertise in solid &
liquid waste and water quality management in rural areas. The objective of
appointing an Engineering Specialist! Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality
Management) is to provide support to the Gram Panchayats for handling solid
and liquid waste generated in the villages, suggesting environment friendly and
cost effective treatment/disposal methods, for regular water quality
management of drinking water sources in the GP, establishing an independent
and efficient monitoring and evaluation system for the village WSS system
which will be helpful in assessing the environmental impact of various
categories of the program. The Engineering Specialist Solid & Liquid Waste and
Water Quality Management is expected to support the RSPMU in suggesting
various low cost technological options, preparing DPRs and implementation
guidelines and implementing the same and monitoring the impact of various
SLW and WQ activities undertaken.

Scope of Work:-
The Engineering Specialist Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality
Management) will be part of the Reform Support and Project Management Unit
(RSPMU) and will report to the Project Manager. The Engineering Specialist!
Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality Management) will be responsible for
the overall guidance and coordination of all SLWM and WQ related activities in
the GPs. The Specialist will ensure that there is no violation of statutory
provisions, standard protocols and environmental management plan.

The Engineering Specialist (Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality
Management) will support the WSSD, RSPMU and the sector institutions to
manage the implementation of all SLWM& WQMS related activities and will
provide guidance and support as and when required.

Tasks and Responsibilities:-

The Engineering Specialist (Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality
Management) at the RSPMU level will be responsible for providing low cost,
environment friendly technological options, type designs, planning, formulation

Page 450 of 455

and coordination of the solid and liquid waste and water quality management
activities concerning all the environmental aspects of the sub-projects. The
Engineering Specialist (Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality Management)
will be based in the RSPMU and will report to the Project Manager, RSPMU and
the Project Director. Specific responsibilities and tasks of the Engineering
Specialist (Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality Management) will be to
include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
01. To establish planning system for SLWM for delivering long term Solid
Waste Management (SWM) services in the RWSS sector in the state.
02. To help the GP/ZP to prepare and implement an environmental sanitation
plan for each GP.
03. To help the GP/ZP to prepare the cost estimates and in implementation of
environmental sanitation plans with project funds and SBMG funds where
relevant.
04. To devise mechanism for providing trained capacity in the RWSS sector for
SLWM planning and implementation.
05. To support the WSSD for policy formulation and for establishing
institutional mechanisms to implement SLWM projects through private
participation
06. To provide technical knowhow about various low cost, situations specific,
environment friendly technologies for the RWSS sector institutions.
07. To design IEC strategy for promoting SLWM&WQ and to organize
campaigns for developing awareness and civic sense among citizens about
SLWM&WQ.
08. To develop capacity of the GPs and RWSS sector institutions to deliver
comprehensive and sustainable solid andliquid waste management plans
for GPs in terms of financial and technological aspects.
09. Design of projects that are technologically viable suitable for the GP
conditions.
10. Design of projects must also be amenable to the existing local laws and
regulations.
11. To design, structure, and manage SLWM and WQ programs effectively in
the Gram Panchayats.
12. To do analysis and evaluation of existing situation of solid and liquid waste
management as well as water quality monitoring and surveillance systems
in GPs and to identify relevant key weaknesses and gaps.
13. To review current waste management practices for collection, segregation,
storage, transportation, processing and disposal etc.
14. To study, analyze and identify deficiencies in the existing SLWM&WQ
system, review the engineering and environmental problems and suggest
remedies for the same.
15. To help GP to estimate quantity and composition of overall waste generated
and types of wastes generated from different sources, d) Predictions on

Page 451 of 455

 future solid waste scenario for the city area based upon demographic and
economic growth trends
16. To estimate costs of SLWM&WQ services and extent of cost recovery
through user charges.
17. To analyze current SLWM&WQ policy, institutional and financial issues and
weaknesses that needs to be addressed at the policy level.
18. To analyze extent and scope for private sector participation and self-
sustenance in providing SLWM& WQMS services in the GPs in future.
19. To review and study waste treatment, least cost disposal technologies,
possible sites for processing and land filling and suggest suitable sites
taking into consideration innovative, feasible and viable technological
options.
20. To carry out appropriate surveys’ for collection of data on waste generated
and SLWM practices in the local bodies.
21. To develop detailed guidelines/manual for the GPs for designing an
efficient SLWM & WQMS system.
22. To provide type designs of the SLWM&WQ system, along with detailed
specifications using viable and innovative technology options, provide
engineering drawings and detailed costs of projects, model bid documents,
environmental and social safeguards framework, clearly delineating
responsibilities of GPs, the costs estimated to be borne by them and the
modes of cost recovery envisaged to be adopted by the GPs.
23. To design and roll out an effective capacity building program to orient the
GPs for their role in SLWM& WQMS system, encouraging management in a
specialized and effective manner, empowering and capacity building.
Communication :-
The Engineering Specialist Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality
Management) will report to the Project Manager. For strategically important
decisions regarding the duties (assignments) described in the Terms of
Reference, the Engineering Specialist Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality
Management) needs to obtain approvals of the Project Manager, RSPMU or
appropriate authorities from time-to-time.
Reporting:-
 Prepare Monthly and Quarterly Progress Reports for all SLWM&WQMS
activities specifically on the number of GP s for which the sanitation plans
have been prepared.
 Prepare Minutes/Official notes of the meetings of the SLWM&WQ Working
groups;
 Prepare Minutes from the meetings with the consultants.
Meetings:-
The Engineering Specialist Solid & Liquid Waste and Water Quality
Management) will:-

Page 452 of 455

 Participate in the Program Committee meetings,
 Have weekly meetings with the SLWM & WQMS Working Groups;
 Have regular meetings with the District level Consultants in order to
monitor the progress of their work;
 Organise ad-hoc meetings, when necessary.
Period of Performance:-
The period of assignment will be from June, 2014 - May, 2017, renewable on an
annual basis.
Qualification and Experience:-
 Candidates employed in the Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran or Municipal
Corporations in the cadre of Sectional Engineers (Class-II) or any other
equivalent and suitable govt. service may be appointed on deputation OR
Candidates with following qualifications may be selected by nomination.
 Should be an M. Tech. /M. E. in Environmental Engineering or equivalent
from reputed institutions with a minimum 5 (five) years’ experience in
related field or a B. Tech. /B.E. in civil/environmental engineering or
equivalent with minimum 8(eight) years’ experience in related field.
 Should have strong communication skills and should be fluent in
communicating in English and Marathi languages.
 Exceptional degree of integrity, judgment and tact in handling the most
sensitive, diverse and confidential material.
 The incumbent should be well conversant with the latest IT applications and
web-based monitoring systems.
Desirable Qualifications:-
Candidates with degrees like Ph.D. or a post graduate degree or diploma in
Environmental Management/Public Health/Rural Development will be given
preference.
Experience:-
 Experience of working in a government or semi-government organization or
a reputed private organization/company for at least 5 (five) to 8 (eight)
years, in design, construction/erection and O&M of water supply and
sanitation facilities, WTPs/ETPs etc.
 Previous experience of working successfully with government
organizations/ multilateral financing agencies/external aid agencies and UN
bodies will be preferred.
Salary and Allowances:-
 Consolidated monthly remuneration of Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 75,000/-
(negotiable depending on experience and qualifications) shall be paid to the
incumbent. TA/DA shall be applicable as per Grade Pay Rs. 5400/-
 In case of government /semi-government employees on deputation, salary
and allowances will be paid as per deputation rules and policy.

Page 453 of 455

 ANNEXURE 37: Jalswarajya -2 Program Manual Contributers

Sr. Name of the Officer's Designation

No. /Consultants
Water Supply and Sanitation Department (WSSD)
1 Dr. Malini Shankar (I.A.S.) Former Principal Secretary
2 Mr. Sunil Porwal (I.A.S.) Former Principal Secretary
3 Mr. Rajesh Kumar (I.A.S.) Principal Secretary
Reform Support and Project Management Unit (RSPMU)
4 Ms. Shaila A. (I.A.S.) Former Dy. Secretary and Project Director
5 Mr. Kiran Gitte (I.A.S.) Former Dy. Secretary and Project Director
6 Mr. Ajay Savrikar Dy. Secretary and Project Director & Project
Manager
7 Mr. Dheeraj Kumar (I.A.S.) Former Project Manager
8 Ms. Shweta Singhel (I.A.S.) Former Project Manager
9 Mr. Sitaram Mukhedkar Former Project Manager
10 Mr. S.P. Chankar Former Under Secretary
11 Mr. Pravin Nalawade Former Under Secretary
12 Mr. K. J. Dhalape Under Secretary
13 Mr. S.E.A. Hashmi Capacity Building Specialist
14 Mr. G.B. Bhalerao Executive Engineer
15 Ms. M.R. Sambhare Sr. Accounts Officer
16 Mr. S.K. Shrivastav Former Technical officer
17 Mr. B. S. Sengar Technical officer
18 Mr. Hanif Mujawar Former Knowledge Management Specialist
19 Mr. Vijay Goregaonkar Sectional Engineer
20 Mr. Rahul Brahmankar Hydro-Geologist
21 Mr. P.N. Rahulkar Assistant Accounts Officer
22 Mr. Anand Salvi Sectional Engineer
23 Dr. Ramanand Jadhav Environmental Management Specialist
24 Mr. Mangesh Bhalerao Social Management Specialist
25 Mr. Swapnil Vhatkar Former Finance Specialist
26 Ms. Shikha Vijay Finance Specialist
27 Mr. Anand Meshram Former Procurement Specialist
28 Ms. Sonali Banubakode IT Specialist
29 Mr. Sandeep Kamble Former Assistant MIS Specialist
30 Ms. Minal Yadav Assistant MIS Specialist
31 Mr. Trivikram Warade Assistant Accountant
32 Ms. Prajwala Devgade Assistant CBS
33 Ms. Smita Sargar Former Assistant
34 Ms. Vaijayanti Bonde PA to Project Manager

Page 454 of 455

 Sr. Name of the Officer's
No. /Consultants
35 Ms. Usha Mohan
36 Mr. P.V. Satvi
37 Mr. Ramakant Dhuri
38 Mr. P.S. Dhotre
39 Ms. V.P.Nadlaskar
40 Mr. V.B. Patil
41 Mr. Vikas Jadhav
42 Mr. M.G. Kunchikorve
43 Ms. Meena Shinde
44 Ms. Pratibha Rane
45 Ms. Sarika Sawant
46 Mr. Prasad Pimpalkar
47 Ms. Pramodini Kamble
Special Monitoring Cell (Technical) RSPMU
1 Mr. B. S. Rathod
2 Mr. B. N. Lavate
3 Ms. Rupali Payas
Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran (MJP)
1 Ms. Sonia Sethi (I.A.S.)
2 Dr. Hemant Landge
3 Mr. S.B. Bhujbal
4 Ms. Manisha Palande
5 Mr. V.R. Bopate
Groundwater Survey and Development Agency (GSDA)
1 Mr. Rupinder Singh (I.A.S.)
2 Mr. S. B. Khandale
3 Mr. S. M. Deshpande
Water and Sanitation Support Organization (WSSO)
1 Mr. B.K. Sawai
2 Dr. Satish Umrikar
3 Dr. Umesh Tagde
4 Dr. Shailesh Kanade
5 Mr. Sunil Fegade
6 Mr. Kumar Khedkar
7 Mr. Vijay Gawali
Public Health Lab (PHD)
1 Dr. Ravindra Shinde
2 Ms. Rasika Dongre
Designation
Former PA to Project Manager
Dy. Accountant
Former Cashier
Clerk cum Typist
Former Clerk cum Typist
Driver cum General Assistant
Peon
Peon
Peon
Para Professional
Para Professional
Para Professional
Former Para Professional
Executive Engineer, Spl. Monitoring Cell
Dy. Engineer
Sectional Engineer
Member Secretary, MJP
Chief Engineer, MJP
Superintending Engineer, MJP
Superintending Engineer, MJP
Dy. Engineer, MJP
Director, GSDA
Addl. Director, GSDA
Deputy Director, Spl Monitoring Cell, GSDA
Director, WSSO
Hydro Geologist, WSSO
Former Water Quality Consultant, WSSO
Water Quality Consultant, WSSO
Dy. Engineer, WSSO
IEC Consultant, WSSO
HRD Consultant, WSSO
Former Deputy Director, Public Health
Laboratory
Sr.Chemist, Public Health Laboratory
Page 455 of 455